Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

50th Annual Convention; Philadelphia, PA; 2024

Program by Day for Monday, May 27, 2024


 

Special Event #6
ABAI Annual Business Meeting
Monday, May 27, 2024
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Presenting Authors: MARIA MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles), BENJAMIN WITTS (St. Cloud State University), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), JONATHAN PINKSTON (University of Kansas), GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), JOVONNIE ESQUIERDO-LEAL (California State University, Fresno)

The purpose of the annual meeting of members is for ABAI leadership to provide an update on the ongoing activities of and major developments in the association.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #379A
All Levels Barre Class with the Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG
Monday, May 27, 2024
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 5
Chair: Sarah Burby (Small Changes Health and Wellness Coaching LLC)

Join our all-levels barre class with certified instructor Sarah Burby, who holds qualifications as a BCBA, NBC-HWC, and Certified Intuitive Eating Counselor. No experience is necessary—just bring a yoga mat (or towel) and water. Light weights are optional. This inclusive class accommodates all fitness levels and abilities, offering a full-body, low-impact workout that emphasizes strength, balance, and flexibility. Start your conference day with a clear mind and renewed energy. Note: Come early, we fill the room! The Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG supported the inclusion of this and other physical activity sessions.

 
 
Symposium #379
CE Offered: BACB
Harnessing Technological Tools to Improve Behavior Analytic Service Delivery
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Emily Dowling (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Brenna R Griffen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts work closely with a variety of individuals to help implement behavioral interventions with high treatment fidelity. Training these individuals can be highly resource intensive, may require lengthy training, and can be difficult or impossible in some settings. By utilizing smart technology to promote effective training, it is possible to minimize resources needed to train individuals, provide easily accessible instruction, and can be applied in remote settings. Smart technology may have the added benefit of producing training with long term maintenance and high treatment integrity. The current investigations evaluated the use of the smart technology platform Guidance, Assessment, and Information System (GAINS) for behavioral procedures including a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, daily living task, and discrete trial training. The purpose of these investigations was to assess whether treatment fidelity could be increased by using GAINS to train individuals to implement behavioral procedures compared to using traditional training methods.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Smart technology, Training, Treatment fidelity
Target Audience:

Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs), Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs), and Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs)

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Attendees will learn about the utility of technological tools in ABA 2) Attendees will learn how technological tools can support reliable implementation of behavioral interventions
 

Enhancing Behavioral Interventions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) With a Smart App for Caregivers and Staff

EMILY DOWLING (University of Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida), Aliya Yagafarova (Auburn University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts work closely with caregivers, teachers, paraprofessionals, and direct care staff to address the needs of clients. This involves supporting them in the implementation of behavioral interventions, which can be very resource intensive and may be challenging in some settings. Further, ensuring sustained procedural fidelity may require additional monitoring and re-coaching of procedures. A smart technology platform that coaches and guides the implementation of behavioral interventions may be useful for minimizing resources required to support caregivers and direct care staff. By utilizing smart technology, more resources can be provided to individuals in remote settings, allowing underserved communities to access behavior analytic services. This tool also may aid in maintaining high, long-term procedural fidelity and maintenance. In a series of studies, we evaluated the functionality of a smart technology platform, Guidance, Assessment, and Information System (GAINS), to support the correct implementation of interventions by staff and caregivers working with children with autism. Specifically, this presentation will showcase evaluation of correct implementation of discrete trial teaching by behavioral technicians who had limited experience was evaluated with listener responding, intraverbal, and imitation procedures. Findings support the utility of the GAINS platform for improving the procedural fidelity with which behavioral protocols were implemented.

 

Training Professionals to Conduct Preference Assessments With Artificial Intelligence and Traditional Methods

BRENNA R GRIFFEN (Louisiana State University-Shreveport), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Nicolette Sammarco Caldwell (The University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Training professionals to implement preference assessments, such as Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO), traditionally requires the presence of an expert, involves lengthy instructional time, requires additional training in natural settings, and necessitates follow-up for skill maintenance. Artificial Intelligence, such as the GAINS (Guidance Assessment and Information System) application, may overcome these challenges by providing professionals with easily accessible, consistent instruction. The current study used an alternating treatment design to compare the use of GAINS with pen and paper self-instructional methods in training five preservice speech-language pathologists to implement MSWO. The results demonstrate significant increases in implementation fidelity for two out of five participants and slight increases for the remaining three while using GAINS. Additionally, when using traditional methods, participants collectively scored the results of the MSWO incorrectly nearly half of the time. These errors never occurred using GAINS. Further, the use of GAINS resulted in a moderate to significant reduction in duration of implementation for four participants. During the follow-up survey, all participants indicated that GAINS had a higher treatment acceptability and was more effective at producing socially significant outcomes. Use of technology has the potential to significantly reduce training time and improve outcomes for direct service staff.

 

Expert Guiding Technology to Help Individuals With Developmental Challenges Build Life and Vocational Skills

John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies), ELIZABETH CALDWELL (Chimes Delaware), Matthew Tincani (Temple University)
Abstract:

A multiple baseline SCED across four paired participants of Direct Service Providers (DSPs) and adults with IDD with a diagnosis of autism (consumers) was conducted. Chimes staff identified the task of doing the laundry as a very useful and challenging task. As part of their job responsibilities, Direct Service Providers (DSPs) are tasked with helping consumers learn to do the laundry. Dependent variables were 1) DSP Program Fidelity Performance, the percentage of teaching steps correctly implemented, and 2) Consumer Performance, the percentage of Independent completion of the 18 steps of a task analysis to sort and wash clothes. The Independent Variable was expert guiding technology to support instructors in providing Task Analysis instruction while collecting data on consumer performance. In baselines, DSP program fidelity was low and consumers failed to learn the task. With the expert guiding technology, DSP program fidelity improved and consumer independent performance improved. Average Inter Observer Agreement (IOA) (> 25% sessions) between primary and secondary observers for both DSP Program Fidelity and Consumer Performance was 91% to 99%. Three of four DSPs completed usability and social validity surveys (average 4.2/5 with 1 = strongly disagree, 5 = strongly agree).

 
 
Panel #380
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Are We Racing Towards Automating Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)? Ensuring Ethical Artificial Intelligence (AI) Tools in ABA
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Chair: Lucas Evans (Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities)
DAVID J. COX (RethinkFirst; Endicott College)
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (RYANO, LLC)
DIMITRIOS V. MAKRIDIS (Makridis Learning, LLC; Explanatory Fiction)
Abstract:

Beyond the buzz of AI, the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) finds itself at a pivotal juncture. Big data has long been integral to healthcare, while technology has bolstered training and decision-making. What sets this era apart? Three shifts have reshaped the landscape. First, exponential increases in computing power, coupled with cost reduction, has unlocked opportunities that make the advent of artificial BCBAs imminent, heralding a reimagination of Skinner's teaching machine. Second, progress in computer vision and wearable sensors allows for increasingly precise automated measurement of behavior and the environment in non-laboratory treatment settings. Third, increasing scrutiny of ABA practices and calls for proving ROI for services rendered. Accusations of abuse, inefficacy, and fraud cast shadows over the field, triggering intensified regulatory oversight. This panel delves into the impact of technology on clinical care in ABA. Experts explore how AI-powered tools and quantitative analyses are elevating clinical training, treatment planning, outcome monitoring, and decision-making. We scrutinize the benefits and liabilities of technology integration, ensuring that ethical, privacy, and regulatory considerations remain at the forefront. As behavior analysts navigate the intersection of advanced tools with ethical obligations, we discuss ways to harness technology's potential while preserving the human-centric insights of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Entry-level service providers and practitioners that supervise or oversee critical training and compliance systems within behavior analytic practice.

Learning Objectives: 1) Identify the difference between artificial intelligence and machine learning. 2) Identify situations in which a practitioner of behavior analysis could effectively use publicly available commercial AI tools (e.g., Chat GPT). 3) Identify situations in which a practitioner of behavior analysis could be violating ethical standards using publicly available commercial AI tools (e.g., Chat GPT). 4) Identify artificial intelligence tools being developed by behavior analysts and timelines for their use and applicability.
Keyword(s): algorithms, artificial intelligence, ethics, machine learning
 
 
Invited Paper Session #381
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Adherence to Medical Procedures for People With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Intellectual Disabilities
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
CE Instructor: Daniele Rizzi, M.S.
Presenting Author: DANIELE RIZZI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara)
Abstract:

While adherence with medical procedures and compliance during medical exams are important skills to learn, approximately one third of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and/or intellectual Disabilities (ID) have been found to exhibit noncompliance during basic medical procedures (Gillis et al. 2009). A skill deficit in this area may result in higher risk of injury and in the need of more intrusive procedures or physical and mechanical restraint. This talk will start from a review of Applied Behavior Analysis (A.B.A.) based literature related to the application of non aversive procedures to increase adherence to medical procedures, such as blood draw, dental care, routine exams, ECG etc. Procedures such as differential reinforcement without extinction, stimulus fading, gradual exposure, shaping will be discussed. Clinical applications of such procedures on adolescents and adults with ASD will be discussed, as well, with a focus on teaching students to report pain, preventing emotional negative responses and assure the assent of the participants during the procedures. Results of these interventions will be contextualized in a Quality of Life (QOL, Schalock et al. 2002) frame evaluating the impact of the results on the physical well being domain.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in the integration between a Quality of Life model and ABA intervention, especially working with adolescents and adults with ASD and intellectual disabilities

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Name and explain some non aversive procedures to increase adherence to medical procedures; (2) Explain why obtaining assent from participants is fundamental in increasing adherence to medical procedures; (3) Explain why it is important to integrate a Quality of Life model in ABA based interventions
 
DANIELE RIZZI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara)
Daniele Rizzi is a BCBA and a Psychologist, working as Clinical Director for “la Casa dei Sogni-Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus”, a semi-residential center for adolescents and adults with ASD and intellectual disabilities in Pescara, central Italy. He serves as program coordinator and lecturer for A.B.A. post-university courses (VCS) at Consorzio Universitario Humanitas in Rome, teaching classes in experimental designs among other topics. He is involved as lecturer in the advanced training courses in A.B.A. and Autism organized by the Italian NIH (Istituto Superiore di Sanità). His main focus is in developing interventions for adolescents and adults using strategies based on Applied Behavior Analysis integrating a Quality of Life model. He presented scientific researches and gave talks both nationally and internationally. He is father of 2 wonderful little boys.
 
 
Symposium #382
CE Offered: BACB
Compassion, Accountability, and Social Justice in Behavior Analysis: Considerations for a Path Forward
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Joseph D. Dracobly, Ph.D.
Abstract: Increasingly, individuals within and outside behavior analysis are questioning how behavior analysis can contribute to a better world. This has led to discussions about how behavior analysis balances some of the practices in science that benefit from objective, dispassionate analysis with the unique needs and perspectives of organisms in the world. As behavior analysis has grown and matured as a discipline, these discussions have expanded into a variety of areas, including clinical practice, education, and collaboration. In this symposium, the three presenters will discuss how considerations of compassion, accountability, and social justice interact with different areas in behavior analysis. In the first talk, the presenter will discuss the role of a compassionate, constructive approach in clinical practice. In the second talk, the presenter will discuss considerations and strategies for balancing compassion and effective educational practices in online education. Finally, in the third talk, the presenter discuss how a focus on social justice can facilitate collaboration between seemingly different worldviews, behavior analysis and Catholicism. In each talk, presenters will discuss a conceptualization of each consideration, how this relates to the area in behavior analysis, and suggest potential paths forward.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Accountability, Compassion, Social Justice, Teaching
Target Audience: The target audience is all behavior analysts, including practitioners and researchers.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how a constructional approach can enhance compassionate practice. 2. Describe methods to balance accountability and compassion in education. 3. Describe points of overlap between behavior analysis and Catholic social justice that can facilitate collaboration.
 

A Compassionate Approach to Behavior Change: Why You Need to Be More Constructional

CAMERON MONTGOMERY SCALLAN (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is concerned with producing socially significant behavior change that leads to improvements in quality of life. Yet, in recent years, behavior analysis has sometimes been accused of being insensitive to client needs and producing more harm than good. As a result, behavior analysts have begun investigating new ways to increase empathy and compassion in their practices (Rohrer & Weiss, 2022; Taylor et al., 2019). However, there are some old (and often forgotten) ideas from behavior analysis that can also give current practitioners new perspectives on how to be more compassionate. This presentation will identify three critical features of compassion and discuss these features in the context of the constructional and pathological approaches to behavior change (Goldiamond, 1974/2002). Next, the presentation will illustrate how the four questions of the constructional approach provide a framework that behavior analysts can use for developing and providing compassionate behavior analytic services. Using the constructional approach allows practitioners to develop personalized programs that consider an individual’s critical reinforcers, find starting points that help the learner succeed from step one, guide learners through programs in a manner that promotes confidence and success, and help their learners find and contact natural communities of reinforcement.

 
Balancing Accountability and Compassion in Online Education
KENDA MORRISON (University of North Texas), April Linden (University of North Texas), Julianne Marie Olivieri (University of North Texas), Cameron Montgomery Scallan (University of North Texas), Micah Hope (University of North Texas and Endicott College)
Abstract: Students seeking to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts often must balance schoolwork, employment, and families. These are conditions that may occasionally lead to excessive extension requests for graduate assignments and sometimes even academic misconduct. Demonstrating compassion and flexibility towards our students is not only kind and just, but it can also help them to successfully complete their coursework. In addition to student success, it is our responsibility to those who they will eventually serve to prepare our students to be compassionate, ethical, and effective behavior analysts by modeling these qualities. This requires us to teach these skills and to foster the expectations of accountability and responsibility. Therefore, faculty must draw boundaries if situations such as academic misconduct and excessive extension requests should arise. In this talk, we will provide rationales for higher-education faculty both to demonstrate compassion towards their students and to require accountability from them. To this end, several types of strategies will be suggested, such as teaching communication strategies, setting expectations, and creating antecedent interventions likely to lead to student success. We will especially focus on a strategy both to provide students flexibility and to minimize extension requests. Creating a balance between accountability and compassion will not only help our students to graduate, but it will also help our students to partner more effectively with and support those whom they serve.
 

Behavior Analysis and Catholic Social Justice: Finding Common Ground to Expand Our Reach

JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Recently within behavior analysis, there has been increased focus on compassionate care (e.g., Taylor et al., 2019) and expanding our reach (e.g., Normand & Kohn, 2013). Much of this work has been focused on the social justice aspects of applied behavior analysis. Outside of behavior analysis, Catholicism has one of the most well-established and far reaching conceptualizations and practices of social justice (e.g., Aquinas, 2017; Pope Leo XIII, 1891). Historically, some have suggested some incompatibility between behavior analysis and Christian worldviews (e.g., Galuska, 2003). However, this may be more of a misunderstanding than an incompatibility. The misunderstanding may be most apparent in the application of the science of behavior to address socially significant behavior. In this talk, I will compare behavior analytic and Catholic approaches to compassion, dignity, and social justice. I will then focus on major points of overlap, including suggestions for how collaboration could benefit both groups, and expand the impact of effective, evidence-based practices to broader communities by leveraging the strengths of both behavior analysis and Catholic social justice.

 
 
Panel #383
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Creating a Compassionate Context When Interacting with Parents, Supervisees, Students, and Colleagues: The Nonviolent Communication Approach
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Celia Heyman, M.A.
Chair: Celia Heyman (Capella University / FTF Behavioral Consulting)
HANNAH KAPLAN-REIMER (.)
NORA COYLE (none)
KAREN A DEALY (Interactive Kids)
Abstract:

Since Taylor et al.’s (2018) call for compassion as well as the addition of “treat[ing] others with compassion” as one of the core foundational principles that behavior analysts use to interpret and apply the standards in the code (BACB, 2020), greater emphasis is being placed on fostering such practices. Further, in light of recent unrest within and outside of the applied behavior analysis (ABA) space, “compassion and “compassionate care” have become forces of both the social and natural sciences (Werntz et al., 2023). According to Taylor et al. (2018), engaging in compassionate services requires us to remove barriers and to relieve suffering for others. But how can this be done when we are engaging in uncomfortable conversations and disputes? While compassionate care is garnering much attention in the field, with an entire Special Issue in Behavior Analysis and Practice dedicated to its proliferation (Abdel-Jalil et al., 2023; Denegri et al., 2023; Rohrer et al., 2021; Reinecke et al., 2023; Tarbox et al., 2023), behavior analysts continue to struggle in professional discourse when perspectives differ. In an effort to resolve this conflict and foster our valued work toward providing compassionate care, a behavior-analytic account of the nonviolent communication (NVC) approach will be discussed. This panel will discuss how adopting an NVC approach can be compassionate in a variety of relationships such as consultant-consultee, practitioner-caregivers, academic instructor-student, supervisor-supervisee, interactions with colleagues, and on social media. The panelists will provide examples and non-examples of NVC and how using this approach can increase perspective-taking and facilitate connections. Challenges of using the NVC will be shared. Furthermore, the panelists will demonstrate that transforming judgment and blame into empathetic understanding allows solutions to be identified, thus meeting the needs of everyone involved (Rosenberg, 2003).

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Participants might serve in the following roles: - Supervising aspiring behavior analysts for the BCBA experience fieldwork - Consultants - Academic instructors - Practitioners working with families and other professionals

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe an overview of the nonviolent communication approach. 2) Define the behavior-analytic framework of the nonviolent communication approach 3) Discriminate the difference between evaluative, opinion-based, factual, feelings, and needs-based statements. 4) Describe an overview of how the nonviolent communication approach can be used when working with caregivers, students, supervisees, and colleagues.
 
 
Symposium #384
The Behavioral Economics of Sleep: Novel Ways of Understanding Sleep Using Commodity Purchase Tasks
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Emily Varon (Ready Set Sleep, LLC)
Abstract: Sleep is crucial for both physiological and behavioral health, and it can be affected by many factors. Despite quality rest being a priority for more than half of Americans, many individuals have lifestyles that do not promote healthy sleep patterns. Behavioral economics can examine ecologically informed preferences for a given commodity, such as sleep. This symposium summarizes three translational studies that leverage behavioral economics methods to understand sleep in various populations. Three studies assessed how cannabis cues and a sleep context can alter the demand for cannabis among cannabis users, how demand for sleep varies among college students, and how demand for sleep can change in relation to wages among working adults. The results from these studies demonstrate that (1) commodity purchase tasks can be an effective method for studying sleep-related behaviors, and (2) sleep may function as a motivating operation by increasing the value of other commodities. Applied and theoretical implications are discussed at the end of each talk.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

The Effect of Cannabis Cues on Cannabis Demand in a Sleep Context: Results From a Study of Adults Who Use Cannabis

(Basic Research)
BRANDON PATRICK MILLER (University of Kansas), Elizabeth Aston (Brown University), Michael Amlung (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Cannabis is widely marketed and colloquially claimed to be a sleep aid despite minimal evidence to back these claims. The marijuana purchase task (MPT) is one way to elucidate the association between sleep and cannabis use. Participants (n = 79; 78% white; 48% identified as women; 48% identified as men; and 4% identified as non-binary) with a mean age of 24.11 completed a single laboratory session consisting of four hypothetical marijuana purchase tasks (MPTs) involving either a typical use situation or a driving or sleep context. The MPTs were alternated with exposure to cannabis or neutral picture cues based on block randomization by gender. The sleep context was associated with significantly greater α (p < .006) but non-significant effects for other indices (p range = .123-.707). Finally, cannabis cues increased Omax (p = .013) and breakpoint (p = .035) in the sleep context but not in the typical use context. These results suggest that while a sleep context does not have an overall effect on cannabis demand, being in the presence of cannabis cues may reverse this effect.

 
The Behavioral Economics of Sleep: Assessing the Value of Sleep in Undergraduate Students
(Basic Research)
KAYLA RINNA (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Hypothetical purchase tasks can be used to assess how individuals value different commodities. Sleep is a commonly undervalued commodity: Many adults do not get sufficient sleep. Sleep interventions recommend against daytime napping, to maximize stimulus control. The current study extends previous studies using hypothetical purchasing tasks for quantifying the value of sleep among undergraduate students. Undergraduates (n = 243) completed two hypothetical purchase tasks for sleep, which were systematically varied to assess within-person effects when the time to consume sleep was within that same night or within 24 hours (allowing daytime naps). Validity checks and data-cleaning algorithms were used to ensure data integrity. Over half of the participants (63%, n = 153) produced systematic purchasing patterns. Undergraduate students purchased about 10 hours of sleep a night when sleep was free, and purchasing patterns were similar across constraints. Self-report data regarding work schedules, preferences, and sleep disturbances will be characterized in relation to sleep demand indices. Hypothetical purchase tasks have the potential to enhance a behavioral economics approach to sleep and identify new points of intervention.
 
Assessing Demand for Sleep
(Basic Research)
STEVEN R HURSH (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.)
Abstract: From the perspective of behavioral economics, sleep can be defined as a commodity that is responsive to economic constraints. Sleep, like other commodities, has utility that can have positive effects on income; however, there is an inverse relationship between sleep duration and earnings. How an individual chooses to spend their hours (sleep or wake) is an economic decision and choosing to sleep instead of working extra hours represents an opportunity cost of sleep. For example, higher wages result in lower sleep durations because sleep-time becomes an expense—people tend to substitute working time for sleeping time. This relationship is illustrated in Figure 1. On the other hand, sleep has intrinsic value that can offset opportunity cost because sleep has the potential to increase work productivity and cognitive performance. The division of time between work and sleep is a trade-off of consequences and behavioral economics provides a way to assess these tradeoffs. This presentation will describe those methods and offer data that illustrates how demand for sleep can be assessed in relation to wage rates for additional work and less sleep, on the one hand, and protecting some minimal sleep time to ensure adequate work performance, on the other hand.
 
 
Symposium #385
CE Offered: BACB
Augmentative and Alternative Communication User Experiences and Advances Leveraging Artificial Intelligence
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Millions of individuals experience communication needs that necessitate the use of an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) system; yet advances in AAC have not kept up with the technological innovations experienced by mainstream communities. Moreover, many AAC users indicate their communication device does not adequately meet their communication needs, evident through both self-report and device abandonment. Advances in Artificial Intelligence (AI) have the potential to offer solutions to the barriers AAC users and stakeholders experience. This symposium will include three distinct presentations on the a) limitations of existing AAC as reported by end users and stakeholders; b) the use of AAC and games to foster social engagement with an AI enabled AAC Game Prototype and c) data from the implementation of low-fidelity prototypes to improve the communication of preschool aged children with autism, during social play routines. Finally, a discussion on how we can leverage the state of the art in AI to improve AAC systems will conclude the session.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Artificial Intelligence
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify barriers to use of current Augmentative and Alternative Communication Systems 2. Identify ways in which gamification could be used for instruction with Augmentative and Alternative Communication Systems 3. Identify how to incorporate Augmentative and Alternative Communication Systems into play routines.
 

Human Centered Design - Spurring the Next Generation of Augmentative and Alternative Communication

ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Nicolette Sammarco Caldwell (The University of Arkansas), Christine Holyfield (University of Arkansas), Stephen MacNeil (Temple University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University), Eduard Dragut (Temple University)
Abstract:

The incorporation of technological innovations such as artificial intelligence (AI) for use with Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) present an enormous potential for the future of AAC design. However, there are numerous examples where AI technology that was designed without considering key stakeholders actually exacerbated problems rather than fixing them. While newer technological innovations such as AI should be included in the future of AAC historically stakeholder and end users. While developers do occasionally incorporate usability testing into their design process, this is described as occurring “too little, too late” within the design sequence. In an effort to include such input from AAC users and stakeholders from the outset, researchers interviewed 90-end users and stakeholders regarding a) their current AAC engagement; b) the barriers they experience in using AAC; c) what dreams they had regarding future AAC development; and d) reflections on AAC innovations. To analyze these data a Rapid Research Evaluation and Appraisal was used. Within this presentation the themes that emerged and their implications for future AAC development will be discussed.

 

Exploring the Use of Gamification With Artificial Intelligence and Augmentative and Alternative Communication Applications

ELIZABETH GARRISON (Temple University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University), Stephen MacNeil (Temple University), Christine Holyfield (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

The implementation of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) presents several challenges. Caregivers often struggle with transitioning AAC skills learned during therapy into daily routines, and AAC users often face social barriers, with vocal peers avoiding interactions due to AAC stigmatization. In our exploration of AAC application usage, an analysis of 3,584 reviews from 92 apps on Google Play and Apple Store revealed a key finding: AAC apps primarily cater to communication skills, whereas game applications focus solely on educational and social skills development, indicating an absence of integrated AAC and game tools for increasing social engagement. To gather further information regarding the use of AAC and games to foster social engagement, we interviewed AAC users, clinicians, and caregivers to gain their perspectives on an AI enabled AAC Game Prototype. Finally, we tested a Wizard of Oz prototype of an AI-enabled AAC-integrated coloring game with three participants. This presentation will share the results of our user-centered design method and discuss the future inclusion of single subject research experiments within UX research.

 

Context Aware Augmentative and Alternative Communication to Increase Social Participation

Nicolette Caldwell (The University of Arkansas), MADISON MADDOX (University of Arkansas), Christine Holyfield (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Stephen MacNeil (Temple University)
Abstract:

The use of effective strategies and technologies to support the social participation of young, beginning communicators within the context of meaningful social routines is critical. However, social participation for beginning communicators on the autism spectrum is often restricted. This is due in part to the time and effort required for both children and partners to use traditional augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) technologies (grids or visual scene displays) during engaging social play routines. Innovations in artificial intelligence provide the potential for AAC technologies to use linguistic input from partners (i.e., context aware AAC), to minimize the time and effort needed to use AAC technologies for social play participation; however, this potential has been largely unharnessed to date. This preliminary study used an alternating treatment design to compare the effects of a context-aware AAC prototype with automated photo choices to traditional grid-based AAC for supporting three young children who were beginning communicators on the autism spectrum in directing play within preferred social play routines. The context aware AAC condition resulted in increases in linguistic play directives and vocal approximations, and decreases in refusal behaviors in all three participants. While this study was only an initial exploration and results are preliminary, context aware AAC technologies have the potential to enhance participation and communication outcomes for young beginning communicators on the autism spectrum and more research is greatly needed in this area.

 
 
Panel #386
CE Offered: BACB
Unlocking Potential: The Behavior Analyst and Public Schools
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Melissa Connor-Santos, M.A.
VALBONA DEMIRI (Hopewell Valley Regional School District; Endicott College)
MELISSA CONNOR-SANTOS (Jackson Township School District; Endicott College)
REGINA SYMONS (Aspire Living and Learning, Inc; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Public schools are complex environments housing students with diverse needs and professionals of varying expertise. While around 12% of behavior analysts primarily focus their work in public schools, there is likely a larger percentage of behavior analysts collaborating with public school programs as a portion of their daily work. However, there is a lack of clarity regarding what training behavior analysts receive prior to working within public education. Successful behavior analysts in public schools require knowledge that extends beyond traditional behavior analytic coursework, encompassing areas such as child development, education law, the distinct roles of educational staff, interdisciplinary collaboration, and academic interventions. Consequently, there is an evident need to prepare behavior analysts to develop skills tailored to the specific demands of public school contexts. This panel consists of experienced clinicians who have worked extensively in public education and are united in their dedication to establishing educational frameworks for the preparation of behavior analysts to work effectively in public school settings. Throughout our discussion, we will delve into the essential competencies required for the advancement of our profession in education and address obstacles, whether in applied behavior analysis or the educational realm, that we must surmount to expand our influence.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBA's or BCBA trainees seeking greater competence in working in public school settings. BCBA or BCBA trainees are interested in gaining insights into the challenges of working in public school settings and would like to obtain additional knowledge about ways to overcome these challenges.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to identify areas of competence required to work effectively in public school settings. 2) Participants will be able to identify barriers to receiving education and training relevant to public schools and possible pathways forward. 3) Participants will be able to identify tools for improving collaboration, coaching and facilitate ethical decision making in public schools.
Keyword(s): collaboration, education, public schools, school consultation
 
 
Invited Paper Session #387
CE Offered: BACB
Pursuing Behavioral Inoculation Through Coordinated Basic, Translational, and Applied Research
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: BRIAN D. GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract:

Although the translation of basic research findings to applied practice has been strongly encouraged in behavior analysis for decades, contemporary examples of bridging the two ends of this continuum are somewhat rare. Similarly uncommon are examples of so-called “reverse translation,” in which behavioral phenomena from the clinic, school, or other applied setting are brought into the laboratory for further empirical scrutiny. Indeed, meaningful and productive interactions between basic and applied researchers in behavior analysis appears to be severely lacking. In this presentation, I will outline how the recent increase in research on treatment relapse represents a marked departure from these troubling trends, while commenting on the ways in which this work has reinvigorated bidirectional research in behavior analysis. Specific examples from an ongoing collaboration between basic and applied researchers will be highlighted, as will considerations for developing new lines of collaborative research beyond that of treatment relapse in hopes that others will similarly heed these longstanding calls for greater integration of basic and applied behavioral science.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Clinicians and researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define translational research and give at least one example of it; (2) characterize the current state of translational research in behavior analysis; (3) describe the ways in which collaborative research on treatment relapse has reinvigorated bidirectional research in behavior analysis.
 
BRIAN D. GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Brian D. Greer, Ph.D., BCBA-D directs the Severe Behavior Program within the Children’s Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES). He is a tenured associate professor in the Department of Pediatrics and a core member of the Brain Health Institute. He received a Bachelor of Science in psychology from the University of Florida, a Master of Arts in applied behavioral science and a Ph.D. in behavioral psychology, both from the University of Kansas. He later completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He is a current associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, past associate editor for Behavioral Development, and has served as a guest associate editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Perspectives on Behavior Science, and Learning and Motivation. He is the 2013 recipient of the Baer, Wolf, and Risley Outstanding Graduate Student Award; the 2019 recipient of the Award of Excellence from the Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis; the 2019 recipient of the B. F. Skinner Foundation New Researcher Award; and in 2020, he was awarded the Contribution of the Year from the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Greer is former Executive Director of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior and a three-time recipient of the Loan Repayment Program Award from the National Institutes of Health.
 
 
Symposium #388
CE Offered: BACB
Operationalize This: Rethinking Operational Definitions
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mey-Elle Naveh (Kinneret Academic College)
CE Instructor: Avner Fraidlin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Operational definitions are a key element in behavioral interventions and the dissemination of our science depends on the consistency and accessibility of researchers’ operational definitions to others, who can adapt and use them with different client populations (Cooper et al., 2020). Although recommendations for developing operational definitions are frequently referenced in behavior analytic literature and textbooks (Johnston et al., 2020), there is no agreed-upon method for developing operational definitions (Kubina et al., 2022). The three presentations in this symposium raise questions concerning the validity of operational definition, discuss issues related to subjectivity and ambiguity of operational definitions and address the implications of these issues to our field. The first presentation will share findings of a survey study in which associations between characteristics of behavior analysts and operational definitions they developed for video recorded behaviors were investigated. The second presentation will share findings of an investigation of the effect varying operational definition components had on interobserver agreement. The third presentation will present findings of a comparison of operational definitions’ and pinpoints’ detection accuracy. Together, the presentations question the utility of operational definitions and highlight the need for empirical investigation of the mechanism responsible for developing them.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Detection-accuracy, Interobserver agreement, Operational-definitions, Pinpoints
Target Audience:

The symposium is geared toward behavior analytic practitioners, researchers, and course instructors.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe issues concerning operational definitions validity and utility, (2) describe considerations for practitioners and researchers when selecting operational definitions and pinpoints, and (3) describe the benefits of using pinpoints.
 

Variations in Behavior Analysts’ Operational Definitions

Avner Fraidlin (Kinneret College, David Yellin College, Western Michigan University,), Madeline Halkowski (Penn State), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University), RICK KUBINA (Penn State)
Abstract:

The effectiveness of behavior analytic interventions and scientific investigations rest on the validity and accuracy with which practitioners and researchers operationalize behaviors. Although recommendations for developing operational definitions are often referenced in behavior analytic literature and textbooks (Johnston et al., 2020), a critical examination of issues with the process of operationalization has received relatively little attention (Slife et al., 2016). The current study investigated how behavior analysts operationalize behaviors. A survey which was disseminated across behavior analysts residing in the US and Canada and registered on the BACB© listserv, requested respondents to develop operational definitions for two behaviors displayed in short video recordings. Descriptive statistics found differences in how respondents used components of operational definitions (e.g., a greater proportion of respondents that reported holding a teaching position used more examples than those who did not report holding a teaching position). However, statistically significant associations between respondent characteristics and use of different components of operational definitions were limited. Findings suggest operational definitions were insensitive to various characteristics (e.g., certification level, years of experience, client population) of behavior analysts. Implications for behavior analysts, recommendations for future investigations, and limitations are discussed.

 

Toward Operationalizing Operational Definitions: A Comparison of Definition Components

JESSICA A GARMAN (Hopebridge), Tyler-Curtis Cory Elliott (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic practices start with objectively defining behavior. Yet, with so many recommendations for what an operational definition contains there is no “best practice” for defining behavior, only that it should ensure good agreement between data collectors. Not only do disparities in what makes an operational behavior definition exist in the literature, but these disparities are also apparent in practice. Current behavior analytic practitioners use a variety of components to define observable behavior (e.g., examples, nonexamples, constraints, directions). The current study evaluated the effect of these varying components of operational definitions on interobserver agreement with a true value using practical and statistical analyses as well as a measure of social validity. For hitting, we found no statistical difference of definition type, but we did find a difference for the order of coding. For on task, we found no statistical difference for definition type or order of coding. Implications are further discussed in relation to the role of definition components and recommendations for practitioners looking to achieve acceptable interobserver agreement.

 

Comparing the Detection Accuracy of Operational Definitions and Pinpoints

Madeline Halkowski (Penn State), RICK KUBINA (Penn State)
Abstract:

Submissions must include a description of the type of funding received for this submission, if applicable: Operational definitions have a significant history in applied behavior analysis. The practice's importance stems from the role operational definitions play in detecting an event, human thought, or action. While operationalizing target behaviors has enjoyed widespread practice, some concerns have recently arisen with translation validity and detection accuracy. Additionally, a review of the literature produces few articles assessing the validity of operational definitions. Pinpoints represent an alternative for describing target behaviors. A pinpoint has a formula for construction that includes using an action verb, an object or event that receives the action, and a comprehensibly defined context where the observation of the action verb + object or event occurs. Pinpoints also have few empirical studies demonstrating their validity. The following experiment compared the detection accuracy of an operational definition for self-injurious behavior and a corresponding pinpoint across professionals who worked in a school that served clients with autism spectrum disorder. The results indicate lower accuracy scores for the operational definition when compared to the pinpoint. Additionally, the consistency of scores varied more for the operational definition than the pinpoint.

 
 
Panel #389
Diversity submission Equity in Graduate Programs in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Abraao Figueira de Melo (University of Nevada, Reno)
LAURA BARCELOS-NOMICOS (University of Nevada, Reno)
JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (California State University, Fresno)
TRACI M. CIHON (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract:

To meet the needs of an increasingly diverse population (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020) the field of behavior analysis needs to examine how we recruit and train our students. Beginning with admissions processes, our systems of graduate education are fraught with bias and inequities that prevent racially and ethnically diverse students from accessing graduate training. This perpetuates disparities between practitioners and consumers. These disparities have implications for the quality of care and access to care for consumers around the country. The issue of equity in behavior analysis graduate education starts with equitable recruitment and admissions practices but should not end there. To truly address this issue a holistic approach is required. We cannot simply do a better job of recruiting and admitting diverse students, we need to put in support so that these students have equal access to learning opportunities once they are in our programs and classrooms. This panel will bring together graduate-level faculty members and a program director to discuss these pressing issues.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Individuals should be familiar with graduate education in behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: 1) Identify inequitable practices in admissions to graduate school 2) Identify supports needed to provide equitable access to learning opportunities for diverse students in graduate school
 
 
Symposium #390
CE Offered: BACB
A Constructional Approach to Understanding Assent in Nonverbal Organisms
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB
Area: AAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Lucero Neri-Hernandez (Children’s Health)
Discussant: Awab Abdel-Jalil (Upstate Caring Partners & Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Awab Abdel-Jalil, M.S.
Abstract: The topics of compassion and assent are currently of high importance in practice with both human and non-human animal learners. However, certain challenges may arise when developing assent-based procedures with nonverbal learners. Additional challenges arise when teachers attempt to create compassionate, assent-based programs while still fulfilling the institutional contingencies that are placed on them by the facilities at which they work, such as compliance with necessary, invasive medical procedures. In this session, the topics of compassion and assent are addressed through an experimental analysis of assent with rats. Numerous case studies are presented with zoo animals which illustrate how teachers can be aware of and measure assent behaviors, empower learners by providing greater degrees of freedom, and increase compassion and empathy in their interactions with their nonverbal learners. By taking a constructional approach and by analyzing the alternative contingencies available to an individual, we can create compassionate teaching programs built on a foundation of assent that benefit both nonverbal learners and their teachers, as well as the greater institutions they operate in.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Animal training, Assent, Compassion, Constructional approach
Target Audience: BCBAs, Practitioners, Teachers, Trainers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define assent functionally from a nonlinear analytic perspective; (2) Define compassion functionally from a nonlinear analytic perspective; (3) List examples and non-examples of assent and compassion.
 
The Shape of Assent
(Service Delivery)
LISA CLIFTON-BUMPASS (Constructional Approach)
Abstract: What is the Constructional Approach to compassion-based assent building? In animal training and welfare, the concept of assent is nascent and often confused with coerced cooperation. For many teachers, the philosophy of empowering nonverbal learners to have greater degrees of freedom and assent within their environment is daunting, challenging the idea that behavioral mastery is the behavioral control over another. The operationalization of body language as being a purposeful and deliberate form of communication between conspecifics (animals of the same species), exhibit partners, and care givers is incipient and informs many programming decisions. In our discussion of case studies, we will examine how to be aware of and measure assent behaviors, body language as a dialog and a study of one, how to build the awareness of the body language, how assent challenges the system of traditional linear pathological programming, and what it means for trainers when our learner demonstrates a refusal response.
 

Advancing Animal Welfare Through Development of Assent Contingencies

(Service Delivery)
AMY ANDREA PHELPS (Oakland Zoo)
Abstract:

The Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974/2002) allows for behaviors that empower non-verbal learners to communicate assent for invasive and non-invasive medical husbandry procedures, and behavioral management practices in the zoological settings. Compassion based assent coupled with the Constructional Approach creates a flexible foundation upon which complex behaviors are rapidly developed for both non-verbal learners and their trainers. Employing assent creates a profound shift from the traditional linear and pathological approaches by creating programs designed to serve the needs of a learner across the arc of their life. By training behaviors with assent contingencies, zoological professionals cultivate empathy awareness for their non-verbal learner’s experience in training procedures. Team members develop greater dedication and empathy for their learners, experience enhanced job satisfaction, and programs advance as organizational cultures envelop assent-based practices. In our discussion of case studies, we will explore how compassion, empathy, and the Constructional Approach changes animal welfare decisions and training outcomes.

 
Whose Needs Come First? The Constructional Approach to Compassion
(Service Delivery)
KYLE HETZEL (Oakland Zoo)
Abstract: In the animal behavior field practitioners focus on expediency, institutional needs and wants, versus the needs of the learner. Accredited animal care facilities are moving towards an animal centric welfare focus using various means of measurement and integrated multi-departmental involvement. Institutional needs often range from training interactions to the involvement in invasive medical diagnostics. However, many well-meaning measures and policies don't put the learner first and lack compassion for the learner’s experience. This can cause the learner to fall further behind in their life skills acquisition. As a result, when critical skills are needed the learner suffers through coercive means to accomplish the institution's needs. By utilizing the Constructional Approach, a deeper understanding develops of assent is formed by the learner through the shaping process of skill development. In this presentation we will review a case study to highlight the consequential aspect of the compassionate application of Constructional Approach programming.
 

Understanding Assent Through an Analysis of Alternative Contingencies

(Applied Research)
HANNAH DAVIS MCGEE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

How do we know if we have a learner’s assent? This question has gained importance with both human and animal learners. To answer this question, it is essential to examine the alternative contingencies available to an individual during teaching. The use of positive reinforcement techniques is often considered non-aversive, and if a learner repeatedly initiates teaching sessions, it is generally assumed that participation is uncoerced. However, participation in positive reinforcement-based teaching may be coerced if the learner has no alternative way to access reinforcement (Goldiamond, 1974/2002). In this experiment, a rat received a positive reinforcer (chocolate pudding) contingent on participation in a training procedure. Results showed that when alternative contingencies were made available (e.g., free pudding, hiding, escape), the rat withdrew assent from the original procedure. Further, it was found that the rat did not engage with some alternatives (free pudding) unless alternatives that decreased the aversiveness of the environment (hiding, escape) were also available. These results support the ideas that assent cannot be obtained when 1) there are limited alternative ways to obtain a reinforcer, 2) available alternatives do not result in the same reinforcer, and 3) available alternatives do not decrease the aversiveness of the environment.

 
 
Symposium #391
CE Offered: BACB
Developments in Teaching Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 114
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Heather Pane (Daemen University)
Discussant: Michelle A. Hickman (Daemen University)
CE Instructor: Heather Pane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) present with delays in the development of play skills. This symposium will describe interventions to teach play skills to children with ASD. The first study conducted a quantitative analysis of published peer-reviewed studies that evaluated interventions to teach toy play skills to children with ASD. The second study replicated and extended Pane et al. (2022) by comparing the acquisition of development-matched and age-matched play targets. The authors extended Pane et al. by targeting different play categories, assessing additional imitation skills, and conducting a caregiver assessment to determine each participant’s common experiences and preferences, as well caregiver’s values and preferences. The third study investigated whether visual aids, such as picture cues, were necessary to teach preschool-aged autistic children to make contextually appropriate play statements while playing with playsets. Participants required picture cues to increase their contextually appropriate play statements. The fourth study examined the effects that a linked digital activity schedule had on promoting cooperative thematic play between children with ASD. Participants demonstrated increased engagement in contextually appropriate cooperative play, and caregivers exhibited support for the goals, procedures, and outcomes. Implications and future directions for research and teaching play skills will be addressed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts or those studying to be behavior analysts enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will: 1. Identify evidence-based interventions for teaching play skills to children with autism spectrum disorder. 2. Identify variables to consider when teaching play skills (e.g., assessment, play targets) 3. Identify areas of future research in teaching play skills to children with autism spectrum disorder.
 

Teaching Toy Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature

HEATHER PANE (Daemen University), Toni Rose Agana (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College, CUNY), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of New Jersey, LLC)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often present with delays in the development of play skills, requiring intensive intervention. Clinicians commonly target toy play skills with this population, and therefore a current comprehensive review of toy play interventions to inform clinicians about empirically-based procedures and to facilitate future lines of research was warranted. The current paper provides a context for behavioral interventions for play skills by first summarizing theories of play and describing play of neurotypically developing children and children with autism spectrum disorder, followed by a systematic quantitative analysis of published peer-reviewed studies that evaluated interventions to teach toy play skills to children with ASD. Sixty-six evaluations met the inclusion criteria and were evaluated across several parameters (e.g., pre-assessment, dependent variable, functional/symbolic play, independent variable, naturalistic teaching components, generalization). A comprehensive summary of the findings is provided, along with recommendations about toy play instruction (e.g., play assessment, toys, play partner, play actions) and future areas for research are recommended.

 
Comparing Development-Matched and Age-Matched Play Targets: A Replication and Extension
TONI ROSE AGANA (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Heather Pane (Daemen University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Previous research has supported selecting development-matched (DM; i.e., based on an individual’s development) targets rather than age-matched (AM; i.e., based on chronological age) targets to teach play skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, few studies have been conducted, and replications and extensions of this research are needed. The current study replicated Pane et al. (2022) by comparing the acquisition of DM and AM play targets when teaching play skills to four children with ASD. No contrived prompts or consequences were used to teach play skills in either condition. Extensions included identifying targets via a newer version of the Developmental Play Assessment (DPA), participants with different DPA play categories than those in Pane et al., assessing additional imitation skills, and conducting a caregiver assessment, the Family Values and Experiences questionnaire (FaVE), to determine each participant’s common experiences and preferences, as well as their caregiver’s values and preferences. As in Pane et al., participants demonstrated a higher level of scripted play actions in the DM condition than in the AM condition.
 

Evaluating the Role of Visual Aids When Teaching Autistic Preschoolers to Comment During Play

BEVERLY NICHOLS (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Nick Alexander Lindgren (Utah State University), Vincent E. Campbell (California State University Stanislaus), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University), Jessica Osos (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Deficits in communication and play can affect the quality of life of autistic children. Script training and fading is an evidence-based practice that can be used to teach communication during play. A recent study suggests that script frames can become associated with other supplemental visual stimuli, picture cues. However, fading supplemental visual stimuli can be difficult. If we can associate script frames with other visual stimuli that are a part of the natural environment, such as the toys children are playing with, then fading of supplemental visual stimuli would not be necessary. Thus, the purpose of this study was to investigate whether visual aids, such as picture cues, are necessary to teach preschool-aged autistic children to make contextually appropriate play statements while playing with playsets. We began teaching contextually appropriate play statements using only echoic prompts. If echoic prompts alone were unsuccessful at sufficiently increasing responding, we introduced picture cues, with attending and echoic prompts. All three participants required the introduction of picture cues to increase their contextually appropriate play statements. Two participants also required pre-session behavioral skills training with the picture cues to meet mastery.

 
Using Linked Digital Activity Schedules to Prompt Cooperative Thematic Play
VINCENT E. CAMPBELL (California State University Stanislaus), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Beverly Nichols (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nick Alexander Lindgren (Utah State University), Kinsey Wallace (Utah State University), JESSICA Anna OSOS (Utah State University), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may demonstrate behavioral deficits and excesses that may limit their ability to effectively respond within a social play setting. As a result, children with ASD may choose to engage in isolated play, thus, limiting their ability to access the benefits associated with social play. Behavioral research has demonstrated that the implementation of activity schedules targeting cooperative play has led to an increase in appropriate play for children with ASD. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects that a linked digital activity schedule has on promoting cooperative thematic play between children on the autism spectrum. In this study, three dyads of participants with ASD demonstrated the acquisition of thematic play scenarios when they received training on the linked digital activity schedule. Additionally, participants demonstrated an increased engagement in contextually appropriate cooperative play, and caregivers exhibited support for the goals, procedures, and outcomes of this teaching approach as their child independently engaged in cooperative thematic play. Our results, however, do not provide significant evidence to claim that the teaching procedures are associated with increased novel vocal responses, higher affect scores, or consistent generalization of contextually appropriate cooperative play to the home setting.
 
 
Symposium #392
CE Offered: BACB
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: A Systematic Review of Outcome and Current Refinements in Implementation
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University )
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D.
Abstract:

We will present a systematic review of individual participant data from the published articles on the outcomes of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with autism. The findings will expand on and be compared with other recent reviews of EIBI. Implications of the findings for general implementation practices will be discussed. The preliminary outcome from an EIBI center in London, UK will be presented and we will describe how a standardised framework for measuring a wide range of effects is implemented in this setting. We will consider the resources and training needed to employ these measures and the possible benefits of it. We will present data on how the quality of EIBI can be affected by measuring and improving the general learning environment in local mainstream pre-schools, where EIBI usually is implemented in Norway. Lastly, a case study demonstrates how behavioral analytic procedures such as functional analysis can be used to assess and reduce seizure-like behavior in a girl with Rett syndrome.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Intervention, EIBI, IPD review, Learning Environment
Target Audience:

Internediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the outcome of EIBI; (2) describe how to measure and improve learning environments in mainstream preschools; (3) describe ways to use a functional analysis in new ways.
 

A Systematic Review of Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention for Children With Autism Using Individual Participant Data

SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Vestland University College, Bergen, Norway), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Børge Strømgren (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Anya Fields (California State University, Northridge), Christina Melanie Saez (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

We gathered individual participant data on 784 children from 17 clinically controlled studies on behavioral intervention for children with autism. The participants were between 2 and 7 years of age at intake and had received behavioral intervention for a minimum of 1 year. The participants were placed either in a behavioral intervention group or in a comparison group. We analyzed outcome in terms of clinical significance. First, we computed the Reliable Change Index for IQ, adaptive behavior, and autism severity. Significantly more children receiving behavioral intervention achieved reliable change in IQ, adaptive behavior, and autism severity. Second, we computed the proportion. of children scoring within the normal/non-clinical range at intake and after the intervention. A significantly larger proportion of the children receiving behavioral intervention scored within the normal range on IQ, adaptive behavior and within the non-clinical range on autism severity following intervention. The most consistent predictor of outcome was intensity in terms of the weekly intervention hours provided. These findings are compared to the findings of other recent reviews and we make some recommendations for intervention implementation and measurements of outcome.

 

Preliminary Outcomes of Early Intensive Behavior Interventions (EIBI) Provided in a Centre-Based Model in London, United Kingdom (UK): Adopting A Broader Framework for Evaluating Outcome

Mikaela Green (First Bridge Centre), Sasha Zerkalova (First Bridge Centre, London, UK), SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

The centre-based model of service delivery developed over the last 3 years at the First Bridge Centre in London will be presented. Possible pros and cons of a centre-based provision compared to other models of service delivery will be discussed. Also, we will present data on the time and resources needed to implement a broad range of outcome measures and the possible benefits of it. Recently published frameworks recommended standardized measures of autism severity, adaptive behavior, challenging behavior, quality of life and social validity, along with criterion referenced measures. Outcome after 6 months on skill acquisition, autism severity and preferences for social stimuli will the presented for 16 children. Outcome after 12 and 24 months on adaptive behaviors, autism severity and problems behaviors will be presented for 12 children and compared to the published outcome of other EIBI provision models and suggested benchmarks. Lastly, we will present the results on social validity.

 

Staff Training to Improve the Preschool Educational Environment for Children With Special Needs

HEGE TRYGGESTAD (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Børge Strømgren (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University)
Abstract:

In recent years, there have been reports of inconsistent quality in general education and challenges in implementing special education support and Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI). These results indicate that staff training is needed to improve the quality of services for children with special needs attending preschool. This study employs a delayed multiple baseline design to evaluate a staff training program's influence on the quality of general education, EIBI, and learning opportunities (learn units) in three inclusive preschool units. The intervention period was 17 weeks, consisting of a 4-hour post-baseline workshop followed by bi-weekly coaching with the entire staff group in the unit. The results showed an increase in the number of learn units with an effect size ranging from medium to large and improved EIBI quality. The quality of general education, measured by the Autism Program Environment Rating Scale (APERS-P-SE), improved in each preschool from baseline to posttest and on to follow-up. Promising results and assessment of staff social validity indicate that staff training with the entire staff group, using APERS-P-SE, and focusing on learn units may be one way to improve the implementation of EIBI and the general quality in preschools.

 

Clinical and Parent-Administered Functional Analysis of Seizure-Like Behaviors in a Female With Rett Syndrome

MAGNUS STARBRINK (SWABA), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo Metropolitan University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Johanna Edervall (Swedish center for Rett syndrome and related disorders, Frösön Sweden.)
Abstract:

Contextual events are recognized to affect seizure-like behaviors, yet there is limited research on procedures assessing contextual control of seizure-like behaviors. This study aimed to examine the utilization of a brief precursor functional analysis (FA) within a clinical team assessment. Also, this study investigated if telehealth supervision could guide a parent administered replication of the FA. The participants were a young female with Rett syndrome and a history of epilepsy as well as non-epileptic seizures and her mother. The main outcome measure was precursor behavior occurrence and condition interval duration. In addition, data on procedure fidelity, inter-rater agreement (IRR), and social validity were obtained. Tau-U statistics were used for statistical analysis. The clinical FA revealed that the seizure-like behaviors served functions of access to attention and preferred activities. The parent-administered FA showed a procedure fidelity of 92 percent and resembled clinical FA findings and statistical analysis showed a large effect size (Tau = 1, p .014. Cl 90% .328 < > 1). Overall IRR was substantial with a mean of 93.3 percent and social validity ratings were high. This study suggests that adapted FA procedures could provide important information in the assessment of non-epileptic seizures.

 
 
Symposium #393
CE Offered: BACB
Procedural Refinements for Improving the Quality of Training Across Professional and Non-Professional Populations
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (University of Michigan Medical School)
CE Instructor: Michael E. Kelley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The effectiveness of behavioral programming is largely dependent upon a behavior analyst's ability to effectively train the people who will be responsible for implementing the protocols. As such, it is incumbent upon behavior analysts to become effective trainers for people in the field (e.g., behavior analysts-in-training) as well as non-behavioral implementers (e.g., parents, untrained paraprofessionals). Fortunately, a substantial literature base exists documenting effective training strategies. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) incorporates the use of specific strategies, such as instructions, modeling/role-playing, and performance feedback, to provide high-quality training. While a strong literature base exists on the topic, there remain important areas in need of extension and refinement. The current symposium will cover several important aspects of effective training, including the use of BST to decrease reactivity and improve treatment integrity in staff members (Reyes), using online BST training to teach paraprofessionals behavior analytic interventions for use in classrooms (English), using BST to teach adult program staff to implement trial-based FAs (Budge), and disseminating behavior analytic content to non-behavioral professionals (Lerman). Dr. Michael Kelley will serve as discussant and provide comments at the end of the symposium.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, dissemination, training
Target Audience:

Attendees should have some familiarity with Behavioral Skills Training

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe BST and feedback as an intervention to improve treatment integrity 2. Describe how the use of pyramidal training and BST can be used to efficiently train staff 3. Describe a three-tier model for training remotely, identify challenges to training teachers remotely, and state the social validity outcomes of a remote training. 4. Describe the seven-step blueprint for success in disseminating our technologies to nonbehavioral professionals.
 
An Evaluation of Staff Management Strategies to Minimize Reactivity in Treatment Integrity of Intervention Implementers
CLAUDIA REYES (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Rasha Baruni (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate reactivity to observation by collecting treatment integrity data in observer present and observer absent conditions and increase treatment integrity in observer absent conditions by delivering feedback to participants following observer absent observation sessions. All three participants showed reactivity to observation in baseline, with better performance while the observer was present, and the two who received feedback in observer present conditions only improved performance when the observer was present. Therefore, we implemented feedback in the observer absent condition showed increased treatment integrity when observer was absent. The third participant, who responded above criterion in the observer present condition during baseline, went straight into feedback in the observer absent condition and also showed improved performance in this condition. The results of this study show that reactivity to observation is an ongoing concern in managing staff behavior and that feedback should be delivered in all contexts in which treatment integrity is expected of implementers.
 

Training Practitioners to Conduct Trial Based Functional Analysis With Adults With Autism Using Pyramidal Behavior Skills Training

JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Angela O'Donnell (Rutgers University), Judith Harrison (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Courtney Butler (Rutgers University), Samantha Van Dean (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

As the rates of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) increase, so does the need to provide high-quality and empirically validated supports across the lifespan. Despite most of an individual’s life taking place in adulthood, it is well-documented that the supports and services for adults with ASD are severely lacking. This is evidenced by outcomes indicating that many adults on the spectrum are unemployed, underemployed, or do not have appropriate services. Challenging behavior is one of the most significant barriers to accessing community participation and employment. Individuals who present with challenging behavior require empirically validated methods that lead to function-based treatment. Trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is a method of determining the function of behavior that is well-suited to community settings. However, adult services often lack the resources and qualified staff required to conduct specialized assessments. There is a need for empirically validated training methodologies coupled with strategies that reduce resources to improve the outcomes for adults with ASD. The purpose of the current study is to determine if a functional relation exists between: pyramidal Behavior Skills Training (BST) on the training of TBFA conducted by graduate students for center-employed job coaches and the accuracy of implementation of TBFA conducted by job coaches.

 
A Remote Multi-Tiered Training Model Serving Educators Across Texas School Districts: A Pilot Program
CHARITY ENGLISH (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amy Richardson (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Abstract: Federal laws such as the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) require school staff to utilize evidence-based strategies in public schools; however, accessible training on such methodologies is difficult to receive due to barriers such as time constraints and location. To bridge the gap, we piloted a remote three-tiered training model incorporating group and individualized trainings targeted at many rural and underserved areas of Texas. School staff attended a virtual Tier 1 group training that introduced general applied behavior analysis (ABA) approaches relevant to the classroom. A subset of trainees proceeded to individualized in-depth Tier 2 trainings on specialized topics of their choice. Finally, a portion of the graduates from Tier 2 progressed to Tier 3 where they learned to train and transfer new skills to their on-campus colleagues by utilizing Behavioral Skills Training (BST). A secondary training was created to instruct paraprofessionals in the areas of behavior reduction and skill acquisition. Program implementation, participation outcomes, and social validity measures will be discussed in this presentation.
 
A Recommended Blueprint for Disseminating Behavior-Analytic Technologies to Nonbehavioral Professionals
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have a long history of training nonbehavioral professionals to implement behavior-analytic procedures. However, the most effective interventions and training modalities are often the least efficient, which may prohibit the dissemination of our science to large numbers of professionals and encourage trainers to rely on largely ineffective approaches. Drawing on her experiences with educators, law enforcement officers, and health care providers, the presenter will describe a tentative seven-step blueprint for success in disseminating our technologies to nonbehavioral professionals. In particular, behavior analysts are more likely to be successful when they add value to the nonbehavioral professionals’ existing systems of training, service delivery, and outcomes. To do so, the behavior analyst should learn as much as possible about the profession; help the professionals achieve desired goals; remain flexible in their approaches; consider modifying typical best practices; retain and integrate current practices of the profession; conduct single-subject pilot studies prior to scaling up; and help the profession sustain the dissemination activities. The presenter will conclude with directions for future research.
 
 
Symposium #395
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Come With Alice Beyond the Looking Glass: Trauma From a Behavioral Perspective
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Discussant: Robin Williams (Simplify Behavior )
CE Instructor: Robin Williams, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Trauma, a reaction to events that people do not have the capacity to cope with effectively, is a human experience that has often been ignored or unacknowledged by behavior analysts, perhaps because it is not directly observable and measurable. However, it is important for behavior analysts to address trauma, as it has a profound effect on behaviors being analyzed when conducting functional behavioral assessments. The presenters in this symposium will address several aspects of trauma. The first presenter will use behavioral principles to explain the effect of trauma on behavior, which will increase the ability of behavior analysts to understand and provide interventions for individuals who have experienced trauma. The second presenter will propose the addition of two additional functions of behavior that seem more common in individuals who have experienced trauma, control and signs of damage, for behavior analysts to consider in their functional behavioral assessments. The third presenters will provide strategies for assisting individuals with intellectual/developmental disabilities in dealing with trauma. The final presenters will describe a behavioral observation system for measuring trauma-informed interactions and provide information about its ability to reliably measure change in the behavior of people who had been trained to use those strategies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, observation system, trauma, trauma-informed care
Target Audience:

Participants can include BCBAs, teachers, school administrators, psychologists, psychiatrists, nurses, counselors, therapists, and social workers. Participants should be familiar with terms including verbal behavior, discriminative stimuli, establishing and abolishing operations, and positive and negative reinforcement, and have experience and examples dealing with those terms.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Explain why youth who have experienced trauma are more likely to exhibit challenging behaviors; (2) Describe how to incorporate distal setting events, discriminative stimuli, and motivating operations into functional behavioral assessments of youth who have experienced trauma; (3) Describe two additional functions of behavior that seem more common in individuals who have experienced trauma, control and signs of damage, for behavior analysts to consider in their functional behavioral assessments; (4) Describe strategies for assisting individuals with intellectual/developmental disabilities in dealing with trauma; (5) Describe a behavioral observation system for measuring trauma-informed interactions and its ability to reliably measure change in the behavior of people who had been trained to use those strategies.
 
Explaining the Impact of Trauma Using Setting Events, Motivating Operations, Discriminative Stimuli, and Reinforcement History
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Abstract: When confronted with challenging behavior, behavior analysts often look only for observable antecedents in the present environment when conducting functional behavioral assessments. Although observable antecedents can serve as triggers to elicit challenging behaviors, underlying trauma can make behaviors more extreme and produce automatic physiological responses. Behavior analysts need to incorporate distal setting events, discriminative stimuli, motivating operations, and reinforcement history into their functional behavioral assessments of challenging behaviors of individuals who have experienced trauma. Additionally, it is necessary to acknowledge the impact of verbal behavior in implementing effective interventions, as private thoughts and feelings often are the establishing operations that motivate challenging behaviors. When strong emotional reactions and physiological responses are brought about by underlying trauma, trauma-informed response can serve as abolishing operations for these challenging behaviors. The presenter will offer alternative responses that staff and teachers can use with individuals who have experienced trauma and subsequently exhibit challenging behavior.
 
Beyond the “Fab Four”: A Look at Function Through a Trauma Lens
SHARON ESTILL OLDER (Adapt Behavioral Services)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are trained to identify four functions of behavior, which are attention, escape, access, and automatic reinforcement. However, this framework has its limitations, especially regarding individuals who have experienced trauma. Traumatic experiences can create overgeneralized escape or avoidance of environmental stimuli that were paired with trauma. They can also create a desensitization to or tolerance of inappropriate behaviors of others that they were exposed to on a regular basis. Traumatic experiences can also have the opposite effect, resulting in hypersensitivity or hypervigilance to behaviors of others that were associated with these events. These events can alter the specific type of attention that is reinforcing, establish “signs of damage” as a reinforcer, increase the value of “control” as a motivator, as well as expose the child to sexual stimulation as an automatic reinforcer at a much earlier age than is typical. Variations of the “Fab Four” functions, as well as other maintaining variables, will be presented as ways to conceptualize sequelae of trauma and assist service providers in developing more effective interventions for individuals with trauma histories.
 

How to Use Trauma-Informed and Compassionate Approaches Effectively With Individuals With Developmental and Intellectual Disability

GABRIELLE MORGAN (Bay Path University), Amber Flannigan (Dorchester School District Four)
Abstract:

It is well documented that Individuals with diagnosed developmental and intellectual disability have an increased risk of experiencing adverse events including abuse and neglect. These are also the populations primarily served by behavior analysts. With the emerging interest of behavior analysts in utilizing trauma-informed and compassionate approaches, it is imperative that we incorporate these concepts into our practice while remaining true to behavioral principles and our ethics code. This presentation will discuss the effects of adverse experiences on behavior, how to take those experiences into consideration when developing interventions, engaging with caregivers, and collaborating with a multidisciplinary team The first presenter will also describe steps that should be taken by behavioral providers to remain within their scope of competence while effectively and ethically serving individuals with backgrounds of adverse experiences. The second presenter who is a school psychologist will provide resources, strategies, and a case example of how to use these approaches in schools.

 

Measuring Trauma-Informed Care Strategies: The Reliably and Utility of an Observation System

COURTNEY ALSTON (East Carolina University), Taylor Smith (East Carolina University), Login Routh (East Carolina University), George Cherry Jr (East Carolina University), Nancy Soto-Garcia (East Carolina University), Daniel Stickel (East Carolina University), Richard Ung (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

A behavioral observation system was developed to measure school personnel's use of trauma-informed strategies. The verbal behavior of adults toward youth can serve as motivating operations that can either encourage (establishing) or discourage (abolishing) aggressive, violent, oppositional, or defiant behavior. When strong emotional reactions and physiological responses are brought about by underlying trauma, techniques such as reflective listening, reframing, empathy, paradoxical intention, reinforcement, validating, and debriefing can serve as abolishing operations for these challenging behaviors. School personnel participated in a workshop that described and demonstrated these strategies and then practiced these strategies in role-play sessions. Undergraduate students were trained to identify trauma-informed strategies on a checklist using a series of role-play sessions to practice observing and test reliability. Inter-observer reliability was calculated on a series of observations of school personnel by two students. Comparisons of the use of trauma-informed strategies before and after training were made to determine any behavior changes in school personnel. Presenters will report on inter-observer reliability as well as changes in school personnel's behavior and demonstrate some of these trauma-informed strategies.

 
 
Symposium #396
CE Offered: BACB
Novel Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Medical Settings or With Unique Patient Presentations
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The use of behavior analytics strategies has been increasingly shown in the literature in novel settings and with novel patients. This symposium will present four novel applications of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in medical settings or with unique patient presentations. Data will be presented on use of behavior analytic strategies in medical settings related to reducing the use of physical restraint in medical settings by hospital personnel and the acceptability of a crisis management program for use in medical settings. Large sample outcomes incorporating more than ten years of data from over 400 patients of an outpatient clinic targeting reduction of challenging behaviors will be discussed. Finally, strategies related to the treatment of complex motor stereotypy that incorporates times when access to stereotypy is available and the treatment of the understudied and controversial diagnosis of Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorders associated with Streptococcus (PANDAS) will be reviewed. Each author will discuss implications for research and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs. Especially those practicing in medical areas.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will be able to identify ways that applied behavior analysis can be extended to medical settings. 2. Learners will be able to define and identify ways to treat complex motor stereotypy. 3. Learners will be able to describe PANDAS and how ABA strategies can be used with this population.
 

Outcomes of an Inclusive Intensive Day Treatment Clinic for Individuals With Challenging Behavior

MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (The University of Iowa), Elizabeth Freiburger (University of Iowa), Jenny Feng (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Clinics specializing in behavior analytic interventions for challenging behavior commonly restrict their services to children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. However, individuals across all ages, with and without disabilities, display challenging behavior necessitating treatment. The BioBehavioral Day Treatment Clinic at the University of Iowa specializes in behavior analytic intervention for challenging behavior for individuals across the lifespan without exclusion criteria related to diagnosis. Over the past 10 years, this clinic has provided assessment and treatment services to more than 400 individuals exhibiting challenging behavior. This talk will provide an overview of the service model used in this clinic and a detailed description of the patients it serves. Data on assessment and treatment outcomes for patients served over the past 10 years will be presented with additional analyses of outcome data based on various patient characteristics. This talk will also include a discussion on the benefits, limitations, and challenges of a fully inclusive clinic service.

 
Evaluation of Evocative Antecedent Events in the Assessment and Treatment of Primary Complex Motor Stereotypy
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Pogue (The Hospital for Sick Children), Sydney Pippin Lenfestey (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Harvey Singer (Johns Hopkinds School of Medicine)
Abstract: While most often noted in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), intellectual disability, or sensory deprivation, stereotypic movements can also present in typically developing children. Primary, complex motor stereotypies (PCMS; hand flapping, body rocking, arm waving in otherwise typically developing children) occur in approximately 3-4% of children and can be socially stigmatizing, leading to bullying and social isolation. Previous research has suggested that behavioral intervention consisting of habit reversal therapy can be effective in reducing these behaviors, though outcomes have been primarily via pre/post ratings and/or caregiver report. In addition, there have been no studies to date to use functional analysis methodology to experimentally identify evocative contexts where PCMS occurs. The current study involves the functional analysis and treatment of three children with PCMS using differential reinforcement of other behavior, signaled availability, and schedule thinning in a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. Treatment sessions occurred in-person, and ranged from 6-20 hours of assessment and intervention. Results suggest a 99% reduction of motor stereotypy from baseline across all three participants. Clinical implications and future directions will be discussed.
 

Applying Behavior-Analytic Methodology to Patient- and Systems-Level Needs in a Tertiary Medical Hospital: It Works (and Is Needed)

ALEC M BERNSTEIN (Children's Mercy Kansas City; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine), Rebecca M Ebbers (Children’s Mercy Kansas City Hospital; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine), Nataleigh Messimore (University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine), Kelsey M. Dachman (Center for Supportive Communities; University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Staff injuries and difficulty managing challenging behavior continue to plague the healthcare setting. As the healthcare setting begins to recognize the need for behavior analysts within the interdisciplinary clinical team, their novice understanding of applied behavior analysis—its conceptualization of behavior, methodology, and generality—persists. Empirically demonstrating the clinical success of behavior-analytic services can increase awareness of the usefulness of applied behavior analysis for patient-level issues. Savvy marketing of these outcomes can facilitate awareness of how the healthcare setting might employ a similar conceptualization and methodology for systems-level issues. In this presentation, we describe several projects related to the application of behavior analysis within a tertiary medical hospital. The first projects demonstrate the usefulness of our science for addressing patient-level issues such as evaluating causal relations between violent media and challenging behavior and reducing the use of physical restraint. The latter project, which came at the request of our hospital leadership following the dissemination of our clinical outcomes, demonstrates the generalization of behavior-analytic methodology for addressing a systems-level issue related to the effectiveness and acceptability of the hospital’s current crisis management program.

 

A Behavioral Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of an Understudied and Controversial Diagnosis: Pediatric Acute-Onset Neuropsychiatric Syndrome (PANS)/Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorders Associated With Streptococcal Infections (PANDAS)

ANDREW GARDNER (The University of Arizona – Departments of Pediatrics and Psychiatry), Chelsea E. Carr (The University of Arizona)
Abstract:

PANS/PANDAS is an autoimmune disorder marked by an acute onset of obsessive-compulsive disorder or severe restricted food intake, along with at least two of the following symptoms: anxiety, emotional lability, depression, aggression, developmental or behavioral regressions, deterioration in school performance, tics, or somatic symptoms. The simultaneous treatment of biological and behavioral symptoms is recommended for children diagnosed with PANS/PANDAS (Thienemann, et al., 2017). Accurate data are crucial to ensure adherence to medical and behavioral interventions to improve functioning and decrease suffering. However, due to the simultaneous treatment of bio-behavioral symptoms, accurate data are often difficult to progress monitor. In this presentation, we demonstrate methods of assessing and tracking changes in symptomatology in children diagnosed with PANS/PANDAS. ABA-based data collection methods including scatterplot, multi-element designs, and function-based narratives were used to track intervention variables as well as changes in symptoms over time for 3 children diagnosed with PANS/PANDAS within our multidisciplinary team of professionals (including behavior analysis, psychiatry, developmental pediatrics, immunology).

 
 
Symposium #397
CE Offered: BACB
The Seasons Change: Exploring the Use of Virtual Reality in the Practice of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Einar T. Ingvarsson (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment)
Discussant: Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University)
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Virtual reality (VR) is increasingly being used in various fields for multiple purposes, including training, assessment, and intervention. It is virtually certain that its application will continue to increase in the foreseeable future. VR-based procedures have the potential to contribute to the efficiency, practicality, and safety of behavior analytic services. The current symposium includes three research studies and one systematic review evaluating different ways in which VR may be used to enhance assessment and intervention. First, Bronte Reidinger will present a study on a VR-based parent training program. Second, Armen Gushchyan will describe research on automated VR training of functional analysis procedures for pre-service clinicians. Third, Katie Kariel will present a study evaluating the acquisition and generalization of peer social skills taught through a VR modality. Fourth, Ellie Kazemi will describe the results of a systematic literature review of VR and AI (artificial intelligence) interventions for skill building. And last but not least, Berglind Sveinbjörnsdóttir will provide discussant‘s comments.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, parent training, social skills, virtual reality
Target Audience: Knowledge of basic principles and common procedures of applied behavior analysis (e.g., early career BCBA).
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the benefits and limitations of utilizing VR in ABA interventions; (2) describe how to measure and program for generalization of skills acquired through VR-based instruction; and (3) describe ways to program for skill acquisition while utilizing VR environments.
 
Acceptability and Usability of a Virtual Reality Parent Training to Teach Behavior Analytic Intervention Skills
BRONTE REIDINGER (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Patrice Tremoulet (Rowan University), George Lecakes (Rowan University), Garrett Williams (Rowan University), Amanda Almon (Rowan University)
Abstract: Unsafe and interfering behavior in autistic children presents challenges for the child and their family. Although parent training in behavioral interventions can be effective in increasing alternative behaviors and decreasing challenging behaviors, many parents encounter barriers accessing training (e.g., time, transportation) and in the quality of training received (e.g., insufficient and unrealistic practice). This study aims to address some of these challenges by developing and pilot testing a virtual reality (VR) training program for parents, with input from parents, autistic individuals, and clinicians. The program includes five “levels” of evidence-based behavioral skills (prompting, differential reinforcement and extinction, functional communication training, schedule thinning, and a treatment challenge). In this study, behavior therapists with experience conducting parent training pilot tested each level. For each level, 12 participants completed an in-person baseline of clinical skills, pilot tested the VR training, and completed an in-person posttest. Data on acceptability, usability, and implementation of behavioral interventions before, during, and after VR training will be presented for all levels. Preliminary data indicates that participants found the program acceptable and usable and improved in intervention implementation. These preliminary data suggest that VR may be a beneficial tool for mitigating barriers and effectively teaching behavioral interventions to parents.
 
Automated Virtual Reality Training of Functional Analysis Procedures for Pre-Service Clinicians
ARMEN GUSHCHYAN (Utah State University), Casey J. Clay (Utah State University), John Robert Budde (Children’s Hospital of Orange County)
Abstract: Virtual reality (VR) offers several useful applications for behavior analysts in clinical and training positions. VR training has been shown to be effective in other fields including medicine and industry. One application for behavior analysts is the use of fully immersive training environments for stakeholders trying to reduce challenging behavior and increase adaptive behavior skills. This project includes data-based demonstration in which a fully immersive VR simulation was used to build assessment skills for challenging behavior. Specifically, the study includes outcomes of an automated training for pre-service behavior analysts on how to conduct functional analysis for challenging behavior in a fully immersive virtual environment. Researchers found VR automated training was effective in increasing baseline rates of performance for all participants. Post-training probes revealed pre-service clinicians could conduct 66% of conditions to above 90% correct mastery. In-vivo feedback by a trainer was delivered and all participants conducted all functional analysis sessions at mastery levels. Further, generalization of assessment skills was seen in a non-VR in-vivo environment at mastery levels for all participants.
 

Examining the Effects of Virtual Reality (VR) Instruction on the Acquisition and Generalization of Peer Social Skills

KATHLEEN KARIEL (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Einar T. Ingvarsson (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Rachel Metras (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Lydia A Beahm (Clemson University), Diana S. Smith (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Anna-Rochelle Anderson (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment), Christine Oliver (VIA Centers for Neurodevelopment)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysts are increasingly exploring the utility of virtual reality (VR) based interventions. Much of the published research on VR within ABA has focused on training staff and treatment implementers; however, VR also holds promise as an intervention component for clients and consumers of ABA services, including those with ASD. The current study includes young children with ASD and involves measuring acquisition of peer social skills within a VR environment (using Floreo® virtual therapy) as well as generalization to “real world” setting with live peers. Results for two boys (6 and 9 years old) show acquisition of peer social skills (greetings, joining or initiating conversation, and inviting peers to join a group) within the VR environment with minimal experimenter-implemented prompting and reinforcement. Generalization to real-life peers during initial probe measures was variable, but brief in-situ training resulted in mastery-level performance in all cases. Data collection is underway with additional participants.

 

Stepping Into the Future: Exploring the VRvolution and Artificial Intelligence (AI) for Skill Building

ELLIE KAZEMI (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & CSUN), An An Chang (California State University, Northridge), Matthew Davies (California State University, Northridge), Vahe Esmaeili (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

We conducted a systematic literature review exploring the effectiveness of Virtual Reality (VR) Training, as well as interventions including artificial intelligence (AI) components. Out of the 1,357 articles related to VR and AI, only 18 met our inclusionary criteria, which included measurement of training outcomes that were observable and measurable. In this presentation, I will provide an overview of the articles we reviewed, including the participant demographics, experimental design, the skills taught, the methods of measurement used (including generality measures), the components of behavior skills training (BST) that were commonly incorporated, and the inclusion of components of simulation-based training (e.g., degree of immersion, type of human-AI interaction, multiple exemplars, and data presentation capability). I will also discuss the generality of the results and participants’ reports of social validity in the context of the future of skill development and simulation-based training. I will conclude with a discussion of avenues for future research and implications for practice.

 
 
Symposium #398
CE Offered: BACB
Measures Related to Social Validity During Intensive Feeding Treatment
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida)
Discussant: Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Kerri P. Peters, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Outcomes of behavior-analytic feeding intervention have important implications because they contribute to reducing child health risks, mental health problems, and increased health care costs. As such, throughout a clinical course of treatment, there are various perspectives from which social validity and caregiver input can be considered. Studies in this symposium will highlight a few of these areas, ranging from indices of child happiness to a caregiver’s role as participants in their child’s feeding therapy. More specifically, the first presenter will show data on child indices of happiness and unhappiness during and outside of mealtimes. Next, data on the agreement between caregiver-reported data and therapist-reported data for child mealtime behavior will be shared. The third presentation will focus on daily social validity ratings during intensive home-based services. Finally, the last presenter will discuss the findings of a manualized feeding intervention during intensive services, including caregiver training and the experience's opinions. Taken together, results of these talks show mostly neutral behavior during and outside of meals, along with high degrees of caregiver satisfaction and involvement across clinic- and home-based services. Important directions for the measurement of how meaningful, practical, and impactful behavior-analytic feeding services are will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ARFID, caregiver acceptability, feeding disorders, social validity
Target Audience:

NA

Learning Objectives: t the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe at least two considerations related to social validity during behavior-analytic intervention for pediatric feeding disorders 2) Explain the role of a caregiver during intensive behavior-analytic feeding services 3) Identify future directions related to the measurement of child behavior and caregiver input during clinic- and home-based feeding services
 
Social Validity Measures During Intensive Feeding Treatment
KARLY M BARRETO (Children’s Specialized Hospital), Christopher W Engler (Children's Specialized Hosptial), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital), Emma Auten (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Casey Toutoungi (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Behavior-analytic interventions are empirically supported for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. However, measures of social validity are often excluded from research (Taylor & Taylor, 2022). When included, measures have been limited to surveys or questionnaires (e.g., Ahearn et al., 1996). Phipps et al. (2022) is one exception in which authors measured caregiver satisfaction while also measuring indices of child happiness and unhappiness during mealtime. The goal of the current study was to include a broader scope of social validity practices throughout a child’s admission to an intensive feeding program. We extended Phipps et al. by examining indices of happiness and unhappiness during the full admission, including inside and outside of mealtimes. Across two participants, average indices of happiness (10-14% during meals, 13-19% between meals) and unhappiness (11% during meals, 1-2% between meals) were low relative to indices of neutral behavior (74-79% during meals, 79-85% between meals). We will discuss these findings in conjunction with our recommendations for improving social validity in the context of treating children with feeding disorders.
 

Accuracy of Caregiver Report for Evaluating Treatment Effects for Feeding Disorders

DENISE PICHARDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison M. Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Interventions focused on the principles of applied behavior analysis are highly effective at treating pediatric feeding disorders by increasing appropriate mealtime behaviors and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behaviors. Treatment effectiveness is usually evaluated with data collected by trained observers. Unfortunately, trained observers may not always be available or present to monitor child behavior. To address this barrier, parents may be able to track their child’s treatment progress. A preliminary study suggested that some parents’ data may correspond well with trained observers and that parents can detect large changes in challenging behavior (Becraft et al., in press). In this study, we replicated and extended Becraft et al. with 8 parents of children receiving treatment for a feeding disorder. Overall, parent data were significantly correlated with observer data for inappropriate and appropriate mealtime behavior for 7 out of 8 parents. These data suggest that parent data may be used to track treatment progress and determine whether there is a treatment effect with little to no formal data collection training.

 

Daily Treatment Acceptability Ratings From an Intensive In-Home Feeding Program

SEAN D. CASEY (Hartland Feeding), Meara X. H. McMahon (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Current research widely supports the use of behavioral intervention to address a variety of feeding concerns for children with pediatric feeding disorder. These interventions are often delivered as a treatment package that undergoes data-based decision making and is subject to change over time. Previous feeding studies that measured social validity demonstrate mixed results over treatment acceptability and choice, even when considering common treatment components, such as antecedent strategies, escape extinction, and/or multiple forms of reinforcement. However, there are few studies that continuously evaluate social validity during a child’s admission to intensive feeding programs. Researchers of the current study administered a brief, daily measure of treatment acceptability (a modified version of the Abbreviated Acceptability Rating Profile) to caregivers to monitor social validity throughout each child’s intensive in-home feeding program admission. Clinicians were blind to treatment acceptability measure outcomes through the duration of the study. Results revealed overall high ratings throughout each child’s admission regardless of changes in treatment and behavior. Findings related to feasibility of ongoing social validity measurement and treatment acceptability when using escape extinction will be discussed.

 
Outcomes of a Caregiver-Mediated Intervention for Food Selectivity
SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Ivanna Betancourt (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Tanisha Jordan (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Courtney David (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: A retrospective chart review was conducted to examine the outcomes and clinical presentations for 12 autistic children with avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder who received treatment in an intensive, feeding-focused ABA clinic. Families were admitted to the program for three to four weeks and received care from a BCBA-D, an RBT, and a dietitian. The clinic employed a revised version of a manualized intervention including caregiver training on improving reliable consumption of established foods and introducing novel foods (i.e., MEAL Plan; Sharp et al., 2013). Self-feeder protocols for introducing novel foods were implemented in conjunction with prompting, antecedent strategies, and reinforcement and without common escape-extinction procedures (e.g., nonremoval of the spoon, representation). Findings suggest that this caregiver-mediated intervention was effective in increasing consumption of novel foods and these foods were maintained at follow up. Additionally, caregivers and clients participated in social validity surveys that suggested an overall positive perception of the intervention. Implications and future directions are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
Developmentally and Socially Significant Changes for Children With Autism: Intervention Stories From Three Countries
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nirvana Pistoljevic (EDUS-Education for All; CABAS)
Discussant: Fabiola Casarini (Errepiu R+ Association)
CE Instructor: Nirvana Pistoljevic, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The ever-increasing prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) results in a growing demand for competent behavior analysts. Although the field of behavior analysis is growing at a rapid pace, most of the behavior analysts are in the US while the rest of the world still face a huge demand for behavior analytic professionals. The symposium will present evidence-based interventions to teach children with autism and developmental disabilities to enhance their social and verbal behavior development from three different countries, including Italy, Bosnia and Herzegovina and the US. The symposium covers the applications of modified behavioral intervention packages for countries lacking resources for children with ASD and Developmental Disorders and their families. The presenters will present recent research findings on a modified naturalistic preference assessment with autistic children from Italy; decreasing severe avoidance behavior during daily activities and basic health routines with autistic children from Italy; a low-intensity intervention for parents and children with ASD in Bosnia and Herzegovina; and teaching mands through tact instruction for a preschooler with ASD in the US.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the process of individualizing socially significant behavior targets (2) design simple studies and measure the effects of programs on the skills of children and parents (3) describe the functional interdependence and functional dependence between verbal operants (4) take verbally-mediated decisions to overcome development challenges
 
Effects of a Modified Naturalistic Preference Assessment on Problem Behavior in Different Settings
FABIOLA CASARINI (Errepiu R+ Association), CHIARA LEUCI (AllenaMenti Educational Centre and Errepiù Association), Irene Liuzzo Scorpo (Errepiu), Gianluca Amato (VitaLab Educational Centre)
Abstract: Preference assessments are essential procedures to ensure the success of individualized educational programs. Still, the implementation for individuals with autism and severe problem behavior can have several limitations or take too long. We tested the effects of a modified naturalistic preference assessment with 7 autistic children aged 3 to 5. Participants attended both inclusive regular pre-schools and a learning center with the CABAS®-based model of instruction. All children functioned at an emergent listener-emergent speaker level of verbal behavior and emitted intense problem behavior in both settings before the beginning of the study. The dependent variables were the daily rate of problem behavior for each participant, in both regular kindergarten and learning center settings before and after the preference assessment. The design for this study was single-subject, with pre- and post-probes. Data showed that a modified naturalistic preference assessment protocol can be helpful in decreasing avoidance, self-injurious, and aggressive problem behavior for all participants. The total administration time ranged from 19 to 28 min across participants. Follow-up data and anecdotal observations also suggested that repetition of this “shortened” preference assessment effectively improves program individualization and promotes social inclusion for preschoolers with special needs.
 

Significant Routines: The Impact of Learning to Eat Healthy Snacks, Go to Bed, Cut Hair, and Do a Blood Test for Children With Autism and Their Caregivers

ELISA GALANTI (Scuola delle Stelle Learning Center), Fabiola Casarini (Errepiu R+ Association), Claudia Puchetti (VitaLab Educational Center), Cristina Ferro (Libero professionista), Adele Vero (Scuola delle Stelle Learning and Research Centre)
Abstract:

Quite often, parents of individuals with developmental disabilities find it challenging to cope with severe avoidance behavior during daily activities and basic health routines. Five male participants with autism and multiple disabilities, aged 3 to 7 years old, were selected for this study because of their increasing difficulties during meals, bedtime, medical examinations, and haircut experiences. Their level of verbal behavior development ranged from emergent listener-emergent speaker (Participants 3 and 4) to listener-speaker (Participants 1 and 2) and emergent reader/writer (Participant 1). We tested the effects of a multiple intervention package, based on systematic exposure to stimuli, with a forward chaining tactic and a change-criterion design for each participant. The independent variable was an individualized intervention with eating healthy snacks, bedtime, blood sample, and haircut routines. The dependent variable was the percentage of tasks independently performed by each child, before and after the intervention, during these experiences in natural environments (lunchtime at home and school, bedtime at home, blood collection appointment at the local hospital, and haircut at the local barbershop). Results showed that the intervention was successful for all participants. Anecdotal information also suggested that prioritizing such highly socially significant target behavior can be an effective choice for behavior analysts who supervise educational programs with low weekly frequency. Emerging data were also discussed based on the construct of “phobia”.

 

Teaching Mands Through Tact Instruction for aPreschooler With Autism Spectrum Disorder(ASD)

LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lilian Morales (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Skinner postulated the functional independence of verbal operants given that different verbal operants are under the control of correspondent variables (Skinner, 1957). However, more and more existing research has provided supporting evidence for functional interdependence. We tested the effects of teaching mands through tact instruction for a preschooler with ASD. Previous research tested the emergence of untrained mands and tacts in children with autism and individuals with language delays and traumatic brain injury. However, to our knowledge, few studies have used such functional interdependence as an independent variable to improve children’s verbal behavior development. The participant was a 3-year-old girl who struggled to learn mands through direct mand instruction. We used a multiple baseline design across sets. Our results show that after the participant demonstrated the transfer of control to mands and acquired the tact operants. The current study provided a novel way to teach children who struggled to learn basic verbal operants through direct instruction.

 

Parent Education Program as First-Line Intervention for Low- and Mid-Income Countries (LMIC): Development of Low-Intensity Intervention for Parents and Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in Bosnia and Herzegovina

NIRVANA PISTOLJEVIC (EDUS-Education for All; CABAS)
Abstract:

Due to the lack of resources for children with ASD and Developmental Disorders in Bosnia and Herzegovina and other Low- and Mid-Income Countries (LMIC), we developed and tested a possible first-line intervention to introduce parents to developmental and behavioral principles and pivotal developmental behavioral cusps and capabilities. We tested the effects of the program on the children’s number of skills, developmental milestones acquired, and the severity of ASD symptoms, and for parents, we tested the stress levels, parental confidence, and basic quality of life. Parents were enrolled in the program for ten 2-hour sessions with their children. After listening to the lectures about the basic ABA principles, developmental milestones, verbal behavior development, mands, tacts, the community of reinforcers, and similar pivotal developmental skills, parents got to practice those skills with their child and a teacher mentor. After each session, parents demonstrated the learned skills with their child using Learn Units, while mentors provided feedback. In addition, they had a one-on-one session with the teacher-mentor where they were able to discuss all questions regarding the programs they were doing at home and future steps. Parents reported that learning the basic principles of ABA and understanding the verbal behavior development theory helped them relieve their stress and feel more confident in "helping" their child. A pre-, and post-test group design was used in this study with a total of 30 families with children with ASD and other DD. We also marked an increase in the children’s skills in repertoire according to the developmental screening tools used.

 
 
Symposium #400
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual and Experimental Topics in the Formation of Stimulus Equivalence
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The first paper by ERIK ARNTZEN and Ruta Ezerinyte presents an experiment comparing performance in sorting and matching-to-sample (MTS) tests. In this experiment, untrained stimuli are presented in the sorting and MTS tests, respectively. The main findings were that participants sorted the novel stimuli in a separate class. The second paper by MANISH VAIDYA includes a review of behavioral and non-behavioral research on the notions of class-conflict and class-cohesion, which can be used in the interpretation of several cognitive phenomena in non-mentalistic terms. The third paper by LANNY FIELDS discusses four parameters that characterize the structure of an equivalence class with emphasis on the fourth parameter, the distribution of singles. The fourth paper by Álvaro Silva and GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI presents an experiment showing the emergence of various types of relationships (visual-visual, auditory-visual, auditory-auditory) by using compound stimuli with auditory and visual elements. Findings show that participants demonstrated varying degrees of emergence of visual-visual stimuli.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, emergent relations, stimulus Equivalence
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain that storting performance could be a Measure of the maintenance of Equivalence classes (2) describe the 4 parameters that characterize Equivalence classes (3) discuss the notions of class-conflict and class-cohesion
 
Sorting of Untrained Stimuli: Grouping in Existing or New Classes
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Ruta Ezerinyte (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: The aim of the present experiment was to explore how participants sorted stimuli that were not included in the establishment of conditional discriminations. The experiment used a linear series training structure training baseline conditional discriminations in 20 participants, college students until they reached a mastery criterion of a minimum of 90% correct responses. The experiment employed 20 abstract shapes, 16 (original stimuli) for the baseline training and 4 more (novel stimuli) in different tests. The baseline training included training of 12 conditional discriminations with the original 16 stimuli. Following the baseline training, half of the participants were exposed to a sequence of Sorting (16 + 4), MTS (16), Sorting (16 + 4), and MTS (16 + 4) and the other half of the participants were exposed to a sequence of MTS (16), Sorting (16 + 4), MTS (16 + 4), and Sorting (16 + 4). The main findings were that 4 of 10 participants sorted the stimuli in experimenter-defined classes and the untrained stimuli as a separate class after the MTS training (see Table 1 with 10 participants). This finding also correlated with the participants who formed equivalence classes.
 

Conflict and Cohesion: Interpreting ‘Cognitive Phenomena’ as Stimulus Control

MANISH VAIDYA (IBSTR)
Abstract:

The literature of experimental psychology is replete with assays designed to measure performance interpretable in terms of cognitive mechanisms. The semantic priming and the N400 effect, for example, are interpreted in terms of the target and prime stimuli’s membership in natural-language semantic networks. Sidman’s (1994, 2000) formulation of stimulus equivalence has been shown to provide a naturalistic interpretation of linguistic phenomena. This address will introduce the notion of class-conflict and class-cohesion as organizing principles that facilitate interpretation of a variety of cognitive phenomena in non-mentalistic terms. Cohesion refers to instances of facilitation of a categorization response when the stimuli belong to the same class and conflict refers to instances of retardation of that response when the stimuli belong to different classes. This address will review 1) data from several studies conducted in our lab and 2) review other behavioral and non-behavioral research to critically evaluate the utility of class-cohesion and class-conflict as organizing principles for a naturalistic interpretation of cognitive phenomena.

 

Distribution of Singles, Nodal Density, and the Structure of Equivalence Classes

LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The structure of any equivalence class is defined by four parameters (a) number of class members, (b) the number of nodes in a class, (c) training directionality, and (d) the distribution of singles attached by training to a node. To date, many studies have shown that variation in the values of the first three parameters influences the likelihood of class formation and/or the relatedness of stimuli in a class. To date, the effects of the fourth, the distribution of singles, on equivalence-based performances have received minimal attention. The only exception is Nedelcu, Fields, and Arntzen (2015). This presentation will consider the fourth parameter in detail, review the findings presented by Nedelcu, et al (2015), indicate how some other published studies might also reflect the effects of density of singles on class formation, suggest how singles density can account for the enhancement of class formation by meaningful stimuli, and finally, suggest some new studies that might show additional effects of density of singles on equivalence class formation.

 

Conditional Discrimination Training With Compound Stimuli and the Emergence of New Verbal and Non-Verbal Repertoires

Alvaro Silva (University of Sao Paulo), GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

This study focuses on the significance of identifying conditions that facilitate the development of new abilities through conditional discrimination training. The use of prompts to establish conditional relationships between arbitrary stimuli has proven effective; however, there is a need for a more comprehensive demonstration of the control prompts exert, whether in simple or conditional contexts. In addition, the study explores how training with compound stimuli containing both auditory and visual elements can lead to the emergence of various types of relationships (visual-visual, auditory-visual, auditory-auditory), including verbal skills. The study involved four children/adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and utilized images of painters, their names, paintings, and accompanying colors as prompts. Findings indicated that, initially, prompts had a stronger impact on simple discriminative control than on conditional control. Participants demonstrated varying degrees of relation between the paintings and their respective artists. Additionally, exposure to artists' names alongside their works during training led to the emergence of new behaviors, such as naming the artists when shown their pictures and pointing to the pictures when shown their names, even without direct training for these responses.

 
 
Symposium #401
Evaluating How Various Reinforcement Contingencies Affect Subsequent Extinction Effects in Human-Operant Arrangement and Applied Settings
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Samantha Ruth Walters (Georgia Southern University )
Discussant: Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES))
Abstract:

Extinction involves the suspension of reinforcement for a target behavior and is a commonly used procedure in differential reinforcement of alternative behavior interventions. Empirical evidence supports the use of extinction to produce effective and efficient reductions in severe problem behavior. Notwithstanding this evidence, the use of extinction may also come with a host of concerns related to social acceptability, ecological validity, response bursting, and the relapse of problem behavior. Toward answering questions related to these concerns, some research has focused on evaluating the variables which contribute to the sensitivity to extinction and extinction bursts, as well as identifying interventions that do not subsume extinction. We present a collection of presentations which span the continuum from translational to applied research investigating critical questions regarding extinction. In this symposium, Dr. Andrew Craig will present on the effects of continuous and partial reinforcement on extinction performance. Sydney Arthur will present on the effects of degrading the quality parameter of reinforcement for interventions without extinction. Skylar DeWitt will present on the investigation of the magnitude of resurgence following differential reinforcement interventions with and without extinction. Finally, Dr. Mayank Gandhi will present data on the prevalence of extinction bursts for automatically maintained severe problem behavior. We are fortunate to welcome Dr. Daniel Mitteer as our discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Extinction, Problem Behavior, Relapse, Translational
 

Evaluating the Effects of Continuous Versus Partial Reinforcement on Extinction Performance in the Human Laboratory

(Applied Research)
Andrew Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), MAYSARAH G MOHAMED (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Nicole M. DeRosa (Kelberman), Beatriz Elena Arroyo Antunez (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Recent human-laboratory analyses of extinction performance have demonstrated lack of sensitivity of human behavior to extinction contingencies. The current experiment aimed to evaluate whether arranging high (continuous reinforcement, CRF) vs. low (partial reinforcement, PRF) rates of reinforcement for human behavior in the laboratory affected extinction performance. Five adults pressed buttons for point reinforcers in two laboratory visits. During each visit, button pressing produced reinforcers for ten, 2-min baseline sessions after which pressing was placed on extinction for twenty, 2-min sessions. During one visit (the CRF condition), every press to a target button resulted in points in baseline. During the other (the PRF condition), target-button pressing produced points according to a variable-interval 10-s schedule in baseline. Button pressing tended to persist across sessions of extinction, but it persisted more in the PRF condition than in the CRF condition for most participants. Extinction also was associated with elevated levels of pressing to inactive buttons that were never associated with reinforcement. Additional work is needed to better understand why human behavior persists during extinction when evaluated in laboratory settings.

 
A Translational Investigation of Reducing Target Behavior by Progressively Degrading the Quality Parameter of Reinforcement
(Applied Research)
SYDNEY ARTHUR (Georgia Southern University), Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University), Samantha Ruth Walters (Georgia Southern University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) interventions have historically implemented both reinforcement of an alternative behavior and extinction of a target behavior. In some cases, caregivers and practitioners cannot always implement extinction for problem behaviors that are dangerous, automatically maintained, or impossible to extinguish under certain conditions. Therefore, DRA interventions that do not implement extinction are warranted. In order to distinguish reinforcing contingencies for appropriate and problem behavior, the implementer may degrade one or multiple parameters of the reinforcer for the problem behavior such that appropriate behavior produces the most preferred reinforcer and problem behavior produces some lesser preferred reinforcer. Examples of these parameters include quality, magnitude, and immediacy of reinforcement, as well as response effort. Previous research demonstrates that these degradations may be efficacious in reducing problem behavior without the use of extinction, however, no studies to our knowledge have reduced the quality of a single parameter. In the current investigation, we implemented a variation of DRA without extinction in which we degraded the quality of a single reinforcer using a translational approach. Results indicated that two of five participants demonstrated sensitivity to quality degradation and three participants demonstrated frequent switching such that this indifference to quality was unclear.
 

An Evaluation of Resurgence Following Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) With and Without Extinction in a Human Operant Model

(Applied Research)
SKYLAR DEWITT (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism are more likely to engage in severe problem behavior than their peers. An evidence-based treatment for severe problem behavior involves placing the problem behavior on extinction and differentially reinforcing an alternative response (DRA). However, extinction is not always feasible and may be unsafe or impractical to implement in some circumstances. For this reason, researchers have begun investigating the use of DRA without extinction with this population. At present, it is unclear how DRA with or without extinction may produce durable treatment outcomes, particularly as it pertains to the resurgence of problem behavior. This presentation describes a study that investigated differential resurgence outcomes following DRA with and without extinction using a three-phase resurgence assessment in a translational model. This presentation will describe significant differences in the presence of resurgence between groups, including differences in the magnitude or persistence of resurgence. Implications for future human-operant investigations of resurgence will be discussed.

 
Descriptive Characteristics of Possible Extinction Bursts for Automatically Maintained Behavior
(Applied Research)
MAYANK GANDHI (Marcus Autism Center - Children's Healthcare of Atlanta - Emory University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Chloe Kirkpatrick (Marcus Autism Center), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Extinction bursts are a temporary increase in a target response (frequency, duration, magnitude) when procedural extinction is implemented. Extinction bursts may pose risk for injury and challenge implementation integrity. Extinction bursts occur in approximately 36-62% of cases when extinction is implemented in isolation, and 12-15% of cases when implemented in conjunction with reinforcement contingencies (Lerman & Iwata, 1995; Lerman et al., 1999). Prior studies have primarily examined extinction bursts within socially maintained behavior, with Lerman et al., 1999 only including three participants with automatically-maintained self-injury wherein no bursts were observed. In the present study, we examined the prevalence and descriptive characteristics of extinction bursts with automatically-maintained behavior. We utilized a consecutive case series analysis of clients admitted to an intensive day treatment program for severe behavior between 2014-2018. Individuals were included if they received a treatment component for automatically maintained behavior that may have operated through procedural extinction (e.g., sensory extinction, blocking; N=30). Of the 63 cases where procedural extinction was implemented, bursts were observed in only one case (1.6%). See Table 1 for average persistence and magnitude of extinction bursts. During this talk, we will discuss characteristics of treatment/bursts and possible explanations for the reduced prevalence of bursts observed.
 
 
Symposium #402
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on School-Based Behavioral Interventions
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paige Talhelm (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Emily Baton (May Institute )
CE Instructor: Emily Baton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many school-aged children with or without disabilities engage in disruptive behavior that can hinder their academic progress but also negatively impact their teachers and peers (Horner et al., 2002). Additionally, findings from previous research indicate that school-aged children who do not receive adequate support are more likely to drop out of school, engage in criminal behavior, or be unemployed (Janz & Banbury, 2009; Mallet, 2016). This symposium includes four studies completed in school settings that investigated the impact of behavioral interventions on appropriate skills or disruptive behavior. A first study evaluates the effectiveness of music-based instruction in improving attending behavior among elementary-aged students compared to non-music instruction. The second study examines the innovative use of virtual reality and behavioral skills training to enhance interview skills for high school students with disabilities. The third study investigates the impact of contingency mapping on reducing off-task behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder during classroom activities. A fourth study evaluates the effects of a peer-mediated self-monitoring intervention on disruptive behavior and task completion for students with autism spectrum disorder. Finally, the discussant will provide valuable insights into the implications of these research projects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): attending behavior, contingency mapping, interview skills, schools
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the effects of music-based instruction on attending behavior for elementary students. 2. Describe the effects of virtual reality and behavioral skills training on interview skills for high school students with disabilities. 3. Describe the effects contingency mapping on off-task behavior in children with ASD. 4. Describe the effects of a peer-mediated self-monitoring intervention for students with ASD.
 

Increase Attending Behavior of Elementary Students Using Music During Instruction

ZACHARY GROSSMAN (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Marissa Del Vecchio (University of South Florida), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Audio and audiovisual cues, when used as teaching tools, result in desirable learning outcomes for young learners when compared to visual cues alone (Havy et al., 2017; Kirkham et al., 2019; Sloutsky & Napolitano, 2003). Previous research has demonstrated that music can be an effective delivery method for teaching math in the elementary classrooms (An & Tillman, 2015; An et al., 2014; Azaryahu et al., 2020). However, the effectiveness of music at increasing attending behavior specifically has not been assessed in these studies. This study evaluated the effectiveness of music-based instruction on students’ attending behaviors compared to non-music based instruction. A reversal design was implemented with four students in the same 1st grade classroom. Although there was some variability across phases, results for all four students showed higher overall levels of attending in the music-based instruction condition. These results indicate that teachers might consider adding music to classroom lessons as a beneficial way in improving attending behavior during group instruction for elementary aged students.

 

Improving Interview Skills Through Virtual Reality With Behavior Skills Training for Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders

GARRIT DUBOIS (University of South Florida), Danielle Ann Russo (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Individuals with disabilities experience lower employment rates compared to the general population, highlighting the need for interventions to enhance their employability. Interview skills are the most crucial skills to develop. Researchers have used behavioral skills training (BST) to improve vocal and non-vocal aspects of interviewee behavior. Additionally, virtual reality (VR) has been used to simulate the interview process and promote generalization of skills across various environments. However, limited research has investigated the use of VR for vocational skills training in students with disabilities, particularly those still enrolled in high school. This study aimed to examine the use of VR combined with BST to improve interview skills for high school students with disabilities. Three students with disabilities in grades 9-10, receiving special education services under the category of emotional disturbance, autism spectrum disorder, or other health impairment at a public high school, participated in the study. A multiple baseline design across students was used to evaluate the impact of the intervention on their interview skills. The results showed that the VR with BST led to increased interview skills for all three students. The students’ improved skills maintained throughout subsequent VR sessions without BST and generalized to interviews with school staff.

 

Teaching Behavioral Contingencies to Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Using Contingency Mapping

MARQUELINE CENATUS (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Madeline Rose Risse (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit problem behavior in schools, which negatively impacts their educational outcomes. Unfortunately, teachers continue to have difficulty addressing problem behavior in the classroom. Contingency mapping is a visual representation of the contingencies for engaging in a desired and undesired behaviors, which has been found to improve student behavior in the classroom setting. The current study examined the use of the contingency mapping intervention for young children with ASD. Specifically, the study examined the extent to which the contingency mapping intervention result in a decrease of off-task behavior during natural classroom activities. Three young children with ASD ages 6-8 years old served in a self-contained classroom and their corresponding three classroom teachers participated in the study. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the intervention outcomes. The results show that the contingency mapping intervention produced immediate reductions in off-task behavior for all participating students.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Self-Monitoring With a Peer Component on Disruptive Behavior and Task Completion

ARIADNA MARTINEZ (University of South Florida), Isbella Gural (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may face several challenges in the classroom. They often engage in challenging behavior that can be disruptive to others in the environment including their peers and teachers (Horner et al., 2002). This can also impede their acquisition of skills and their academic progress (Martinez et al., 2016; Rosenbloom et al., 2019). Many interventions have been used to increase academic engagement and decrease disruptive behaviors in the classroom for students with ASD, including self-monitoring strategies and peer-mediated interventions. However, it appears that few studies have evaluated peer-mediated self-monitoring interventions for students with ASD. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a peer-mediated self-monitoring intervention on disruptive behavior and task completion for students with ASD. Results indicate that self-monitoring with the inclusion of a peer mediator was effective at decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing task completion for three students with ASD.

 
 
Symposium #403
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Shaping Organizational Success Through Performance Management Practices
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leif Albright (Manhattanville College)
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
CE Instructor: Leif Albright, Ph.D.
Abstract: Performance management (PM) is a vital tool for addressing and changing employee behavior. The first step of PM is pinpointing, which involves identifying precise outcomes and precise behaviors that lead to those outcomes. Next, performance diagnostics is used to get to the root cause of performance concerns to devise tailored interventions. Numerous assessments, including the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) and its variants, serve as invaluable tools for identifying interventions likely to yield successful results. Within organizational behavior management (OBM) there are myriad interventions, each with the potential to improve employee performance. One intervention with growing support is Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT). However, there remains a deficiency in evaluating the role of assessments and corresponding interventions in producing lasting change. This symposium offers a comprehensive examination of the PM process through four presentations. The first evaluates the effects of video-based behavioral skills training (BST) on teaching supervisors to pinpoint. The second analyzes the literature on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) and its variants to assess their utility. The third assesses the use of ACT to improve employee performance. Lastly, the fourth evaluates the utilization of functional assessment to promote maintenance and/or institutionalization of an indicated intervention.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): OBM, Performance Management
Target Audience: The target audience for this workshop is individuals in supervisory positions, including BCaBAs, BCBAs, and BCBA-Ds. Audience members should have foundational skills in organizational behavior management and a basic understanding of performance management.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the steps of pinpointing organizational outcomes and employee behavior that lead to those outcomes; (2) Describe the utility of the performance diagnostic checklist (PDC) and its variants and identify topics in need of additional research; (3) Discuss the need for multi-level support for maintenance and institutionalization of PDC-HS derived interventions; (4) identify three potential effects of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) that can be implemented with staff.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Individual Versus Group Video-Based Behavioral Skills Training on Teaching Supervisors to Pinpoint

SARA LALANI (The Chicago School; Behavior Analyst Advising, LLC), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School), Laura A. Kruse (First Leap LLC), John Austin (Reaching Results)
Abstract:

In the workplace, it is important that leaders can address performance concerns with staff. However, this begins with identifying processes and behaviors that yield desirable outcomes, which is known as pinpointing. Pinpointing is essential to the performance management process, as it provides guidance and direction on what is being targeted. This study evaluated the effects of individual (3 participants) versus group (3 participants) video-based BST on teaching supervisors to pinpoint. First, participants were given fictional scenarios of performance problems to practice identifying pinpoints. After participants met mastery criteria, they went two weeks without meeting with the experimenter and then completed two novel scenarios. Following this, generalization was assessed by asking participants to pinpoint a performance problem at their current place of employment. The results from this study suggest both training methods were effective at teaching participants to identify pinpoints, with group training taking almost half the training time as individual training. Additionally, training was effective at helping participants maintain the skill to identify pinpoints and promoting generalization for participants to identify pinpoints in their current work environment.

 
The Performance Diagnostic Checklist and Its Variants: A Systematic Review
FRAN ECHEVERRIA (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) is an indirect assessment tool used to identify the variables supporting problematic employee performance. The tool includes four domains; based on PDC results, an assessment-based intervention targeting one or more of these domains is evaluated. In recent years, PDC variants such as the PDC-Human Services (PDC-HS), the PDC-Safety, and the PDC-Parent have been developed. The purpose of this study is to review the research that has employed the PDC and its variants. We found twenty-eight published studies which have used the PDC or one of its variants. The PDC-HS has been most commonly used, followed by the PDC, the PDC-Safety, and PDC-Parent. The PDC and its variants have most often been completed with supervisors of employees exhibiting performance concerns. Many studies have identified multiple PDC domains as problematic, although domains representing antecedents and consequences are most commonly indicated. Interventions have typically been developed based on the highest scoring domain. Few studies have collected data on social validity or maintenance of intervention effects. Overall, results support the utility of the PDC and its variants, but also highlight PDC-related topics in need of additional research
 
Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy on Direct Care Staff Psychological Flexibility, Stress, and Job Satisfaction
NANCY K MARTIN (The Chicago School), Leif Albright (Manhattanville College), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School)
Abstract: Direct-care staff who support individuals with developmental disabilities experience high turnover due to high work-related stress and low job satisfaction. Current research has shown success with indirect methods of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) training or with a combination of ACT and other components for increasing satisfaction and decreasing stress among employees. ACT is a behavior analytic psychotherapy that targets psychological flexibility across six processes (e.g., acceptance, defusion, present moment, self-as-context, values, and committed action). This study examines the direct effects of ACT training on the levels of psychological flexibility and mental well-being of direct-care staff working with individuals with developmental disabilities. Through a concurrent multiple probe design across participants, direct-care staff were provided with ACT training. Behavior change was directly measured through observations of their workplace performance. Additionally, self-reported measures included each participant’s psychological flexibility, workplace stress, and job satisfaction. Results show that ACT training was effective in increasing workplace performance, psychological flexibility, and job satisfaction for all three participants during post-training. The intervention showed an inverse relationship with workplace stress; however, the results provide a starting point for addressing decrease of workplace stress. Results support the significance of including ACT as a component of staff training, and maintenance of results should be supported with ongoing training.
 

The Use of Functional Assessment to Promote Maintenance and Institutionalization of a Performance Management Intervention in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service Delivery Setting

DANIEL J CYMBAL (Florida Tech), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) interventions are often judged by both immediate effects and the long-term impact on the targeted performance, as well as the likelihood that the organization and/or its constituents will adopt the intervention (Sigurdsson & Austin, 2006). In recent literature, tools such as the Performance Diagnostic Checklist- Human Services (PDC-HS; Carr et al., 2013; Carr et al., 2016) have become popular in ABA service delivery settings with demonstrated predictive validity and reliability in empirical literature (Wilder et al., 2020). One further way to evaluate the PDC-HS is to examine its role in producing durable change. Thus, the purpose of the present experiment is to examine the predictive ability of a common OBM functional assessment tool, and how addressing supervisor behavior might contribute to maintenance and/or institutionalization. Eight registered behavior technicians (RBTs) across 4 supervisors were split into two multiple baseline designs across participants. One group of participants was exposed to a PDC-HS derived intervention alone, while the other group received the intervention in addition to their supervisors receiving a PDC-HS derived intervention to promote supervisor implementation and sustained behavior change. A mixed repeated measures analysis of variance (ANOVA) was utilized to examine the differences between these groups and an untreated control group. Overall, both PDC-HS derived interventions produced measurable behavior change without researcher led support. Ultimately, institutionalization of these interventions was inconsistent, suggesting that maintaining interventions may require support at multiple levels. Limitations and future directions will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #404
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Programming for Client Empowerment: Defining Assent and Trusting Client Choice
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica Emily Graber (Nationwide Children's Hospital; The Ohio State University )
Discussant: Abraham Graber (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Abraham Graber, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium presents four exemplars of conceptual considerations and/or methodological approaches to honoring client choice within therapeutic and educational programming. Specifically, two papers explore the meaning of assent within applied behavior analysis (ABA): one presents a potential experimental approach to defining the capacities for providing assent, and the other introduces an ongoing study which seeks to measure the state of the field in terms of assent-based practice. The third paper presents clinical applications of the constructional approach (Goldiamond, 1979; Layng et al., 2021), itself an assent-based system, within a tertiary-level, complex behavior outpatient clinic. The fourth and final paper discusses potential risks of the pathologization of particular types of play exhibited by autistic youth and presents a call-to-action for a more inclusive, flexible, and developmentally-sensitive approach to play. Collectively, these talks explore critical concepts for navigating the pivotal territory at the intersection of ABA and the neurodiversity movement. The symposium will conclude with a discussion of the ways in which behavior analysis can embrace neurodiversity, empower clients, and continue to apply the principles of ABA to promoting quality of life, in an ever-evolving landscape.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assent, Constructional Approach, Neurodiversity, Nonlinear Contingencies
Target Audience:

Necessary prerequisites include: - an awareness of the neurodiversity movement - awareness of the topic of assent - experience with applying and/or solid conceptual understanding of the principles of ABA - exposure to the BACB ethics code

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1) acknowledge the importance of the concept of assent in ethical practice; 2) identify complexities and/or challenges of measuring and utilizing assent in practice, 3) discuss the ways in which nonlinear contingency analyses differ from or expound upon a more basic 3-term contingency formulation; and 4) discuss the ways in which providers may pathologize play in some early-intervention programs and alternatives to this approach
 
Diversity submission Effects of Modeling and Exposure on Responding: A Translational Study of a Prerequisite to Assent
(Applied Research)
JESSICA DETRICK (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Assent can be defined as an individual’s affirmative agreement to participate and should be obtained by those who cannot consent (i.e., children and adults deemed as “incapable”) when conducting research or client services. Morris et al. (2021) determined that there are few procedures documented for obtaining assent from populations with limited communication. They proposed implementing a concurrent chain procedure for these participants. However, to make it likely participants can discriminate treatment options in concurrent chain, participants are typically exposed to the procedures. The skill of discrimination can be conceptualized as a prerequisite skill for providing assent. An alternative to direct exposure to the proposed treatment is, instead, to allow participants to indirectly experience each option through observing a model. In this presentation, I will describe a translational study that evaluated whether modeling intervention options produced discriminated responding. We hypothesized that some participants would display discriminated responding, but others would not. For those who did not, an exposure condition was introduced where the participants experienced the contingencies. We will then determine whether these procedures produced discriminated responding. Implications for measuring discriminated responding in the context of assent will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission A Survey of Professionals' Perception and Practice Related to Assent and Assent Withdrawal in Applied-Behavior-Analysis-Based Service Delivery
(Service Delivery)
KAIYUAN ZHU (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Although assent has gained more and more attention in the realm of applied behavior analysis, there is no universally acknowledged definition of this concept (Breaux and Smith, 2023), nor specific guidelines for practitioners to follow, particularly in the field of service delivery. We have developed a survey to understand practitioners’ perception and practice related to incorporating direct service receivers’ assent in daily service delivery. The survey is designed to examine the influence of practitioners’ training, educational background, working history, area of professional licensure, and their direct service receivers’ characteristics on their attitude, knowledge, and practice pertaining to assent and assent withdrawal in service delivery. We will present the results of the survey and discuss potential barriers practitioners face in honoring assent and assent withdrawal when interacting with their direct service receivers, as well as practical guidelines to optimize the opportunities for the direct service receiver to exercise their right to assent and withdrawal of assent.
 
Diversity submission 

Constructional Approach to Addressing Severe Problem Behavior for Children and Their Families

(Applied Research)
KATHERINE GIBSON (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Jessica Emily Graber (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Christin A McDonald-Fix (Nationwide Children's Hospital, The Ohio State University, Ball State University)
Abstract:

Families with autistic children demonstrate higher risk factors than families without autism, and that level of risk is further and positively correlated with the severity of behavioral challenges experienced within the family system (e.g., Brassard, 2021; Cheng & Lai, 2023; Davis & Carter, 2008). The constructional approach and non-linear contingency analysis described by Goldiamond (1975) provides a unique lens to assessing complex contingencies and has demonstrated success when applied within clinical contexts across psychiatric populations (Goldiamond, 1979; Layng et al., 2021; Merley & Layng, 1976). This presentation demonstrates case examples of analyses and interventions applying the constructional approach and non-linear analysis to intensive parent interventions of children with severe and complex behavioral disorders served within Nationwide Children’s Hospital’s Complex Behavior Program. Clinical data demonstrate that when this case conceptualization and analysis is applied across multiple clients and family systems with various presenting severe behavioral concerns, matrix resolution can be reached for positive, socially valid outcomes for children and their families. The constructional approach applies a compassionate and assent driven case conceptualization that factors in multiple maintaining contingencies within the patient’s learning history and context, and drives change directed by the client and their families (Abdel-Jalil et al., 2023; Scallen & Ruiz, 2023). The constructional parent training program discussed in this presentation works to teach parents to apply and design problem solving strategies using non-linear analyses and intervention to solve environmental challenges associated with their children’s ongoing behavioral needs, increasing confidence and reducing dangerous behaviors, factors also associated with decreased parental stress (Miranda et al., 2019).

 
Diversity submission 

What is the Function of Play? An Assessment of the Pathologization of Play in Autistic Individuals

(Service Delivery)
ASHLEY SHOWALTER (Nationwide Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

Play has been observed across species and cultures (Pellegrini, 2011) and has been theorized to function for a variety of reasons including fostering social, cognitive, and emotional development in children (e.g., Ginsburg, 2007; Tamis-LeMonda, Shannon, Cabrera, & Lamb, 2004; Zhao & Gibson, 2003). While the exact definition of play has not been agreed upon (Sutton-Smith, 1996), most researchers identify play as being spontaneously initiated and naturally reinforcing to the individual (Knox, 2008; Moore & Lynch, 2017). While a child who engages in play is given the freedom to follow what is motivating to them, autistic children are not often afforded the same freedom (Yoon, Goodwin, & Genishi, 2023). In fact, autistic play is often described in the literature through a deficit lens and identified as a behavior that needs fixing (e.g., Lee, Lo, & Lo, 2017), inevitably becoming the target of intervention. In this presentation we will explore the function of play and how practitioners can align treatment goals to match that function, focusing on identifying the strengths and values of the individuals they serve. Topics for future research within the field of applied behavior analysis will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #405
CE Offered: BACB
Developments in Credentialing of Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The symposium addresses recent developments related to behavior analyst credentialing. One presentation addresses the educational and supervised experience requirements for behavior analyst credentialing, comparing the varying requirements of certifying organizations. A second presentation addresses opposition to behavior analyst licensure in US states. In one state, interaction of behavior analysts and licensure opponents contributed to establishment of a program of post-certification mentorship of behavior analysts that can serve as a method for states to provide continuing oversight and supervision post certification. The third presentation addresses the New York State behavior analyst licensure law. The original law created unprecedented requirements (e.g., coursework and supervision requirements differing from the BACB's, Licensed Behavior Analysts working only with Autistic individuals, coursework not done in New York not accepted). The law has changed and come more into line with those elsewhere. How and why this happened will be traced, emphasizing the roles of professionals and parent advocates. The final presentation examines the development, changes, and future directions in the practice of behavior analysis both in the US and other countries. Histories of professions indicate that across years they typically change, some ceasing to exist. Implications of such changes for behavior analysis as a profession discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate Knowledge of the general nature of behavior analysis as a profession and of common behavior analyst credentialing criteria

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be state: (1) Common criteria for behavior analyst credentialing (e.g., licensure); (2) differences in education and supervised experience of different certification organizations; (3) at least one source of opposition to behavior analyst licensure; (4) some constructive responses to opposition to behavior analyst licensure related to the required number of hours of supervised experience; (5) components of a model of post-certification mentorship for behavior analysts; (6) at least 2 differences of requirements original behavior analyst licensure in New York from common licensure laws; (7) possible contribution of parent advocates to public policy related to behavior analysts; (8) at least 2 ways that professions often change over time; (10) at least 2 possible future challenges to behavior analysis as a profession.
 
Navigating the Educational Landscape for Various Credentials in Behavior Analysis
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University)
Abstract: As the profession of behavior analysis matures and the demand for behavior analytic services continues to rise, understanding the educational prerequisites for various credentials is key for our field. I will provide a brief history of the academic requirements associated with the different credentials offered by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), as well as review emerging pathways to meeting the current BACB standards, including academic programs that are accredited or recognized by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and other organizations. These will be compared with the educational requirements needed to obtain credentials related to behavior analysis that are offered by other agencies and will be evaluated in the context of their relationship to US licensure requirements and how the academic requirements intersect with required supervised experience. The aim of this presentation is to provide useful information for those seeking to understand the evolving educational landscape in behavior analysis and guide the development of robust academic training programs to support the next generation of behavior analysts.
 

Towards Post Certification Mentorship in States With Applied Behavior Analysis Licensure

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

Many of those involved in the legislative process as it pertains to Behavior Analyst licensure have likely run into opposition from opposing fields or disciplines. This talk will focus on a primary area of opposition to portion of some common behavior analyst licensure requirements. Specifically, opposition has arisen from members of other professions the licensure requirements for which typically involve considerably more hours of supervised experience for independent practice than the supervised experience requirement included in BACB certification requirements and most state behavior analyst licensure requirements. In one state, interaction of behavior analysts and licensure opponents contributed to establishment of a program of post-certification mentorship of behavior analysts that can serve as a method for states to provide continuing oversight and supervision post certification. The talk will look at how some of these disputes have been settled in different states and provide an outline for a mentorship program that can serve as a method for some states to provide continuing oversight and supervision post certification.

 
Sausage Making and the Evolution of the New York State Behavior Analyst Licensing Law
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), Bobbi Rogers (Proud Moments ABA)
Abstract: The New York State licensing for behavior analysts came into being as a direct result of language contained in New York state's insurance law mandating ABA coverage for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. New York, however, created a unique licensing law that created several unprecedented conditions (e.g., its own coursework requirements that differed from the BACB's, a scope restriction that only allowed LBAs to work with individuals diagnosed with ASD, supervision experience rules that differed from the BACB, etc.). Individuals who had been BCBAs for decades were kept from practicing in New York or were told they would need to do their experience requirements all over again and take extra courses in order to become licensed. Coursework from academic programs accepted everywhere else in the country were not accepted in New York. This led to a decrease in the number of LBAs in the state when other states were experiencing increases, and paperwork delays of well over a year for processing were commonly reported. Over time, the law changed and has come more into line with the rest of the country. How and why this happened will be traced, with an emphasis on the roles professionals and parent advocates played.
 
Quo Vadis, Profession of Behavior Analysis?
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Ivana Trellova (University of Presov, Presov, Slovakia), Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College), John Walter Scibak (Retired, Massachusetts House of Representatives)
Abstract: Given that behavior analysts now can be licensed in 37 states in the US and in at least 1 other nation, as well as registered in multiple other nations, behavior analysis is becoming formally recognized and well established as a profession. This paper examines the development, changes, and future directions in the practice of behavior analysis both in the US and as a possible profession in countries where behavior analysis is not yet as established as it is in the USA. Histories of professions indicate that across years professions typically change (e.g., regarding education and training requirements, credentialing criteria, scope of practice, member obligations, ethics expectations, alliances, opposition, division). Additionally, some professions cease to exist, often seemingly robust ones. Examples of changes in professions in the last 150 years will be reviewed and possible implications for behavior analysis as a profession discussed. The impact of current opposition to behavior analysis will be explored. Possible impact on behavior analysis as a profession of current and anticipated social, philosophical, and economic trends also will be considered.
 
 
Symposium #406
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Incidental Naming in Children and Adults: Conceptual, Procedural and Empirical Issues
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University)
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: Maithri Sivaraman, Ph.D.
Abstract: Children demonstrate learning the names of things as a listener and speaker simply as a function of observation. The mechanisms that facilitate the emergence of novel listener and speaker responses without programmed reinforcement has captured the interest of behavior analysts across theoretical perspectives. The authors of Study 1 will provide an overview of the current literature and highlight procedural considerations to test incidental naming. The authors will discuss critical test variables based on previous data collected with toddlers. Study 2 will evaluate the impact of delays during object-name presentations on incidental naming in adults. The authors will highlight the role of contextual cues during a naming experience. The authors of Study 3 will present data on how linguistic and paralinguistic cues impact naming responses in 3- to 4-year-old typically-developing children. The role of joint attention and orienting responses will be discussed. The authors of Study 4 will present data on the asymmetry between emergent listener and speaker responses in 5- to 6-year-old children. Specifically, the impact of having response options available during a trial will be highlighted. Finally, Douglas Greer will discuss these studies in relation to verbal behavior development, and highlight implications for education.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): incidental naming
Target Audience: Intermediate
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Define incidental naming and describe one method to test this repertoire 2. Define a naming experience and list the contextual cues presented during a naming experience 3. Describe the types of trials (e.g., listener trial, speaker trials) used to test emergent naming responses
 

Incidental Naming: Why It Is Important and Why We Need to Collaborate

(Theory)
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Teachers College of Columbia University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
Abstract:

Once children begin to learn names incidentally, studies have shown that they learn faster and in new ways that catalyze their verbal development. This has led some researchers to call incidental naming a verbal developmental cusp and emphasize its critical role in teaching language to young children, particularly those with developmental delays. However, the conceptual debate surrounding naming, and the variability in testing and training strategies mean that incidental naming is currently being studied by only a handful of laboratories and classrooms around the world. The lack of clear recommendations regarding the critical variables in incidental naming may further discourage clinicians and applied researchers from approaching this topic. In my talk, I will highlight key challenges in the literature specifically with respect to naming tests, proffer potential solutions, and describe why practitioners and applied-researchers should care about incidental naming. I will also highlight examples of researchers studying concepts functionally similar to incidental naming but using other terminology and advocate for more collaboration between these perspectives.

 

Analyzing the Impact of Name-Object and Object-Name Delays With Other Contextual Cues on Derived Naming

(Basic Research)
AMANDA GILMORE (Ulster University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract:

The current study focused on identifying the behavioural processes that are involved when children learn to name objects by employing the non-simultaneous naming procedure, similar to that used by Sivaraman et al. (2021). Only one published study has used this procedure with children, who were all typically developing toddler participants, but no research has been conducted with adults. Additionally, the current study explored the potential impact of specific relational contextual cues for naming, including pointing, mutual eye gaze, and linguistic terms (e.g., “this is a”). The study thus sought to determine the relative impact of these relational cues on the learning of novel names in human adult participants. In other words, would the learning of specific novel names be impacted negatively when these typical naming cues are absent? Preliminary findings from two of four conditions indicate that such relational cues do indeed play an important role in naming. Overall, the results of this work may inform other research in terms of highlighting the potential importance of contextual cues when adults and indeed children are learning to name.

 
Three Contextual Cues and Their Impact on Naming in Children
(Applied Research)
NADINE LORNA HEMPKIN (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education Operated by The New England Center For Children and Ulster University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA)
Abstract: Children seem to learn the names of objects incidentally, that is, without direct instruction. A number of contextual cues have been deemed to be important in the development of naming, such as joint attention and orientating towards stimuli, pointing, relational terms (e.g., “this is”) and contiguous stimulus-sound presentations. However, these cues have either very limited systematic investigation, or none at all. The current study aimed to begin an analysis of the role that these antecedent stimuli (e.g., speaker orientation to stimuli and child, pointing, relational terms) may have in naming experiences in three typically developing toddlers who demonstrated naming skills. All three participants took part in a series of naming tests with and without cues using an ABABA reversal design. Results of P1 and P2 indicate clear differences in naming when tests were presented with and without cues. Specifically, participants seem to perform better during tests with cues compared to tests without cues. Further research on the impact of cues presented during naming experiences seems warranted.
 
Effects of Test Format on Emergent Tact and Listener Relations
(Basic Research)
ANNA INGEBORG PETURSDOTTIR (University of Nevada, Reno), Juliana Oliveira (Munroe Meyer Institute), Reagan Elaine Cox (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Establishment of tact relations is more likely to generate emergent listener responding than establishment of listener relations to generate tact control. The present study explored the contribution of differences in test format to this asymmetry: Listener relations are typically tested with response options to select from, whereas tact relations are not. Participants were 5- and 6-year-old children of typical development; 5 children participated in Experiment 1 and 4 in Experiment 2. A multiple-probe design was employed to evaluate the effects of test format on emergent tact (Experiment 1) and listener (Experiment 2) relations. In Experiment 1, participants were taught 6 novel listener relations via prompt delay and differential reinforcement. Emergent tact relations were probed first in the absence and then in the presence of three vocally presented response options. In Experiment 2, tact relations were taught and listener relations in the form of drawing then probed in the presence and absence of visually presented response options. In both experiments, participants who made few correct responses without response options performed with perfect or near-perfect accuracy when response options were presented. Implications for bidirectional naming are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #407
CE Offered: BACB
“Getting More Bang for Your Buck”: Utilizing Acquisition Procedures to Teach and Evaluate Skill Emergence
Monday, May 27, 2024
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Natalie Mandel (Bancroft)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha)
CE Instructor: Sarah Frampton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Numerous teaching procedures have been shown to lead to the acquisition of novel skills by persons with disabilities. However, in selecting teaching procedures, it is important that clinicians consider both the efficacy and efficiency of procedures and consider the implementation of procedures which have the potential to lead to the acquisition of multiple skills. Matrix training, multiple exemplar training, and instructive feedback are examples of empirically validated procedures for teaching multiple skills to individuals diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disabilities and this symposium includes four empirical studies evaluating these teaching procedures. The first study demonstrated that matrix training can be used to teach skills and obtain emergence of untrained adjective-noun tacts. The second study assessed whether multiple exemplar training of tacts led to emergence of mands for target stimuli. The final two studies evaluated the effects of instructive feedback. One study sought to teach tacts of emotions and assessed emergence of tacts of associated bodily responses whereas the other study taught tacts in English and in familial language.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Acquisition, Instructive Feedback, Matrix Training, Tacts
Target Audience:

Clinicians, Practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe how to promote the emergence of skills 2) describe how to use instructive feedback to provide additional information during training 3) understand background literature on procedures leading to emergence of new skills
 

Matrix Training to Teach Adjective-Noun Tacts for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MEGAN MARIE HARPER (Marquette University), Chloe Slotten (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Brianna Duszynski (Marquette University)
Abstract:

• One essential component of behavior-analytic intervention is generalization (Baer et al., 1968). Matrix training is an intervention that can lead to recombinative generalization, which involves responding correctly to novel recombinations of components. Matrix training includes teaching a subset of responses from a matrix with at least two axes, and then testing for recombinative generalization. In this study, we used matrix training to teach two school-aged children with autism spectrum disorder adjective-noun tacts. A within-subject, multiple-baseline design across stimulus sets was used to evaluate the efficacy of this training on recombinative generalization. Posttest results indicated a degree of recombinative generalization for both participants. One participant emitted seven novel adjective-noun tacts across three matrices. The second participant emitted 22 novel adjective noun tacts across two matrices and cross-matrix generalization probes. Results suggest the use of matrix training may result in varying levels of recombinative generalization for adjective-noun tacts. Possible variables that may affect the idiosyncrasy of these results will be discussed.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Training on Tact-to-Mand Transfer in Children With Autism

AMALIX FLORES (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Ariadna Martinez (University of South Florida), Hannah Efaw (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Mand training allows children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to access reinforcers (e.g., Albert et al., 2012) and has been shown to lead to a reduction in challenging behavior (e.g., Carr & Durand, 1985). Developing a tacting repertoire enhances the learning of other verbal operants (e.g., Greer & Du, 2010) and substantially improves social interactions (Marchese et al., 2012). In teaching verbal behavior, multiple exemplar training facilitates the acquisition and generalization of operant behavior (Stokes et al., 1974), including the transfer of stimulus control across verbal operants (Shea, 2013). The present study sought to determine whether multiple exemplar training leads to the transfer of stimulus control from tact to mand. Employing concurrent multiple probes across behaviors experimental design, participants experienced tact training for various target stimuli, and the emergence of mands was assessed at distinct stages throughout the training. Both participants acquired the tacts which were directly trained. Moreover, both participants also acquired the mands, without requiring any direct training. Results indicate that, at least for some participants, transfer of stimulus control across tacts and mands is plausible. Future research should include replicate this study with participants of different ages and verbal repertoires to assess generality of these findings.

 

Teaching Learners to Identify Emotions Following Tact Training With Instructive Feedback

BRITTANY BROWN (Marquette University), Lauren Casper (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Identifying other’s emotions is an important social skill. For some individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), this skill may need to be directly taught. Instructive feedback (IF) is a procedure that involves providing secondary targets during the consequence portion of primary target trials. Instructive feedback can increase the efficiency of instruction across a variety of skills. In the present study, a prompt delay plus instructive feedback was used to teach two learners with ASD emotions and the nonverbal behavior associated with those emotions. Learners were required to watch a video model of someone engaging in various emotional responses. Participants then had to tact the emotion, and the instructor provided instructive feedback about facial and bodily actions that related to the emotion. Acquisition of secondary targets was probed by asking “how” after the tact of the emotion. A multiple baseline design across sets was arranged for each learner. Both learners acquired the emotions that were directly taught. In addition, instructive feedback resulted in acquisition of all but one secondary target for one participant and all but one secondary target in Set 1 for the second participant. Further, generalization was assessed to a person wearing a mask for one participant, and that participant showed generalized responding to the untrained person.

 
The Use of Instructive Feedback for Teaching Familial Language Vocabulary to Children
GUANGYI LIN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Most of the applied behavior analysis services in the United States are only provided in English, presenting challenges to individuals whose families do not speak English (or exclusively English) at home. The communication deficits in individuals from bilingual families might be further exacerbated by the lack of applied behavior analysis research on language acquisition in non-English or multiple languages. One possible method of bilingual language instruction is the use of instructive feedback (IF), which involves providing additional information without requiring the learner to respond to it. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of IF used in tact training on the emergence of untrained relations between English and familial languages. Participants were taught to label pictures in either English or familial language, and IF was delivered to provide information in the other language. Results showed that both participants tacted the pictures accurately in the languages that were embedded in IF, and both demonstrated receptive skills and transitivity relations (i.e., translating between languages without pictures). The results support the use of IF with tact training when teaching language targets to be a time-sufficient and cost-effective teaching strategy.
 
 
Symposium #210
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Research Gaps and Ethical Considerations in Literature on Obsessive-Compulsive Behavior in Autism
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario)
Discussant: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Obsessive-compulsive behavior is a term used to describe the topographical overlap between Higher-order Restricted Repetitive Behaviors commonly observed in autistic individuals and compulsions characteristic of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder. Due to the complex variables maintaining these behaviors (e.g., positive and/or negative automatic reinforcement and other operant functions), specific individualized treatments, such as adapted Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) and Functional Behavior-based CBT, have been developed to address these behaviors in autistic individuals. The research supporting these treatments is slowly growing; however, there are still significant gaps that need to be addressed. In our symposium, we examine the current body of literature and identify prominent gaps, such as limited extended follow-up studies, a lack of function-based treatment, and minimal incorporation of client voice in treatment. Further, we discuss the potential ethical implications that can arise from these gaps. Finally, we provide practical recommendations for researchers and clinicians providing adapted and Functional Behavior-based CBT to autistic individuals with obsessive-compulsive behaviors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral intervention, ethics, obsessive-compulsive behavior
Target Audience:

Working knowledge of basic behavior principles (e.g., functional assessments, function-based treatment) and the BACB Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state three research gaps in the current body of obsessive-compulsive behavior literature; (2) explain why these research gaps pose ethical concerns and which BACB Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts standards these concerns fall under; (3) describe three strategies for remedying these ethical concerns; (4) identify one quantitative and one qualitative result from our follow-up study; and (5) list three trends identified in the scoping review of OCB treatments for autistic preschoolers.
 

Factors Affecting Long-Term Outcomes of Functional Behavior-Based Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) in Treating Obsessive-Compulsive Behaviors in Autistic Children

(Applied Research)
Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Emily Guertin (Brock University), Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University), TRICIA CORINNE VAUSE (Brock University), Jan Frijters (Brock University), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario), Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
Abstract:

Functional Behavior-based Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) is an empirically supported, manualized intervention for treating obsessive-compulsive behaviors (OCBs) in school-age autistic children. By using a combination of traditional CBT (e.g., psychoeducation, exposure, and response prevention) and applied behavior analysis (e.g., functional behavior assessment, basic behavioral principles), this treatment has proven to be efficacious; however, few follow-up studies have been conducted. Our study uses a mixed methods approach to evaluate the long-term effects of Functional Behavior-based CBT in reducing obsessive-compulsive behaviors in autistic children. Our quantitative results (Repetitive Behavior Scale–Revised Sameness, Compulsive, and Ritualistic Composite scores) revealed a significant reduction in parent OCB ratings from baseline to treatment (-1.81, SE = 0.16, t[3812] = -11.01, p < .0001), and a small and nonsignificant increase between treatment and follow-up (0.26, SE = 0.25, t[3812] = 1.06, p = .29) conducted 6.31 years later. We corroborate these findings with matched comparison parent and child semi-structured interviews, which provided insight into factors that may have contributed to successful or unsuccessful outcomes. We discuss considerations for improving the long-term effects of Functional Behavior-based CBT for reducing obsessive-compulsive behaviors and the benefits of using a mixed methods approach to evaluating treatment outcomes.

 
Behavioral Interventions for Reducing Obsessive Compulsive Behaviors in Autistic Preschoolers
(Theory)
BRIANNA M. ANDERSON (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario), Sarah Davis (Brock University)
Abstract: The number of studies evaluating the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic interventions for reducing obsessive-compulsive behaviors in children 2 to 6 years of age with autism and related developmental disabilities has increased since 2010. However, research in this area is still limited, and the evidence has significant gaps. Using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-analyses (PRISMA) protocol for scoping reviews, we systematically searched major databases using a combination of key search terms, resulting in 366 findings. Of these articles, 12 met our inclusion criteria, revealing the following limitations: (a) the absence of functional behavior assessments informing treatment; (b) minimal coverage of child consent or assent processes; (c) few functionally equivalent replacement behaviors taught; (d) and an overall lack of generalization and maintenance data reported. These findings raise several notable ethical concerns for both researchers and clinicians alike. In our presentation, we provide an overview of the current body of literature, identify areas of limited empirical support, and describe the ethical concerns these areas pose. Finally, we provide clinical recommendations for researchers and practitioners using applied behavior analytic interventions to reduce obsessive-compulsive behaviors in preschool-age children with autism and related developmental disabilities.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #408
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Horizons: Integrating Clinical Behavior Analysis into Diverse Applications in Latin America
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: DEI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniel Kwak (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Yors A. Garcia, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: YORS A. GARCIA (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana)
Abstract:

Clinical behavior analysis involves applying the principles and methodologies of behavioral analysis to address challenges traditionally categorized as mental disorders. Recent demographic data reveals that clinical behavior analysis ranks as the third most emphasized area of professional focus in the United States (BACB, 2019; 4.36%), following autism and education. Notably, interventions rooted in clinical behavior analysis, such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy, derive from foundational research in behavior analysis. Despite this, the adoption of such approaches in applied settings remains limited. However, in Latin American countries, there exists significant potential for the widespread dissemination of behavior analysis within mainstream psychology, particularly in the realm of clinical behavior analysis. This presentation seeks to explore diverse pathways through which clinical behavior analysts can extend their influence into unconventional domains such as HIV, gender and sexual diversity, anxiety, and depression. Participants will be guided through a research endeavor aimed at integrating behavior analysis into traditional areas of psychology within a Latin American context. Through this exploration, we aim to illuminate novel opportunities for the application of behavior analysis and promote its broader integration into diverse fields of practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience includes individuals with a foundational understanding of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy, including beginners. Additionally, it encompasses behavior analysts who apply clinical behavior analysis in their professional practice, as well as those specifically operating within Latin American contexts.

Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Analyze the principles and methodologies of clinical behavior analysis to effectively address mental health challenges. 2. Assess the potential impact of behavior analysis in mainstream psychology, particularly within clinical environments. 3. Develop integration strategies for behavior analysis across diverse clinical settings to enhance treatment effectiveness and patient outcomes.
 
YORS A. GARCIA (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana)
Yors Garcia earned his Ph.D. in Rehabilitation Services with a specialization in behavior analysis from Southern Illinois University in 2011. He has served as a behavior analyst at a private nonprofit program dedicated to individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities. Additionally, Yors has contributed significantly as an adjunct and practicum supervisor within the Behavior Analysis program at the University of Nevada, Reno, providing expertise in on-site and remote supervision across diverse locations such as Saudi Arabia, Colombia, and the USA. Furthermore, he has held academic positions as an associate professor at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (TCSPP) and Konrad Lorenz University in Bogota, Colombia. Presently, he serves as an associate professor at Pontificia Universidad Javeriana. In addition to his academic roles, Yors holds leadership positions as the president of the Culture & Diversity ABAI SIG and as an associate editor of The Psychological Record. Yors Garcia's research spans various topics such as acceptance and commitment training, derived relational responding, international supervision, bias, and racism. He has dedicated efforts to working with Latin communities both in Colombia and the USA, and he holds the distinction of being a founding member of the ABAI chapter in Colombia. He is passionate about advancing behavior analysis worldwide.
 
 
Symposium #410
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Advancing Applied Behavior Analysis in Health Behavior Change: Ethical Considerations for Practice, Supervision, and Assessment
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah Burby (Small Changes Health and Wellness Coaching LLC)
CE Instructor: Sarah Burby, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium brings together three distinctive presentations at the intersection of applied behavior analysis (ABA), health behavior change, and health behavior assessment. The first presentation explores the fusion of health coaching and ABA, uncovering practicality, scope of competence, and ethical considerations in this unique convergence. Attendees will gain insights into maintaining professional boundaries, handling ethical dilemmas, and capitalizing on collaborative opportunities, all while delivering evidence-based practices that foster holistic client care. The second presentation addresses the urgent demand for supervision in the realms of health, sports, and fitness. This presentation delves into the specific challenges and competencies required for overseeing ABA practices in these specialized domains. It provides a guide to ethical and effective supervision, empowering attendees to mentor their supervisees within the distinctive landscape of health, sports, and fitness. The third presentation highlights the novel Health Behavior Assessment Tool (HealthBAT), designed to evaluate contextual influences on client behavior change. Attendees will gain a deep understanding of HealthBAT's development, informed by feedback from certified behavior analysts. Practical applications, intervention recommendations, and usability assessment data will be shared, showcasing the tool's potential to enhance health behavior assessment, inform decision-making, and ultimately improve client outcomes.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): competent supervision, ethics, health assessment, health behavior
Target Audience:

Graduate students and behavior analysts interested in health behavior change, health coaching, and/or the application of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify and provide at least 3 examples of ways in which an individual can increase one's scope of competence to practice as a health coach or health-behavior change professional; (2) Describe essential competencies needed for providing supervision to those seeking to practice in the areas of health, sport, and fitness; and (3) Describe how ethical intervention recommendations are derived from data collected via the HealthBAT.
 
Navigating Dual Practice: Health Coaching and Applied Behavior Analysis – Exploring Competence and Ethics
SARAH BURBY (Small Changes Health and Wellness Coaching LLC)
Abstract: This presentation explores the convergence of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Health and Wellness Coaching, emphasizing practical considerations, scope of competence, and ethical dimensions that guide this unique amalgamation. Health Coaches play a pivotal role in steering individuals toward healthier lifestyles, employing various techniques including assessments, goal-setting, motivation strategies, motivational interviewing, and the transtheoretical model of change. The infusion of ABA principles into Health Coaching sessions enhances client care in a more holistic manner. The presentation's core highlights encompass defining the scope of competence for practitioners embarking on this dual path. Ethical considerations are addressed, including potential dilemmas arising from dual practice, such as maintaining professional boundaries, ensuring confidentiality, and managing conflicts of interest. Moreover, it underscores the collaborative opportunities arising from the integration of ABA and Health Coaching, fostering a more well-rounded approach to wellness. Lastly, the presentation underscores the necessity of grounding these practices in evidence-based methodologies, ensuring that interventions are research-backed for both effective and ethical client care.
 

Expanding the Reach of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Supervision Requirements for Applying ABA in Health, Sports, and Fitness

ALEXANDRIA CENTINO (Objective Outcomes)
Abstract:

This presentation delves into the crucial topic of supervision requirements for Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) supervisees operating in the domains of health, sports, and fitness. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) mandates appropriate supervision for BCBA supervisees to ensure the proficient application of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) principles and practices. However, there is a significant scarcity of BCBAs practicing in the health, sports, and fitness sectors, and an even scarcer supply of supervisors within this specialized context. This presentation aims to bridge this gap by offering a focused exploration of the supervision prerequisites for applying ABA within the realms of health, sports, and fitness. It will comprehensively cover the distinctive challenges and considerations inherent in delivering ABA services in these settings, outline the essential competencies needed for supervising ABA practices in these fields, and present effective strategies for ensuring supervision that is both ethical and efficient. Attendees will gain a deeper comprehension of the supervision requirements and best practices for supporting BCBA supervisees operating within the unique landscape of health, sports, and fitness. Armed with this knowledge, they will be better prepared to provide high-quality supervision tailored to this specialized area.

 
Development and Usability Assessment of the Health Behavior Assessment Tool (HealthBAT)
ELIZABETH MEGHAN JONES (ABA), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC)
Abstract: This presentation offers a comprehensive overview of the creation and evaluation of a novel health-related behavior assessment tool known as the Health Behavior Assessment Tool (HealthBAT). The HealthBAT is specifically designed to assess the contextual variables that influence clients' adherence to behavior change plans and to pinpoint reasons for regression or stagnation in behavior change progress. During this presentation, the speaker will describe the rationale behind the development of HealthBAT, detailing its conceptualization and design. The presenter will also share valuable feedback obtained from certified behavior analysts who reviewed the initial version of the tool, illustrating how this input informed critical revisions. Through the use of a hypothetical case example, attendees will gain practical insight into the tool's application, including how ethical intervention recommendations are derived from data collected via the HealthBAT. Finally, the presenter will share usability assessment data gathered from health behavior change professionals to ensure that the HealthBAT is both user-friendly and effective. Attendees can expect to gain an understanding of the tool's development, its usability, and how it contributes to the enhancement of health behavior assessment, ultimately leading to improved client outcomes and more informed and ethical decision-making.
 
 
Panel #411
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Culture as a Mediator: Diversity and Contextual Considerations in International Multielement Behaviour Support
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Rebecca L Beights, Ph.D.
Chair: Rebecca L Beights (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support)
GEOFF POTTER (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support)
MATTHEW JOHN SPICER (Anglicare Tasmania; Tasmania, Australia)
LORI ANN DOTSON (Institute for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Culture influences behaviour of individuals and groups from both rule-governed and contingency-shaped operant paradigms. Despite widespread recognition of the value of culture, behaviour analytic service delivery models show limited practical examples and conceptualisation of culture as a mediator. A multielement behaviour support (MEBS) framework integrates culture as an important contextual variable to inform procedural implementation, participant-informed processes, assessment and intervention plans, and goals. MEBS establishes culture as a critical component for upholding participants’ rights and providing participant-informed support. This panel will define culture as a mediator and discuss practical implications of culture across international MEBS settings. Panellists will respond to questions related to inclusion of culture within behaviour analytic service delivery, alignment of culture, participant-informed decision-making, and human rights in the MEBS framework, and practical problem-solving and experiences with diverse cultural groups. Additionally, panellists will address concerns that the absence of cultural considerations can have on indivduals, communities, and the field of behaviour support. Outcomes of the panel include definition of culture as a nonlinear, contextual mediator and application of MEBS strategies to audience specific targets.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Audience members should have an understanding of behaviour support that includes contextual factors and considerations beyond a simple functional contingency or operant explanation of behaviour.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define culture as a mediator within multielement behaviour support framework; (2) Describe two or more behavioural strategies or approaches within multielement behaviour support that reflect culturally-informed and human rights focused practice; (3) Identify one specific, personally relevant target (participant, behaviour, organisational policy) for improving culturally-informed, human rights-focused practice.
Keyword(s): Human rights, International service, Multielement support, Participant-informed decision-making
 
 
Symposium #412
CE Offered: BACB
Meaningful Differences: Using the Science of Behavior to Help All Learners Learn
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Weber, Ph.D.
Abstract:

All students have access to a free and appropriate education. The latest National Academic Educational Progress (NAEP) Reading Scores revealed that the fourth grade reading scores in 2022 hit their lowest point since 2005. This supports the urgency to make significant changes within the educational system. One solution is to use a science of behavior in public and charter schools to increase student academic outcomes. We present three papers that focuses on using the science of behavior across all aspects of the school environment and instructional practices. The first paper focuses on training teachers to implement components of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model at a charter school across three years. The second paper focuses on how to use the science of behavior and teacher training to develop new classrooms. The third paper focuses on how the science of behavior and verbal development can accelerate student learning. Collectively, these papers offer a way to utilize the science of behavior to teach all children.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavior Science, CABAS, Teacher Training
Target Audience:

N/A- Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Identify Critical Features of the CABAS® Model, (2) Identify how to set up a Classroom Based on the Science of Behaviors and (3) Explain how to Individualize Instruction Using Verbal Behavior Development Theory
 
Making Up for Lost Time: The Science of Behavior as the Foundation for a Public Charter School
JENNIFER WEBER (Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Ellis Smith (Teachers College Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Early reading proficiency is a strong predictor of future academic success for students. Disenfranchised populations of students living in underserved geographic areas are at significant disadvantage. When these students also have learning challenges, educators have a difficult time teaching, in a way in which students make at least a year worth of gains within one school year. Therefore, we need to use scientifically based practices so all students can learn. We describe findings from a failing charter school that sought to change educational practices to focus on using the science of behavior across all aspects of the school. Many of the students at this specific charter school once failed at more traditional schools. We incorporated foundational components of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model. We report academic outcomes from three years of systematically implementing a strategic science of teaching, focusing on both the classroom environment and instructional practices, so all students can progress.
 
Building the Future of Education: Launching a Charter School Using a Science of Behavior
JAYVEN J. ENCARNACION (Thrive Center for Success), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Jennifer Weber (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: There are many considerations when opening a new charter school. Some of these challenges include state and local regulations, securing additional funding, hiring teachers, and selecting curriculum. We worked with a new charter school whose goal was to start a school that primarily served students with autism that utilized the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). More specifically, this charter school sought to implement components of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis (CABAS®) model. Key components of the model included creating classrooms with positive reinforcement systems, using the learn unit as the method of instruction, and individualized instruction. We describe how we systematically worked with the charter school to increase the number of components part of the CABAS® model. We will discuss data from the first two years of implementation on specific components, as well as lessons learned when setting up a school using the science of behavior while providing a free and appropriate education to students with behavioral and academic needs.
 
Using Strategic Curriculum Design to Teach All Students
ELLIS SMITH (Teachers College Applied Behavior Analysis), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Nicholls State University), Gianna Liccio (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Public schools in the United States are failing. There are many possible reasons for our failing schools; lack of resources, underpaying teachers, lack of time, or growing learning gaps. Additionally, most states abide by state standards, which set long term goals but fall short in outlining pre-requisite skills and short-term objectives needed to obtain the standards. We worked with a charter school that included a population of students with learning delays in an underserved geographic region to implement components of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model. One focus was using a strategic curriculum design. This included: breaking down standards that consist of short-term objectives, so that each student is taught to mastery before moving to the next objective. The sequence is also designed using Verbal Behavior Development Theory and Relational Frame Theory. This paper will discuss how to arrange instruction, based on students verbal development level, and student academic outcomes as a result of science based instructional design practices.
 
 
Panel #413
In Memory of Dr. Joseph Pear: Honouring His Lifetime Contributions Across Experimental, Educational, Philosophical, and Areas Beyond in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kendra Thomson (Brock University; Centre for Addiction and Mental Health )
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
GENEVIÈVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (Université de Saint-Boniface)
Abstract:

This panel will honor the lifetime contributions of Dr. Joseph Pear, who passed away in December 2022. Panel participants will share some of Dr. Pear’s lifetime achievements and fond memories of Joe as an exquisite scientist and writer who could make clear the most complicated concepts. A true gentleman, his patience, humility, and compassion were evident in his teaching, applications to clinical settings, supervision, and in any other sphere of life. His innovations in the field can be viewed from at least two angles: An inquisitiveness about finding a full account of human behavior, and a desire to make the world a better place with interventions that use positive reinforcement. These guided the development of experimental, applied, and clinical research and supervision at the University of Manitoba in Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. The panel will provide examples of his contributions, insights, and legacy to help attendees benefit from his work and life.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): history, in memory, Joseph Pear
 
 
Symposium #414
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior (EAHB) Distinguished Contributions Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Júlio de Rose
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Vanessa Ayres-Pereira (Federal University of São Carlos)
Abstract:

Each year, the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group members vote on nominees for our Distinguished Contributions Award. The goal of this award is to recognize the contributions of behavioral scientists whose work has helped to define EAHB as an interesting and viable area of study. This award is presented each year at the ABAI annual convention. The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Júlio de Rose, whose extensive research career has shed much light on the complexities of human behavior. A colleague of Dr. de Rose will reflect on his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior and subsequently deliver an address on a topic of his choosing. Dr. de Rose's talk is entitled "Relational Responding and Transformation of Functions in the Behavioral Analysis of Social Phenomena". Please join us to celebrate the contributions of Dr. de Rose.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Human Behavior, Prejudice, Relational Responding, Social Behavior
 

Relational Responding and Transformation of Functions in the Behavioral Analysis of Social Phenomena

(Theory)
STEPHANIE JIMENEZ (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown)
Abstract:

The concept of attitude has been central in social psychology, referring to people’s evaluations and beliefs about any objects or issues. Although attitude is a mentalist concept, it addresses behavioral phenomena. The notions of stimulus equivalence and transfer of functions opened the way to a behavioral analysis of attitudes. This was further developed with Relational Frame Theory (RFT), which permitted to address different kinds of relations and the transformation of functions of related stimuli. As such, attitudes involve relational responding, in which positive, neutral, or negative attributes are related to specific objects or issues, thus influencing evaluations and beliefs about them. An implication of attitudes as relational responding is that the attitude toward a stimulus may depend on experiences with related stimuli. An analysis of attitudes as relational behavior has permitted behavioral research on a range of social phenomena such as biases, prejudice, preferences, etc. This presentation will provide examples of research on such phenomena.

 
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group Distinguished Contributions Award
(Theory)
CATHERINE WILLIAMS (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Dr. de Rose earned his Ph.D. Ph.D. at the University of São Paulo, Brazil in 1981 and postdoctoral Fulbright fellow at the Shriver Center for Mental Retardation in Waltham, MA (1984-6). Currently, he is a Professor of Psychology at the Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil. Dr. de Rose is also one of the founders and currently Research Director of the Brazilian National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching. He is an author or co-author of more than 180 articles and chapters on experimental, applied, and conceptual Behavior Analysis. He also supervised 38 PhD graduates. He has served in the editorial boards of several international journals in the field of Behavior Analysis. Currently he is the Associate Editor of The Psychological Record. He published research on topics such as transfer and transformation of functions, Equivalence-Based Instruction, and application of derived relational phenomena to the study of prejudice and other social phenomena.
 
 
Symposium #415
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Tech Solutions for Engaging College-Level Students and Boosting Academic Performance
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair, Ph.D.
Abstract: Student engagement is critical during class for academic achievement, but promoting active learning in higher education presents difficulties. This symposium explores technological solutions to bolster college students’ engagement and performance through three studies. The first study evaluated a social media intervention (BE-Social) combining self-management, cooperative learning, and feedback. A randomized controlled trial (N = 141) revealed the full intervention boosted engagement and grades compared to individual components or control. The second study explored utilizing the game-based platform Kahoot! for active student responding (ASR) in an undergraduate course (N = 3). A multiple treatment reversal design exhibited Kahoot! alone and with competition heightened engagement, with competition yielding higher levels. The third study examined 65 ASR studies and surveyed instructors (N = 50) with college teaching experience. Most studies used guided notes or student response systems. While positive impacts were evident, quality indicators yielded diverse results. The survey revealed faculty using ASR to some extent, even if not explicitly named. Collectively, these findings demonstrate the potential for technology-enhanced, active learning to improve college students’ academic outcomes. Implications for promoting student engagement and performance through technology will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic performance, active learning, higher education, technology
Target Audience: 1. Familiarity with principles of active learning and student engagement in higher education settings 2. Interest in leveraging technology solutions to enhance teaching and learning at the postsecondary level. 3. Some familiarity with study design methodologies such as randomized controlled trials, single case designs, literature reviews, and surveys.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (a) explain how technology-enhanced, active learning approaches can improve student engagement and academic performance in higher education settings, (b) compare the effectiveness of various technology-based instructional techniques, such as social media platforms, game-based learning, and clickers for improving student educational outcomes, and (c) evaluate the quality and potential limitations of current research on active student responding in higher education settings.
 

Enhancing Academic Performance in Tertiary Education Through Social Media: A Multi-Arm Randomized Control Trials (RCT)

AIDA TARIFA RODRIGUEZ (ABA España), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland), Ana Calero-Elvira (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Abstract:

Few randomized controlled trials (RCT) have analyzed evidence-based educational practices delivered through a social media environment. This study used a multi-arm RCT to evaluate the critical components of the Behavioral Education and Social Media (BE-Social) intervention package: self-management skills training delivered through video modeling, cooperative learning, and semi-immediate feedback. We evaluated social media engagement and academic performance among 141 students in a graduate-level applied psychology program. Students were randomly assigned to five groups: control (n = 27), self-management (n = 27), cooperative learning (n = 33), BE-Social without semi-immediate feedback (n = 27), and complete BE-Social intervention program (n = 27). Results indicated that participants receiving the complete BE-Social program showed the highest levels of engagement and academic performance. The analysis revealed that the semi-immediate feedback component was critical to the package effectiveness, whereas the impact of the self-management skills training intervention could not be verified. The conceptual, methodological, and practical implications of the study are discussed.

 
Using Active Student Responding via Kahoot! to Improve Student Academic Engagement at College Level
BRITTANY TIARA PEARSON (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Active student responding (ASR) has been found to be effective in improving student engagement and academic performance. While online ASR has received much more attention than low-tech ASR due to the widespread use of smartphones and availability of mobile applications, limited research has examined using ASR at the college level, particularly using Kahoot!. This study evaluated using Kahoot! for ASR in an undergraduate applied behavior analysis course to improve student academic engagement. A multiple treatment reversal design was used to evaluate the outcome. All students in the class participated in the Kahoot! activities; however, data were collected for 3 randomly selected students. The results demonstrated that using ASR through Kahoot! effectively increased academic engagement for all three students. However, engagement levels were higher in the Kahoot! with competition condition compared to the Kahoot! alone condition. Additionally, both students and the instructor reported high levels of social validity with Kahoot!, particularly with the inclusion of a competition component. These findings suggest that overall, satisfaction and acceptability of Kahoot!-based activities are high, and the competition element may offer additional benefits in enhancing improvement of student behavior and learning.
 
Faculty Use of Active Student Responding in Post-Secondary Education
KAELYN SIERRA PATCH (Assumption University), Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Abstract: Previous research has assessed the role of active student responding (ASR) in increasing student opportunities to respond (OTR) in elementary settings (Berrong et al., 2007; Munro & Stephenson, 2009) and secondary settings (Common et al., 2020). However, there is less research on the role of ASR in post-secondary educational settings (Hollins & Peterson, 2020; Lewis, 2008). The aim of this literature review and survey was (a) to identify the quality of research on ASR in post-secondary education using quality indicators, (b) to discover whether faculty currently use ASR in the classroom, and (c) to identify if there was a relationship between training during graduate school and implementation of ASR. Overall, 65 articles were included in the review, the majority incorporated either guided notes or student-response systems (i.e., clickers) and although they reported positive effect sizes, quality indicators suggest different results. In the survey, 50 individuals who have taught in higher education completed a survey with questions pertaining to demographic information, current teaching practices, and professional development. In this presentation, we will summarize the literature on ASR in college settings and discuss future implications for those teaching in these settings.
 
 
Panel #416
Diversity submission Promoting Inclusivity and Diversity in Higher Education Within the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Casey Kane (Saint Joseph's University)
SAMANTHA RIGGLEMAN (Saint Joseph's University)
RICHARD GREGORY ALLEN (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine)
AMANDA GULD FISHER (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has been growing rapidly, with an increasing demand for practitioners and educators. As we strive to meet this demand, it is fundamental to address issues related to inclusivity and diversity within higher education programs. This panel presentation will focus on the challenges and opportunities that exist in this domain, specific to Philadelphia while providing practical insights to create a more inclusive and diverse academic landscape. This panel presentation will provide valuable insights, guidance, and recommendations for educators, administrators, and practitioners committed to creating a more inclusive and diverse applied behavior analytic community. Participants will gain a deeper understanding of the current state of inclusivity and diversity in higher education within the field of applied behavior analysis. Participants will also receive actionable strategies and insights to promote inclusivity and diversity within their own educational programs. Further discussion regarding this topic will be encouraged to promote participation and collaboration.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Program Delivery
 
 
Symposium #417
Training in Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida)
Discussant: Sarah D. Haney McDevitt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Behavior-analytic interventions for feeding disorders are the most supported in the published literature, and professionals both within and outside of behavior analysis who work with children with feeding disorders would benefit from learning these procedures. Unfortunately, there are a limited number of specialized behavior-analytic feeding programs in the country, making access to in-vivo training difficult. One way to increase training opportunities is the use of computer-based instruction to teach behavior-analytic protocols in the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. The first presentation will cover teaching relevant skills included in a structured feeding assessment to occupational therapists using in-vivo training and to undergraduate behavior analysis students using computer-based instruction. Similarly, the second presentation will discuss the effects of interactive computer-based instruction to teach a behavior-analytic feeding protocol. The effects on procedural integrity of the different training modalities and their implications for teaching feeding protocols to various populations will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): computer based, pediatric feeding, training
 
Using Different Types of Instruction to Teach Undergraduate Students and Occupational Therapists How to Conduct Structured Mealtime Protocols
ANGIE VAN ARSDALE (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida)
Abstract: Intervention for pediatric feeding disorders involves numerous professionals with different backgrounds due to the complex and multifactorial etiology. For example, two such groups include occupational therapists (Reche-Olmedo et al., 2021) and students who may become Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) to deliver supervised behavior-analytic feeding services (Peterson et al., 2020). We were interested in teaching occupational therapists and undergraduate students enrolled in an ABA laboratory course about mealtime structure to support coordination of care and skill acquisition. Across both groups, our methods were like those of Ibañez et al. (2022) to teach skills specific to structured feeding protocols. For six occupational therapists, we conducted one day of didactic instruction and embedded a behavioral skills training section. Alternatively, for 13 undergraduate students, we used computer-based instruction through e-learning modules (e.g., Retzlaff et al., 2020) with in-vivo testing. Both types of training produced increases in procedural integrity and mostly positive acceptability of the training. We discuss implications for collaborative care and different training modalities in the context of pediatric feeding disorders, as well as directions for future research on training in this area.
 
An Evaluation of Interactive Computer Training for the Staff Implementation of a Behavior-Analytic Feeding Protocol
EMILY SCIARRINO (Children’s Specialized Hospital), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital), Christopher W Engler (Children's Specialized Hosptial)
Abstract: To implement behavior-analytic feeding procedures, staff must be trained by skilled and experienced clinicians to high levels of treatment integrity (Bachmeyer-Lee et al., 2020). Historically, this is done by using a training method known as behavioral skills training (Bachmeyer-Lee et al., 2020). However, Interactive Computer Training is a more recent training method that minimizes the need for an in-person trainer (Pollard et al., 2014). This training method combines self-instruction and the modeling component of behavioral skills training (Pollard et al., 2014). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of Interactive Computer Training to improve procedural fidelity when implementing a behavior-analytic feeding protocol. Procedural fidelity prior to and following the training modules was evaluated using a noncurrent-multiple baseline design across three participants. Adherence to the procedures increased for all three participants following exposure to the training modules. Feasibility of Interactive Computer Training within standard clinical practice will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #418
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Contributions of Behavior Analysis to Behavioral Insights: From Choice to Policy
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Brett Gelino (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Marco Tagliabue, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARCO TAGLIABUE (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

Behavioral insights represent a policy approach that capitalizes on findings from different fields (e.g., psychology, economics) and tests them empirically. The focus of interest is choice and decision-making among users and consumers, especially insofar as they act in ways that do not meet the rationality assumption. Although there has been an increasing interest in this approach in recent years, contributions of behavior analysts have remained modest when compared to behavioral economists and other social scientists, especially informing public policy. The aim of this presentation is to identify and develop principles and findings from behavior analysis and behavioral economics that may contribute toward the achievement of “better” individual and societal outcomes. For example, nudging and boosting are two freedom-preserving techniques that may contribute to enhance wellbeing in community or organizational contexts. This presentation is concerned not only with the individual level of analysis and intervention, but also with the framework of macrocontingencies and metacontingencies. These frameworks can be particularly informative and useful for scaling and sustaining behavioral interventions, and for embedding them in policymaking.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Academics, practitioners, students interested in the study and application of behavioral interventions in policymaking.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Behavioral Insights and their relationship with behavior analysis; (2) discuss nudging, boosting and other approaches in behavioral economics for influencing choice; (3) identify behavioral interventions in policymaking and relate them the macro- and metacontingency frameworks.
 
MARCO TAGLIABUE (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University)
Marco Tagliabue is an associate professor in the department of behavioral sciences at OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University in Norway where he received his PhD in behavior analysis. He is also a licensed psychologist in Italy. His research may be placed at the crossroads between behavioral economics, behavior analysis and organizational behavior management. Some of his current research activities include human choice behavior and cooperation with economic and organizational implications. Specifically, he is interested in how we may shape sustainable choices, promote wellbeing in society, organizations, and embed them into cultural practices. In 2016, he founded the Norwegian nudging network, and he is affiliated with OsloMet's cultural selection and behavioral economics lab. He teaches behavioral economics and risk management in complex systems in the Masters’ program in behavioral sciences; previously, he taught psychological diagnosis in the Bachelors’ program in health care. Prior to entering academia, he held various positions within the HR management and development departments of multinational manufacturing industries.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #419
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Future Directions for Research in Precision Teaching
Monday, May 27, 2024
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marisol Loza hernandez (University of Nebraska Medical Center: Munroe-Meyer Institute )
CE Instructor: Aoife McTiernan, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: AOIFE MCTIERNAN (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract:

Precision Teaching (PT) has most recently been defined as a system for precisely defining and continuously measuring dimensional features of behavior and analyzing data on the Standard Celeration Chart (SCC), allowing for timely and effective data-based decisions that accelerate behavioral repertoires. The potential for PT to support efficient learning environments presents an opportunity for educators to adopt a well-established system to accelerate student learning, particularly in a post-pandemic era when students have experienced significant learning loss due to extended absences from education during pivotal learning years. This is even more vital for students at risk and in areas of socio-economic disadvantage who experienced the most significant learning loss during this time. The emphasis placed on achieving high frequency performances, or fluency, with pinpointed behaviors aligns well with educators’ goals who are tasked with supporting students to achieve proficiency with literacy and numeracy skills. Although a growing body of literature is emerging that demonstrates positive outcomes associated with PT, there exists a research to practice gap. PT is not used in educational settings to the full extent possible. The purpose of this paper is to present the current evidence for PT in supporting the mastery of academic skills and to discuss the potential that PT has to make an impact in educational settings whilst acknowledging the limits of PT findings to date. Future directions for conducting impactful research in this area are suggested within the context of closing the research to practice gap.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe Precision Teaching as it applies to supporting mastery of academic skills; (2) Describe the evidence for PT in the literature to date as well as identifying gaps and areas for development; and (3) Critically evaluate the research to practice gap in PT.
 
AOIFE MCTIERNAN (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Dr. Aoife Mc Tiernan is a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst – Doctoral and Chartered Psychologist. She is the President of the European Association for Behaviour Analysis, current Director of the MSc and PhD in ABA at the University of Galway, and has worked with educational settings and disability services for over fifteen years. Dr. Mc Tiernan has an interest is in the dissemination and integration of behaviour analytic and evidence-based approaches into educational settings. She has a special interest in Precision Teaching and accelerating learning for students at risk and in areas of socio-economic disadvantage, and has a number of publications in this area, including large group studies conducted in educational settings.
 
 
Panel #420
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Switching Species: What Could Go Wrong? Considering Possible Ethical Pitfalls
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, Ph.D.
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell Animal Medical Center)
JANIE A FUNK (Behaven Kids)
ALLYSON R SALZER (MSPCA-Angell and Canine Behavioral Blueprints, LLC)
CHRISTINA A. ALLIGOOD (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Many behavior analysts love spending time with animals, and this can be a strong motivation for them to switch the species they serve from humans to non-humans. What’s not exciting about training service dogs, cats (tiger-striped or actual tigers) or animals in Shelters? However, before a behavior analyst takes that leap, they need to review the BACB’s Code of Ethics , which instructs they remain “… aware of, working within, and continually evaluating the boundaries of their competence…” and be “…knowledgeable and current about interventions (including pseudoscience) that may exist in their practice areas and pose a risk of harm to clients.” This panel will present the viewpoints of four behavior analysts who work with non-human animals, and each will discuss the ethical challenges of those who would delve unprepared/uninformed into this field. They will also answer audience questions for those who desire to get a foot in the non-human animal behavior door. (Note: a symposium on the same subject is also being offered and should be attended in concert with this panel discussion.)
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: The audience should have a working knowledge of behavior analysis, e.g. preference assessments, functional assessment, and the ability to recognize the vocabulary of same.
Learning Objectives: 1. The learner will be able to identify non-human animals they are qualified to train; 2. They will be able to recognize some types of pseudoscience from the animal world; 3. They will have ideas about how to go about looking for a way to start learning about training non-human animals.
Keyword(s): animal behavior, applied animal, non-human animal, training animals
 
 
Panel #421
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Assent and Cultural Sensitivity Walk Into a Bar…: An Examination of the Latest Ethical Dilemma Faced by Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Myra Jade Lui, Ph.D.
Chair: Myra Jade Lui (POPARD)
MERRILL WINSTON (Winston Behavioral Solutions, Inc.)
JANE PAUL (Excella Developmental Services)
MADHURA DESHPANDE (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The most recent edition of the Ethical Code for Behavior Analysts introduces the term ‘assent’ under 2.11 (Obtaining Informed Consent), stating that behavior analysts are ‘responsible for obtaining assent from clients when applicable’. The glossary provided defines assent as ‘Vocal or non-vocal verbal behavior that can be taken to indicate willingness to participate in… behavioral services by individuals who cannot provide informed consent’. The same Ethical Code requires that behaviour analysts be culturally sensitive and responsive to diversity (1.07). Such sensitivities include working cohesively with culturally-specific parenting values, practices, expectations, and from which the notion of ‘assent’ may be absent in many parenting decisions. Consequently, practicing behavior analysts today find themselves navigating the tension between these potentially conflicting ethical guidelines, whilst also trying to provide effective treatment to populations that often present with significant challenges and resistance to learning. The panelists in this event will explore and explain these tensions, and respond to audience questions about how they navigate them with anecdotes from their own professional practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Participants should have already obtained BCBA certification and have independent experience practicing while upholding the Ethical Code of Conduct. This panel is targeted to behaviour analysts who have already developed strong ethical practice skills but who are seeking further development with the changing guidelines.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Understand and define the concept of 'assent' in behavioral intervention and how it effects recommended practices 2) Identify the differences in values across different cultural populations and how these effect recommended practices 3) Analyze the conflicts that may arise between 1 & 2, and have some reasonable solutions to ensure these conflicts do not act as a barrier to ethical service delivery.
Keyword(s): Assent, Autism, Cultural Sensitivity, Ethics
 
 
Symposium #422
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Effectiveness and Social Validity of Pediatric Feeding Disorders Treatments
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Angelica Ibarra (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute )
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Empirically based treatment of pediatric feeding disorders include a variety of extinction and reinforcement-based procedures, such as escape extinction, attention extinction, and differential reinforcement. However, there is a lack of studies that have directly compared different components of treatment in regard to their effectiveness in decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior, mitigation of side effects of escape extinction, or social validity. Given the gaps in the pediatric feeding literature, there is an essential need to further examine these dimensions of behavioral treatments. The present symposium aims to disseminate novel research that evaluates and compares overall effectiveness of different treatment packages in reducing inappropriate mealtime behavior, their mitigation of side effects of escape extinction, and social acceptability. The first presentation will compare the effects of escape extinction with or without a Nuk to open procedure at the onset of treatment, as well as evaluate caregiver acceptability of the procedures. The second presentation will compare and evaluate the effectiveness and social acceptability of escape extinction when combined with three different forms of adult attention, including attention extinction, noncontingent attention, and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Escape Extinction, Feeding Disorders, Social Validity, Treatment comparison
Target Audience:

Graduate level students and clinicians working with children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) Be able to describe similarities and differences in effectiveness and social acceptability of different treatment packages for IMB (2) Be able to describe different function-based treatments for IMB maintained by attention (3) Be able to describe social acceptability of different treatment packages for IMB.
 
Evaluating Effectiveness and Caregiver Acceptability of Escape Extinction With and Without a Nuk to Open Deposit
JACQUELINE HOWERY (BCBA)
Abstract: Children with pediatric feeding disorders often engage in inappropriate mealtime behavior to escape the presented bite or drink. Previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of escape extinction for decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior and increasing acceptance of novel foods (Kirkwood et al., 2021). Some children require deposit modifications to increase acceptance due to continued refusal behaviors, with one example being a Nuk to open procedure (Kadey et al., 2013, Rubio et al., 2021). Currently, no studies compare the effectiveness of escape extinction with or without the Nuk to open procedure at the onset of the treatment or the caregiver acceptability following exposure and training to both procedures via role plays with therapists . Participants in the current study were children (ages 3 to 7) diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder and admitted into an intensive day treatment feeding clinic. A reversal design with an embedded alternating treatment design was used to evaluate and compare the effectiveness of the treatments. Results indicated that both escape extinction with and without Nuk to open were effective in increasing acceptance and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior. Caregivers reported high acceptability of both procedures. These results show that additional studies with larger sample sizes are warranted to further investigate if there are benefits to starting treatment with Nuk to open procedures.
 

A Pilot Study Evaluating Effectiveness and Caregiver Acceptability of Three Forms of Adult Attention in Mitigating the Side Effects of Escape Extinction

JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Approximately 1 in 4 typically developing children and 8 in 10 children with a developmental disability display feeding difficulties (Field et al, 2003; Gouge & Ekvall, 1975; Milnes et al 2013; Palmer & Horn, 1978; Perkse et al, 1977). Feeding difficulties may lead to poor weight gain, dependence on supplemental feedings, dehydration, and even death (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Treatment procedures conceptually based in applied behavior analysis (ABA) have the most empirical support for treating feeding difficulties (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Research has shown that removing bites or drinks is the primary motivator for inappropriate mealtime behavior and therefore escape extinction, or non-removal of the spoon or cup, is the most well-established treatment component. Although there is a wealth of evidence demonstrating its effectiveness, escape extinction may initially result in temporary but negative side effects (e.g., increases in crying, running from the table). These may make it difficult for parents to observe or conduct this intervention and clinicians are always seeking ways to decrease these signs of child distress during escape extinction. In addition to escape, attention from the feeder is a common motivator for children engaging in inappropriate mealtime behavior (Piazza et al., 2003), but less is known regarding the impact or efficacy of different applications of feeder attention. Some studies have shown that when combined with escape extinction, including positive reinforcement in the form of feeder attention can mitigate side effects of increases in negative vocalizations and inappropriate mealtime behavior (Piazza et al., 2003). Three forms of attention that are noted in the literature include attention extinction, noncontingent attention, or differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors with attention. There has never been a direct comparison of these function-based interventions and their effectiveness in decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior and negative vocalizations nor any studies of caregiver acceptability of the interventions. The purpose of the proposed project is to serve as a pilot study for evaluating the effectiveness of three forms of adult attention in mitigating the side effects of escape extinction as well as the social acceptability of each intervention when a child’s inappropriate mealtime behavior is motivated by both removal of bites and drinks and attention from the feeder. Six participants on the waitlist for the Department of Pediatric Feeding at the Munroe Meyer Institute will be included in the study. A multiple baseline design across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design will be used to evaluate and compare the treatments.

 
 
Panel #423
PDS: Culturo-Behavior Science – History of Development & Potential Impact: Current and Future Advancements
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 1-2
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno)
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno)
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet)
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
LAERCIA ABREU VASCONCELOS (Universidade de Brasília (UnB))
MARCELO FROTA LOBATO BENVENUTI (University of São Paulo)
Abstract:

The sweeping societal changes needed to combat and mitigate cultural practices that contribute to climate disasters and emerging socio-cultural upheavals must focus on more than one individual behavior. The challenge is to organize massive numbers of people to behave in ways that are conducive to survival and success of cultural groups. The panelists will provide a brief history of Culturo-Behavior Science (CBS), a recently developed area of specialization in behavior analysis, and discuss its potential impact for the advancement of our field in the abovementioned domains. CBS provides the scientific concepts and units of analysis that guide the systematic identification of cultural practices that influence cultural change, and promote the development of potential solutions. The panelists will share their perspectives regarding the future of CBS, and discuss ways community of behavior analysts including those who are pursuing undergraduate and graduate training can contribute to this area of scientific development in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Culturo-Behavior Science, Societal change, sustainability
 
 
Invited Symposium #423A
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Embracing Open Science Practices in ABA
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Art Dowdy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The “replication crisis” describes recent high-profile challenges in replicating studies across diverse scientific fields, most notably psychology (Open Science Collaboration, 2015). To counter these challenges, open science is a movement towards greater transparency, accessibility, and openness in science and scientific research (Cook et al., 2018; Peters, 2014; Vicente-Saez & Martinez-Fuentes, 2018). The practices of open science align with accomplishing these goals. For example, open sharing of raw experimental data, study materials, and software code in data sharing platforms, such as the Open Science Framework, enables independent researchers to verify and replicate analytic procedures reported in a study (Gewin, 2016). Similarly, publishing scientific papers in open access forums that do not require subscription fees or other barriers, including as pre-prints, enables greater access to research among larger and more diverse scientific consumer groups, including students and researchers otherwise lacking resources for access (Suber, 2012). In contrast to the social and behavioral sciences community at large, ABA researchers rely primarily on single-case experimental designs (SCED) to conduct their scientific experiments. These designs typically employ visual analysis of graphically depicted data and inductive reasoning to derive functional relationships among experimental variables (Ledford & Gast, 2014). Since concerns with data integrity and calls for open science practices based on the replication crisis have largely applied to researchers using group experimental designs based on the null hypothesis statistic testing model, ABA researchers may feel a degree of immunity from scientific integrity concerns identified within the larger scientific community (Tincani & Travers, 2019). Analytic differences notwithstanding, we contend there are excellent reasons for SCED researchers working within an ABA framework to embrace open science practices. First, the contingencies that operate to produce Questionable Research Practices (QRPs) among scientists working within the group research tradition also operate on ABA researchers, although they might manifest in disparate ways given differences in the methodologies. Moreover, there are pathways to QRPs uniquely created by the SCED approach (Tincani & Travers, 2022). Second, although applied behavior analysts have traditionally eschewed inferential statistics in SCED data analysis, these techniques are becoming increasingly prevalent in SCED research, opening new pathways for QRPs. Finally, there are distinct benefits for SCED researchers who embrace open science practices. These include increased visibility for researchers who employ them, new collaboration opportunities, closing the longstanding gap between research and practice, and enhanced credibility conferred on our scientific enterprise, generally. Presenters in our symposium will overview the open science movement, discuss the need for ABA researchers to embrace open science practices grounded in recent empirical work on this topic, and highlight pre-registration of research as one open science practice to address potential concerns with scientific integrity of SCED research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Stakeholders, RBTs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds who currently or plan to design, implement, and/or report ABA research.

Learning Objectives: • Understand the Open Science Movement and Its Relevance to ABA Research: Participants will learn about the fundamental aspects of the open science movement, specific open science practices, and the advantages these practices offer to researchers in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). • Identify and Address Questionable Research Practices (QRPs) in Single-Case Experimental Design (SCED): Attendees will be able to recognize common QRPs in SCED research and understand the recommended improved research practices (IRPs) that enhance the validity and reliability of SCED studies. • Prevent Selective Reporting in SCED Research: Learners will gain insights into the issue of selective reporting within SCED research, particularly in the context of special education, and learn strategies to mitigate this issue, promoting more transparent and accurate reporting of research findings. • Implement Pre-registration in SCED Research: Participants will explore the benefits and key features of pre-registration as an open science practice, including detailed guidance on how SCED researchers can pre-register their experiments to improve research transparency and reproducibility. • Promote Ethical and Transparent Research Practices in ABA: Through understanding the content of these presentations, learners will be equipped to advocate for and implement ethical and transparent research practices in ABA, contributing to the overall integrity and advancement of the field.
 
Why ABA Researchers Should Embrace Open Science Practices
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University)
Abstract: This presentation will overview key features of the open science movement, specific open science practices, and benefits for ABA researchers in embracing open science practices.
Matt Tincani focuses on the application of behavioral principles to improve outcomes for people with disabilities and other special learning needs. His interests include systematic reviews of behavior science research, teaching job-related skills to neurodivergent people, smart technologies to improve special education, single-case designs, meta science, and open science. His recent work has explored questionable and improved research practices in single-case designs. He has published over 85 scholarly publications, including the books Classroom Management and Positive Behavior Support (2nd edition; Routledge) and Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders, Evidence-Based and Promising Practices (Guildford Press). He is currently co-principal investigator of a $2.3 million NSF-funded research project to explore support for people with neurodevelopmental disorders in attaining employment in information technology fields.
 
QRPs and IRPs in Single-case Research
TIMOTHY SLOCUM (Utah State University)
Abstract: This presentation will describe recent empirical work to identify QRPs in SCED research, along with suggestions of improved research practices (IRPs) to bolster the validity of SCED.
Dr. Timothy A. Slocum earned his doctorate in Special Education at the University of Washington in 1991 and has been a faculty member at Utah State University (USU) in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation since that time. He has been involved in improving reading instruction and reading research for more than 30 years. More recently, he has written on single-case research methodology.
 
Selective Reporting in SCED
JASON TRAVERS (Temple University)
Abstract: This presentation will highlight a recent study to examine selective report in SCED research within special education, along with suggestions for preventing selective reporting in SCED research.
Jason Travers is a professor of special education and applied behavior analysis at Temple university where he also serves as coordinator for the undergraduate and graduate degree programs in these two areas of study. A former public school teacher for students with autism, Jason is an expert in autism and developmental disabilities, particularly the education and treatment of children and youth with disabilities and interfering behavior. His research has focused on various topics related to special education including sexuality education, under-identification of racially diverse children with autism in special education, evidence-based practice, unproven and pseudoscientific interventions, and meta-scientific issues and trends in single case experimental research. He has published over 70 journal articles and book chapters, one book on sexuality education for learners with ASD, and articles in other outlets for organizations like American Speech Hearing Association and Skeptical Inquirer. He currently is a consultant for the United States Department of Justice investigations of unjustified restraint and seclusion of students with disabilities in public schools. Jason lives in a suburb of Philadelphia with his wife have three daughters. He enjoys walking his two dogs and playing video games with his wife.
 
Pre-registration in Single-case Design
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: This presentation will overview the benefits and features of pre-registration as a key open science practice, with specific strategies and considerations for SCED researchers who wish to pre-register their experiments.
Dr. Shawn Gilroy's clinical work and research are dedicated to assisting preschool and school-age children with various developmental, behavioral, and learning difficulties. Gilroy is certified and operates clinically as both a School Psychologist (NCSP) and a Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D), with his work and research conducted in schools and early intervention settings. Gilroy earned a Ph.D. in School Psychology from Temple University. Prior to joining LSU, Gilroy trained at the Munroe-Meyer Institute (University of Nebraska Medical Center) and the Kennedy-Krieger Institute (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine). Gilroy also spent several years abroad on a Marie Sklodowska-Curie research fellowship at the National University of Ireland-Galway, where he was involved in developing and evaluating free/open-source apps designed to support autistic individuals.
 
 
Symposium #424
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research on Communication Modality Assessments for Individuals With Development Disabilities
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Delaney E Schneider (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Muroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Alexandra Cicero, M.A.
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities do not always acquire vocal speech and may require an augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) modality. Although identifying an efficient and effective communication modality is important for expanding the individuals communication repertoire, oftentimes communication modalities are selected arbitrarily. The studies presented in this symposium highlight different, more systematic procedures for identifying mand modalities for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The purpose of the first study was to evaluate an assessment package for determining appropriate communication modalities to use in mand training with adults with IDD that have communication deficits (e.g., limited/absent mand repertoires, no systematic/formal communication system, idiosyncratic modalities; Simmons et al.). The second study will describe procedures for assessing child and caregiver preference for communication modalities during functional communication training (Cicero et al.) Finally, the third study will assess the effects of a sequential extinction procedure on preference for communication modalities during functional communication training (Loder et al.). Future research and clinical implications will also be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): communication modalities, problem behavior
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: 1. The audience will be able to describe procedures for identifying communication modalities. 2. The audience will be able to describe procedures for measuring preference for communication modalities. 3. The audience will be able to describe procedures for assessing the efficiency of different communication modalities.
 

Identifying Appropriate Communication Modalities in Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities: An Assessment Package

BRYAN ALAN SIMMONS (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas), Catherine McHugh (University of Kansas), Stacha Leslie (University of Kansas), Elizabeth Hardesty (University of Kansas), Thomas Freetly (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Some individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) have communication deficits that hinder their interactions with their environment (Carnett et al., 2019). Because communication modalities are commonly selected arbitrarily (e.g., practitioner preference, caregiver/parent opinion), this may further impact the acquisition and persistence of communication (Kunnavatana et al., 2018). The purpose of this study is to evaluate an assessment package for determining appropriate communication modalities to use in mand training with adults with IDD that have communication deficits (e.g., limited/absent mand repertoires, no systematic/formal communication system, idiosyncratic modalities). Specifically, we are replicating and extending Valentino et al. (2019) by conducting a prerequisite skills assessment, as well as implementing a mand training sequence (Gutierrez et al., 2007) to ensure that discriminated manding is either present or established. Following mand training, a communication modality preference assessment is conducted to assess participant preference, if relevant. Preliminary results show participants’ prerequisite skills only sometimes mapped onto modalities acquired, and additional manipulations were sometimes necessary to acquire differentiated responding with modalities.

 
Comparison of Caregivers' and Children's Preference for Mand Topography During Functional Communication Training
ALEXANDRA CICERO (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jordan DeBrine (The Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine ), Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brittany Tomasi (Endicott College), Daniel Kwak (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is frequently utilized as a treatment for socially maintained problem behavior (Tiger et al., 2008). Although FCT is a viable treatment option for the reduction of problem behavior, researchers have identified several variables related to the selection of the FCR topography that may influence treatment outcomes, including individual and caregiver preference. However, there may be times in which the target individual and caregiver preference do not match. Given this, there is a need for procedures to identify and compare both child and caregiver preferences. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to identify a preferred FCR topography via mand topography assessment and compare results of the mand topography assessment with a formal assessment of caregiver preference. The results of this study indicated that both child and caregiver participants demonstrated a preference for at least one FCR topography. Although preference for both the child and caregiver participants was identified, child and caregiver preference did not match, except for a partial match for one caregiver-child dyad.
 
Teaching Multiple Functional Communication Response Modalities for Increased Durability: Findings and Clinical Implications for Response Allocation
BRITTANY HOPE LODER-LAFFERTY (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munro-Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel Kwak (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated the effects of teaching multiple functional communication response (FCR) modalities during FCT to increase the durability of treatment effects upon contact with a disruptor (e.g., extinction; Lambert et al., 2015). Specifically, teaching a variety of socially appropriate response modalities can ensure that one or more of the response modalities resurges prior to challenging behavior. Similarly, additional research has evaluated preference in the persistence of FCRs after contacting extinction, showing more preferred FCR modalities can persist for a longer time (Ringdahl et al., 2018). However, such research evaluating the effects of FCR preference on persistence has assessed individually signaled extinction components, therefore not allowing visualization of response hierarchy for FCR modality. This current study used procedures similar to Hanley et al. (2014) to assess the effects of response restriction on preference for FCR modalities for 3 children with developmental disabilities who engaged in problem behavior. Specifically, this study evaluates a response hierarchy for FCR modalities, comparing results to that of the mand topography assessment (MTA) with response restriction. Implications and findings will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #425
CE Offered: BACB
Developments in the Use of Behavioral Strategies to Improve Infant Language Development
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB
Area: DDA/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Stephanie Bendush (Endicott College)
Discussant: Carolyn Crysdale (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Carolyn Crysdale, M.S.
Abstract: Caregiver practices impacting infant vocal behavior are significantly related to individual outcomes in language development and have been a focus of behavioral research for numerous years. This domain also has implications for public health outcomes as the effects of successful language interventions at younger ages go well beyond the direct benefit to the individual. Successful earlier language intervention can have powerful impacts such as reducing the need for costly interventions later in life, reducing parental stress over the course of childhood, and reallocation of resources for public health needs. Research within this area has studied intervention effectiveness in increasing the rate and quality of infant speech in various populations. These populations have included typically developing infants, increased likelihood of disabilities populations (including younger siblings of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder), and infants with Down syndrome. This symposium will review two recent studies researching caregiver interactions with infants. The first study implemented procedures with typically developing infants and the second study demonstrated the effectiveness of caregiver training on increasing vocalizations in infants with Down syndrome. The symposium will end with a discussion of clinical implications and future directions for research within this area.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): down syndrome, infant, language development, vocal imitation
Target Audience: Necessary prerequisite skills include training in verbal behavior, training in verbal operants and background or training in parent training procedures.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Attendees will be able to describe caregiver training procedures, such as contingent vocal imitation (CVI) and motherese speech, related to vocal imitation. 2. Attendees will be able to describe the impact of parent training procedures on vocalizations and verbal behavior. 3. Attendees will discuss the potential impact of vocal imitation procedures on language development as a whole.
 
Training Parents of Infants to Use Contingent Vocal Imitation: A Behavioral Contribution to Responsive Caregiving Practices
JILL HICKEY (Endicott College), Regina Symons (Endicott College), Chante Glick (Endicott College), Carolyn Crysdale (Endicott College), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Responsive caregiving practices have been included in goals set by global public health organizations (e.g., World Health Organization, UNICEF) as a means of providing a nurturing environment for infants to support their development. Interventions that include responsive caregiving components have been found to have a positive effect on early childhood development and parenting outcomes on a global scale. Behavioral research in the area of infant language development has identified specific caregiver responses that positively influence infants’ early vocal behavior, including the use of contingent vocal imitation (CVI). However, to date, there has been limited research on training caregivers to use this strategy with their infants in their natural environments. The present study used a pre-test, post-test randomized control group design, including 24 parent-infant dyads, to evaluate the effectiveness of an asynchronous online training activity utilizing the Cool versus Not Cool™ procedure to teach parents to use contingent vocal imitation when interacting with their infants in their homes. Statistical analyses indicated significant changes in parent use of CVI, with a large effect size. This intervention offers an efficient training model with the potential for wide-scale dissemination of responsive caregiving strategies to support infant language development.
 

Look Who’s Talking: Increasing Babbling Through Caregiver Training With Infants With Down Syndrome

EILIS O'CONNELL-SUSSMAN (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Kathleen Feeley (Long Island University)
Abstract:

A behavioral phenotype for individuals with Down syndrome has highlighted strengths and weaknesses related to communication repertoires that can inform the intervention strategies and skillsets addressed within an early intervention framework. Drawing upon weaknesses, salient targets for communication development can be pinpointed while capitalizing on phenotypic strengths, such as social skill development, in the use of reinforcement contingencies. Individuals with Down syndrome have relative weaknesses within communication that begin in infancy. Particularly, infants with Down syndrome tend to generate more nonspeech sounds and show delayed onset of canonical babbling (i.e., repeating consonant-vowel combinations. This study worked with five infants with Down syndrome and their mothers to determine types of interactions that can increase canonical babbling. Previous findings were replicated on the success of operant conditioning with infants to increase infant vocalizations. Expansion of prior work was done by examining the bidirectional relationship between infant and caregiver interactions and to evaluate if the caregiver’s use of one contingent response increases related to infant responses.

 
 
Symposium #426
Bigger-Smaller/Same-Opposite: Some Unanswered Questions on Derived Responding
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Discussant: Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Understanding the emergence of behavior through indirect training is critical to our formulation of symbolic and complex behavior. While most studies on derived stimulus relations focus on training baseline relations through a matching-to-sample procedure, alternative procedures shed light on the necessary and sufficient conditions for derived responses. The symposium aims to present two of these alternative procedures through experimental evidence. The first presentation is composed of two experiments. In the first experiment, Go/No-Go procedure was employed to establish comparative relations between stimuli (i.e., larger-than and smaller-than) under contextual control. In the second experiment, this procedure was replicated but omitting non-arbitrary relational training and testing. The results regarding their implications for teaching technology and theories concerning relational responding are discussed. The second presentation discusses intraverbal bidirectional naming. In an experiment, tact and intraverbal training were used to establish baseline relations among names related to stimuli. However, autoclitic frames of sameness and opposition used in intraverbal training were manipulated between sets of stimuli. The results reveal that the relational autoclitic function is the primary determinant of emergent relations in this type of procedure, prompting us to reconsider the role of intraverbal naming and its controlling relations.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): derived responding, go/no-go, human participants, naming
 

Derived Comparative Relations Using the Go/No-Go Procedure With Compound Stimuli

Rafael Diego Diego Modenesi (Universidade de São Paulo; e Instituto Nacional de Ciência e Tecnologia sobre Comportamento, Cognição e Ensino (INCT-ECCE)), PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

The emergence of behavior that was not directly trained has important implications for the development of faster and more efficient teaching technology. The studies on derived stimulus relations generally use the Matching-to-sample procedure. The aim of Experiment 1 was to verify whether the Go/No-Go procedure with compound stimuli would establish comparative relations between stimuli (e.g., larger-than and smaller-than) under contextual control. Non-Arbitrary Relational Training and Tests were performed to establish the red and blue background colors as the contextual cues. Subsequently, Arbitrary Relational Training was performed, in which comparative relations were established between pairs of stimuli under the control of contextual cues. Finally, tests evaluated the emergence of new comparative relations under contextual control. Experiment 2 replicated Experiment 1, except for omitting Non-Arbitrary Relational Training and Testing, to evaluate the emergence of derived comparative relational responding without including non-arbitrary relational teaching. All four participants (undergraduate students) in Experiment 1 and all three participants in Experiment 2 met the criterion in the training and demonstrated the emergence of the tested relations. The implications of the results for the development of teaching technology and conceptual aspects are discussed.

 
Initial Evidence on Autoclitic Bidirectional Naming
JOÃO LUCAS BERNARDY CARDOSO (University of São Paulo), Martha Costa Hübner (University of São Paulo)
Abstract: Recent evidence supports that intraverbal bidirectional naming is sufficient for establishing equivalence classes. However, examining such procedures reveals some imprecision about what constitutes the trained intraverbal responses. More specifically, relational autoclitics (e.g., “goes with”) are often used as control variables. It is plausible and logically consistent that such autoclitics could be critical, mainly for the explanation of verbally controlled derived responses. We provide some initial experimental evidence in that sense, using a procedure based on recent studies with intraverbal bidirectional naming with positive results. Undergraduates were exposed to a pre/post-test design where emergent matching-to-sample and intraverbal performances derived from tact training, listener tests, and intraverbal training. During intraverbal training, done using a fill-in-the-blank vocal task, autoclitic frames of sameness and opposition were manipulated across sets of stimuli. The results show important differences regarding stimulus class formation and are discussed regarding normative rules for derived responding related to specific autoclitic frames. Also, the results highlight methodological challenges to be addressed. Finally, future directions are presented in terms of empirically testable assumptions and the investigation of logical behavior.
 
 
Symposium #427
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Self-Management and Simple Generative Responding Repertoires With the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy; The Wing Institute)
Discussant: Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong )
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Successful learners apply what they’ve learned to a variety of new contexts. Even full grasp of the skills, concepts, and principles taught during one’s K-12 education are insufficient in teaching everything learners need to know. Thus, it’s essential that education settings teach students how to take ownership of their own learning, by teaching specific self-management strategies for application to a variety of classroom learning environments, and for application to real-world contexts. This symposium will feature two presentations detailing how students can learn to be better learners and to use what they’ve learned outside of the classroom setting. First, Ky’Aria Moses will describe a systematic literature review of instruction of self-management strategies with low-income students. Next, Bailee Scheuffele will explain how she used Morningside’s simple generative responding technology to design a year long project aimed at teaching students to apply computation skills learned in math class to meaningful, real-world challenges outside of the classroom.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Executive Functioning, Generalization, Generative Responding, Self-Management
Target Audience:

Professionals interested in behavioral education, direct instruction, Precision teaching/frequency building, Response to Intervention/Multi-Tier System of Supports, executive functioning, self-management, communication, and designing for and teaching towards generalization. Audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis as applied to academic learning behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. list and describe at least three variations of self-management strategies which are supported in schools, 2. list and describe Morningside's five ingredients for simple generative responding, 3. describe how instruction is used during initial instruction and during instruction for application to increase the likelihood of simple generative responding.
 
A Review of Self-Management Strategies for Struggling Learners
(Applied Research)
KY'ARIA MOSES (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Poverty continues to pose a threat to children’s development of behavioral regulation skills, which can impact students’ academic readiness and achievement (Engle & Black, 2008; McKenzie, 2019). Self-management has been studied throughout the literature to teach student independence and self-regulation skills, both of which are critical for learning in the classroom (Fantuzzo, et al., 1988; Briesch et al., 2019). To date, there has been no systematic review of self-management strategies for low-income students in general education settings. Thus, the purpose of this review was to examine the efficacy of self-management strategies with this population. A systematic review of the literature identified 10 studies that implemented self-management strategies with low-income students. Results support the use of several variations of self-management in general education settings and highlight essential features when designing self-management strategies to promote academic achievement and regulation of classroom behaviors. This presentation will review common self-management strategies including self-monitoring, graphing, error correction, and self-evaluation and provide a case example of teaching students to self-graph on the Standard Celeration Chart.
 
Towards a Technology of Generalization: Simple Generative Responding of Mathematics Computation Skills to Real-World Contexts
(Service Delivery)
BAILEE SCHEUFFELE (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy; The Wing Institute), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: An unequivocal example of effective teaching—and learning—is when learners engage in previously taught behaviors under more varied contexts than those presented in the classroom. As such, educators must provide instruction on how, and guided opportunities to, practice direct application of skills and concepts to real-world circumstances. We systematically employed the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction, moving through explicit instruction to less-and-less structured forms of application. During teacher-guided application, students were given a designated budget and a list of items to purchase. Learners engaged in activities that reinforce basic arithmetic operations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division, like calculating and comparing prices to make informed purchasing decisions. Over time, teacher involvement was slowly faded out, until our learners independently applied the skills taught in math class in novel environments, as reported by self or parent. Our engineered application of various aspects of mathematics in real-world environments promotes the development of essential skills, including problem-solving, critical thinking, and mathematical reasoning. It provides students with an opportunity to apply mathematical knowledge to real-life situations, thereby making abstract concepts more tangible and relevant.
 
 
Symposium #428
CE Offered: BACB
Using Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Conjunction With Student Outcomes in Classrooms
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Emily Baton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective classroom behavior management strategies, use of high leverage classroom practices, fidelity and teacher coaching are fundamental for fostering conducive learning environments and improving student outcomes (Simonsen et al., 2008; Caldarella et al., 2019) regardless of disability status. These interventions can be applied beyond a single unit of analysis, supporting students of varied needs across tiers and presentations (Horner & Sugai 2015; Putnman & Kincaid 2015). Yet teachers have reported that they do not feel equipped and prepared to effectively manage the classroom (Begeny & Martens, 2006; Chelsey & Jordan, 2012). This symposium will review published research and bring together three studies completed in school settings that investigated the impact high-leverage classroom practices and their subsequent impact on student outcomes. These studies will collectively shed light on the vital role that effective teaching and classroom management methodologies play in shaping education. The first presentation will provide the audience with an overview of coaching fidelity data from a tri-state implementation of the Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS) model. The second study will describe a federally funded grant to develop a class-wide modular approach for assisting teachers in self-contained classrooms with students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (EBD). The third study will review data surrounding common high-leverage classroom practices (HLCPs) to improve overall classroom management in the public education environment. Through the alignment of these studies, this symposiym wil provide the audience various knowledge on coaching, fidelity, and practical insights and suggestions for ABA in Public Education.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): active coaching, classwide support, schools
Target Audience:

n/a

Learning Objectives: Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe strategies for implementing interventions class-wide and at the individual level for students in school academic settings. 2. Describe high-level classroom practices to improve overall classroom management across all SW-PBIS tiers. 3. Describe and understand the research around active coaching guidance and the skills used.
 

Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS): Coaching Teachers to Enhance Intervention Implementation for Autistic Students

ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), Lynne Levato (Associate Professor of Pediatrics University of Rochester ), Krystal Mcfee (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Abstract: Although there are established evidence-based practices (EBPs) for autistic students, teachers often do not implement them as intended in school settings for many reasons, including the lack of coaching support. Modular approaches to intervention implementation provide frameworks that allow teachers, with coaching guidance, to select, implement, and evaluate the effectiveness of EBPs. Coaches provide ongoing active support that ensures the intervention is implemented with fidelity and allows adjustments to be made in response to data trends. The Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS) is a comprehensive Tier 3 intervention that helps teachers implement EBPs for students on the autism spectrum. MAAPS is in the fourth and final year of a 4-year randomized controlled trial, and all activities, including coaching support, are delivered virtually. An earlier pilot study showed high teacher acceptance of MAAPS, and students who received MAAPS improved in the primary outcomes. The presentation will give participants an overview of the intervention, describe the coaching procedures, and provide preliminary RCT outcomes.

 

Using a Modular-Based Assessment and Coaching Model to Assist Teachers in Implementing Class-Wide Interventions for Students With Emotional Disturbance

Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences), EMILY BATON (May Institute), Ashley dreiss (University of South Florida), Zelda Fleming (University of South Florida), Ruby Joseph (University of South Florida )
Abstract:

Compared to other students who receive special education services, students with emotional disturbance (ED) demonstrate significantly more social and/or behavioral problems (Poulou, 2015; Wang & Fredricks, 2014). A wide research-to-practice gap exists regarding what works in classroom management for students with ED (Gable, 2014). Modular approaches allow teachers to select and customize evidence-based practices to have contextual fit for their classroom. This project evaluated a modular approach in which teachers completed an assessment and selected specific practices that would be most helpful for addressing class-wide behavior concerns. Behavior skills training and practice-based coaching were used to train teachers to implement the module strategies. Teachers selected the routine or time of day in which challenging behavior occurred most often. Data on class-wide challenging behavior and student engagement was collected using a multiple baseline design across classrooms. Results indicated that student engagement increased for all classrooms and challenging behavior decreased after implementation of the modules by teachers. Teacher fidelity data was high and social validity data from teachers indicated that the modules were feasible to implement and resulted in perceived improvements in class-wide behaviors.

 

How Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) Can Improve Classroom Management Practices Across Tiers

FINA ROBERTSON (Endicott College, Gardner Public Schools), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute), Amber Casavant (Gardner Public Schools), Joyce West (Gardner Public Schools), Mark Pellegrino (Gardner Public Schools)
Abstract:

This Presentation will provide behavior analysts a review of the research on evidence-based practices as it relates to classwide behavior support. (Simonsen &; Fairbanks, Briesch, Myers, & Sugai, 2008; Simonsen et al., 2015; Reinke, Herman & Sprick, 2011). These practices include:1) antecedent practices (physical layout, classroom expectations, behavioral routines, teaching expectations and routines, precorrections, active supervision); 2) instructional management (opportunities to respond), 3) reinforcement practices (contingent behavioral-specific praise, group contingencies, and token economies, behavioral contracts) and consequence (planning ignoring, explicit reprimands, differential reinforcement, response cost, and timeout). The presentation will advance the skills and knowledge of BCBAs to apply their applied behavior analytic skills beyond the unit of child/client to larger units of school and district with a focus on the classroom level. Lastly, a case study and data of Gardner Public Schools using the Classroom Observation Tool (Putnam & Handler, 2020) will be reviewed with a focus on student outcomes across three tiers.

 
 
Symposium #429
Diversity submission Safety Behavior at Variety Situations Such as Workplace and Academic Community Applying Behavior-Based Safety
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rieko Hojo (Nagaoka University of Technology)
Abstract:

Safety at work and/or at educational place, which used to be ensured by people's "attention" and the "principles of stopping and isolating" has been changed with the introduction of ICT devices and cloud networks so on. For example, due to collaborative work and study activities with ICT devices at work and educational community, the "principles of stopping and isolating" and/or "attention by people" can hardly be applied. In light of the reality of work and study styles that must respond to such rapid changes, it is necessary to search for the optimal safety system. We have been conducting experiments with the aim of realizing safety measures from the perspective of workers and students. In this symposium, we will introduce practical experimental methods for evaluating and measuring workers and University students. Furthermore, we will report the results of measuring workers' sense of safety behavior and as to well-being from perspective of occupational and academic safety.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Behavior-based safety, Educational safety, Occupational safety, Worker/student
 
Diversity submission 

Increasing Wearing of Bicycle Helmets Among College Students by Distributing Stickers of the State Prime Minister Wearing a Bicycle Helmet

CAROLIN GLÄSER (Technical University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), Christoph Bördlein (Technical University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt (THWS))
Abstract:

Bicyclists are one of the most vulnerable groups of road users. The reasons for this are the relatively high speed and the close proximity of motor vehicles. In contrast, a cyclist has little protection; he does not have a vehicle body around him and usually wears only ordinary clothing. Wearing a bicycle helmet significantly reduces the risk of suffering serious head injuries in the event of an accident. As we found out in a survey, all cyclists are aware of this. Nevertheless, they often refrain from wearing a bicycle helmet, among other things because they mistakenly consider the risk to be low for short distances, because wearing a helmet is considered to be uncomfortable and carrying it around is considered to be inconvenient. In a behavioral community intervention, we distributed stickers showing the Bavarian Prime Minister wearing a bicycle helmet to bicyclists (students and employees) who parked their bicycles in front of or rode away from the university building. Through this intervention, we immediately achieved a doubling to tripling of the percentage of cyclists wearing helmets. This success was maintained after the intervention, although the proportion decreased again over time.

 
Diversity submission 

A Case Study of Quantifying Subjective Evaluation of Safety Awareness Promotion Activities at Work Sites at a Temporary Equipment Rental Company

RIEKO HOJO (Nagaoka University of Technology), Yuka Koremura (ballast), Shoken Shimizu (Safety/ANSHIN and Thecnical Research Center, GOP Co. Ltd.)
Abstract:

We introduce an activity of a team called [SG Cosmos], which specializes in "safety awareness promotion activities" for workers on site provided by GOP Co., Ltd., a temporary equipment rental company, and a method for quantitatively evaluating well-being. The activity is important to share information about safety behavior with workers. The activities involve participatory experiential information transmission with workers. Safety and Security Technology Research Center (SATEC), a research institute of GOP, measured change of Well-being before and after the activity of six workers who took part in the activities and two members of the SG Cosmos who provided the activity. All participants improved their subjective well-being, which represents safety and security, after the activity (Figure 1). In addition, in terms of psychological well-being, which indicates "worthiness" and "gain in life," SG Cosmos' scores increased more in five out of six factors after the activity (Figure 2). On the other hand, it was found that in terms of "positive relationships with others" was shown a significant decrease. We believe that it is important for both the training provider and the trainee to evaluate whether the training is beneficial to each other in order to ensure safe work in the future.

 
Diversity submission 

Answering Behavior of Well-Being Questionnaire Before and After Tasks on Portable Aluminum Alloy Work Platforms

YUKA KOREMURA (ballast), Rieko Hojo (Nagaoka University of Technology), Christoph F. Bördlein (Technical University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt (THWS)), Kohei Nomura (SATEC, GOP), Shoken Shimizu (Safety/ANSHIN and Technical Research Ceter (SATEC), GOP Co. Ltd)
Abstract:

The focus of the study was on the behavioral change in response to wellbeing questions, one of the indicators of safety, security, and job satisfaction/reward. (1989) and Psychological Well-being developed by Ryff (1989). These questions conventionally require a group to respond once and are then statistically analyzed. In this study, we analyzed one case study. Subjects performed five repetitions of several minutes of work in two different height conditions on two different aluminum alloy portable workbenches and answered the Well-being questions before and after the repetitions. Since the original questions were about "life" in this case, they also answered questions in which the context of the questions was replaced by "work" to examine how the language used in the questions affected their response behavior. Result: For this subject, there were not significant difference answering “life” and “work” questions. Results of Subjective Well-being (Fig. 1) showed that only pre condition answered differently. Results of Psychological Well-being (Fig. 2) showed that there were not significant difference between answering “life” and “work” questionnaire. Of six dimensions of well-being, Personal Growth (PG) answered high points, and Autonomy answered the lowest.

 
 
Symposium #430
Using a Task Analysis and TAG Teaching to Increase Proficiency in Compliant Behavior During Cadaver Storage and Repackaging
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Kent (University of West Florida)
Discussant: Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

Positive reinforcement has been a successful operant learning strategy when teaching orthopedic surgical residents how to perfect procedure skills. The medical community has grown interested in reinforcement learning techniques to optimize treatment policies and procedures (Shortreed et al., 2011). Traditional surgical teachings focus less on acknowledgement of skills performed correctly, emphasizing the identification of errors and missteps. Levy et al. (2016), an orthopedic surgeon and canine training enthusiast, took a behavior analytical approach to assist medical students in learning surgical techniques. Procedural steps were broken down for medical students to follow and achievements of each step were noted with an event marker (Levy, et al., 2016). Conditioned reinforcement is an increasingly popular topic, specifically surrounding TAGteaching, an acoustic training stimuli (Pfaller-Sadovsky et al., 2020). For decades, the storage and management of cadavers for gross anatomy and surgical procedures have been a challenging and problematic issue (Anyanwu et al., 2011). More research is needed to understand learning strategies when teaching medical professionals how to handle cadaver tissue more competently and vigilantly. The goal of this study will be to evaluate the effects of using a picture-based task analysis and TAGteaching on skill acquisition during the cadaver storage and re-packaging process.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): analysis, cadaver, storage, tagteaching
 
Using a Task Analysis and TAG Teaching to Increase Proficiency in Compliant Behavior During Cadaver Storage and Repackaging
JESSICA TRUETT (Andrews Research & Education Foundation), Bailey Hannah Burk (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract: Positive reinforcement has been a successful operant learning strategy when teaching orthopedic surgical residents how to perfect procedure skills. The medical community has grown interested in reinforcement learning techniques to optimize treatment policies and procedures (Shortreed et al., 2011). Traditional surgical teachings focus less on acknowledgement of skills performed correctly, emphasizing the identification of errors and missteps. Levy et al. (2016), an orthopedic surgeon and canine training enthusiast, took a behavior analytical approach to assist medical students in learning surgical techniques. Procedural steps were broken down for medical students to follow and achievements of each step were noted with an event marker (Levy, et al., 2016). Conditioned reinforcement is an increasingly popular topic, specifically surrounding TAGteaching, an acoustic training stimuli (Pfaller-Sadovsky et al., 2020). For decades, the storage and management of cadavers for gross anatomy and surgical procedures have been a challenging and problematic issue (Anyanwu et al., 2011). More research is needed to understand learning strategies when teaching medical professionals how to handle cadaver tissue more competently and vigilantly. The goal of this study will be to evaluate the effects of using a picture-based task analysis and TAGteaching on skill acquisition during the cadaver storage and re-packaging process.
 

Applying Behavior Analysis in Surgical Practice Settings: Organizational Behavior Management to Increase Proficiency During Orthopedic Biomechanical Cadaver Testing

MAGDALYN RAE HELTON (University of West Florida), Bailey Hannah Burk (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management (OBM) is the application of behavior analytic principles to individuals and groups in different settings such as business, industry, medical, government, and human services (Wilder, et al., 2009). OBM and applied behavior analysis (ABA) strategies have been utilized in environments to develop better strategies for breaking down complex skills into smaller behavioral units, instructional models for shaping complex behavior, and reinforcement procedures to shape and maintain target responses (Seniuk et al., 2013). Several subdisciplines have been the focus of modern day OBM, including performance management, systems analysis, and behavior-based safety (Wilder, et al., 2009). By putting a focus on quality deficits and necessary productivity improvements in an orthopedic surgical skills lab, OBM can be of use to enhance proficiency and consistency while testing specific tensile and torsional techniques on cadavers with the use of complex machinery systems such as the Instron. By changing the testing environment through the addition of a disposable computed tomography (CT) biopsy grid, this study will evaluate the effectiveness of OBM in reducing variation and increasing performance outcomes among orthopedic surgeons during cadaver testing.

 
 
Paper Session #431
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Addressing Systemic Issues in Service Delivery
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Rhiannon Marie Evans (Missouri Behavioral Health Council)
CE Instructor: Rhiannon Marie Evans, M.S.
 
Adopting Technology Advances Ethical Practice
Domain: Service Delivery
CATHERINE WAYMAN (Pennsylvania ABA)
 
Abstract: Technological adoption is a continuous process producing increased transparency of outputs and outcomes, greater fiscal responsibility, higher quality service delivery and sustainable change processes. How many technological implementations fail, leaving resources unused or wasted and employees disappointed? Organizations do not have unlimited resources and therefore must continually evaluate how to make the most of technology while executing responsible practice as professionals, in practice, and with clients and stakeholders. The current question is how to best use technology to achieve desired outcomes for employees, individuals served and the organization as a whole. Every organization requires the use of at least one system such as electronic health records, human resources information systems, student information systems, billing and invoicing and many more. Most technological implementations prioritize go-live, but not beyond. Focusing and planning for a full adoption of the tool or system requires a paradigm shift from “in the moment” of implementation to continuous process which provides greater returns in areas of ethical responsibility. In this session we discuss the what, why and how to a successful technology adoption program in adherence to our Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis Adventures: Integrating Behavioral Health & Intellectual/Developmental Disability Systems

Domain: Applied Research
RHIANNON MARIE EVANS (Missouri Behavioral Health Council), Amber Stockreef (The Missouri Department of Mental Health)
 
Abstract:

There are over seven million people with intellectual/developmental disabilities in the United States. Individuals with intellectual/developmental disabilities are at high risk of co-occurring mental health conditions. However, navigating mental health and intellectual/developmental disability systems can be clunky and burdensome for individuals and caregivers who are simply trying to access quality care. This presentation will cover the common systemic hurdles to integrating services for persons with co-occurring diagnoses and how Missouri is beginning to use applied behavior analysis principles at a systems level to bust these barriers and deliver services when and how they are needed. The authors will share how Missouri Echos are developing collaborative skills across the state. Specific data from Missouri’s Alliance of Dual Diagnosis Echo will be shared covering common recommendations from the Echo hub as well as changes in clinical confidence pre-post Echo participation. The authors will also share Missouri’s Tiered Supports data from provider organizations outlining needs, implementation of systems efforts, progress, and outcomes.

 
 
 
Symposium #432
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veteran Families: A Review of History, Current Efforts, and Suggestions for the Future
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
CE Instructor: Abigail B. Calkin, Ph.D.
Abstract: The challenges facing Behavioral Health practitioners in providing comprehensive services to military personnel and their families are multifaceted. These challenges warrant a discussion wherein misconceptions of service-needs and the effects of stigma on military families are addressed, and efforts employing behavior analytic technologies highlighted. The behavioral health community at large can make a difference by seeking to strengthen collaborations across disciplines (e.g., psychology, medicine) and with various sectors pertaining to public health and policy (e.g., advocacy efforts with government agencies). Featuring presenters from the Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans' Issues special interest group, this symposium will include three presentations on topics related to the needs of military families and veterans. The first presentation will present a historical perspective on the history of ABA in the military. The next presentation will focus on current projects in which behavior analysis is being applied within the Veterans Health Administration. Lastly, the presenters will examine issues related to service delivery in families utilizing Tricare.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): dissemination, mental health, military, veteran
Target Audience: Audience members should have a general understanding of issues related to service-delivery with underserved populations (e.g., veterans seeking behavioral healthcare for themselves and/or their family members). Audience members should also have foundational knowledge in the history of behavior analysis as a growing discipline.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) articulate historical applications of behavior analytic methodology with the military and veteran community; (2) identify ways in which behavior analytic skills may be applied to the veteran population; (3) formulate strategies to bridge the gap between the behavioral health discipline and currently available services to improve the availability and quality of care for military communities.
 
History of Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans’ Affairs
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: The history of Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans Affairs began with the work Pavlov did with the development of respondent conditioning in the early twentieth century. It has continued with military personnel and service dogs with the principles and practices that Skinner and Lindsley developed. This has come to include work with military families who have children with disabilities, and military personnel with various disabilities. Behavior analytic work continues with TriCare and Echo programs, the standard celeration chart and work with suicide, as well as the work of Xcelerate Innovations to assist the Air National Guard to reduce suicides. In addition to suicide, other work includes post-traumatic stress disorder and traumatic brain injury. The work with the military continues because of the need for support in the above areas. The military training has depended on good discipline, and even, in retrospect with the use of vastly different terms, the roots of military training rely on Pavlovian and Skinnerian training and high-quality measurement of human behavior.
 
Current Applications of Behavior Analysis in Military Veteran Research
SELENA KALAPATAPU CRUZ (Dept of Veterans Affairs)
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) continually updates the percentage of BACB-certified individuals working across 17 primary areas of professional emphasis, including those reflected in their April 2023 Executive Summary Report of major ABA subspecialities. An accurate representation of ongoing work in subspecialties may be difficult to assess given the lack of data available regarding the prevalence of non-certified individuals with undergraduate and/or graduate-level education in behavior analysis who utilize their training in similar areas. Likewise, assessing new avenues for behavior analysts to apply their skills with regard to specific population needs may prove difficult, as is the case with the military and veteran population, who are not explicitly included in either primary emphasis areas or the 13 reported subspecialities, however share considerable overlap in health disparities with the currently reported areas. This presentation will review applications of behavior analysis in the day-to-day work of the Rocky Mountain Mental Illness Research Education and Clinical Center (MIRECC), covering subspeciality areas such as Organizational Behavior Management, Clinical Behavior Analysis, and Behavior Analysis in Public Health. Components of the Together with Veterans rural veteran suicide prevention program will be highlighted, along with principles applied to a research study examining blast exposure in veterans.
 
Service Needs of Military Families: A Discussion of Current Problems and Positive Directions for the Future
JOSHUA L MCQUILLEN (Behavior in Action), Daniel Harris Coe (Behavior in Action)
Abstract: The military community, whether active duty, retired, veteran, or dependents, require wide-ranging behavioral health services, including for suicidal ideation, post-traumatic stress disorder, traumatic brain injury, autism, and more. Difficulty in obtaining such services is a common occurrence with this population, whether due to an insufficient number of available providers, limitations in Tricare resulting in services being discontinued prematurely, or restrictive policies resulting in service-needs being denied altogether. There is an opportunity and an obligation for Behavioral Health practitioners to understand and negotiate (1) the adverse impact lingering stigmas and misconceptions create within the military community, (2) the aversive stimuli present that impacts care-seeking behaviors and adherence to treatment plans for military persons, and (3) the ethical obligation to ensure availability of comprehensive behavioral health care. This presentation will highlight and define a broad problem in the relationship between the behavioral health discipline and available services provided by the Department of Defense and Veterans Affairs. Furthermore, presenters will examine the ramifications of that problem with a discussion of what needs to happen moving forward and how behavior analysis can help.
 
 
Panel #433
Branching Out: How to Market Yourself and Leverage Your Skills in the "Non-Traditional" Job Market
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute)
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno)
JODIE SORACCO (VCU)
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (State of Nevada, Division of Child and Family Services)
Abstract:

A common refrain in the field of behavior analysis is the lack of understanding from the population at large regarding the use of behavior science outside work relating to Autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities. Additionally, behavior analysts, with or without a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) designation, may find it difficult to step out of traditional fields, not knowing how to market themselves and their skills. Job postings with the words “behavior analyst” or “BCBA” are most often for clinical work, and some individuals in the field may be in search of alternate employment opportunities, and they are not sure where to look. How can behavior analysts and behavior scientists market their skills to branch out into "non-traditional" fields? The panel will describe how to leverage skills learned in behavior analysis education and training to branch out into novel fields, including interdisciplinary collaboration and advocacy for behavior analytic services at the community, county, and state levels.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Interested individuals should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic concepts, principles, and practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify aspects of their behavior analytic training that are relevant to areas outside Autism and ID/DD; (2) identify components of an elevator pitch or job interview that convey the importance of behavior science in general work settings; (3) discuss some settings that may be most welcoming to individuals with behavior analytic training and experience.
Keyword(s): careers, dissemination
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #434
CE Offered: BACB
Using AI, Machine Learning and Gamification to Enhance the Reach, Scale, Engagement and Effectiveness of Behavioral Interventions
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Claudia Drossel, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: EVAN FORMAN (Drexel University)
Abstract:

Behavioral treatments help people modify their behavior in order to achieve greater psychological and physical well-being. These treatments can be implemented by a clinician and/or by automated systems. Each type of treatment has its strengths and weaknesses. This presentation considers ways that machine learning, AI, and gamification can partially negotiate these strengths and weaknesses to achieve optimal results. Behavioral treatments for lifestyle modification and weight control are good candidates for such technology because necessary behaviors run counter to biological and environmental forces, and thus require acquisition of specific behavioral skills and accountability normally provided by an expert clinician. Yet, there are a severe shortage of such clinicians relative to the tens of millions of people in needs of such services. In the NIH R01-funded Project ReLearn, we are evaluating an artificial intelligence (AI) system for optimizing the delivery of clinical services of varying cost in a manner that allows for scalability across large populations. Project LYRA, in contrast, is exploring whether a large language model-powered chatbot housed in a self-help behavioral weight loss program can successfully help individuals achieve weight loss without the need for human clinicians. Even when clinical services are being provided, a challenge is that skills and strategies taught in the clinic are not utilized by clients in the moment of need. We have been exploring whether a machine learning-power, smartphone-based just-in-time, adaptive intervention (JITAI) called OnTrack is able to predict and prevent dietary lapses and to facilitate weight loss. People struggle to maintain motivation to engage in the exceptionally difficult behavior changes necessary to achieve weight loss. The NIH R01-funded Project Neurofit evaluates whether gamification and neurocognitive training improve engagement and weight loss outcomes among men (who also reject traditional clinical interventions which they view as “feminine”).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior therapists and researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how AI might be used to optimize, supplement and replace human-provided behavioral treatments; (2) describe how machine learning can be used to provide tailored behavioral skills and strategies in the moment of need; and (3) describe how gamification could be used to motivate difficult behavior change
 
EVAN FORMAN (Drexel University)
Evan M. Forman received his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the University of Rochester, and completed clinical internships and fellowships at Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, and the University of Pennsylvania. He is currently a Professor of Psychological and Brian Sciences at Drexel University and is the Director of the Center for Weight Eating and Lifestyle Science (the WELL Center), and as such oversees 55 faculty, postdoc fellows, staff and students and a $27.2M research portfolio consisting of 21 projects. His primary interest is in the development and evaluation of innovative technological and behavioral approaches to health behavior change. He has received continuous NIH support to conduct research in these areas for over 12 years, and is currently the PI of three R01-funded clinical trials evaluating AI optimization, gamification and component efficacy of behavioral weight loss treatments. He has authored over 175 scientific papers, which have over 15,000 indexed citations. He is also the author of a clinician guide and workbook called Effective Weight Loss: An Acceptance-based Behavior Approach for Oxford Press’s Treatments that Work series.
 
 
Symposium #435
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Learn About Practical Tools for Pyramidal Training and Supervision That Yield Measurable Long-Term Outcomes
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kieva S. Hranchuk (Brock University)
Discussant: Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Rosemary A. Condillac, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will review practical tools and models for training and supervision that can be used to directly measure training outcomes as well as identify factors that might affect the outcomes of training. Results from two applied research projects that used a pyramidal (train the trainer) approach to staff training will be reviewed to highlight the direct training, outcomes for service recipients, and the social validity of the tools, approaches to training, and models. The first presentation will review the Teacher Performance and Accuracy (TPRA) measure, a practical tool supervisors can use in their daily practice. It is helpful to ensure training adherence and that supervision goals align with performance outcomes. In the second presentation, we will review the outcomes of the Community Capacity Development Initiative (CCDI). We will share factors that contributed to and impeded training success, which was consistent with the model for fostering community capacity to support adults with intellectual disabilities who engage in challenging behavior (Mullins & Scott, 2022) based on organizational behavior management and knowledge translation. This symposium will help supervisors and trainers measure staff outcomes and gain an understanding of organizational and individual factors that affect training outcomes, generalization, and maintenance.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Capacity building, Program evaluation, Staff training, Supervision
Target Audience:

This presentation is rated “intermediate” as attendees will require basic understanding of three-term contingency trials, mastery criteria, and organizational and individual factors that affect training outcomes, generalization, and maintenance.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use the Teacher Performance and Accuracy Form (TPRA) in their daily practice as supervisors; (2) align supervision goals with performance outcomes; (3) measure staff outcomes using the TPRA; and (4) discuss organizational and individual factors that affect training outcomes, generalization and maintenance.
 

Utilizing the Teacher Performance and Accuracy (TPRA) Measure in Staff Training and Supervision

(Applied Research)
KIEVA S. HRANCHUK (Brock University), Carly Eby (The Autism Centre of Toronto), Joan Broto (Launch Behavioural Health)
Abstract:

One of the goals of training and supervision is to ensure that our supervisees acquire the necessary knowledge and skills as a clinician, which in turn results in client progress (LeBlanc et al., 2020). The Teacher Performance and Accuracy (TPRA) measure is a measurement system for trial-based instruction (Ingham & Greer, 1992) that measures moment-to-moment interlocking three-term contingencies (i.e., Learn Units) between the teacher or instructor and the learner (Greer, 2002). The TPRA has been used to demonstrate accurate teacher performance, an objective feedback method, and the acquisition of clinical skills. In this presentation, we will discuss the use of TPRA in staff training and supervision practices and as a treatment integrity tool and the effects of the TPRA measure on teacher behaviour. We will present a mixture of both reports of their experiences and experimental data to highlight the beneficial use of this measure. The TPRA was found to be an effective tool for teacher training and supervision and leads to positive outcomes for learners.

 

Evaluation of Community Capacity Initiative to Address Challenging Behaviour of Adults With Developmental Disabilities

(Service Delivery)
Laura E. Mullins (Brock University), KAYLA M. M. CORMIER (Brock University)
Abstract:

Effective training in positive behavior support is crucial for direct support professionals (DSP) supporting adults with developmental disabilities with complex needs. The Community Capacity Development Initiative (CCDI) is a pyramidal training initiative which aims to increase community capacity in improving quality of life and decreasing problem behaviors. This sequential mixed methods design aimed to evaluate perceptions of the effectiveness of the CCDI in facilitating this capacity development. Former CCDI participants from nine agencies completed an online survey (n = 20) and follow-up interviews (individually or in groups; n = 12). Results suggest that participants maintained their knowledge and continued to apply the skills with others they supported. Further, the initiative was reported to improve the quality of life of the service users involved in the process. This presentation will review some of the factors that contributed to and impeded success, which were consistent with the model for fostering community capacity to support adults with intellectual disabilities who engage in challenging behavior (Mullins & Scott, 2022). The results of this research study may help improve the effectiveness and impact of training programs within the adult developmental service sector and improve services impacting the quality of life.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #436
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Constructional Approach at Fifty
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alison Cox (Brock University)
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: T. V. JOE LAYNG (Endicott College & Generategy, LLC)
Abstract:

It has been 50 years since Israel Goldiamond wrote the groundbreaking article, A Constructional Approach to Social Problems: Ethical and Constitutional Issues Raised by Applied Behavior Analysis. In that article he cites a familiar inspirational phrase and rewords it: “‘There is nothing as powerful as an idea whose time has come” translates into the power of an ‘idea which rationalizes contingencies whose time has come’ or increases their probability.” Such is the case with the Constructional Approach and its rapidly rising popularity and application. Recent concern with consent and assent makes the Constructional Approach more relevant than ever. Using the United States Constitution as a referent, Goldiamond explored the ethical and humanitarian responsibilities of behavior analysts. He argued against using procedures whose primary goal was decelerating the frequency of behavior. Instead, he advocated for programs that “establish behavior, the absence of which is the problem.” The client has a right to their disturbing pattern, which is likely maintained by important personal consequences, though at some cost to the individual and those around them. The goal is to find the sense in the disturbing pattern, by identifying the consequences maintaining it, and finding a way to provide those consequences, without the, or at greatly reduced, cost. All of this is accomplished in partnership with the client. Goldiamond emphasized that disturbing behavior could best be understood in the context of alternative patterns or contingencies available to the individual, a Nonlinear Contingency Analysis, showing that a simple ABC analysis is often inadequate. Had the field adopted the Constructional Approach much of today’s criticism of applied behavior analysis, from within the field and outside of it, could have likely been avoided. This presentation will briefly describe the research history behind the Constructional Approach and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis, the major components of the approach, and a range of intervention strategies, both topical and systemic that are being used today. It will describe how such an approach gives greater insight into complex behavior including emotions and other private experience. A series of cases will be provided that demonstrate the depth and remarkable breadth of the Constructional Approach and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis. They will show that no other approach is so universally applicable. These cases include adult psychiatric/psychological interventions, the treatment of autistic children including difficult to treat reactive and phobic patterns, large scale organizational intervention, and even building repertoires in zoo and other animals. The Constructional Approach and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis provide the tools behavior analysts can use to understand complexity and provide interventions that go beyond many currently popular behavioral and “third-wave” cognitive-behavioral approaches restrained by their focus on pathology and the linear analysis upon which they rely.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who can understand complexity and provide interventions that go beyond many currently popular behavioral and “third-wave” cognitive-behavioral approaches.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the five components of the Constructional Approach; (2) Distinguish between the linear and nonlinear analysis of behavior; (3) State why the typical ABC analysis is often insufficient; (4) Describe the rational for why building or constructing repertoires is more likely to be maintained than the elimination of patterns; (5) Describe how changing contingencies can change the thoughts and emotions of which they are a function.
 
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Endicott College & Generategy, LLC)
T. V. Joe Layng has over 50 years of experience in the experimental and applied analysis of behavior with a particular focus on the design of teaching/learning environments. He earned a Ph.D. in Behavioral Sciences (biopsychology) at the University of Chicago. At Chicago, working with pigeons, he investigated animal models of psychopathology, specifically the recurrence of pathological patterns (head-banging) as a function of normal behavioral processes. Also working with pigeons, Joe collaborated with Paul Andronis and Israel Goldiamond on investigating the production of untrained recombinant, complex symbolic repertoires in pigeons from simpler behavioral components which arose from the arrangement of nonlinear consequential contingencies, a process they described as contingency adduction. Joe has extensive clinical behavior analysis experience with a focus on ambulatory schizophrenia, especially the systemic as well as topical treatment of delusional speech and hallucinatory behavior. He was a Dean at Malcolm X College in Chicago where he founded the award winning Personalized Curriculum Institute. In 1999, he co-founded Headsprout where Joe led the scientific team that developed the technology that formed the basis of the company’s patented Early Reading and Reading Comprehension online reading programs used by millions of children, for which he was the chief architect. Joe is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and was the 2020 recipient of the APA: Division 25 Fred S. Keller Behavioral Education Award. He is widely published including coauthoring a self-instruction book on Signal Detection Theory, and the book Nonlinear Contingency Analysis: Going Beyond Cognition and Behavior in Clinical Practice.
 
 
Symposium #437
CE Offered: BACB
Echoics: Conceptual Analyses and Applied Implications
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Theory
Chair: Olga Meleshkevich (Simmons University; ABA Consulting, Inc. )
Discussant: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC)
CE Instructor: Celso Goyos, Ph.D.
Abstract: An echoic is a verbal response with a vocal verbal antecedent and generalized conditioned reinforcement where the antecedent and response product have point-to-point correspondence and formal similarity. Many early intensive intervention programs teach children with autism and significant language delays to echo words (e.g., “Say bubble”) to strengthen their vocal verbal repertoire and allow the transfer of stimulus control to other verbal operants. The echoic is also thought to play a role in facilitating emergent verbal behavior. Given a relatively limited literature base, more research and analyses are needed with the echoic. The first paper in this symposium addresses the definition of the echoic and distinguishes it from the more colloquial term, “verbal imitation.” This theoretical portion is followed by practical reasons to develop echoic repertoires. The second paper discusses the role of echoics and self-echoics in mediating complex discriminations as part of the analyses of joint control and bidirectional naming. The theoretical portion is followed by video demonstrations of strengthening echoics and self-echoics to facilitate complex discriminations. The discussant will comment on the conceptual and applied implications of these papers.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): bidirectional naming, echoics, joint control, verbal imitation
Target Audience: behavior analysts, speech pathologists, graduate students, researchers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain the difference between echoics and verbal imitation 2. Describe how the echoic facilitates learning in the analysis of joint control 3. Describe how the echoic facilitates learning intraverbal-tacts
 
Is the Echoic the Most Important Verbal Operant?
CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: According to Skinner’s (1957) definition, the echoic is a verbal response whose antecedent stimulus is verbal and auditory, and whose consequences are generalized. Also, there is point-to-point correspondence and formal similarity between the antecedent stimulus and the response. In the traditional and behavioral literature alike, the echoic has long been considered the same as verbal imitation. Until recently, the echoic has received very little attention in the literature. Probably because of its importance in developing spoken language in verbally delayed children and, particularly, in children with autism, the echoic is beginning to be considered an important behavioral cusp. This paper addresses why the echoic is not a case of verbal imitation and offers a more detailed component analysis that differentiates the echoic and oral imitation, distinctions that are missing from Skinner’s definition. Additionally, the paper addressed why echoics and oral imitation are important for more effectively teaching children with autism not only echoics, but all spoken language.
 
The Role of Echoics and Self–Echoics in Mediating Complex Listener and Tact–Intraverbal Repertoires
OLGA MELESHKEVICH (Simmons University; ABA Consulting, Inc.), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract: The echoic appears to play a role in mediating complex discriminations and emergent learning. For example, Lowenkron (1998, 2006) offered a joint control account of auditory-visual conditional discriminations that was translated into a teaching procedure focused on multiword echoic rehearsals (Causin et al., 2013; Vosters & Luczynski, 2020). Meleshkevich et al. (2021) and degli Espinosa et al. (2020) incorporated echoing keywords from questions to establish the acquisition and generalization of intraverbal-tacts (i.e., answering multiple questions about multiple visual stimuli). Ribeiro and Miguel (2020) showed that multiple tact training produced emergent categorization in children with autism. Meleshkevich et al. (in preparation) suggested that long chains of echoics may be critical for complex, generative discriminations. Including echoics in verbal tasks appears to be an important component of efficient verbal behavior programs. This presentation will describe and show video demonstrations of including echoics and self–echoics as a mediating strategy to teach complex listener and tact–intraverbal repertoires.
 
 
Symposium #438
CE Offered: BACB
Show Me the (Assent) Data!
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare)
Discussant: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare)
CE Instructor: Kerri L. Milyko, Ph.D.
Abstract:

It is an exciting time when presentations and recent publications center around more ethical, humane, and compassionate care, particularly around an assent-based framework (e.g., Anderson, 2022; Breaux & Smith, 2023; Morris, Detrick, & Peterson, 2021). Many of these dissemination products center around establishing buy-in and teaching the audience about assent as a concept. While beneficial, conceptual understanding alone leaves the listener or reader with questions about logistics, procedures, and effectiveness. As the field of applied behavior analysis gains understanding and experience around assent, an opportunity arises to share details and data. As such, the present symposium unites clinical research utilizing an assent-based framework of intervention across different settings. The first paper includes assent in a descriptive functional analysis assessment leading to protocol modification and self-advocacy skill acquisition. The second paper evaluates assent and assent withdrawal behaviors with the inclusion of a token economy and the impact on interfering behaviors. The third paper shows data on a systematic approach for using an assent-based framework of intervention across 3,000 learners and how technology can aid in monitoring and responding to assent or assent withdrawal behaviors. Finally, the final paper sets the stage with helpful uses on how to provide services using this framework across multiple levels of data analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assent, Assent withdrawal, Functional Assessment, Learner Agency
Target Audience:

Understanding the concept of assent, fluent with various interventions for skill acquisition and behavior reduction.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list various measures that clinicians can use to track outcomes when focusing on assent; (2) provide 2+ examples of how to individualize assent-based interventions for learners; (3) describe how technology can assist scalable implementation of assent-based interventions; and (4) provide 2+ examples of assent-focused measures at all 4-levels of analysis.
 

Bringing Assent Into Behavior Analysis: Functional, Qualitative, and Meaningful

BRITTNEY PAULI (The Learning Consultants), Jeffrey Gesick (The Learning Consultants)
Abstract:

Assent is an emerging topic within the field of behavior analysis with more formalized and comprehensive definitions of assent being developed (Breaux & Smith, 2023). Assent is described as observable participation that is given without coercion, and is not the absence of objection. It is a continuous event that can be given or withdrawn at any time, observed through a variety of communicative behaviors that vary by the individual (Breaux & Smith, 2023). Of 23,000 articles that were reviewed with regards to assent in behavior analysis, 28 used a descriptive definition of assent within the literature (Morris et al., 2021). The field lacks descriptive protocols for identification and measurement of assent behaviors within the clinical setting, with empirical data of procedures lacking. To address the gap in the literature, current descriptive functional behavior assessment procedures were adapted to develop topographical and functional definitions of assent behaviors (Hanley, 2012; Hanley et al., 2003; Bijou et al.,1968). All participants were children with formal Autism diagnoses ages four to eleven. Data on these behaviors were analyzed and used to modify protocols to reduce assent withdrawal, monitor client progress and teach self-advocacy skills within a clinical setting while remaining non-coercive.

 

Does Learner Agency Play a Role in the Effectiveness of a Token Economy System?

NICOLE E TAMURA (The Learning Consultants)
Abstract:

There is a vast amount of research on the effectiveness of the token economy system on changing behaviors (Ghezzi et al.,2009); however, there is little to no research on what features of the token economy are considered to be effective in producing that behavior change. Learner agency is operationally defined as learners having the ability to be a part of the learning design and take action to intervene in the learning process (Gordon, 2018). In this study, we looked at the effects learner agency has on the effectiveness of token economies. We used an alternating treatment design to compare the effectiveness of two token economies on learner’s assent, learner’s refusal behavior, and the number of programs implemented in a three-hour session. One token economy was created by assessing learner preference for both the token type and the order of token delivery, and one token economy consisted of tokens that were chosen by the supervising clinician. One participant saw a significant decrease in the refusal behavior when using a token board created by learner preference and an increase in refusal behavior with clinician preference; there is insufficient data available for the second learner to formulate an informed conclusion.

 

Measuring and Monitoring Indicators of Assent in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Therapy via Innovative Technology

CINDI KENNEDY (Centria Autism)
Abstract:

Obtaining client assent is an ethical obligation, however, resources on how to effectively define, quantify and track data on assent is limited resulting in a lack of adoption by practitioners (Morris et al., 2021; Breaux & Smith, 2022). Assent has been defined as revocable agreement to participate by those unable to legally consent (Breaux & Smith, 2022). Difficulties include determining assent capacity, defining individualized indicators, and analyzing data. This presentation describes an approach to defining and measuring individualized assent used by an organization with over~3000 autistic clients. Clinicians are trained to identify and define topographies associated with assent and assent withdrawal and technology is used to record this data systematically. The technology provides additional guidance to technicians on how to engage in compassionate responses based on the level of assent or assent withdrawal that is recorded. This approach aligns with our ethical guidelines by providing a decision making model for assent in practice.

 

Tiered-Measurement Analysis: A Focus on Assent

KRISTIN SMITH SMITH (CentralReach), Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare)
Abstract:

Assent-based intervention is a framework that is utilized when providing services with young learners or learners who legally cannot provide consent. This approach places emphasis on seeking voluntary participation in intervention in the absence of coercion (Breaux & Smith, 2023). While the nuances of when and how to honor assent withdrawal behaviors or to solicit for assent have been detailed (Breaux & Smith, 2023; Anderson, 2022; Morris, Detrick, & Peterson, 2021) as well as a list of possible assent-focused measures (Breaux & Smith, 2023), a systematic approach to collecting and evaluating those measures has yet to be presented. As such, the authors seek to discuss different dependent variables in a 4-tiered measurement system to evaluate outcomes of an assent-based intervention. Multiple examples and their implication of data analysis across micro-data, meta-data, meso-data, and macro-data will be provided. This system will prepare clinicians and researchers who are interested in gathering outcome data when an assent framework is applied to intervention.

 
 
Symposium #439
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Health Outcomes for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert K. Lehardy (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals who are diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities experience greater health disparities than neurotypical individuals. The research presented at this symposium aims to reduce health disparities by improving health outcomes for individuals who are diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Shanker and Simmons studied the healthcare experiences of individuals with autism or their caregivers and developed a digital application to help them meet their healthcare needs. Salvatore and Simmons developed a survey to study physicians’ knowledge of behavioral function and suggested ways to incorporate behavioral principles and training into medical curricula to improve care for individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. McCafferty et al. studied the efficacy of a tactile stimulus (i.e., TAGTeach®) to improve medical students’ acquisition of procedures learned during medical training. Lehardy et al. developed and evaluated time-efficient training to increase healthcare providers' confidence and competence to conduct physical examinations with individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Healthcare, Medical Education, Medical Skills
Target Audience:

To effect behavior change with healthcare providers, audience members should be able to communicate and network with healthcare providers and educators effectively.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe health disparities faced by people with intellectual and developmental disabilities; (2) describe behavioral interventions that can increase patients' autonomy in obtaining healthcare; (3) describe behavioral interventions that can facilitate healthcare providers caring for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
 
Exploring the Medical Experiences of Autistic Individuals: Individual and Family Perspectives
MAYA SHANKER (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder have higher rates of unmet healthcare needs when compared to neurotypical individuals. In this study, 12 parents of autistic individuals and six adults with autism participated in open-ended interviews about their experiences accessing medical care and shared their perspectives on technology-based support tools. Thematic analysis of participant transcripts identified 11 themes and 19 subthemes for parents and 14 themes and 27 subthemes for autistic individuals. Salient themes for both parents and autistic adults included negative and positive experiences accessing medical care, feeling that doctors lack training specific to autistic patients, and that quality of medical care is dependent on the type of provider. Participants expressed support for technology to address communication challenges and differences in executive functioning and planning. The perspectives of autistic adults and their family members contributed to the development of a digital application to meet the support needs of patients with autism transitioning from pediatric to adult medical care. This application specifically designed to help autistic adults track and organize their medical symptoms, as well as prepare for expectations of upcoming medical appointments, could serve as a valuable tool to address identified needs and barriers in healthcare access for neurodivergent patients.
 
Quantifying Physician Knowledge of Behavioral Function
GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Abstract: Hospital patients with autism spectrum disorder may engage in various topographies of severe behavior, with higher rates of restraint implemented than for their neurotypical counterparts. Qualitative research suggests that physician knowledge of function-based intervention is limited. The research team developed the Knowledge of Behavioral Function survey measure using an iterative user-centered development process and administered the measure to 150 multidisciplinary physicians and trainees. Results indicated low knowledge of behavioral function, with a mean percent correct of 66.60% on close-ended survey items and 14% correct on open-ended vignette items. Years of experience and discipline were each not significantly associated with knowledge of behavioral function. Despite low function-based knowledge, 91.10% of participants demonstrated adequate knowledge of autism and these scores were not significantly correlated. On Likert Scale items, 73.46% of participants indicated that they recommend restraint to manage hospital patient severe behavior and 71.43% of participants indicated that they have not received sufficient training to treat hospital patients with autism. We will discuss how principles of applied behavior analysis and function-based training may be incorporated into medical curriculum to decrease restraint implementation and promote compassionate treatment for neurodivergent patients in hospital settings.
 
A Comparison of Tactile TAGteach® to Video Modeling to Train Medical Skills
KIRA ELIZABETH FLYNN (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelcie E McCafferty (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Letitia Bible (University of Florida), Rachael Ferguson (Kalamazoo Valley Community College)
Abstract: Modern medical training largely consists of lecture-based instruction and in-vivo or video modeling of specific skills. Other instructional methods, such as teaching with acoustical guidance or TAGteach®, have rarely been evaluated. In this study, we compared tactile TAGteach®, in which a vibratory stimulus is delivered to indicate a correct response, to video modeling and self-evaluative video feedback to teach four participants two medical skills: simple interrupted suture and endotracheal intubation. Both skills are commonly taught in medical instruction. The results show that both instructional methods improved performance. However, three participants met the mastery criterion in the tactile TAGteach® condition first. One participant met the mastery criterion in the video modeling and self-evaluative video feedback condition first. Tactile TAGteach® required more time to train the skills. These results suggest that instructors of medical skills should consider the use of TAGteach. We discuss the implications of these findings for training skills to medical practitioners.
 

Increasing Healthcare Students’ and Professionals’ Confidence and Competence to Care for Individuals With Neurodevelopmental Disorders

TAYLOR BURNETT (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Robert K. Lehardy (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Abigail Konecki (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Rebecca Brockman (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Sydney Gandy (University of Houston Tilman J. Fertitta Family College of Medicine), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Abstract:

People diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disorders experience more frequent health conditions than neurotypical people. This health disparity may stem from healthcare providers reporting that they lack sufficient training to promote the comfort and cooperation of patients with neurodevelopmental disorders. To address this, we trained healthcare providers to use the following behavior interventions during physical examinations to promote a patient’s comfort and cooperation: Providing patients non-contingent access to preferred items, telling patients about and showing them upcoming procedures, offering patients frequent breaks, using graduated exposure to increase patient cooperation during challenging procedures, and offering incentives when patients cooperate during challenging procedures. Before training, a small but representative sample (n = 12) scored a mean of 35% on a proficiency test. After training, their mean proficiency increased to 95%, and the remaining participants (n = 161 in a post-test design) scored a mean of 92%. Participants (n = 121) also reported increased confidence in helping people with neurodevelopmental disorders after the training. The results show that the training can effectively teach healthcare providers to use behavioral interventions in role-play. We suggest ways to evaluate proficiency in vivo and embed the training into medical school curricula.

 
 
Symposium #440
Research and Practice in Brain Injury Rehabilitation
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Marla Baltazar-Mars (Collage Rehabilitation Partners; University of North Texas)
Discussant: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) have an ethical responsibility to ensure they practice within their scope of competence and provide evidence based services, (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020, Sections 1.05, 2.13), however BCBAs practicing within a unique and/or underserved population, such as brain injury rehabilitation, have limited resources to meet these expectations. This symposium will demonstrate how behavior analysts working within the continuum of brain injury rehabilitation apply the science and practices of ABA to explore the re-acquisition of skills and address complex/challenging sequelae of acquired brain injury (ABI). The first two presentations will focus on the extension of research on behavior analytic techniques with individuals with ABI and the last two presentations will demonstrate the application of behavior analytic principles in a neurorehabilitation setting. We invite students interested in working in brain injury and practitioners providing services to individuals with ABI to attend and participate in discussion about the research and service delivery to this population.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): brain injury, Multiple-exemplar training, neurobehavioral, verbal operants
 
Concurrent vs. Serial Multiple Exemplar Training in Equivalence-Based Instruction Following Acquired Brain Injury: A Translational Study
(Applied Research)
Lucia Orozco (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), EMILY STELLHORN (CSU Sacramento), Ava Minolli (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Only one study within the behavior analytic literature (Cowley et al., 1992) has evaluated equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to re-teach name-face relations following acquired brain injury, but the effectiveness of stimulus generalization procedures embedded within EBI remains unknown. The purpose of the current study was to compare the efficacy and efficiency of serial and concurrent multiple exemplar training (MET) within an equivalence paradigm in promoting generalized equivalence classes. We taught unfamiliar name-face relations using a simultaneous matching-to-sample procedure to neurotypical adults as a stand-in population and compared serial and concurrent MET using an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across dyads. All participants demonstrated generalized equivalence classes for name-face relations, and most participants only required direct training for one of three exemplars used in the serial MET condition. Although both methods were efficacious, results suggested that the most efficient method varied depending on the measure used for comparison (e.g., sessions to mastery, exposures to mastery, total training time). We will discuss the procedural parameters of EBI and MET as well as stimulus features that may require modification prior to extending this protocol to include acquired brain injury survivors.
 

Reestablishing Verbal Behavior in Individuals With Traumatic Brain Injury - An Extension

(Applied Research)
STEPHON PRIMOUS II (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar-Mars (Collage Rehabilitation Partners; University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract:

Aphasia, a communication disorder stemming from acquired brain injuries (ABI), profoundly impacts verbal abilities. Research on verbal operants has shown that direct training of one verbal operant can result in the emergence of untrained relations (i.e., tact training could lead to the emergence of previously lost mand and intraverbal relations). In the context of language rehabilitation, this feature could potentially maximize the efficiency of rehabilitation gains. In this series of studies, we evaluated the transfer from tact to mand and intraverbal skills in patients with aphasia. Results from the first study demonstrated some mand and intraverbal emergence; however, patient preference for the training methods was low. For the second study, we adjusted prompting procedures and implemented a point-based reinforcement system in efforts to enhance training efficiency, efficacy, and participant retention. The results from this study will be discussed, with a focus on the effectiveness of language rehabilitation and the overall experience for everyone involved.

 

Interventions for Hygiene and Medication Adherence for Individuals With Acquired Brain Injury in a Long Term Setting

(Service Delivery)
MARLA BALTAZAR-MARS (Collage Rehabilitation Partners; University of North Texas), Chris M. Schaub (ReMed), Mitchell Meyers (Collage Rehabilitation Partners)
Abstract:

Over the course of recovery, individuals with acquired brain injury (ABI) may have difficulties completing activities of daily living (ADLs) and adhering to medical recommendations. Prolonged issues with ADLs and following medical recommendations can present multiple challenges in caring for individuals with ABI, such as complicating rehabilitation processes, increased susceptibility to high-risk behavior, and increased risk of medical crisis. Behavior analysts working with individuals with ABI have the opportunity to target these areas and improve quality of life and support staff/caregivers assisting the individual. This presentation will showcase two case studies from a post-acute neurorehabilitation facility. The first provides an example of how the use of a visual aid resulted in establishing a client-led shower routine. The second shows the results of a "see picture of medication - say reason for medication" intervention for a gentleman with a history of medication refusals. Barriers associated with these interventions and recommendations for other practitioners will be discussed.

 

The Role of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Addressing Complex and Co-Occurring Issues After an Acquired Brain Injury

(Service Delivery)
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed), Marla Baltazar-Mars (Collage Rehabilitation Partners; University of North Texas), Mitchell Meyers (Collage Rehabilitation Partners)
Abstract:

Acquired brain injuries (ABI) can result in sequelae across multiple systems and domains that disrupt and impact the individual’s interactions with the environment, thus affecting behavioral relations. The term “neurobehavioral” is used to classify a wide array of challenging excesses and/or deficits of behavior resulting from ABI, that impact or impede an individual’s progress in rehabilitation and/or their recovery, and can ultimately pose safety concerns for the individual and caregivers. The behavioral history of adults with ABI may include challenging behaviors prior to their injury, which can be exacerbated post-injury and complicate treatment planning and programming. The subject of this case study had a pre-injury history of physical and emotional trauma, as well as a borderline personality disorder diagnosis, that required both inpatient and outpatient treatment. Following an ABI at the age of 23, resulting from a rollover car accident at high speed, pre-injury repertoires and sensitivities were profoundly disrupted and at-risk behavior occurred at high levels across all dimensions and settings. This case presentation will describe and discuss treatment efforts to address these behaviors and complications in an intensive, residential, neurobehavioral facility, highlighting the combination of neuropsychiatric and behavior analytic interventions that resulted in stabilization and transition to home.

 
 
Symposium #441
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Consecutive Controlled Case Series Methodology in the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
CE Instructor: Craig Strohmeier, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Research on severe challenging behavior in persons with neurodevelopmental disabilities has seen in an increase in publication of consecutive controlled case series (CCCS). CCCS studies have unique value in that they report outcomes of all cases using single-case experimental design, regardless of outcome, to permit evaluation of the efficacy and generality of common procedures or for individuals with common characteristics. Accordingly, four new CCCS studies will be shared in this symposium. The first presentation describes CCCS methods, and reports findings from a systematic review of CCCS studies in the published literature over the past 30 years. The second paper reports outcomes of a functional analysis screener tool for 15 individuals with severe challenging behavior. The third presentation summarizes differences in functional analysis and treatment outcomes for 34 outpatients, comparing topography and treatment outcome with single vs. multiple functions for severe challenging behavior. The fourth presentation reports treatment outcomes from a comparison of terminal probe vs dense-to-lean schedule thinning procedures. Finally, our discussant will provide comments and implications for research and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Challenging behavior, Controlled case-series, Developmental disabilities
Target Audience:

Students and professionals with knowledge of/experience with functional analysis and treatment of challenging behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe a controlled consecutive case series (CCCS) (2) provide examples of CCCS studies of assessment procedures (3) describe outcomes of CCCS studies of treatments for challenging behavior
 

In Pursuit of Generality: A Systematic Review on the Consecutive Controlled Case Series

JASMEEN KAUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center - MMI), Isaac Joseph Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael Kranak (Oakland University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (RUTCARES))
Abstract:

Generality of behavior change can be observed when it demonstrates durability across time, environments, and behaviors. Consecutive controlled case series (CCCS) studies facilitate questions concerning the generality and efficacy of procedures by describing the outcomes of all individuals who experienced a specific procedure, regardless of the outcome. We systematically reviewed published literature on the consecutive controlled case series between 1993–2023 identified via SCOPUS, PubMed, PsychInfo, and an ancestral and descendant search. The results of this search identified 44 consecutive controlled case series studies that employed a single-case experimental design with each case, the first of four defining elements of a CCCS (Hagopian, 2020). We also coded the following variables: presence of additional design, data analytic, and reporting elements across studies; methodological variants; application domains; and participant characteristics. In this talk, trends in CCCS research across time will be summarized, and we will propose directions for future research using consecutive controlled case series.

 

On the Utility of a Functional Analysis Screener With Individuals With Challenging Behavior

NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (University of Nebraska Medical Center - MMI), Ryan Benson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Previous research has sought to enhance the efficiency of functional analysis methodology. Slanzi et al. (2022) assessed whether a hypothesis of behavior function could be generated based on responding during a 15 min no-interaction screener. The authors found correspondence between the hypothesis generated from the screening tool and the behavioral function determined in a brief functional analysis in 77% of cases. The purpose of this study was to (a) extend this technology to populations with long histories of engaging in challenging behavior requiring inpatient admission, (b) determine whether mands emitted during the screener could help inform hypotheses of behavioral function, (c) assesses multiple topographies of challenging behavior simultaneously, and (d) assess the correspondence between hypotheses drawn from the screener and the behavioral functions identified through a multielement functional analysis. We will report on data from 15 consecutively encountered cases. Further, we will discuss the utility, sensitivity, and specificity of this functional analysis screener for individuals with challenging behavior and implications for clinical practice.

 

Comparative Analysis of Severe Challenging Behavior With Single Versus Multiple Functions: A Consecutive Case Series

SARA R. JEGLUM (Blank Children's Hospital), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Characterizing severe challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities remains a crucial area of research. The functional analysis (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is widely considered the gold standard for identifying underlying reinforcement contingencies of severe challenging behavior. Since the inception of the FA, numerous studies report descriptive information regarding response topography and function. However, few studies have examined the prevalence of specific topographies relative to number and type of functional classes, and the impact of single versus multiple functions in the treatment of severe challenging behavior. This study is the first to employ a retrospective consecutive-controlled case series design to evaluate differences in FA and treatment applications across single and multiple functions of severe challenging behavior. Results indicated that severe challenging behavior is commonly under the control of multiple variables. A single topography of severe challenging behavior with multiple functions was more treatment resistant relative to other combinations (i.e., single function/single topography; single function/multiple topographies; multiple functions/multiple topographies). Additional findings and implications for treatment are discussed.

 

Application of a Terminal Schedule Probe Method to Inform Schedule Thinning With Multiple Schedules

CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Thinning multiple schedules during the treatment of problem behavior involves decreasing the duration of the discriminative-stimulus component (FR1 for alternative behavior and extinction for problem behavior) and increasing the duration of the delta-stimulus component (extinction for both alternative and problem behavior). Typically, clinicians and researchers use an arbitrary dense-to-lean approach to gradually introduce longer delta-stimulus durations. In the current investigation we describe a terminal schedule probe method to empirically derive delta-stimulus starting points, and strategies to progress to a feasible terminal schedule while maintaining clinically significant decreases in problem behavior. We analyzed schedule thinning outcomes from two groups using a retrospective consecutive controlled case series design. One group included applications of terminal probe thinning (n = 24), and the other involved dense-to-lean thinning (n = 18). Within and between participant comparisons of results suggest that the terminal probe thinning method produced effective treatments with less resurgence of problem behavior, and leaner, more practical, multiple schedules. We will discuss the clinical implications of the findings and suggest future directions for applied research.

 
 
Symposium #442
Resurgence and Operant Variability Between Species
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 C
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora)
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Changes in contingencies of reinforcement results on recurring and variable responding. Treatment relapse has been assessed using a resurgence procedure in basic and applied settings. The first two studies will discuss strategies for mitigating treatment relapse in humans and rats. In the first study, Schieltz et al. evaluated the use of response latency as an incremental measure of long-term maintenance. In their study, initial demonstrations of long-term maintenance are prescribed by longer latencies to challenging behavior in comparison to shorter latencies to independent manding during treatment. Madrigal et al. assessed resurgence under conditions of extinction and decreasing frequencies of reinforcement, reporting an increase in resurgence as contingencies of reinforcement degraded. In a third study, Benavides et al., compared the levels of operant variability generated by a Lag n criterion with variability generated by VI and VR schedules with rats. Lastly, Gutierrez et al., manipulated the value of the Lag using a within session adjustable procedure with rats. Results on both the latter studies suggest that previous procedures in the study of operant variability have limited the maximum level of variability observed so far. These studies contribute valuable insights into understanding and addressing treatment relapse and operant variability.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Humans, Operant variability, Rats, Resurgence
 
Use of Response Latency as a Measure of Long-Term Maintenance of Treatment Effects
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), Chloe M. Lewis (University of Iowa), Christopher Roy Child (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Long-term maintenance of treatment effects is determined when challenging behavior no longer recurs and alternative or adaptive behavior persists under treatment disruptions (Nevin & Wacker, 2013). To meet both of these requirements, long-term maintenance may not occur for many months (up to 18 months), as shown by Wacker et al. (2011) with young children with developmental disabilities who engaged in socially maintained challenging behavior. Clinically, the delays in accomplishing these requirements could be discouraging, whereas demonstrating incremental progress toward these goals may promote both practitioners and caregivers motivation in continuing to implement treatment programs. Thus, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of response latency as an incremental measure of long-term maintenance. Across baseline (functional analysis), treatment (functional communication training), and treatment disruption (extinction) phases, latency to first response for both challenging behavior and independent manding was retrospectively evaluated across participants enrolled in a research project focused on identifying mitigating variables for treatment relapse. We defined longer latencies to challenging behavior in comparison to shorter latencies to independent manding during treatment disruption as initial demonstrations of long-term maintenance. Results across participants and clinical implications of our findings will be discussed.
 

Frequencies of Reinforcement Transitions and Resurgence of Operant Responding in Rats

KENNETH D. MADRIGAL (Universidad de Sonora), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Julissa Gracia (Universidad de Sonora), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos J. Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

Resurgence is defined as the recurrence of a previously reduce response when contingencies of reinforcement of an alternative response are worsened. Recently, Yensen et al. (2022) reported resurgence by worsening the contingencies of reinforcement for alternative responding. This worsening of conditions was arranged by transitioning from a VI to a FI schedule, and by decreasing the frequency of reinforcement. This current study builds upon Yensen et al.'s work, aiming to replicate their findings and account for unconsidered variables. Rats were exposed to a within-session resurgence procedure. In the first experiment, target and alternative responses were trained under VI30s and VI50s schedules, respectively, while in the second experiment, equal frequencies of reinforcement were arranged for both responses. Consistently and repeatedly, resurgence was observed in both experiments when alternative responding was placed under extinction conditions. However, as reported by Yensen et al., resurgence was only observed under the FI100s schedule after the target and alternative responses were trained with unequal reinforcement frequencies. Results are discussed by identifying some of the possible conditions under which resurgence can be observed.

 

Comparing Induced and Operant Variability Using Lag and Intermittent Reinforcement Procedures

RODRIGO BENAVIDES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brissa Gutiérrez (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México), Rogelio Escobar (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

There are two main sources of behavioral variability. One is its direct reinforcement, for example, through a Lag n procedure. In these procedures, a sequence of responses is reinforced only if it is different from n number of previous trials. The other is by induction through intermittent reinforcement. Given that both procedures are relatively different, there is no direct comparison between the variability generated by them. The purpose of these experiments was to compare the levels of variability generated by a Lag n criterion with variability generated by variable interval and variable ratio schedules with rats. A two-component multiple schedule was used, with one component in which a sequence of 4 responses distributed in 4 or 2 levers was reinforced with a Lag 5 criterion. The delivery of reinforcers in the second component was coupled to the performance in the first component, but with a criterion based on the intermittent reinforcement schedules. Higher levels of variability were found during the VI than during Lag, while higher variability was found during Lag than during VR. The results are partially congruent with both induced and operant variability literature. Possible limitations and future avenues of the procedure are discussed.

 
Adjustable Lag n Procedure to Reinforce Variability in Rats
BRISSA GUTIÉRREZ (Universidad Nacional Autonóma de México), Rodrigo Benavides (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: Lag n is a procedure that consists of reinforcing a sequence of responses only if it is different from n number of previous trials. The highest Lag value reported in the literature is Lag 50, with pigeon subjects. At that value, a decrease in variability is observed. However, it is possible that the total number of possible sequences implemented in the procedures limited the maximum level of Lag criteria and variability. The purpose of the present experiment was to manipulate the value of the Lag using an within session adjustable procedure with rats. Each session consisted of 5 blocks of 10 trials each. Each trial consisted of the occurrence of 8 responses distributed in 4 levers generating 65, 526 different possible sequences. Lag could increase, decrease, or be maintained depending on the percentage of reinforced trials during each block. The results show that the level of variability increases as the Lag value increases, while the percentage of reinforced trials increases to an asymptotic point. Values greater than Lag 2000 were reached for almost all subjects. The results suggest that previous procedures in the study of operant variability have limited the maximum level of variability observed so far.
 
 
Paper Session #443
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Issues, Social Validity, and Compassion in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 204 AB
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Emily Varon (Ready Set Sleep, LLC)
CE Instructor: Emily Varon, M.S.
 

The Contingencies Behind Ethical and Unethical Behavior: Understanding Behavioral Ethics Through the Principles of Behaviorism

Domain: Theory
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
 
Abstract:

Disciplines establish and enforce professional codes of ethics in order to guide ethical and safe practice. Unfortunately, ethical breaches still occur. It is found that breaches are often perpetrated by professionals who are aware of their codes of ethics and state that they engage in ethical practice. The theory of behavioral ethics, which is most often discussed in business settings, attempts to explain why responsible professionals sometimes engage in unethical behavior. Although traditionally explained through theories of social psychology, the principles underlying behavioral ethics are behavior analytic. When conceptualized as operant behavior, ethical and unethical “decisions” are evoked and maintained by environmental variables. As with all forms of operant behavior, antecedents in the environment can trigger unethical responses and consequences in the environment can shape future unethical responses. In order to increase ethical practice amongst professionals, an assessment of the environmental variables needs to be conducted on a situation by situation basis. Knowledge of discipline-specific professional codes of ethics is not enough to prevent unethical practice. In the current presentation, extended from Cicero (2021), the constructs used in behavioral ethics are translated into underlying behavior analytic principles that are known to shape behavior. How these principles establish and maintain ethical as well as unethical practice is discussed.

 

Moving Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Towards Greater Social Validity and Acceptance Within Minority Identities and Vulnerable Populations

Domain: Theory
MEGAN RITCHEY MAYO (Antioch University New England; Synchrosaic, LLC.), David Legaspi (Utah State University)
 
Abstract:

Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA) is at a crucial point in its development as a field. The number of Master's level certificants has grown from 28 in 1999 to over 60,000 in 2023 (BACB , 2023). There are board certified behavior analysts in every state and most territories of the United States. ABA has become ubiquitous in this country's education system and is considered a standard of care for children with autism (Layden et. Al., 2023; Meyers et. Al., 2007)). At the same time, ABA has come under heavy criticism. Autism and neurodiversity rights groups have pointed to ethical concerns with behavior analysis, and stories of felt harm by former clients and practitioners of ABA services are present across social media ((Latimer, 2019; Ram, 2020; Wilkenfield & McCarthy, 2020). This paper explores this issue through the lens of social justice and how the field may be vulnerable to epistemic injustice by lacking systems and structures to adequately attend to the voices of the vulnerable populations it serves. The authors describe how the framework of cultural humility, the practice of attaining assent, and the science interbehaviorism could be beneficial in moving ABA forward towards greater social validity and decreased potential for harm.

 

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Has Found Its Heart: Where Science and Compassion Meet

Domain: Service Delivery
KEN WINN (Advanced Behavioral Resources)
 
Abstract:

Founded in compassionate care, ABA gives voice to the voiceless and hope to he hopeless. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been around for decades. It is considered the premier treatment for ASD, as well as other conditions in which behavioral symptoms can be disruptive to a person’s quality of life. Through this talk, we will explore ways that ABA, in its truest form, is deeply rooted in compassionate care, trauma informed therapies and can be key to helping those in need. Social validity and treating “socially significant” behaviors, as well as individualized treatments are at the core of Applied Behavior Analysis. As our field has transformed over the years and we have used our technology in many and varied ways, it can often be the case that this can be forgotten. Especially as technology, such as AI has become more commonplace. We will explore how ABA i, at its core, fundamentally compassionate an person-centered. Much of the discourse on the "abuse of ABA" can be mitigated by a true understanding of the true foundational nature of applied behavior analysis. This paper will seek to explore that in detail.

 

Ethical Considerations for Sleep Programming

Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY VARON (Ready Set Sleep, LLC)
 
Abstract:

With as many as 50% of children experiencing sleep problems at some point during childhood (Center for Disease Control, 2022) and up to 80% of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder experiencing sleep problems (e.g., Furfaro, 2020 and Reynolds, 2019), many Board Certified Behavior Analysts find themselves treating behavioral sleep problems within the scope of Applied Behavior Analysis programming. However, Behavior Analysts do not receive training in the variables impacting healthy sleep such as average sleep needs by age, setting events which delay sleep onset and manipulate the reinforcing value of sleep, or sleep dependencies which contribute to pervasive night awakenings. In the absence of formal training on sleep and sleep-related variables during behavior analytical coursework, ethical barriers may arise. This Continuing Education event aims to unveil the potential for questionable ethical behavior when developing sleep plans for families. Additionally, this event will provide preliminary information about sleep which attendees will be able to use immediately to better evaluate sleep problems and create sleep plans guided by the ethical considerations outlined in the content.

 
 
 
Symposium #444
Diversity submission Cross-Cultural and Gender Differences in Therapist-Client Verbal Interactions in Clinical Settings
Monday, May 27, 2024
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB
Area: VBC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jesús Alonso-Vega (Universidad Europea de Madrid)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida)
Abstract: Therapist-client verbal interaction is the context in which behavioral processes of change are set in motion in a clinical setting (i.e., clinical behavior analysis or clinical psychology). The purpose of this symposium is to bring together different talks that analyze moment-to-moment verbal interaction in applied settings with adults from a cultural and/or gender perspective. To achieve this purpose, the first talk introduces the methods for coding and analyzing verbal interactions in clinical settings. The virtues and limitations that this type of research proposes will be discussed. The second talk presents a systematic review of 28 out of 1408 peer-reviewed papers across 10 countries focused on the analysis of contingencies involved in the therapist and client verbal behavior in clinical psychology. The third talk is focused on identifying gender biases in clinical practice during psychological assessment and collecting the solutions proposed in the literature to avoid them. Finally, in the last talk will present the results of a randomized non-concurrent multiple baseline design to examine the effect of FAP on intimacy repertoires (outcome) in nine Transgender (Trans) and non-binary (TGNC) individuals by promoting contingencies of reinforcement (process/principle) in session we hope this talk will help to bring focus to the analysis of behavior change processes in clinical behavior analysis and sensitiveness for cross-cultural and gender differences in applied settings.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): clinical analysis, gender bias, micro-process analysis, verbal behavior
 
Diversity submission 

Introduction to Descriptive Analysis of Verbal Interaction in Clinical Behavior Analysis

DANIEL ECHEVARRÍA-ESCALANTE (University of Nevada, Reno), María Xesús Froxán-Parga (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Jesús Alonso-Vega (Universidad Europea de Madrid)
Abstract:

Observational methodology could be useful to analyze verbal interaction micro-processes set in motion during adults’ clinical interventions. This type of analysis makes it possible to link the events occurring in the clinical verbal interaction with behaviors outside the clinical setting and to analyze the clinician's performance in providing services. The purpose of this talk is to introduce to the audience this methodology to present the symposium titled “Cross-Cultural and Gender Differences in Therapist-Client Verbal Interactions in Clinical Settings”. First, the characteristics of this methodology are going to be presented. Secondly, the major data analysis techniques will be reviewed. Then, to illustrate with an example, a descriptive and sequential analysis of the performance of two groups of therapists is presented. In this study 24 cases divided in two equal groups were analyzed; 12 cases the therapist had behavioral training, and12 cases the therapists did not have training in behavioral analysis. Sequential results in this study are compared with the therapy outcomes. Finally, the virtues and limitations that this type of research proposes will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Verbal Behavior Patterns Between Psychotherapist and Client Across Cultures

GLADIS LEE PEREIRA XAVIER (European University of Madrid), Daniel Echevarría-Escalante (UNR), Natalia Andrés-Lopez (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), María Xesús Froxán-Parga (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Abstract:

Sequential microanalysis has been advocated as a strategy able to capture the ongoing verbal interactions in clinical settings. This type of research detects the contingencies involved in the therapist and client verbal behavior, answering questions such as "which client processes are triggered by which therapist responses and under which conditions?". To synthetize the information in this field, we conducted a systematic review, distilling findings from 28 out of 1408 peer-reviewed papers across 10 countries. The search was carried out through seven databases, encompassing three languages, and focused solely on outpatient clinical contexts. We did not set limitations based on intervention type, date, or client problems. Bias risk was evaluated via the Cochrane Effective Practice and Organization of Care's standard guidelines and the Critical Appraisal Skills Program tool. By employing narrative and descriptive analysis, we established a relational network of verbal sequences spanning different therapies and cultures. Our findings highlighted consistent verbal interactions between therapists and clients. Nonetheless, therapists occasionally used inconsistent strategies when clients strayed from therapeutic goals. This accentuates how sequential microanalysis might amplify our understanding of change processes in psychotherapy, hinting that verbal interactions can form patterns on a worldwide level.

 
Diversity submission 

Feminist Therapeutic Intervention: What Are We Talking About?

CONCEPCION SERRADOR DIEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara, CEIC), Laura Arévalo-Saiz (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Rebeca Pardo Cebrián (Universidad Europea de Madrid)
Abstract:

The study of gender in the field of psychology began in the 1960-70s. From this scientific development, psychology moved towards a critical look at the context and socio-cultural learning, decreasing the likelihood of gender bias in the therapeutic context. After an extensive literature review, it was identified that there is no unified and operationalized protocol for the training of therapist in this intervention that specifies what contingencies are occurring in this therapeutic interaction. A systematic review of psychological interventions with a feminist perspective that have been published in the last ten years was conducted. A search was conducted in PubMed, Psicodoc, PsycINFO and DANS EASY Archive databases for articles published in English, Portuguese and Spanish between 2013 and 2023 using search terms to find psychological interventions based on feminist principles. Rayyan© program was used for the article review and filtering process. A total of 48 studies were identified and analyzed in order to compile the different behaviors carried out by therapists in interventions with a feminist perspective regardless of the therapeutic approach carried out. The results allowed for a possible operationalization of the therapist's behavior from this type of intervention, thus achieving the creation of an intervention guide with a gender perspective from the behavioral analysis.

 
Diversity submission 

A Micro-Process Analysis of Reinforcement in Promoting Intimacy in Latine Transgender and Non-Binary (TGNC) People Using Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP)

AMANDA M MUÑOZ-MARTINEZ (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia), Yors A. Garcia (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana), Sara Robayo (Universidad de los Andes, Colombia)
Abstract:

Transgender (Trans) and non-binary (TGNC) people are at higher risk of serious mental health problems compared to their cisgender heterosexual counterparts. TGNC individuals present higher loneliness rates and suicidal behaviors related to a history of interpersonal punishment and poor contact with social nurturing environments. Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) provides a therapeutic context that fosters intimacy repertoires in TGNC individuals by promoting healthy relationships within session and discrimination of nurturing social environments. FAP studies have shown good outcomes on increasing intimacy a key repertoire for building up deep social connection, demoting perceived isolation. This study conducted a randomized non-concurrent multiple baseline design to examine the effect of FAP on intimacy repertoires (outcome) in nine-TGNC individuals by promoting contingencies of reinforcement (process/principle) in session. The FAP Rating Scale (FAPRS) was used to code therapeutic sessions and evaluate the contingencies of reinforcement across research phases and their impact on intimacy repertoires while the FAP Intimacy Scale (FAPIS) was administered to measure intimacy behaviors. Results indicate that providing contingent social positive reinforcement in therapeutic sessions are related to gains in intimacy repertoires in TGNC people. These results provide useful treatment information for a population who lacks evidence-based interventions that fits their particular needs.

 
 
Paper Session #445
Getting the Federal Government to Care About Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior)
 

Getting the Federal Government to Care About Behavior Analysis

Domain: Theory
CALEB DENEB HUDGINS (Adapt & Transform Behavior)
 
Abstract:

An important avenue for expanding the breadth and utility of behavior analysis is to increase the number of individuals with behavior analysis training working in the federal government and informing funding priorities which support behavior analytic research methods and applied technologies. One option which can provide pathways for temporary and potentially long-term appointment within federal government agencies for behavior analysts is the American Association for the Advancement of Science (AAAS), Science Technology and Policy Fellowship (STPF). AAAS STPF program funds doctoral level academics, at varying career stages, across the physical and social sciences, to work in government from 1-2 years in either an Executive Agency office or with a Member of Congress/Senator. This presentation will provide an overview of the AAAS STPF program and provide specific suggestions for how Association for Behavior Analysis International and behavior analysts interested in public service can take advantage of this and other science advocacy opportunities.

 
 
 
Symposium #446
Shine a Light: Constructional Approaches to Helping Dogs Get Adopted and Stay Adopted
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB
Area: AAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Bob Keith Siemens (Calgary Humane Society )
Discussant: Maasa Nishimuta (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training)
Abstract: Dogs arriving in animal shelters in large numbers every year present a challenge to animal shelters that adopting a Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974) can often provide unique answers that would have gone unnoticed otherwise. When considering staff or volunteer training or trying to ensure a family is well equipped for the challenges a new puppy may present, there are many different approaches and resources available. Taking a Constructional Approach can help guide our selection of procedures and tools to achieve desirable outcomes in any of these areas. The Constructional Approach has decades of research demonstrating its effectiveness in achieving meaningful outcomes with humans, and this symposium extends these findings to be applied in organizations and with animals. This symposium will feature two Constructional programs being implemented in two different animal shelters in the U.S. In each shelter, Constructional programs are being implemented to build desirable behavior in dogs and volunteers and help guide the adoption process.
Instruction Level: Basic
 

Finding Forever Homes: A Constructional Approach to Helping Dogs Learn Behavior That Promotes Adoption

SEAN MICHAEL WILL (CAAWT), Maasa Nishimuta (Constructional Approach to Animal Welfare and Training)
Abstract:

Animal shelters across the United States are tasked with caring for and re-homing over three million dogs annually. To help dogs get adopted from animal shelters, well-trained volunteers are required. Inadequate training can lead to mismanagement of the volunteers and attrition of those volunteers who are critical to helping shelter dogs get adopted. However, animal shelters often lack access to the resources and funds required to provide adequate training. In this presentation, data from a recently completed study will be discussed that demonstrated the effectiveness of a video model with voiceover instruction to teach shelter volunteers how to implement a Constructional program with shelter dogs. The program learned was Constructional Affection, which uses affection in the form of gentle petting and scratching to reinforce desirable behavior. All participants in this study mastered Constructional Affection after viewing the instructional video only one time. Furthermore, when the volunteers' behavior changed, so did the dogs' behavior they were working with. As the volunteers increased their behavior of correctly implementing Constructional Affection, the rate of desirable behavior from the dogs also increased.

 

Successful Adoptions Through the Constructional Approach

MORGAN KATZ (MSPCA-Angell)
Abstract:

The decision to bring a new dog into the family can be life changing for both human and animal. Behavior professionals in animal welfare organizations often focus primarily on the behavioral and medical needs of the animals in their care. While important to consider, the requirements to maintain or change the behavior of a dog is only one piece of the puzzle. This presentation will use The Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974) to explore how understanding where we are, where we want to go, and how we are going to get there for both the dog and the adopter can help both in determining a potential match, and in identifying the level of behavior support indicated to make the match a successful one for both the family and the dog. By further understanding both ends of the leash, we can more effectively support each party, ultimately leading to a fulfilling adoption.

 
 
Panel #447
PDS: A Global Perspective on Interprofessional Collaboration Between Speech-Language Pathologists (SLPs) and Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Seirra Mitchell (Rollins College Master of Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science)
LINA M. SLIM (Lina Slim Consulting; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India)
RONALD J. CLARK (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Effective treatment in the fields of applied behavior analysis and speech-language pathology requires collaboration within a multidisciplinary team. Each discipline has a capacity for unique expertise and training, which can enrich treatment for shared clients. Collaboration can take the form of one-on-one interaction or an interdisciplinary team consisting of the client, their family, and professionals from other disciplines. Although the importance of interprofessional collaboration is undisputed, there is a growing need to educate different disciplines about the significance of professional collaboration, especially when the ideologies of the disciplines do not align. This panel will consist of a dually certified board-certified behavior analyst/speech-language pathologist and two board-certified behavior analysts. The panel will address language development, and verbal behavior, as well as discuss the behavioral treatments specifically designed for the pediatric feeding population. The aim of this panel is to provide a global perspective on the importance of interprofessional collaboration from different backgrounds, including applied behavior analysis, speech-language pathology, and pediatric feeding.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): language development, pediatric feeding, SLP, verbal behavior
 
 
Symposium #448
Advances in Caregiver Training and Caregiver-Implemented Interventions
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas & Juniper Gardens Children’s Project)
Abstract: Advances in caregiver training programs and caregiver-implemented interventions are necessary for identifying effective and valid procedures by which caregivers can support their children, particularly those diagnosed with autism. This series of presentations will discuss an evaluation of the concurrent validity of indirect assessments and functional analysis outcomes conducted by caregivers via telehealth and two evaluations of parent-training programs, one using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model, and other using the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS). Across presentations, participants include parents and caregivers and children diagnosed with autism ranging from 2-16 years in age. Each presentation highlights the importance of utilizing evidence-based practices to support effective training of parents and caregivers. Altogether, they attempt to address gaps in the literature on the use of valid assessments and identification of effective parent training models. Results on the efficacy and validity of these assessments and programs will be discussed in conjunction with the implications of these findings on caregiver training, and caregiver-implemented interventions and assessments.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, caregiver training, parent training, telehealth
 
Concurrent Validity of Indirect Assessment Outcomes and Caregiver-Implemented Functional Analyses Conducted via Telehealth
SARA CAMILLE DIAZ DE VILLEGAS (University of Kansas & Juniper Gardens Children’s Project), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Stacha Leslie (University of Kansas), E Zhang (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Abstract: Researchers have evaluated the correspondence between various indirect assessments (IAs) and functional analysis (FA) outcomes and cited limitations regarding their validity (see Deshais et al., 2022 for a review). For example, Deshais et al. noted that IA outcomes corresponded with FAs anywhere between 25 to 75%. Furthermore, Dracobly et al. (2018) found that caregivers were more likely to identify incorrect functions during IAs. However, these studies have primarily focused on challenging behaviors, behaviors hypothesized to be maintained by social reinforcers, and were conducted in person by trained behavior analysts. More recently, research on caregiver-implemented FAs conducted via telehealth has increased substantially (e.g., Gerow et al., 2021; Lerman et al., 2020; Tsami et al., 2019). The current study aims to extend previous research on the concurrent validity of IAs with FA outcomes by comparing the results of IAs and FAs conducted by caregivers via telehealth for restricted and repetitive behaviors (RRBIs). Caregiver-child dyads with children diagnosed with autism participating in an on-going clinical trial on caregiver-implemented interventions for RRBIs were included. Preliminary results across participants showed correspondence between IA and FA outcomes. Findings will be discussed with respect to implications for application in the context of caregiver-implemented assessments via telehealth.
 
Evaluation and Dissemination of the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) Parent Training
E ZHANG (University of Kansas Medical Center), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Jay Furman Buzhardt (University of Kansas - Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Vanessa Snyder (University of Kansas Medical Center), Hanna Traphagan (University of Kansas Medical Center)
Abstract: Access to evidence-based telehealth-delivered parent training is crucial for children with autism, especially in underserved rural regions. The OASIS is a parent training program grounded in the principles of applied behavior analysis. OASIS combines online instructional tutorials with in-person or telehealth-delivered live coaching to meet families' needs in remote locations. The presentation will describe the evaluation of the OASIS program English version (via randomized control trial) and its Latino adaptation (through a multiple baseline across skills single subject design with three parents). Participants included parents and their children with autism between the ages of 2-7. The data revealed OASIS as an effective tool in teaching parents behavioral skills to support their children. The presentation will also highlight the dissemination strategies of OASIS including expanding services to families, training more OASIS coaches, and OASIS coach trainers using the train-the-trainer model. In conclusion, the OASIS program embodies the essence of connecting research with the lived experience of families of children with autism, offering a promising avenue to bridge the gap in translating research into practice.
 

Evaluation of Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model Implementation for Families of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

CHRISTINE COLON (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Danielle Ann Russo (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model is an effective approach for parent consultation, facilitating the dissemination of evidence-based behavioral interventions into home settings. This empowers parents to achieve positive behavioral changes in their children with challenging behavior. This presentation outlines the behavioral outcomes of implementing the PTR model during family routines for three children with autism spectrum disorder aged between 11 and 16 years. Recognizing the pivotal role of parents in improving outcomes for their children, the parents actively participated in the 4-step PTR process, which includes teaming and goal setting, assessment, intervention, and evaluation. Currently, data collection is underway, with the initial family's child displaying improvements in target behaviors. The PTR process has been successfully implemented with the other two families, and they are preparing to implement the intervention during their routines. It is expected that the intervention will yield positive behavioral outcomes for all three children, indicating high social validity.

 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Assent-Informed Treatment: Scaling Compassionate Care in a Large Organization
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Tamara S. Kasper (Kasper Enterprises/Caravel Autism Health)
Discussant: Lilith Reuter Yuill Yuill (Comprehensive Speech and Therapy Center)
CE Instructor: Tamara S. Kasper, M.S.
Abstract: Obtaining client assent to treatment with neurodivergent individuals may help improve autonomy, self-determination, self-advocacy, trust, clinician rapport, quality of life, and treatment outcomes. Social validity is a core component of interventions based on applied behavior analysis; thus measures of engagement and quality of interactions should be collected regularly throughout treatment. The purpose of the presentation is to share the challenges and successes in making these changes organization-wide. Process-level guidance for maximizing choice and autonomy for recipients of ABA services will be shared. A 10-step process for implementation of assent-informed treatment which includes ongoing feedback loops that aim to ameliorate intrusive/restrictive interventions and reduce risk of client victimization in this neurodiverse population. A risk-benefit analysis will be shared that can be used to determine if honoring withdrawal of assent may not be appropriate. An expert in developing and setting up processes and systems to make organization-wide change will serve as discussant.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assent, OBM, Training
Target Audience: "Basic" Attendees should be knowledgeable of programming for autistic individuals and have a desire to implement assent-informed treatment in their practice or organization.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify at least 3 reasons why obtaining and honoring client assent is important (2) identify methods to identify and shape assent-informed treatment in practitioners (3) identify at least 5 components to consider when conducting a risk-benefit analysis around assent withdrawal
 
Diversity submission 

Maximizing Motivation: Transforming Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Through Assent

TAMARA S. KASPER (Kasper Enterprises/Caravel Autism Health)
Abstract:

Increased emphasis on client assent refocuses the importance of establishing/maintaining motivation, promoting self-advocacy, and building autonomy. The Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (2022) challenges us to define and measure assent and assent-withdrawal for all clients. The development of standard practices within a large organization is critical to establish methods to proactively notice, measure, and systematically shape indicators of assent and assent-withdrawal as a point of initiation of therapy and throughout treatment (Rajaraman, Gover, Cammilleri, Donnely & Hanley, 2022). The development of an assent-based treatment standard and 10-step training program will be reviewed. The successes and challenges of implementing assent-based treatment strategies and the necessity for individualization across clients, clinicians, learning environments, and clinics, which may present with diverse needs and cultural contexts, will be shared. Analysis of data on happiness/engagement/self-advocacy (Engagement Scale) and assent withdrawal (Calm and Disruptive Withdrawal of Assent) and the impact on existing clinical quality metrics will be presented.

 
Diversity submission Navigating Assent Withdrawal: Training Clinicians in a Risk-Benefit Approach
KAREN NOHELTY (360 Behavioral Health)
Abstract: All individuals are capable of providing assent and withdrawing assent to treatment. However, situations may arise where caregivers or guardians may proceed with provision of strategies regardless of an individual’s assent. While some situations may lead to a clear rationale for proceeding with strategies regardless of client assent (e.g., when there is a clear safety risk), in many circumstances the course of action may be unclear. This presentation will outline a risk-benefit analysis approach to determine if assent withdrawal should be honored. The approach incorporates a variety of factors, including the impact on the therapeutic relationship, potential short- and long-term side effects, training needs, and potential effect on quality of life. Strategies for training clinicians in these and other assent-protocols will be discussed. Incorporation of assent-based strategies organization-wide will be reviewed toward the overall goal of equipping clinicians with concrete skills to integrate assent-based strategies into their standard of care in a way that balances client autonomy and joy, acquisition of meaningful skills, and long-term impacts.
 
 
Symposium #450
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis and the Reduction of Health Disparities
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andrew C Bonner (Florida State University)
Discussant: Crystal M. Slanzi (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Andrew C Bonner, Ph.D.
Abstract: Health disparities undermine the wellbeing of Americans at every turn. Indeed, the life expectancy of Americans is shorter than almost any other developed nation. Very little progress has been made in reducing disparities such as premature death and the burden of disease. One reason for such lack of progress in closing the gap is a seemingly exclusive focus on proximate (as opposed to distal) influences of health disparities. Distal influences include poverty, economic inequality, and discrimination. The first paper in this symposium will discuss the historical development of health disparities in America, their root causes, and how behavior analysis can contribute to reducing disparities (including the comprehensive, community-driven initiatives required to do so). The second paper will describe a framework for large-scale comprehensive community interventions that can potentially alleviate and prevent health disparities. It will also describe how behavior analytic research tactics can pinpoint increasingly effective strategies for bringing about changes in health disparities.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): community interventions, community organizing, experimental evaluations, health disparities
Target Audience: Target audience should be familiar with global health disparities and behavior-analytic methodology.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the historical root causes of health disparities; (2) describe a framework for large-scale interventions to reduce disparities; (3) describe how behavior-analytic methodology is relevant to the experimental evaluation of community interventions to reduce disparities.
 
Diversity submission Health Disparities and Their Root Causes
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Abstract: The longevity of Americans ranks 28th among 35 members of the Economic Cooperation and Development. The main reason is that we have stark disparities depending on race and social class. As of 2015, Black people under 65 had higher death rates than Whites for all-cause mortality. The rate of all-cause mortality among Native Americans is 30% higher than the rate for all races combined (Indian Health Services, 2019). Mortality rates also differ by socioeconomic status, with the disparities for people with low socioeconomic status rising in recent years. Mortality rates for Non-Hispanic Whites in the USA have increased since 2000, while mortality rates declined significantly in France, Germany, the UK, Canada, Australia, and Sweden. Differences in health-related behavior, such as tobacco, alcohol use, and physical activity, account for much of the variance in these disparities. Still, these differences are, in turn, the result of differences in social conditions, including poverty, economic inequality, and discrimination. Thus, progress in reducing disparities will be limited if we do not change these distal influences on disparity. This paper will provide a brief overview of how behavior analysis can contribute to reducing disparities and the comprehensive community interventions needed to do so.
 
Diversity submission How Behavior Analysts Can Contribute to Reducing Health Disparities
ANDREW C BONNER (Florida State University)
Abstract: Over the past fifty years, research in the behavioral sciences has identified numerous programs and policies that contribute to human health and wellbeing. Behavior analysis has been seminal in developing family, school, organizational, and community interventions that can prevent or alleviate the most common and costly psychological, behavioral, and health problems. Yet, for the most part, we have continued to target individual problems with interventions that focus narrowly on a single problem, such as aggressive social behavior. However, the fact that problems are interrelated and stem from the same set of social conditions (especially poverty, economic inequality, and discrimination) calls for developing and evaluating comprehensive interventions. This presentation will describe a framework for comprehensive community interventions that can potentially prevent the entire panoply of problems. It will describe a community organizing and Action Circle strategy for enabling communities to implement evidence-based programs and policies through a process that focuses on the community’s most important priorities. It will also describe how experimental methods mainly developed by behavior analysts can pinpoint increasingly effective strategies for bringing about change.
 
 
Paper Session #452
Examination of Variables Involved in Social Foraging Situations
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Laurent Avila-Chauvet (Technological Institute of Sonora)
 
How Does Pavlovian Conditioning Affect Producer Strategies in Golden Fish (Carassius Auratus)?
Domain: Basic Research
LAURENT AVILA-CHAUVET (Technological Institute of Sonora), Diana Mejía Cruz (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora), Juan Elenes (Sonora Institute of Technology), Yancarlo Ojeda (Autonomous University of Aguascalientes)
 
Abstract: In social foraging situations, some group members search for their food sources (Producers), while others join previously discovered food sources (Scroungers). Associative learning has been crucial in understanding how individuals anticipate biologically significant events. The study aims to evaluate the effect of the presence or absence of the conditioned stimulus (CS) on the proportion of producer strategies. Eight golden fish were divided into two groups: Control and Pavlovian Group. The Pavlovian group was individually exposed to Pavlovian training under a delayed protocol. Subsequently, they were assigned to five sub-groups of different proportions of pre-trained fishes and exposed to a social foraging situation. Regarding Pavlovian acquisition, the latency between the onset of the conditioned stimulus and the entry responses into the patch zone increased as the sessions progressed. Concerning the social foraging situation, the study results indicated that the producer index was higher for fish pre-exposed to Pavlovian contingencies when the conditional stimulus was present. This research is of interest due to the relatively limited exploration of individual differences and the effects of learning in the context of the producer-scrounger game.
 
Effect of Field of View on the Proportion of Producer Responses in Humans
Domain: Basic Research
LAURENT AVILA-CHAUVET (Technological Institute of Sonora), Diana Mejía Cruz (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora), Juan Elenes (Sonora Institute of Technology), Luis Alfaro (Universidad de Guadalajara)
 
Abstract: In social foraging situations, individuals tend to employ one of two mutually exclusive strategies: 1) search for their own resources (Producer) or 2) steal or join previously discovered food sources (Scrounger). Information gain is a factor that allows the identification of food sources and the positions of other organisms. This study aimed to evaluate the effect of information gain on the proportion of producer-scrounger responses. The experimental task consisted of a virtual habitat where participants could move a virtual character in search of resources. Four conditions were manipulated, varying in camera angle (45 and 75 degrees) and distance (80 and 240 pixels), with two reinforcement probabilities (0.8 and 0.2). The results show that the proportion of producers was higher in conditions with greater camera distance. Furthermore, the generalized matching law reveals that undermatching was more pronounced in the lower probability conditions. The effect of perspective on the discrimination of patch locations and other participants is discussed.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #453
CE Offered: PSY
Experimental Access to the Cognitive World of Honey Bees: Lessons From a Miniature Brain
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H
📺   Streaming Status: not available
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Marco Vasconcelos (University of Aveiro)
CE Instructor: Marco Vasconcelos, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARTIN GIURFA (Sorbonne University)
Abstract:

Despite having a 1 mm3 brain, honey bees exhibit a sophisticated behavioral repertoire. Bees learn and memorize multiple sensory cues related to flowers. Yet, besides being useful models for the study of simple forms of associative learning, they have emerged as attractive organisms for the study of higher-order forms of learning, both in the visual and in the olfactory domains. In the last two decades, our work has indeed revealed that these insects possess unsuspected cognitive capacities, which include category and concept learning, numerosity and the solving of non-linear discriminations, among others. All these phenomena are experimentally accessible via controlled laboratory protocols, which, in some cases, allow uncovering the underlying neural circuits Here I will discuss some of these findings and provide insights into their mechanistic bases, whenever this turned to be possible. In doing this, I will highlight experimental challenges and suggest future directions for investigating the neurobiology of higher-order learning in insects, with the goal of uncovering basic neural architectures underlying cognitive processing.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The talk will be accessible to undergraduate and graduate students, as well as to established scientists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the interest of a comparative agenda in the study of learning and memory; (2) appreciate the cognitive sophistication of miniature brains; (3) realize the importance of environnemental protection and responsible environmental policies to preserve these and other brains.
 
MARTIN GIURFA (Sorbonne University)
Martin Giurfa is an Argentinean-French neurobiologist and neuroethologist (born September 1962), member of the German National Academy of Sciences Leopoldina, the Académie royale des sciences, des lettres et des beaux-arts de Belgique, and the Institut Universitaire de France (IUF). He is acknowledged for his work on the neural mechanisms of cognition in invertebrates, which he mostly explores using honeybees as models for understanding basic principles of learning and memory.
 
 
Symposium #454
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission The Competent Learner Model (CLM) System: A Framework for Trauma-Informed Practice in Education
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nipa Bhuptani (Applied & Behavioral Training Institute, UAE)
Discussant: Anne Katona Linn (Katona Linn Consulting, LLC)
CE Instructor: Christine M Welgan, M.S.
Abstract: Incorporating Trauma-Informed Care (TIC) principles into Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) practice within the field of education is vital, particularly for students with additional needs. This symposium highlights the integration of TIC principles—acknowledging trauma, ensuring safety and trust, promoting choice and shared governance, and emphasizing skill building—into the Competent Learner Model (CLM). CLM is a comprehensive ABA-based implementation system that combines Precision Teaching (PI) and Direct Instruction (DI) to enhance learning in students with educational and behavioral challenges. The CLM framework encompasses student assessment and curriculum, staff training, and certified coaching to ensure proficient application of behavioral principles across four phases of implementation. The foundational lessons systematically teach Participation Skills across instructional conditions, to accelerate skill development resulting in reduction of interfering or escape-maintained behaviors. This symposium demonstrates the efficacy of CLM as a compassionate approach for improving student outcomes and fostering inclusivity in a variety of educational settings. CLM serves as a valuable resource for behaviorists and educators who are interested in implementing trauma-informed care practices within educational environments, showcasing its potential as a replicable system-wide intervention model.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): CLM, Compassionate ABA, Skill-Development, Trauma-Informed Education
Target Audience: This presentation is delivered at an "intermediate" instruction level. It is expected that audience members should be BCBAs within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc., working in the field of Education, Early Intervention, Developmental Disabilities, Autism. They should be currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the differences between compliance and participation. (2) recognize the harmful effects of coercive practices. (3) list ethical and trauma-informed practices utilized in the Competent Learner Model.
 
Diversity submission Trauma-Informed Care in Competent Learner Model: Fostering Participation and Skill Building in Early Childhood Education
(Service Delivery)
REKHA WARRIER (Applied & Behavioral Training Institute, UAE), Amina Ihsan Maliki (Applied & Behavioral Training Institute)
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model (CLM) is an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) curriculum which combines Precision Teaching (PT) and Direct Instruction (DI) to accelerate learning in students with significant educational and behavioral challenges. Across the field of early education, especially of student populations with additional needs, there has been a recent focus on the importance of incorporating Trauma-Informed Care (TIC) into ABA practices. This presentation aims to showcase the four main components of Trauma-Informed Care (TIC): (a) acknowledging trauma and its potential impact, (b) ensuring safety and trust, (c) promoting choice and shared governance, and (d) emphasizing skill building, embedded within the CLM curriculum. CLM is designed to be learner-led and non-coercive, systematically teaching the Participator Repertoire across four Instructional Conditions (ICs): Non-Directed (Play), Semi-Directed (Work), Teacher-Directed (Instruction) and Peer-Directed (Peer Interaction). The foundational first seven lessons prioritize increasing Motivating Operations in play, fostering participation through antecedent management, and minimizing escape-oriented behaviors by providing repeated, frequent access to highly preferred items and activities. CLM serves as a valuable resource for behaviorists and educators seeking to implement trauma-informed care practices within early childhood education settings, ultimately improving the outcomes for learners with diverse needs.
 
Diversity submission Trauma-Informed Behavioral Service Model Within Public School System: Competent Learner Model Reduces Exclusionary Discipline
(Applied Research)
CHRISTINE M WELGAN (CLM Coordinator, Loudoun County Public Schools), Tina Tomalesky (Loudoun County Public Schools), Laurel Jones-Purdy (Loudoun County Public Schools)
Abstract: To address growing behavioral concerns and punitive disciplinary actions in general education classrooms, the Competent Learner Model (CLM) was delivered as a tiered model of behavior analytic services. The CLM utilizes a trauma-informed approach to reduction of interfering behavior and skill building for learners and for staff alike through assessment, curriculum, staff training, and coaching. The goal was to implement CLM school-wide in order to 1) extinguish or reduce interfering behaviors, 2) teach replacement and/or desired behaviors, and 3) remediate skill deficits, in order to return students to successful full inclusion with their grade level peers. Results in the first school division demonstrated an 85% reduction in exclusionary discipline (out-of-school suspension, in-school suspension, and time out) at one school and a 78% reduction at the second school. Results in the second school division demonstrated an 80% discharge rate from tier 3 intervention back to the general education setting. Based on these results, the model continues to be implemented across 6 schools in the division during the 2023-2024 school year, with potential to create a system-wide trauma-informed intervention model for other divisions to follow.
 
 
Symposium #455
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Consultation With School-Based Service Providers: Developing Behavior Analytic Interventions and Ensuring Treatment Fidelity Across Providers and Settings
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erica B McClure (University of Louisville)
Discussant: Amanda M Borosh (Purdue University)
CE Instructor: Erica B McClure, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The need for individuals with disabilities to receive access to evidence-based practices and for service providers to receive quality training in implementing these practices indicate a significant need for research examining the efficacy and efficiency of specific training approaches (e.g., behavioral skills training, in-vivo coaching). Behavioral skills training is a commonly used, well-researched method for delivering training that has been shown to generate mastery and fidelity across multiple populations and skills. In this symposium, presenters will discuss various models for consulting with school-based practitioners to ensure treatment fidelity when implementing behavior analytic interventions, including pyramidal training and using in-vivo coaching paired with visual supports and self-monitoring. Presenters will share data outlining the results of studies examining the functional relation between provision of behavioral skills training, embedded in a pyramidal or in-vivo coaching model, and the treatment fidelity of school-based practitioners implementing behavior analytic interventions. Researchers will share multiple tools and discuss implications for future practice and research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): consultation, schools, training, treatment fidelity
Target Audience:

This symposium is beneficial to individuals who have a basic understanding of consultation models when supporting school-based practitioners.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and outline various methods of consultation with school-based practitioners, including providing behavioral skills training in behavior analytic interventions and utilization of in-vivo coaching; (2) describe the relevance of and process for differentiating consultation models to meet the diverse needs of school-based practitioners based on specific trainee characteristics; (3) develop a plan to utilize behavior analytic methods to increase the treatment fidelity of school-based practitioners when implementing specific interventions.
 
Effects of Pyramidal Behavior Skills Training on the Procedural Integrity of School Staff When Delivering Functional Communication Training to Students
ERICA B MCCLURE (University of Louisville)
Abstract: This study utilized a concurrent multiple probe across participants design to examine the effects of pyramidal behavioral skills training on the procedural integrity of general education teachers providing functional communication as part of an intervention plan. Behavioral skills training was provided by the researcher to a special education teacher participant in one training session; the special education teacher then utilized behavioral skills training to provide training to general education staff in single subsequent training sessions. No additional coaching was provided beyond these training sessions. Data collected throughout the study indicated that pyramidal behavioral skills training provided in one session resulted in an increase in procedural integrity across all general education teacher participants with an effect size of d = 1.00. Social validity data indicate that the teacher participants viewed the training as valuable and expressed an interest in receiving further training. The results of this study support the use of pyramidal behavioral skills training to train general education teachers in the implementation of functional communication training.
 
Implementation of an In-Vivo Coaching Model Utilizing Behavioral Skills Training to Train School Staff in Implementation of a Behavior Intervention Plan
AMANDA M BOROSH (Purdue University), Erica B McClure (University of Louisville)
Abstract: While several studies have examined the effects of behavioral skills training procedures on staff development of skills, limited research has been conducted to examine the efficacy of utilizing behavioral skills training when training staff to implement behavior intervention plans with accuracy and fidelity, as well as how these skills may be maintained through the use of visual supports for staff and self-monitoring. The purpose of the current study was to contribute to previous findings by evaluating the following: the efficacy of behavioral skills training as a procedure utilized to train staff in the implementation of a student’s behavior intervention plan with accuracy and fidelity, and the effect of visual supports and self-monitoring on staff maintenance of skills post-training. Results indicated a significant increase in staff treatment fidelity after receiving behavioral skills training when coupled with the provision of visual supports (i.e., behavior intervention plan checklist). Implications for future research and practitioners will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #456
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Unlocking Literacy: Applying the Science of Behavior to Reading Instruction for Early and Advanced Readers
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon G
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center)
JENNIFER WEBER (Nicholls State University)
DENISE ROSS (Kennesaw State University)
KEYANA COOKE (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Reading proficiency is a cornerstone of academic and social success. Yet, the national reading proficiency rate for fourth-grade students in 2022 was 32%. Fourth-graders from marginalized groups such as children with disabilities and economically disadvantaged learners experienced even greater disparities. This statistic underscores the critical need for effective approaches to address this issue. This panel discussion brings together reading research and practice to explore how the science of behavior can affect reading outcomes for children with and without reading challenges. Panelists will explore the importance of reading proficiency for beginning and advanced readers while highlighting the impact on children from marginalized groups such as children with disabilities and economically disadvantaged learners. The panel will also discuss common barriers hindering effective reading instruction in today's classrooms. Finally, panelists will share their applications of the science of behavior to the literacy instruction of learners with reading challenges. Panelists will share evidence-based strategies to obtain successful reading outcomes for children with varying academic needs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel discussion is appropriate for behavior analysts and other educators interested in teaching children how to read proficiently. Attendees should have a basic background in applied behavior analysis with some experience with verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the significance of reading proficiency for all learners with an emphasis on diverse student populations, including children with disabilities and economically disadvantaged learners 2. Identify common barriers to effective reading instruction in school-based settings 3. Explain how research-based approaches from the science of behavior can address reading challenges and enhance academic outcomes
Keyword(s): classroom instruction, literacy, reading challenges, reading intervention
 
 
Panel #457
Guidance and Recommendations When Developing an Introductory Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Course
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology)
SHARLET D. RAFACZ (Western Michigan University)
JEANINE PLOWMAN STRATTON (Furman University)
DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management (OBM) is the application of applied behavior analysis in organizational settings. OBM encompasses a wide range of topics, including but not limited to systems analysis, financial contingencies, training, goal setting, feedback, pinpointing, and leadership. It is applied to address issues such as safety, health and wellbeing, consumer behavior, and organizational culture. Because of its breadth, it can be challenging to design an introductory course in this field of study. This panel will discuss what content should be covered and where we would recommend additional practice in an introductory course on OBM. We will also review what considerations would modify the structure and content of the course, such as if it is undergraduate/graduate, expertise and competency of the instructor, and type of program the course is being taught in. Attendees will be provided with recommendations for where to find additional teaching resources, including readings, activities, and example course syllabi.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel are individuals who are currently teaching OBM-related content or are interested in developing a course on OBM or supervision.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the different topics typically covered in an introductory OBM course 2. Discuss several considerations when designing this type of course 3. Identify where they can find additional resources for an OBM course and to support instructor competency
 
 
Symposium #458
CE Offered: BACB
Variations in Staff Training Across Different Settings and Skills
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Aoife McTiernan (National University of Ireland, Galway)
CE Instructor: Aoife McTiernan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Staff training is an important component of high quality service delivery and behavior analysts need to have the ability to implement emprirically derived staff training methods. In the current symposium three papers describe different staff training procedures in three different settings. In the first presentation Anna Marín assessed the effects of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Service (PDC-HS) in an Icelandic preschool setting. The authors used the checklist to identify the appropriate intervention to improve the teachers performance in implementing Discrete Trial Training, Token economy and Preference Assessment. In the second presentation, Snædís examined the effects of graphic feedback and goal setting on verbal communication between staff and patients in an inpatient psychiatric care unit. Finally, in the third presentation, Margrét investigated the effect of behavior skills training (BST) in teaching effective boundary setting and empathetic responding among staff members in a psychiatric intensive care unit. In all studies, the staff training procedures were effective in improving the targeted skills.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): BST, Goal Setting, PDC-HS, Staff training
Target Audience:

Advanced. Audience should have completed graduate level work and have knowledge on evidence based staff training and experience in training others.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Describe the effects of using the PDC-HS list to guide intervention selection (2) Discuss how BST can be used in training skills that are sometimes considered as "soft skills" (3) Discuss under what conditions BST, Goal Setting and /or Graphic Feedback should be used when training staff.
 

An Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services With Icelandic Educators

Anna Marín Skúladóttir (Reykjavik University;State Counseling and Diagnostic Center Iceland), BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University;National University Hospital Iceland), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Service (PDC-HS) is an effective assessment tool to guide intervention selection in human service settings. However, its utility has yet to be investigated in countries with cultural differences and where English is not the first language within the human services. The purpose of this study was to evaluate if the PDC-HS could guide intervention selection to increase teachers' implementation of Discrete Trial Training (DTT), token-system, and Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) preference assessment in two preschools in Iceland. We recruited three special education teachers from two Icelandic preschools who had finished the course Skráning og Þjálfun held by the State Counseling and Diagnostic Center. The dependent variable was the teacher's treatment integrity in implementing DTT, token system, and MSWO. Results showed that the PDC-HS was successful in guiding intervention selection to increase teachers' implementation of DTT, token-system, and MSWO. We discuss the implications of these findings and future directions.

 

The Effect of Graphic Feedback and Goal Setting on Verbal Communication With Patients in a Psychiatric Care Unit

SNÆDÍS JÓHANNSDÓTTIR (Reykjavík University; National University Hospital Iceland), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavik University), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University; National University Hospital Iceland)
Abstract:

Treatment in psychiatric care involves many components one of which is staff-patient interaction. Communication between staff and patients in an inpatient psychiatric care can increase the chances of developing a positive therapeutic relationship, which is a strong predictor of the treatment’s success. The present study used non-concurrent multiple baseline design to examine the effects of graphic feedback and goal setting on social communication, positive statements and negative statements of four staff working in an inpatient psychiatric care unit. The intervention was effective in increasing the target behaviors for all four participants. Additionally, the participants communicated more with the patients overall following the intervention. Lastly, the intervention indirectly affected the patients who started seeking out communication with the participants more frequently. This study gives an idea of an intervention that is relatively easy to perform, is not time-consuming, and has a significant impact. More research is needed to further disentangle the effects of graphic feedback and goal setting in staff training.

 

Training Staff in a Secure Psychiatric Unit to Set Boundaries and Communicate Emphatically With Patients

MARGRÉT KRISTJÁNSSON (Reykjavík University; National University Hospital Iceland), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavik University), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University;National University Hospital Iceland)
Abstract:

The field of ABA has placed recent emphasis on a more compassionate approach, however little research exists on how to train empathetic skills. Empathetic responding is positively associated with a number of factors, including higher satisfaction of care, trust, rapport, compliance to treatment and clinical outcomes. In addition, patients who have spent time in psychiatric care emphasize structure and social relationships. Specifically, ensuring that structure, safety protocols and clear boundaries are set by staff, is effective in decreasing the likelihood of challenging situations. The present study investigated the effect of behavior skills training in teaching effective boundary setting and empathetic responding in the form of reflective statements among staff members in a psychiatric intensive care unit. Three participants took part in the study and a multiple baseline across participants design was utilized. BST was shown to be effective in training target skills. Reflective responses improved by 26%, 33%, and 38% and the boundary making statements improved by 73%, 30%, and 66% for the three participants from baseline to post-intervention. More research is needed to isolate variables that affect staff´s behavior when communicating with patients.

 
 
Symposium #459
CE Offered: BACB
A Constructional Approach to Severely Challenging Behavior: Deceleration May Not Be the Goal
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Angela Fuhrmann-Knowles (Endicott College)
Discussant: Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Anna Linnehan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While there exists a clear history within the behavior analytic literature on use of least restrictive procedures (VanHouton, 1998; Goldiamond, 1975b), affording individual personal liberties (Bannerman, 1990; Baer, 1998; Goldiamond, 1974), and ensuring the dignity of those we serve (Reid et al., 2018; Goldiamond, 1976), there lacks clear evidence of the consistent implementation of these ideals. A call for compassionate care in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been the focus of several recent publications. With an emphasis on humane and compassionate care, constructional programs focus on strengthening and building repertoires based on goals developed in partnership with the client, rather than elimination of behavior. With over 40 years of research and practice, the constructional approach and nonlinear contingency analysis focus on constructional rather than pathological behavior change to provide best outcomes for clients. This symposium will provide real world accounts of the application of these procedures, and how genuine, rather than apparent assent may be achieved with both verbal and nonverbal clients. This symposium will discuss the design of constructional clinical and other behavioral interventions informed by a nonlinear contingency analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

practicing BCBAs, RBTs, Masters or Doctoral level studnets

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to : (1) Distinguish between constructional and pathological programs. (2) Distinguish between apparent and genuine assent. (3) Distinguish between systemic and topical interventions.
 
Building Repertoires: An Introduction to the Constructional Approach and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis
ANNA LINNEHAN (Endicott College)
Abstract: Nonlinear contingency analysis considers disturbing patterns of behavior to be a successful adaptation to the current consequential context and its history. Accordingly, it often does not attempt to directly change the presenting complaint, or any associated thoughts or feelings. Instead, alternative contingencies, in partnership with the client, are designed that provide the same or greater benefit as the disturbing pattern, but at less cost (Goldiamond, 1974; Layng et al, 2022). With an emphasis on humane and compassionate care, constructional programs focus on strengthening and building repertoires rather than elimination of behavior. This presentation will provide an introduction to a nonlinear contingency analysis and the constructional approach (Goldiamond, 1974). The distinction between pathological/eliminative and constructional programs as well as linear and nonlinear analyses will be discussed. Using an analysis of degrees of freedom, this presentation will also discuss how genuine rather than apparent assent may be achieved to develop compassionate behavioral programs (Abdel-Jalil, et al, 2023; Linnehan, et al, 2023).
 
A Constructional Approach to Severely Challenging Behavior: Alternatives to Deceleration
SHEILA ANN ANN KLICK (Endicott College)
Abstract: With over 40 years of research and practice, the constructional approach and nonlinear contingency analysis focus on constructional rather than pathological behavior change to provide best outcomes for clients. When certain patterns are completely off occasion from that of the disturbing pattern, and participate in contingencies that serve to potentiate the benefits of the disturbing pattern, systemic intervention is often required. Such intervention often results in changes in the disturbing pattern, and any accompanying thoughts and feelings, without direct intervention. From time-to-time immediate relief may be provided by topical interventions as systemic intervention is underway. In this way there can be a mix of a variety of behavioral and related interventions when solving behavior problems. This presentation will focus on development, deployment, an ongoing analysis of constructional programs for a severe population. Case examples and practical applications, including incorporating nonlinear analysis and the constructional approach with staff will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #460
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis in Latin America: Looking From the Past Into the Future
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Andres H. Garcia-Penagos (California State University, Chico)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has a strong tradition in Latin America, where it is also an emerging field of practice. Although much work has been published in international journals about behavior analysis in Latin American countries such as Brazil, Colombia, and Mexico, little is known about the history of behavior analysis in Venezuela and other Latin American countries. In this symposium we will examine the past and current status of behavior analysis in Venezuela, a country with a rich heritage of behavior analysis and research, yet almost unknown to the international community. The symposium will follow with an overview of the current regulation of behavior analysis in 15 Latin American countries. By examining each country's regulations, laws, and coverage, identifying the challenges and opportunities for implementing and enforcing behavior analysis practices, the authors aim to establish a robust and sustainable framework for the regulation of behavior analysis. Together, these talks offer a look into the past, present, and future of behavior analysis in Latin America. Overall, we seek to recognize the legacy of our ancestors and promote international unity of our field.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

We expect that students and professionals in the field of behavior analysis who identify as Latin American, or Latinos/as/es/x, will attend this symposium. Additionally, professionals who work with clients from Latin America, or who work in Latin America will also find interest in this symposium. Finally, attendees interested in the history of the field of behavior analysis will also find valuable information in these presentations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify founding leaders in behavior analysis in Venezuela (2) Draw similarities and differences in the practice of behavior analysis between two or more Latin American countries (3) Understand historical and cultural aspects involved in the emergence and growth of behavior analysis in Venezuela and other Latin American countries
 
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis in Venezuela: An Unrecognized Legacy
MIRARI ELCORO (Framingham State University), Amalix M Flores (University of South Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida)
Abstract: Despite a solid tradition in behavior analysis in Venezuela, little is known about its history. The goal of this presentation is to trace the history of behavior analysis in Venezuela highlighting the role of impactful women leaders in the field. In doing this, we aim to recognize the legacy of our academic ancestors and to promote the unity of the discipline by highlighting a shared ancestry and an interconnected international community of teachers and researchers. To do this, we used historiographic methods and semi-structured interviews with ten members of the behavior-analytic community in Venezuela. We will present how our analysis and synthesis of sources and interviews guided us in describing the historical and cultural context in which behavior-analytic laboratories and academic programs were established in Venezuela in the 1970s. We will present an academic genealogy for each interviewee and elaborate on the participation of women, the influence of international scholars, and the work of Venezuelan professors and students. We will examine how environmental variables (e.g., sociopolitical context, funding availability) shaped the scientific behavior and idiosyncratic approach to behavior-analytic training and research in Venezuela. To close, we will describe the current state of behavior analysis in Venezuela.
 
Diversity submission 

Regulation of Behavior Analysis in 15 Countries of Latin America: Assessing the Challenges and Opportunities for Implementation of the Science

MIGUEL AVILA (Essential for Living), Mariana De Los Santos (Bloom Children's Center), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile), Carola Scolari (Casita ABA, Buenos Aires, Argentina)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is an emerging field of practice across the world. However, a lack of global standardization has led to disparities in the quality and scope of practice in different countries. In Latin America, the field of behavior analysis is still relatively new, and the issue of regulation has been a significant challenge for professionals seeking to establish and expand their practice. This paper provides an overview of the current situation in the regulation of behavior analysis in 15 Latin American countries, examining each country's regulations, laws, and coverage, and identifying the challenges and opportunities for implementing and enforcing behavior analysis practices. By identifying these challenges and opportunities, this paper seeks to contribute to the ongoing efforts of behavior analysts in Latin America to establish a robust and sustainable framework for the regulation of behavior analysis. Despite the challenges facing the recognition and advancement of behavior analysis in Latin America, there are encouraging signs of progress. In particular, new professional organizations have emerged with a dual focus on promoting the science and establishing professional standards for its practice.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #461
CE Offered: BACB
The Scientist Behavior, Behavior Analysis, Relational Framing: A Tree as a Metaphor for Keeping Alive the Functional Sap in Our Practices
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (The University of Alabama in Huntsville)
CE Instructor: Carmen Luciano, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almeria, Spain)
Abstract:

The behavior of scientists is a type of human behavior with great impact on the whole system where humans live. It is human behavior and, consequently, it is motivated inevitably according to present moment and personal history. The field of behavior analysis and relational frame theory have been rooted in the sap of functional and contextual approach and promoted the experimental analyses of any kind of behavior. This process always occurs in the context of the particular scientists or clinicians` behavior and has moved from the study of apparently simplest pieces of behavior to those more complex. Examples of the latter might be the identified in natural language as memory, humor, metaphors, suffering, emotion, or even the client-therapist interactions. The relevance of keeping alive the root, the sap of the functional philosophy, that has been present throughout this process, is the focus of this presentation. I will insist on the sap of the functional philosophy, in the parsimony when contacting behavioral variation in experimental or clinical data as much as the behavioral scientist variation when promoting new units of analysis or new terms. Once again, the scientist behavior is the core of science and impacts in the focus of experimental procedures and its presentation as well as its impact in the focus of our interactions with clients, either children, adolescents, or adults.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the core components of scientist behavior and their impact of any human activity; (2) integrate behavior analysis and relational frame theory in the functional perspective; (3) differentiate parsimony in the formulation of scientist terms and in doing experimental research; (4) identify functional process versus topographical terms.
 
CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almeria, Spain)
She graduated in 1978 and received her PhD at the Complutense University, Madrid, in 1984. She has been a professor of Psychology at the University of Granada since 1979 and since 1994 at the University of Almería where she is an Emeritus Professor. Her initial research dedication began with the experimental analysis of language. She stayed in 1985-86 at Boston University with a Fulbright Postdoc to conduct experimental analysis of problem-solving behavior under Skinner’s supervision. This was a critical point in her career as a basic researcher and she became involved in equivalence research, rule-governed behavior, and, shortly after, in RFT and ACT. Her research lab has been -and it is- focused on basic experimental-applied RFT designs for the analysis of derived relational responding, mainly hierarchical framing in the context of identifying the core components of metaphors, false memories, experiential avoidance, and selfing behaviors. Some of her translational publications have been mostly aimed at analyzing the conditions under which private behavior and valued motivation are brought to the present to build flexibility in responding. She has been Director of the Experimental and Applied Analysis of Behavior Research Group since 1986; of the Functional Analysis Doctoral Program at the University of Almería, where she has supervised over thirty doctoral theses - some of her students are running their labs; and of the Master Program in Contextual Therapies in Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology, MICPSY. Her research has been funded by international and national public funds, she has collaborated with researchers from different countries and she has spread the functional analysis perspective in meetings, workshops, research presentations, and publications. She received the International Dissemination Behavior Analysis Award in 2021. She is known for her exciting, precise, and creative style while teaching, working with clients, and doing research.
 
 
Symposium #462
CE Offered: BACB
Innovating Behavior Technician Onboarding: The Integration of eLearning, Behavioral Skills Training, and Pyramidal Approach to Increase Behavior Technician Performance and Retention
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kajza Maye Coats (Centria Healthcare)
CE Instructor: Kajza Maye Coats, M.S.
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis organizations providing services to individuals with autism have an ethical obligation to ensure that behavior technicians providing direct intervention are effectively trained. Additionally, funding sources often require a designated amount of training for behavior technicians; however, simply requiring a specific number of hours of training does not necessarily result in behavior technicians who are prepared to provide effective intervention. Training can be broadly defined and may be presented solely in eLearning or didactic formats; however, effective training should include components of practice, rehearsal, and feedback (Reed & Henley, 2015). This symposium includes three presentations that will outline how a national multi-state organization utilized organizational behavior management to implement an effective behavior technician training program. The first presentation reviews the initial assessment of the eLearning training program and the process of obtaining approval from all stakeholders for an effective behavioral skills training-based program. The second presentation outlines utilizing a hybrid of eLearning and behavioral skills training to effectively train new behavior technicians. The final presentation reviews the implementation of a national pyramidal training approach.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Technicain, Change Management, OBM, training
Target Audience: Individuals should have basic knowledge of behavioral skills training and organization behavior management.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the process to assess and make recommendations for organizational changes in applied behavior analysis organizations to non-behavior analytic stakeholders; (2) describe the process of integrating eLearning and behavioral skills training to effectively train new staff members; (3) identify how to use behavioral skills training and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to increase trainer fidelity and trainee retention.
 
Utilizing Organizational Behavior Management to Assess and Propose an Effective Behavior Technician Training Package to Non-Behavior Analytic Stakeholders
KAJZA MAYE COATS (Centria Healthcare)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training has been noted to be one of the most effective manners to train behavior technicians providing services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) by the behavior analytic field. However, not all organizations providing applied behavior analysis (ABA) to individuals with ASD are managed by behavior analysts. Additionally, while behavioral skills training is effective, it can also be perceived as a costly training package due to the time and training staff needed to implement it effectively (Parsons et al., 2012). This presentation will describe the process completed utilizing components of organizational behavior management, specifically components of Performance Thinking (Binder, 1998), to assess the organizations previously established eLearning training program, make recommendations for a more effective training program, align the program to the organization’s business goals, and gain the approval of stakeholders with various backgrounds. Data will be reviewed regarding the organizational impact and social validity of the training program.
 
Utilizing an Integrative Approach of eLearning and Behavioral Skills Training to Train Entry-Level Behavior Technicians
ELIZABETH A. SANABRIA-FITTER (Centria Autism)
Abstract: Ensuring new behavior technician staff entering the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) receive adequate training prior to providing ABA services to clients is required to make meaningful progress (Leaf et al., 2017). The use of behavioral skills training (BST) has been used to teach staff to implement ABA technologies to competency (Reid, 2012), while the use of eLearning has been used to increase flexibility in staff access to teaching material (Singh et al., 2005). In order to support an organization hiring copious new behavior technicians across many geographical locations, a training program utilizing BST and eLearning methods was created to maximize the effectiveness of training, increase the number of opportunities behavior technicians received to practice skills prior to working with clients, as well as to maximize the trainer workforce and the organization’s financial resources. The presenter will provide an overview of the training program including a discussion surrounding the combination of eLearning modules to provide detailed verbal and written instructions on behavior analytic skills and in-person BST to provide the accompanying model, rehearsal, feedback, and repetition to competency. Additionally, data will be presented comparing behavior technician retention and competency from baseline levels using only eLearning to the hybrid model.
 

A Pyramidal Approach to Behavior Technician Training: Utilizing Behavior Skills Training and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy to Increase Trainer Fidelity and Trainee Engagement

RACHEL CHANDLER SCOTT (Centria Healthcare)
Abstract:

In an organization where the training of a large number of behavior technician staff is required, the use of the pyramidal approach of behavioral skills training (BST) is necessary to ensure staff access to adequate training opportunities, while reducing the overall time required for behavior analysts to train them (Parsons & Rollyson, 2013). In the pyramidal approach, a behavior analyst acts as a senior trainer, providing training to middle staff who will train new staff on a larger scale. Although middle staff trained through the pyramidal approach demonstrate increased competence in implementing BST and self-report acceptance of BST strategies, concerns may remain with middle staff fully adopting BST because of the time and effort it requires (Parsons & Rollyson, 2013). As a lack of full adoption may lend itself to a lack of motivation to avoid procedural drift in implementation (Cook et al., 2022), it is imperative to resolve concerns and the possibility for drift when scaling the pyramidal approach to 50 middle staff whose sole function is the implementation of BST with new behavior technicians. To address these concerns and minimize middle staff drift, the pyramidal approach was also used to teach staff engagement techniques based on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and organizational behavior management (Pingo et al., 2022). The presenter will discuss BST, the pyramidal approach, and the use of staff engagement techniques of motivation, values identification, and committed action, as they pertain to middle staff adoption, procedural drift, and new behavior technician retention. Data regarding the competency of middle staff and new behavior technicians will be presented.

 
 
Symposium #463
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Simple to Complex: Applying Relational Frame Theory to Promote Generalized Language in Children
Monday, May 27, 2024
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elle Kirsten (Compassionate Behavior Analysis, PLLC)
Discussant: Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Elle Kirsten, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Contemporary approaches to language instruction acknowledge the value of contextualized and generative learning. Specifically, the manner in which instruction is provided (e.g., context-specific cues, exemplars used) determines the extent to which generalized outcomes can be expected and desired skills occur only under relevant circumstances. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) is a contextual behavioral account that offers a framework to teach relational responses under the control of contextual cues to produce generative language. This symposium will present two applications of RFT in (a) oddity, a foundational skill, and (b) increasingly complex relational responses including deictics and analogy. The authors of paper 1 will describe applying multiple exemplar training to teach three children to respond in accordance with the contextual cues “same” and “different” by selecting identical and nonidentical stimuli respectively. They will highlight specific procedural aspects to promote stimulus and response generalization. The authors of study 2 will present data on using the relational evaluation procedure and multiple exemplar training to teach increasingly complex derived relational responding across various frames, including comparison, analogy, and deictics (perspective-taking). Finally, Maithri Sivaraman will discuss the scope of these RFT-based training programs and review considerations to promote flexibility in derived relational responding.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Curriculum, RFT
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe why it is necessary to implement RFT-based language interventions for teaching arbitrary relations; (2) Describe nonarbitrary and arbitrary relational responding; (3) Describe the training sequence for teaching derived relations.
 

Establishing Nonarbitrary Frames of Coordination and Distinction in Children With Language Delays

PRIYANKA BHABU (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Identifying similarities and differences between stimuli has been widely recognized as an important skill in early childhood development. This skill has held a prominent place in preschool academic curricula, and early intervention programs rightfully place an emphasis on identity matching in young children. However, previous research with children with developmental disabilities has shown that those with generalized identity matching do not always demonstrate oddity responding. Teaching children to identify identical and nonidentical stimuli along concrete physical dimensions is a key foundation to more complex relational responding involving abstract stimuli. Three young children with language delays enrolled in an ABA centre in India participated in the study. During baseline, all three children always selected identical pictures irrespective of whether the contextual cue presented was “same”, “different”, or a nonsensical cue “blah blah”. We conducted conditional discrimination training across multiple exemplars and found that the intervention was effective. All three children matched identical and nonidentical stimuli based on relevant contextual cues, and did not select any stimulus when the nonsensical cue was presented. These responses transferred to untrained stimuli and were maintained over time. The authors will discuss practical considerations to teach identity matching and oddity responding in early intervention programs.

 

Applications of Derived Relational Responding: Relational Frame Theory-Based Interventions for Teaching Functional and Meaningful Language

ELLE KIRSTEN (Compassionate Behavior Analysis, PLLC)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) has shown that arbitrarily derived relational responding (ADRR) is operant behavior, and that teaching ADRR produces flexible, functional, and meaningful language development in children with language delays. Furthermore, RFT sees operant acquisition of various patterns of relational framing as crucial to cognitive and linguistic development, and it has explored the emergence of a range of psychological phenomena (e.g., analogy, perspective-taking) in these terms. This talk examines a novel, RFT-based curriculum using the relational evaluation procedure and multiple exemplar training to teach increasingly complex derived relational responding across various frames, including comparison, analogy, and deictics (perspective-taking). Participants included 8- to 15-year-old autistic children who did not demonstrate arbitrary relational responding at intake. All participants successfully generated derived relational responses across frames and levels of complexity. Protocol training sequences from nonarbitrary to arbitrary relations will be described, and data showing the efficacy of the RFT-based language intervention will be shared.

 
 
Symposium #409
CE Offered: BACB
Is There an Alternative to Escape Extinction and Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO): The Promise of Constructional Exposure Therapy
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leah Herzog (Morningside Academy / PEER International)
Discussant: Richard T. Codd (Refresh Mental Health)
CE Instructor: Awab Abdel-Jalil, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium consists of two presentations. The first will present a systematic review of the literature on exposure therapies, including systematic desensitization, applied to a wide range of medical procedures. Several findings from reviewing 62 articles across 715 participants and 11 medical procedures will be shared. Following the review, a recent approach to addressing phobias and highly reactive patterns, Constructional Exposure Therapy, will be introduced and contrasted with traditional methods. The second presentation will introduce three case studies where Constructional Exposure Therapy was implemented to treat a vacuum phobia with an adult diagnosed with ASD, and extreme refusal of eye-drops and ear-drops in a typically-developing child and a child diagnosed with ASD. The presentation will detail the procedures, and present the associated data. These cases show an alternative to escape extinction, DRO, and related decelerating procedures. A discussion will follow to address CET, the emerging data, and future directions in the area of exposure.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Constructional, Desensitization, Exposure, Shaping
Target Audience:

BCBAs.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the respondent conditioning underpinnings of systematic desensitization. 2. Describe the operant conditioning variables involved in systematic desensitization. 3. Describe how one could shape appropriate behavior with negative reinforcement ethically.
 
Past, Present, and Future of Exposure Therapy: A Literature Review and Future Directions
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (Upstate Caring Partners & Endicott College), Jillian Baldwin (Endicott College)
Abstract: Findings from a systematic literature review on the application of exposure therapies including systematic desensitization to address phobias and highly reactive patterns associated with a wide range of medical procedures will be presented. Sixty-two articles were identified spanning the years 1968 to 2021, encompassing a total of 715 participants and 11 medical procedures. Several findings from this literature review will be shared and discussed. Following the review, a new approach for addressing phobias and highly reactive patterns will be introduced: Constructional Exposure Therapy. This approach emphasizes the operant contingencies associated with reactive patterns, and aims to shape the needed repertoires utilizing the already present negative reinforcement contingency without the use of extinction or other extraneous consequences. That is, the removal of the aversive stimulus follows approximations to a targeted repertoire. It will be shown how Constructional Exposure Therapy empowers participants, rather than them playing a passive role in most exposure therapies.
 
Constructional Exposure Therapy: The Emerging Data
ANDREW MILLER (Conestoga Behavioral Services, LLC)
Abstract: Three recently completed cases of Constructional Exposure Therapy will be reviewed during this presentation. The first case involved the acceptance of eye-drops by a typically developing 3-year-old who displayed extreme refusal at first. The second case involved the acceptance of ear-drops by a 9-year-old diagnoses with ASD who was also extremely reactive at first. Finally, the third involved the acceptance of a vacuum cleaner by a 19-year-old with autism who had a long-standing history of phobic behavior around vacuums and the sounds they produce. Each Constructional Exposure Therapy program was nearly errorless in nature, and was also completed without the use of escape extinction or arbitrary reinforcers. Progress in each program was successfully extended to relevant caregivers within the initial treatment session and was maintained thereafter without difficulty. The procedures will be clearly outlined, and the data will be presented and analyzed. A discussion will follow to address CET, the emerging data, and future directions in the area of exposure.
 
 
Panel #451
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Advancing the Understanding and Consideration of Behavioral Models of Adherence
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Craig Strohmeier, Psy.D.
Chair: Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
ADAM M. BRIGGS (Eastern Michigan University)
KATIE BROWN (Utah State University)
TIMOTHY R. MOORE (University of Minnesota Medical School)
Abstract:

Allen and Warzak (2000) articulated the importance of analyzing contingencies that control parental adherence to produce durable behavioral treatment plans implemented by caregivers over time. Further, they highlighted that operationalizing and measuring adherence poses distinct challenges for the clinician and applied researcher since, by definition, adherence involves independent implementation of a treatment plan in the absence of direct oversight by the clinician. Over 20 years later, adherence is still reported infrequently in the behavior analytic literature despite growing evidence of the gap between observed integrity and adherence in natural environments. This panel discussion will raise awareness of the problem of nonadherence in our field, and the continued need for establishing an empirically based process to increase and sustain adherence. Primary aims of the panel include a discussion between panel members and the audience around a) the importance of adherence, and the distinction between treatment adherence and treatment integrity; b) caregiver barriers and considerations for developing interventions in a manner that will occasion adherence; and c) leveraging behavioral models of adherence to create treatment plans contextualized in the preferences, values, and capacities that will sustain ongoing treatment implementation.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Experience in the development, and supervising the development, of function-based behavioral treatment plans, conducting treatment evaluations with caregiver involvement, and modifying treatments to create feasible terminal treatments. Additionally, audience members should have experience in caregiver consultation after behavioral treatment plans are transferred from clinical environments to naturalistic settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel discussion, participants will be able to: (1) describe the differences between treatment integrity and treatment adherence; (2) list potential caregiver barriers to implementing treatment plans in home and community settings, and ways to consider these barriers at the outset of treatment planning; and (3) provide examples of how to use evidence-based practices to establish and maintain caregiver adherence with treatment plans.
Keyword(s): Adherence, Caregiver Training, Functional Assessment, Treatment Integrity
 
 
Special Event #463A
CE Offered: PSY/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Award for Distinguished Contributions to DEI: An Investigation of Racial Microaggressions Experienced by Black Brazilian Women Living in Australia
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: DEI
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Nicole Hollins (University of Virginia)
CE Instructor: Tahcita Mizael, Ph.D.
 
Diversity submission 

Award for Distinguished Contributions to DEI: An Investigation of Racial Microaggressions Experienced by Black Brazilian Women Living in Australia

Abstract:

Racial microaggressions are chronic insults and slurs committed against non-White individuals based on their race/ethnicity. This study aimed to expand this literature by interviewing Black Brazilian women living in Australia. Eight participants were interviewed three times each. The prompts inquired about their experiences of racial microaggressions, the contexts they occurred, and how they reacted and dealt with them. All participants declared having experienced racial microaggressions by White Australians on multiple occasions. The most common categories found were "not being a real citizen", "assumptions about intelligence, competency, or status", "second-class citizen/ignored and invisible", "avoiding and distancing", and “environmental exclusion”. Most microaggressions happened in the work environment, followed by daily interactions with strangers, acquaintances, and/or friends. All participants tended to respond to those in a non-confrontational manner (refraining from replying or pointing out that the person was being racist) to avoid conflict, especially in the work environment. Two participants also responded in a confrontational manner at times by telling the perpetrator that their behavior was racist. To deal with the situation, participants: a) do not share those experiences with anyone to avoid making them worry about them, b) share those occurrences with their family and some Black friends, and/or c) avoid going out with people who are perpetrators.

 
TAHCITA MIZAEL (University of Sao Paulo, Brazil)
 
Tahcita M. Mizael is a Brazilian researcher and lecturer in the fields of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion. She holds a BA, a MA, and a PhD. in Psychology and has carried out research internships at Maynooth University, in Ireland, and at the University of South Australia. Her main research topics are stimulus equivalence, Relational Frame Theory, race relations, gender and sexuality, and autism.
 
Target Audience:

Junior BCBAs, and behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc., individuals currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work interested in race relations and prejudice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define racial microaggressions;(2) describe a least three types of racial microaggressions; and (3) discuss the implications of multiple control on the emission of racial microaggressions.
 
 
 
Paper Session #464
The Evaluation of a “Critical Period” in Contingency Management for Cocaine Use Disorder
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:25 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB
Area: BPN
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Sean Regnier (University of Kentucky)
 
The Evaluation of a “Critical Period” in Contingency Management for Cocaine Use Disorder
Domain: Applied Research
SEAN REGNIER (University of Kentucky), Thomas Shellenberg (University of Kentucky), Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine), David Cox (University of Kentucky), Joshua Anthony Lile (University of Kentucky), Craig Roy Rush (University of Kentucky), William Stoops (University of Kentucky)
 
Abstract: Decreasing drug use during the early stages of treatment has predicted later success in several substance use interventions. However, this “critical period” has not been reported in Contingency Management (CM) trials. This analysis determined if, after accounting for incentive condition, abstinence in a CM trial for people with Cocaine Use Disorder (CUD) could be predicted by cocaine use during a first-week critical period. Eighty-seven participants with CUD were randomized to receive contingent high or low value incentives for cocaine abstinence or were in a non-contingent control group. Generalized estimating equations (GEE) were used to analyze urine test results over 36 clinic visits during intervention. To assess for a critical period, the first three visits were included in the GEE as a covariate for remaining urine test results. As expected, significantly reduced cocaine use was observed in the High Value group relative to the control group (OR = 2.80; p = 0.01). Additionally, participants who provided more negative samples during the critical period were significantly more likely to produce negative urine samples during the remainder of the trial. These results 1) reinforce the effectiveness of CM for CUD and 2) demonstrate the existence of a critical period in CM.
 
 
 
Paper Session #465
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission That the Poor Nations May Not Cease Recieving Effective Behavior Analysis Training and Services in the Land: The Behavior Analysts' Concern in Africa
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:25 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Usifo Edward Asikhia (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
CE Instructor: Usifo Edward Asikhia, M.D.
 
Diversity submission 

That the Poor Nations May Not Cease Recieving Effective Behavior Analysis Training and Services in the Land: The Behavior Analysts' Concern in Africa

Domain: Service Delivery
USIFO EDWARD ASIKHIA (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
 
Abstract:

INTRODUCTION: The shifting landscape and the trajectory of the science of Behavior Analysis and its application globally as it impacts the poor nations, is a cause for concern in that “the poor shall never cease out of the land” - the Holy Book. BODY: This paper will share with the audience as perceived, how the developmental milestones of our profession is resonating in practice with some critical segments of the dimensions of the science of Behavior Analysis, the diversity concerns, inclusion expectations, sustainability challenges, professional practice dissonance, demography relating to the relative ratios of service consumers and credentialed behavior analysis professionals for example Nigeria specifically and the enormity of response efforts required by the poor nations to remain as team players in the theater of the profession of the science of Behavior Analysis globally. CONCLUSION: The poor nations may see these signs as pathognomonic of emerging lacuna. From this perspective, there is the potential for incubation and multiplication of the practice of pseudoscience with resultant harmful effects on service recipients as nature does not allow a vacuum to exist. This development calls for a strategic review and change of approach to the advancement and sustenance of the science of Behavior Analysis in the developing nations!

 
Target Audience:

Participants who are members of policy making bodies, committes, Chapters leaders, enterpreneurs who are culturally sensitve and responsive to the shifting landscape of the science of Behavior Analysis globally.

Learning Objectives: Learning Objectives: The participans would be able to describe the; [1] Diversity and Inclusion concerns regarding the poor nations [2] Potentials of creating larger lacuna with attentant emergence of the practice of pseudoscience [[3] Provision of policy approach changes that could ameliorate the problems highlighted in the presentation and accomondate the poor nations
 
 
Paper Session #466
Learning Processes and Process Validity in Animal Models of Human Neuropsychiatric Disorders
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:25 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 201 C
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Daniela Galvis-Quintana (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Learning Processes and Process Validity in Animal Models of Human Neuropsychiatric Disorders
Domain: Theory
DANIELA GALVIS-QUINTANA (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Animal models (AMs) offer great potential for understanding the etiology and treatment of human neuropsychiatric disorders (NDs), but this depends on the validity of the phenotyping procedures employed. There are significant challenges to the validity of prevailing behavioral phenotyping procedures for AMs of NDs because their suitability is judged primarily on the basis of face validity. We discuss conceptual issues related to this and propose an alternative conceptualization in which behavior is regarded not as the output of the individuals as biological systems, but instead as the product of repeated interactions between individuals with unique biological/physiological characteristics and their unique social and nonsocial environments. In this conceptualization, the focus of phenotyping becomes learning processes (i.e., learning phenotyping) instead of behavior, and the validity of phenotyping procedures is evaluated by the extent to which they model the learning processes affected in human NDs (i.e., process validity). Autism spectrum disorder is discussed in detail as a case in point, and general suggestions for research in AMs of NDs based upon the concept of process validity are offered.
 
 
 
Paper Session #467
CE Offered: BACB
Comparing Conditioned Motivation in Uninterrupted and Interrupted Behavior Chains: Implication for Manding and “Tact-Mand Transfer”
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:25 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB
Area: VBC
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Genae Annette Hall (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services)
CE Instructor: Genae Annette Hall, Ph.D.
 

Comparing Conditioned Motivation in Uninterrupted and Interrupted Behavior Chains: Implication for Manding and “Tact-Mand Transfer”

Domain: Theory
GENAE ANNETTE HALL (Behavior Analysis and Intervention Services)
 
Abstract:

Comparing conditioned motivating operations within uninterrupted and interrupted behavior chains may further elucidate relevant controlling variables in abstract manding and tact-mand transfer. A well-learned behavior chain may proceed unimpeded, be interrupted briefly pending an additional response, or be interrupted in a true “problem situation” (Skinner, 1953, p. 246). When a nonverbal chain is uninterrupted, successive CMOs (i.e., CEO-Ts) occur without evoking manding or problem solving. When the chain is briefly interrupted but the individual is a fluent mander and an audience is present, simultaneous CEO-Ts and CEO-Rs may evoke manding in a slightly lengthened chain. If the individual lacks a manding repertoire, however, chain interruption may constitute a true “problem situation”. If the object needed to perform a chain step is missing, scanning for that item is under extinction and a strong response cannot be emitted, which may enhance the strength of the CEO-R. Whether or not chain interruption constitutes a problem situation, the simultaneous presence of CEO-T and CEO-R may yield a sudden increase in motivation. Like the saltation in response strength in joint stimulus control (cf., Palmer, 2006), this may be a discriminable event that plays an essential role in manding and possible bridging behavior in “tact-mand transfer”.

 
Target Audience:

Audience members should be able to describe essential elements of the MO concept, including conditioned MOs, define a behavior chain, define the elementary verbal operants, and describe the phenomenon of tact-mand transfer.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. State how conditioned motivating variables and motivation for manding may differ in uninterrupted and interrupted behavior chains 2. State how simultaneous presence of two conditioned motivating variables may enhance motivation in interrupted behavior chains 3. State how a true “problem situation“ may further enhance motivation 4. State how the sudden increase in motivation when a chain is interrupted may play a role in abstract manding 5. State how the sudden increase in motivation when a chain is interrupted may play a role in tact-mand transfer
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #468
CE Offered: BACB
Bench to Bedside of Behavior Problems in Dogs
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mindy Waite (Carroll University)
CE Instructor: Mindy Waite, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: NIWAKO OGATA (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Given the widespread prevalence of social media and online continuing education programs, it's evident that awareness regarding behavioral problems in companion animals has grown. Nevertheless, there's been a proliferation of uniform case interpretations and standardized treatment and advice within the community of medical providers (e.g., veterinarians) and dog trainers. While these approaches serve as effective preventive measures, they may not always be suitable for treatment. In this lecture, we will delve into real cases, drawing from research papers and study results, in order to enhance our comprehension of the diverse nature of clinical cases. Developing a thorough understanding of case differentiation and the range of choices and limitations in treatment options is likely to contribute to further enhancements of our knowledge.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Animal trainers, animal behavior therapists, dog research scientists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe examples of case diversity; (2) Identify common pitfalls in uniformed treatment plans; (3) Discuss multimodal treatment plans
 
NIWAKO OGATA (Purdue University)
Dr. Niwako Ogata is a board-certified veterinary behaviorist and Associate Professor of Veterinary Behavior Medicine at Purdue University. She has spent more than 25 years in the veterinary behavior field participating in multiple facets of this discipline both academically and professionally. Her post- veterinary school education includes a diploma in Applied Animal Behaviour and Animal Welfare from Edinburgh University, and PhD in Veterinary Ethology from the University of Tokyo, followed by a behavior residency at Tufts University. Her private behavior clinic was the first to be opened in Japan— paving the way for many more to follow. Additionally, she has several years of teaching, lecturing, consulting, service work, publishing, and editorial activities for the Journal of Veterinary Behavior.
 
 
Panel #469
CE Offered: BACB
Life, Liberty, and Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Julia Ferguson, M.S.
Chair: Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation)
JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that the science of human behavior is powerful and that many methodologies stemming from this science have made extensive improvements in almost every area that they have been applied. Freedom, dignity, and the pursuit of a good life have been long-standing topics of conversation in behavior analysis. While it is true that our science has made tremendous growth since its inception, its application to socially significant problems has been far from perfect and is not beyond reproach. The purpose of this panel is to have a constructive, yet critical, discussion of behavior analysis’ promise and potential. Topics will include, but are not limited to, non-coerced choice making, assent, quality of life, human rights, social validity versus invalidity, quality therapeutic environments, and the balance that often needs to be struck between these topics while also providing effective behavioral intervention to the populations we serve.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel are those practitioners (e.g., BCBAs, BCaBAs) in our field that find themselves struggling with some of the concerns leveled against our science and practice. It would be beneficial, but not necessary, for audience members to be familiar with some seminal works in this area (e.g., Bannerman et al., 1990; Fawcett, 1991; Holland, 1978).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and describe at least three important considerations related to programming for non-coerced choice making and maintaining assent; (2) identify and describe at least three variables that should be present within quality therapeutic environments; and (3) identify and describe at least three considerations related to balancing personal liberties and providing effective behavioral intervention.
Keyword(s): assent, choice, progressive, social validity
 
 
Panel #470
CE Offered: BACB
The Intersect of Clinical Quality, Compliance, and Sustainable Business Practices in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Organizations
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janie A Funk, Ph.D.
Chair: Janie A Funk (Behaven Kids)
THEMIS GOMES (Behaven Kids)
TAMMI CLARK KEATING (Riskwell Consulting)
EMILEA S PALMER (Behaven Kids)
Abstract:

The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) navigates a dynamic and intricate terrain, where the quest for uncompromising excellence in clinical care and the ethical conduct of both clinical and business operations converge with the imperative of securing lasting business sustainability. This expert panel assembles a distinguished Chief Executive Officer (CEO), a seasoned health care compliance specialist, and an experienced behavior analyst to provide a comprehensive exploration of the multifaceted challenges and opportunities woven into this delicate balance. The panelists underscore the critical importance of both preserving and enhancing clinical quality, fostering collaborative synergy across organizational departments, and harmonizing the collective vision of the ABA enterprise to ensure sustained growth. Drawing from their extensive experiences and the lessons gleaned from their diverse fields, the panelists will demonstrate the multidisciplinary collaboration that underpins success in this endeavor. By the conclusion of this panel discussion, the audience will possess a deeper comprehension of the intricate interplay between quality care, compliance, and the imperative of business sustainability. Armed with pragmatic strategies, they will be better equipped to navigate the evolving ABA landscape while maintaining unwavering adherence to the highest standards of care and ethical conduct.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience should have a basic understanding of insurance-funded service provision models, organizational behavior management strategies, and best-practice clinical practices in the domain of servicing the Autistic community. Basic business terms (e.g., profit margins) would be helpful but not required.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify three reasons a compliance program is necessary for clinical quality and sustainable business practices; (2) identify considerations BCBAs should have when vetting a potential employer and (3) define two major drivers of effective cross-departmental collaboration towards ethical and quality service provision.
Keyword(s): audits, business, compliance, quality
 
 
Symposium #471
CE Offered: BACB
Parent-Led Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Programs: Empowering Parents and Caregivers in Their Child’s Treatment
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kalina Hatzell (Easterseals Hawai’i and Northern California)
CE Instructor: Viridiana Sanchez, M.A.
Abstract:

Research consistently demonstrates findings that highlight the essential role of caregiver involvement in the treatment for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Parent-led Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) places caregivers at the forefront of their child's therapeutic journey. In this approach, clinicians provide structured training to caregivers, equipping them with the necessary skills to incorporate ABA into their child's daily routines. When caregivers take an active role, positive results emerge in individuals with autism, including improvements in communication and social skills, along with a reduction in problem behaviors. This symposium will present the evidence-based foundation for well-structured caregiver training and how fostering this collaboration empowers caregivers, instilling them with confidence to implement their children's treatment plans, ultimately leading to positive treatment outcomes for their kids. It will also review how the model can be implemented via telehealth or hybrid, how to support neurodivergent caregivers in the model, and fidelity checklists or tools currently used to support caregivers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver Mediated, Parent Led-ABA, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Individuals who have at least a bachelor's degree in applied behavior analysis or related field and two or more years experience in applied behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the rationale for the Parent-Led ABA model and establishing caregivers as the primary implementer in treatment; (2) Describe the benefits and challenges of implementing Parent-Led ABA over telehealth; (3) Identify different ways to support neurodivergent caregivers in the Parent-Led ABA model.
 

Parent-Led Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Programs: Empowering Parents and Caregivers in Their Child’s Treatment

JANESSA CANILAO (Easterseals NorCal)
Abstract:

Imagine a world where ABA starts at home, in the natural environment, with a caregiver building connection with their neurodiverse child for the first time. In this world, caregivers are empowered to use strength-based approaches to behavior analysis by learning ABA strategies and procedures to implement directly with their child and receiving real time feedback on implementation. In the same world, providers can pass on knowledge that allows caregivers to enhance their understanding of ABA, neurodivergence and their role in their child's life. This system is known as Parent-led ABA and has allowed a reimagining of closed-door clinic practices that make it challenging to support caregivers in a culture of belonging. By opening the door to parent-led ABA caregivers are now empowered to share their knowledge, practice ABA skills in applied environments, and work in collaboration with providers to become their own expert in ABA for their neurodivergent children. By placing caregivers as the primary implementers of ABA in the Parent-led ABA model, this system allows a direct access line to the lived experience and places emphasis on caregivers' knowledge and abilities to strengthen all aspects of applied behavioral analysis services.

 

Parent-Led Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Telehealth

AMANDA BOLGREN (Easterseals Hawaii)
Abstract:

Staffing shortages at the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) level and clients residing in an out of service area (OOSA) pose significant delays and challenges to the delivery of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. This results in autistic individuals, those with disabilities, and their families, not receiving the medically necessary treatment they need and deserve to build communication, daily living, and social skills. When access to services is constrained, belonging is hindered. At Easterseals our purpose is to foster equity so that people with developmental disabilities can receive services to live independent and fulfilling lives. Breaking down barriers to access and belonging is possible by reconceptualizing ways that effective treatment can be provided. The Parent-led ABA service model is a caregiver-mediated, intensive ABA model for both comprehensive and focused treatment in which the caregiver acts as the direct service provider for their child. Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) use Behavior Skills Training (BST) to train parents in ABA concepts and strategies, and provide real-time observation and feedback via telehealth as the parent implements the treatment program with their child. Utilizing BCBAs and telehealth, combats the RBT staffing shortage and allows families outside of service areas to receive ABA treatment, leading to enhanced communication and social skills, and appropriate coping and alternative behaviors as replacement for maladaptive behaviors. This presentation will outline how the Parent-led ABA model increases accessibility through telehealth.

 
Supporting Neurodivergent Caregivers
VIRIDIANA SANCHEZ (Easterseals Northern California)
Abstract: The Parent-led ABA model allows practitioners to train caregivers on applied behavior analysis strategies while also being sensitive to their unique needs. This is especially important for neurodivergent caregivers, who may have unique challenges in treatment. The focus of this presentation is to showcase how the reimagining of systems and practices can effectively be individualized to the conditions and unique behaviors of neurodivergent individuals and their caregivers, fostering a culture of belonging with three learning objectives. First, by working towards eliminating the stigma of harmful societal norms. Next, by empowering neurodivergent individuals and their caregivers. Finally, by implementing solutions to improve cultural competency within the neurodivergent service delivery field. This presentation will identify concerns beyond access to services, provide a platform to better understand the stigma associated with societal norms and provide solutions that empower neurodivergent caregivers and to ensure the efficacy of service delivery to promote the inclusivity of all members of society.
 
 
Symposium #472
CE Offered: BACB
Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTr)and Mindfulness to Support Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practitioners
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bentley Elliott (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

A growing literature is supporting ACTraining (ACTr; Tarbox et al., 2020) conducted by behavior analysts, including its use in training and resourcing ABA practitioners. Beyond addressing immediate organizational contingencies, ACTr attempts to promote psychological flexibility behavioral processes of practitioners to improve public and private experiences. Presenters will discuss experimental research supporting diverse applications of ACTr and Mindfulness with service providers at multiple levels. The first presentation will discuss a virtual peer-group that was successful in increasing self-reported confidence and competence of participants with demonstrable improvements in implementation observed throughout the intervention. The second presentation expands on the first by emphasizing mindfulness as a behavioral process influencing private events of behavior technicians implementing ABA programming. Finally, the third presentation discusses the use of ACTraining to support BCBAs with the potential to improve assessment and intervention outcomes for learners receiving services. Taken together, these studies show how ACTr can be integrated as a flexible approach across multiple service and organizational levels.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practicing Behavior Analysts and RBTs

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe ACTraining as a behavior approach to promoting psychological flexibility 2. Discuss the role of ACTraining applied with behavioral practitioners at multiple levels 3. Describe the influence of ACTraining on overt and covert behavioral processes
 

Confidently Competent: Increasing Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTr) Skills in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)

ERIN ELIZABETH BERTOLI (Mindful ACTion), Meredith Jane Rush-Inglis (Member of Ontario ABA (ONTABA)), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Summer Maria Mingo (SGBehavior Associates)
Abstract:

"Despite the thousands of studies that empirically support the effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), little research has been done on methods for training and developing competency amongst behavior analysts. Brock and colleagues in their 2015 paper “Recognizing common clinical mistakes in ACT: A quick analysis and call to awareness,” discuss the difficulties in transferring knowledge of ACT gained in training to real-world clinical settings. The purpose of this study is to investigate the use of a BCBA peer group to increase confidence and competence in the implementation of ACT skills. The study utilized a single subject design embedded within a Multiple Baseline Across Participants. Each participant entered the study after receiving a 6-week intensive practicum on ACT within ABA. Baseline data were collected on the participants general knowledge of ACT principles and procedures, along with their overall competence and confidence in implementing ACT in their clinical practice (Broadhead, et al, 2018). The participants then participated in a 6-week peer group, held virtually, for 1.5 hours per week. The meetings included a combination of didactic and experiential training including a mindfulness exercise, a brief overview of targeted ACT principles, a group shared Matrix, and case conceptualization with role play and feedback. During the case presentation, the participants were encouraged to privately functionally assess the clients verbal behavior, and then each participant was given the opportunity to implement an ACT intervention with the client. Feedback was provided along with follow up resources. Throughout the study, the participants continued to collect their self report data on their competence and confidence, and then completed the knowledge assessment again upon completion of the group. The addition of the peer group was found to be effective in increasing 60% of the participants overall knowledge of principles and implementation of procedures, and 100% of the participants confidence and overall competence from baseline. "

 

How Can We Measure Present Thoughts: Utilizing Mindfulness With Behavior Technicians

AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Emergent Learning Clinic), Jesse Lee Sears (Emergent Learning Center), Claire Stromley (Emergent Learning Center)
Abstract:

Organizational behavior management can be used in combination with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to improve employee psychological flexibility and give them tools to deal with workplace stress (Bond, et al., 2006). ? There has been limited research on decreasing the turnover rate of behavior technicians in ABA clinics and while mindfulness techniques have become more popular, behavior analysts have yet to find a way to operationalize how it is effective in changing behaviors. The purpose of the current study is to operationalize present moment thoughts and to increasestaff engagement following being taught a mindfulness exercise. Researchers were able to code and identify present moment thoughts via a talk aloud procedure, while technicians increased their report of these following the exercise. To extend this study, investigators identified direct behaviors to target for increase following the mindfulness exercise: eye contact, proximity to client, and vocal engagement. Results showed effective change in indirect and direct behaviors.

 

Teaching Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts(BCaBAs) to Implement Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTr) With Fidelity

THOMAS G. SZABO (Capella University), Karen Nohelty (360 Behavioral Health), Rachael Robinson (Center for Autism), Lea Courtney June (Behavior Analysis Center for Autism)
Abstract:

Teaching professionals to use ACTr with ABA clients or caregivers whose behavior is resistant to treatment may help improve the efficiency, effectiveness, and social validity of ABA services. Although studies have shown that interventionists engage with clients more frequently and with greater empathy after exposure to ACTr, training practitioners to use ACTr to help others is relatively unexplored in the literature. Such instruction can be difficult because the practitioner must be taught to discriminate between six inflexible repertoires that could be interfering with direct contingency management and to address the most important of these in client-specific ACTr interventions. Such customization is important because the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s 5th Edition Task List for Behavior Analysts specifies that ABA practitioners are to individualize treatments for the needs of their unique clients. Additionally, clients in ABA settings often have developmental or intellectual limits that require exposure to frequent, varied exercises. Accordingly, the development of mediator skills for individualizing ACTr treatments that are specific to the needs of individuals is an important next step. The purpose of the current study is to assess the effectiveness of training procedures in ACTr assessment and intervention.

 
 
Panel #473
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Behavior Analysts in Healthcare: How Clinicians Can Forge the Path Into Medicine
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amanda P. Laprime, Ph.D.
Chair: Olivia Miller (Children’s National Hospital; Simmons University )
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (University of Rochester Medical Center)
JENNIFER MORRISON-DIALLO (Kings County Hospital Center)
Abstract:

Healthcare systems are driven by a focus on the quadruple aim; enhancing patient experiencing, improving population health, reducing costs, and improving the work life of health providers. Creating hospital environments that promote these goals, and reduce incidence of patient behavioral exacerbations, crisis events and promote workplace safety for staff are of a significant challenge to healthcare systems. Behavior analysts bring a unique ability to complete systems level analyses, consultation, implementation, and training across all of these key area. Regardless, behavior analysts are often not credentialed to work in healthcare or cannot get their foot in the door to a system that has historically not understood the discipline or the role of ABA professionals. This panel will discuss how the four panelists each came to work in academic medicine, and how behavior analysts can be strong collaborators, get their foot in the door, and show alignment with the missions and goals of healthcare across the United States. Participants will get ample opportunity to ask the participant’s questions about their roles, tips and tricks for entering a new area of practice, and how to establish professional connections if interested in pursuing a career in healthcare.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should have experience in consultation and behavior analysis implementation, mid to advanced level professionals are encouraged to attend this panel discussion.

Learning Objectives: • Attendees will list the behavioral presentations that contribute to healthcare access challenges • Attendees will describe environmental conditions associated with crisis events during an inpatient or emergency medical stay • Attendees will provide 2 examples of functional assessment technology that can be utilized in a medical environment • Attendees will identify the primary themes for behavioral skills training for nurses and providers around complex behaviors
Keyword(s): behavioral medicine, consultation, healthcare, interdisciplinary collaboration
 
 
Symposium #474
Diversity submission Understanding Racism, Discrimination, Prejudice, and Cultural Conflicts and What We Can Do
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Discussant: Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg )
Abstract: Abstract: Ongoing challenges related to racism, discrimination, prejudice, and cultural conflicts have sparked discussions on the societal phenomena and potential solutions. While discussions provide a good starting point for societal changes, it may be time for behavior analysts to contribute by identifying the environmental variables and contingencies contributing to these societal issues. Only then can behavior analysts provide practical strategies to promote positive behavior change. This symposium aims to achieve these two goals. Two papers will provide a behavior-analytic account of pressing societal issues related to racism, discrimination, prejudice, and cultural conflict and how behavior analysts can promote positive behavior change. The first paper will provide a behavior-analytic explanation of racism, discrimination, and prejudice by identifying the controlling variables of these behaviors at both individual and societal levels. The second paper will outline a decision-making model for managing cultural conflicts in clinical settings, utilizing client-centered and culture-centered assessments of habilitative validity.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Culture, Discrimination, Prejudice, Racism
 
Diversity submission Toward a Behavior Analytic Account of Racism, Discrimination, and Prejudice
JI YOUNG KIM (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Konstantina Len (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Tim Caldwell (TCS Education), Kozue Matsuda (Children Center Inc)
Abstract: Racism, prejudice, discrimination, and alike (collectively referred to as RPD+) represent ongoing challenges for both individuals and society. We propose a behavioral account of RPD+ in which behaviors are categorized as private and public, each influenced by an individual's history of social learning. As a result, the focus shifts from a traditional view of attributing the cause of RDP+ as "racist individuals" or a "racist system" to an understanding of how the environment shapes and perpetuates these behaviors at both an individual and societal level. Our redefined conceptualization of RDP+ focuses on a functional account that identifies the controlling contingencies of these behaviors, thereby bringing about potential avenues to modify environmental variables with the goal of changing behavior to address this societal issue. In conclusion, a behavior analytic account of RPD+ provides a novel perspective for comprehending and addressing a socially significant issue, with the goal of bridging the gap between behavior analysis and the broader perspective on RDP+, ultimately fostering positive societal change.
 
Diversity submission Navigating Conflicting Cultural Values: A Decision-Making Model
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Diana M. Delgado (University of Memphis), Thouraya Al-Nasser (University of Memphis, Tennessee), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: When developing interventions to promote behavior change it is important to consider the cultural values and practices of a range of individuals. At times, there may exist conflicts between the values of the client and those of either the client’s cultural context or the behavior analyst delivering services. In these situations, decisions around services and intervention development may be difficult. We propose a decision-making model to navigate these conflicts and guide the decision-making process which integrates both client-centered and culture-centered assessments of habilitative validity. The behavior analyst and service recipients work together to identify program goals with the ultimate goal of increasing access to reinforcers for both the client and relevant cultural groups. We emphasize assessment of both social and habilitative validity for relevant cultural groups as these group ultimately arrange both reinforcers and punishers for the service recipient. The utility of this model is illustrated by application to hypothetical situations involving conflicting values.
 
 
Panel #476
PDS: Unveiling the Mysteries of Pre-Doctoral and Post-Doctoral Internships: Understanding and Pursuing Internships in Doctoral Education
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute )
MAYA FALLON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
TONI ROSE AGANA (Caldwell University)
JULIANA OLIVEIRA (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Doctoral students and those pursuing postgraduate degrees face many challenges. These challenges include identifying an advisor, selecting research topics, and determining a career choice. A potential challenge not typically discussed in broader professional groups is the pursuit of pre-doctoral internships and post-doctoral fellowships. Neither term provides much information about what they entail and how they may support your career. Students in doctoral programs may work alongside colleagues with these titles and need additional or clarifying information about these roles. This uncertainty can leave students wondering whether pursuing an internship or fellowship is worthwhile. Identifying the next steps following a doctoral program is no easy task. Many of these decisions are impacted by the career prospects the student is working towards and which settings they would like to work in. Our panel, consisting of Toni Rose Agana, a pre-doctoral intern, Dr. Maya Fallon, a domestic post-doctoral fellow, and Dr. Juliana Oliveira, an international post-doctoral fellow, will discuss what pre-doctoral internships and post-doctoral fellowships are and how students might go about seeking and applying to such experiences.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Doctoral education, Post-doctoral internship, Pre-doctoral internship, Professional development
 
 
Symposium #477
CE Offered: BACB
Burnout and Injury Mitigation: Investing in the Safety and Well-Being of Staff and Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Andrew Sodawasser, M.A.
Abstract: Practitioners providing behavior analytic services to individuals with autism, challenging behavior, or intellectual and developmental disabilities are consistently tasked with identifying strategies to improve patients’ interventions and overall experience within their services. As a result, behavior analysts often find themselves allocating most of their time focusing on each of their patients’ individual needs, leaving little time to focus on their own well-being, or the well-being of their staff and colleagues. This symposium aims to address this area through a review of three studies focused on the safety and well-being of both direct care staff and behavior analysts. Dr. Lauren Phillips and colleagues will provide results from their study evaluating an online training program focused on teaching staff antecedent and consequence identification skills within their behavioral health facilities. Dr. Natalie Andzik and colleagues will discuss a review of research on and strategies for mitigating burnout among BCBAs. Finally, Emily Sullivan and colleagues will present their study evaluating staff’s perception and use of protective equipment, as well as how it relates to their physiological stress responses and potential risk of injury, within a clinic based severe behavior program.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Burnout, Staff Safety, Staff Training
Target Audience: This presentation is targeted at Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Therapists, and Mental Health Practitioners that work with and/or supervise direct care staff that specialize in the treatment of behavioral disorders, autism spectrum disorder, and/or intellectual and developmental disabilities.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify at least one training program designed to improve the identification of antecedent and consequences within a behavioral health setting; 2) Identify at least one model for developing decision making criteria related to the use of staff protective equipment; 3) Identify at least one strategy BCBAs can use to combat burnout.
 
The Use of a Virtual Module in Training Safety Skills in a Human Services Organization
LAUREN PHILLIPS (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: This study investigates the efficacy of training programs in enhancing the performance of direct support professionals and behavior analysts within a large behavioral health company. The focus of the training was on correctly identifying antecedent and consequence procedures to manage challenging behaviors effectively. An online e-learning platform was employed to deliver this training to all newly hired staff. The research findings indicate an increase in correct staff responding on module-based posttests as compared to pretest responding. This suggests that the training program effectively improved the knowledge and skills of the participants in using antecedent and consequence procedures in their work. The study highlights the practical utility of online e-learning platforms in training a large workforce. These results are of particular importance in the context of applied behavior analysis service delivery, where the effective management of challenging behaviors is crucial. The results emphasize the value of investing in training programs for direct support professionals and behavior analysts to ensure high-quality care for individuals with behavioral health needs. Further research may explore the long-term impact of such training on staff performance and the overall quality of care in behavioral health settings.
 
A Scoping Review of Research on and Strategies for Mitigating Burnout Among Board Certified Behavior Analysts
NATALIE ANDZIK (Northern Illinois University), Michael Kranak (Oakland University), Chloe Jones (Oakland University), Kayla Grunewald (Oakland University)
Abstract: Board certified behavior analysts are experiencing an all-time high and alarming rate of burnout. Burnout can lead to high turnover rates, general unsatisfaction with both work life and home life, and (potentially) unethical clinical practices. These factors can directly impact service provision for individuals with autism and may also have a compounding impact on peers in the work place. In this evaluation we conducted a scoping review of research on and strategies for mitigating burnout among board certified behavior analysts. Results indicated that there has been a recent increase in empirical evaluations studying burnout, but overall, very little work is occurring in this area. Board certified behavior analysts can rely on evidence-based strategies from both within and outside behavior analysis to combat burnout. In this evaluation we summarize and discuss core components of interventions aimed at addressing and mitigating burnout for board certified behavior analysts and directions for future research.
 
The Effects of Therapist Protective Equipment on Severe Problem Behavior and Safety
EMILY SULLIVAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Insitute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Wearing protective equipment (PE) is a common safety practice in professions involving heightened risk in the workplace. These include therapists employed in settings that assess and treat severe problem behavior. PE is clothing or adapted equipment worn by a therapist to increase safety by preventing or mitigating injury. Considerations for when, how, and why to apply PE vary across clients, organizations, and the level of clinical expertise available. Study 1 surveyed 27 employees of a university outpatient clinic regarding their use and perceptions of therapist PE. Overall, participants nominated more reasons they chose not to wear PE with clients. In Study 2, participant safety was examined during a pairwise replication of each client’s preassessment functional analysis. Three PE conditions were evaluated: participant choice, informed selection, and no PE. The results indicated that the informed selection of PE led to greater impact-site protection than participant-chosen PE. The analysis resulted in minimal participant injury, however, increases in physiological stress responses occurred throughout the assessment, most notably during test sessions, when compared to an out-of-session baseline.
 
 
Symposium #478
CE Offered: BACB
The Application of Performance Management Strategies Across Service Areas
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England)
CE Instructor: Helena L. Maguire, M.S.
Abstract:

Situated within the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), the area of Performance Management is a science that is dedicated to assessing and changing employee behaviors. The goal of Performance Management is to bridge the gap between current employee performance and the expected business results (Daniels & Bailey, 2014). This symposium will highlight the application of several performance management strategies across a variety of service areas. The first presentation will focus on the application of task clarification and performance feedback to increase timely submission of state regulated medication administration documents. The second presentation will focus on the use of a treatment package consisting of task clarification, a self-management tool, and performance feedback to increase the integrity of direct service professionals transferring client-specific clinical materials. Lastly, the final presentation will focus on the use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS) to inform intervention selection to reduce delays in service delivery documentation. Overall, attendees will learn how performance concerns can be assessed, and how simple performance management strategies can be embedded into existing systems to help bridge the performance gap.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Performance Management
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a basic understanding of organizational behavior management. Those in supervisory roles or those participating in graduate-level programs will benefit from the presentation.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to define organizational behavior management and its subarea of performance management 2. Attendees will be able to discuss performance management assessment tools that can be used for inform intervention selection 3. Attendees will be able to discuss different performance management interventions and how they can be applied to performance concerns
 
The Use of a Treatment Package to Increase Timely Submission of State Regulated Medication Administration Documentation
JENNIFER RUANE (Melmark), Nicholas Weatherly (SCCi), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
Abstract: Regulatory compliance guidelines within human service settings are designed to ensure health and safety of those served via a set of minimum standards of care. Although some recommend the hiring of a compliance officer to ensure regulatory compliance, others suggest the development of a compliance program that is overseen by in-house supervisors and leaders. However, due to the complexity of overseeing compliance, many supervisors report the task to be burdensome. The purpose of this study was to evaluate how performance management strategies can be embedded into current organizational systems to increase regulatory compliance related to the timely submission of medication administration documentation. During the study, each participant was asked to complete a short checklist based on their medication administration caseload, and attend a bi-weekly check-in meeting at which feedback was provided by their supervisor. Results of the study showed that the use of the checklist and feedback system was effective in increasing compliance among all participants. The results extend current literature related to the effectiveness of using in-house supervisors to implement performance management strategies.
 
The Use of a Multi-Element Treatment Package to Increase Integrity of Staff Transferring Clinical Material Between Shifts
KAITLIN PETERSEN (Melmark), Kyle Squier (Melmark), Frances DiProspero (Melmark), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Jennifer Ruane (Melmark)
Abstract: Direct service professionals (DSPs) in human service settings provide critical care and treatment (e.g., quality behavioral and academic programming) to those they serve. The transferring of materials is an important part of consistent programming across settings and ensures that DSPs have all necessary materials to run individualized support plans with integrity. An area of science devoted to performance change is Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), particularly the subarea known as Performance Management. Drawing from the OBM literature and studies on Performance Management, there are different training methods that have demonstrated success in improving staff performance that managers can use to increase treatment fidelity. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a comprehensive treatment package, including task clarification, self-management, and performance feedback on the integrity of staff transferring clinical materials between shifts. Three residential staff working in a residential treatment facility were evaluated in a multiple baseline design across participants. The results demonstrated that all three staff made improvements in their integrity when completing material checks between shifts. Future directions for study should include social validity on the treatment package and addressing maintenance through probes.
 

Utilizing the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services (PDC-HS) to Inform Intervention for Improving Staff Completion of Service Notes

KELLY TRUCKSESS (Melmark), Lindsey Jean Feeley (Melmark), Opeyemi Fajemilehin (Melmark), Alusine Kamara (Melmark), Sulaiman Johnny (Melmark), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
Abstract:

Human service providers often document the delivery of services in the form of service notes in order to receive reimbursement from funding agencies. To receive reimbursement in a timely manner, direct service professionals are required to complete all sections of the note thoroughly and accurately. Incomplete or inaccurate notes can cause delays in reimbursements and require front-line managers to spend large amounts of time following up with staff. To address this performance concern, managers must assess and select an intervention that best addresses the maintaining variables. The Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS) is a tool that assesses and informs more targeted support by assessing environmental variables that may be contributing to performance issues (Carr et al., 2013). The current study utilized a reversal design (ABA) to determine the efficacy of a visual aid as indicated by the PDC-HS. Results indicated an increase in service note completeness for 4 out of 9 participants following the introduction of the visual aid. Future studies should evaluate the incorporation of all interventions identified by the PDC-HS to create a combined treatment package.

 
 
Panel #479
CE Offered: PSY
The Free Will -- Determinism Debate in Contemporary Science and Society: Analyses and Discussion of the Latest (Written) Words
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Richard F. Rakos, Ph.D.
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University)
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (The Chicago School)
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

For thousands of years philosophers and scientists have debated whether humans have free will – are the genuine authors of their actions – or whether their actions are determined by environmental factors (Kane, 2002). Both philosophers and scientists fall into one of three categories in these debates: hard determinists (incompatibalists, like Skinner [e.g., 1971]), soft determinists (compatibilists, who try to combine agency and determinism), and libertarian free willers (cf., Rakos, 2004). This debate has great social and cultural importance when we recognize that a libertarian notion of human agency is the “Core Conception” (Smilansky, 2002) – the underlying philosophical, religious, and legal tenet – upon which Western society rests (Kane, 2002). The case for determinism gained strength from the classic Libet et al. (1983) study that found the neurological onset of a motor response preceded conscious intention to act. Over the past 40 years, scientific investigation of this debate has continued with increased sophistication. Now, two hot-off-the press books by eminent scientists arrive at different conclusions: “Determined: A Science of Life without Free Will” by Robert M. Sapolsky and “Free Agents: How Evolution Gave Us Free Will” by Kevin J. Mitchell. The arguments and conclusions advanced in the two books will be summarized, critiqued, compared, and discussed by the panelists and then the audience. The discussion will relate the two books to contemporary behavior analytic concepts like relational frame theory and contextual behavioral science (Fryling et al., 2020) and raise pressing social and cultural implications (e.g., artificial intelligence, promoting an equitable and sustainable world; cf., MacAskill, 2022). References Fryling, M., Rehfeldt, R. A., Tarbox, J., & Hayes, L. J. (Eds.). (2020). Applied behavior analysis of language and cognition: Core concepts and principles for practitioners. New Harbinger Publications. Kane, R. (Ed.) (2002). Free will. Oxford. Libet, B., Gleason, C. A., Wright, E. E., & Pearl, D. (1983). Time of conscious intention to actin relation to onset of cerebral activity [readiness potential]: The unconscious initiation of a freely voluntary act. Brain, 102(3), 192-224. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/106.3.623 MacAskill, W. (2022). What we owe the future. Basic Books. Mitchell, K. J. (2023). Free agents: How evolution gave us free will. Princeton University Press. Rakos, R. F. (2004). The belief in free will as a biological adaptation: Thinking inside and outside the behavior analytic box. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 2004(5), 95-103. Skinner, B. F. (1971). Beyond freedom and dignity. Bantam. Sapolsky, R. M. (2023). Determined: A science of life without free will. Penguin Press. Smilansky, S. (2002). Free will and illusion. Oxford University Press.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) demonstrate understanding of the strengths and weaknesses of the core scientific arguments advanced by each book in arriving at its conclusion about human agency. (2) compare and contrast contemporary implications of each book for critical cultural issues (e.g., global justice, artificial intelligence). (3) apply contemporary behavior analytic concepts to the arguments made in each book. (4) generalize the arguments in the two books to theoretical issues such as whether artificial superintelligence that surpasses human intelligence, and acts in its own interests, has agency.
 
 
Panel #480
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Discourse: Discussing How to Create a Journal-Based Resource
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Shawn P. Quigley, Ph.D.
Chair: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
SHAWN P. QUIGLEY (Melmark)
ABRAHAM GRABER (The Ohio State University)
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Ethics is broadly concerned with the right and wrong behavior of individuals. The standards of right and wrong may vary across societies and within societies, including within a behavior analytic society. Standards of right and wrong are often stated via written ethics codes for professionals, but differences might still exist. Resolution of the difference of standards within groups might occur through various written processes. Examples of written resources might include blogs, newsletter, books, and journal articles. Within behavior analysis there is an absence of written resources, especially a recurring opportunity for discussion of ethics within a behavior analytic journal. The purpose of this panel is to discuss guidelines for a behavior analytic journal to implement a recurring ethics discourse process. Panel members will present a framework for a recurring ethics discourse process within a behavior analytic journal, and will present an example of how it might look in practice. Input from audience members regarding the proposal will be sought.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts seeking to learn about resources that may support ethical decision-making.
Learning Objectives: Participants will state the steps of a decision-making process. Participants will describe how a journal could offer a resource demonstrating ethical decision-making as case examples. Participants will have a framework to develop their own written process to support ethical decision-making within their respective organizations.
Keyword(s): Decision-making, Ethics
 
 
Symposium #481
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Teaching Trainees and Supervisees Collaboration and Soft Skills
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cheryl J. Davis (Russell Sage College; SupervisorABA)
Discussant: Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University)
CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will review two current studies and share applied experience related to teaching practitioners collaboration and soft skills within our field. These skills are necessary and currently required by the BACB on both task list 5 and test content 6, as well the ethics code. However, current literature reports that the majority of credentialed behavior analysts may not have receive training in these skills as part of their direct education or training (Callahan et al., 2019; Conners et al., 2019; LeBlanc & Marchese, 2020; Sellers et al., 2019). In addition, the BACB fieldwork standards require these skills be taught to competency in supervision. This is particularly important as the number of BCBAs has increased rapidly in the last few years, and more technological skills are often the focus of supervision hours. Our field is often viewed by other disciplines, as well as familes, as uncaring and "business like". To improve the interactions with those we work with, it is imperative that those certified demonstrate both collaboration and soft skills so others want to interact with us.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): collaboration, diversity,, soft skills,, supervision,
Target Audience:

This event is designed to increase basic, intermediate, or advanced skills in providing supervision related to soft skills and collaboration to practitioners in the field of ABA. Attendees should have experience providing supervision to trainees, BCaBAs, RBTs, or direct care staff, as well as want to increase their own skills in this area. In addition, these more nuanced skills will be explicitly reviewed using objective measures, and concrete ways to teach them will be provided.

Learning Objectives: Participants will identify the component of teaching collaboration skills with those they supervise Participants will be able to describe how to teach soft skills to others in our field Participants will be able to discuss current best practices related to assessing skill acquisition with related to collaboration and soft skills Participants will be able to describe opportunities of how to practice teaching these skills during supervision
 
Diversity submission 

Let’s Work Together: Using Interprofessional Education and Behavior Skills Training (BST) to Prepare Graduate Students in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Occupational Therapy (OT) to Collaborate on Treatment Teams

HEATHER M. BAIROS (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder is complex and multifaceted, and individuals with this diagnosis benefit from an interprofessional approach to treatment (American Psychiatric Association, 2022; Cox, 2012; LaFrance, 2019). Unfortunately, many individuals who provide services to individuals with ASD report feeling ill-equipped to provide services collaboratively with one another (Kelly & Tincani, 2013; Friedman, et al., 2022). The present study sought to explore whether graduate students in an occupational therapy (OT) program and an applied behavior analysis (ABA) program demonstrated several key collaborative behaviors that have been identified as being crucial to interprofessional collaboration (IPEC, 2016). The study implemented a training program and demonstrated that these key skills could be taught. This study utilized a combination of interprofessional education and behavioral skills training to teach key collaboration skills to students preparing to practice in the fields of ABA and OT. Participants worked in dyads with participants from another discipline to create recommendations for assessment and treatment for case studies. The demonstration of key collaborative behaviors during these sessions increased for all participants, suggesting that a combination of BST and interprofessional education are effective in teaching key collaboration skills to graduate students in OT and ABA. This provides graduate training programs with a potential format for incorporating collaboration training into their programs to better prepare their students to collaborate on interdisciplinary treatment teams as practitioners.

 
Diversity submission 

The Use of Behavioral Skills Training to Develop Soft Skills in Trainees

CHERYL J. DAVIS (Russell Sage College; SupervisorABA), Jessica Donnelly (Capella University / Positive ABA), Kelly Brock (Damien University), Bryan J. Blair (Consultant)
Abstract:

This symposium will review the effectiveness of behavior skills training (BST) to develop rapport building, interpersonal, and feedback delivery skills in trainees was examined to provide supervisors with a systematic, evidence-based approach to teach trainees soft skills. This is a necessary skill in our field based on the task list 5 and test content 6 requirements, as well as to engage our clients and families in meaningful ways. A multiple baseline across skillset design was implemented with five trainees and included baseline teaching observations, BST rehearsal, post-BST teaching observations, and a generalization teaching observation. The average across participants and skillsets during baseline was 17.1%, BST 91.78%, teaching observations 86.1%, and generalization 88%. There was a significant effect reported using the Tau statistic across participants. Social validity scores indicated that the intervention was valuable to the participants. The interobserver agreement mean was 93.1% across 34.5% of all sessions, demonstrating that the data were reliable. The research study demonstrated that soft skills were taught utilizing BST to trainees effectively.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #482
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Pioneering Behavior Analysis in the United Arab Emirates: Challenges, Solutions and The Road Ahead
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Centria Healthcare)
CE Instructor: Kerri L. Milyko, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: NIPA BHUPTANI (Applied & Behavioral Training Institute, UAE)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is a relatively novel field of practice internationally. This presentation outlines the evolution of ABA service delivery in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) across the past two decades presented by the first Certified Behavior Analyst registered by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) in the UAE. Unique challenges and solutions are demonstrated in relation to three key areas: service delivery, certification and supervision, and systemic change. Introducing Behavior Analysis to a region characterized by multicultural diversity and establishing a clinical/ educational ABA practice has come with a unique set of challenges, including limited access to resources, overcoming professional isolation, navigating ethical dilemmas, and addressing the diverse origins and cultural complexities of clients and staff. Various strategies for overcoming these challenges will be presented with an emphasis on the importance of ethical conduct by Behaviorists implementing in multicultural settings. The Competent Learner Model (CLM), an implementation system encompassing a tiered model of education and staff coaching with best practice ABA provides a valuable resource for service providers globally. Shaping individual actions to foster behavior-analytic organizational systems is of paramount importance. This offers insights into interventions, family support, training, and competence building across the field of ABA.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation include but are not limited to: • Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc., who are currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work. • BCBAs and BCBA-Ds who have completed graduate-level work, are licensed or certified individuals • Educators or Behaviorists wishing to implement best practice in multicultural settings or internationally.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the challenges of implementing Behavior Analysis in a new region which has a multicultural population. 2. Discuss the benefits of using an implementation model when initiating a new BA program in a setting that has a multitude of unique challenges 3. Discuss the need of shaping behaviors, in order to shape systems within organizations when implementing a new project.
 
NIPA BHUPTANI (Applied & Behavioral Training Institute, UAE)
Nipa Bhuptani is a dedicated professional who boasts nearly three decades of experience in Special and Inclusive Education in the United Arab Emirates (UAE). She is a Board-Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) with a Masters in Special & Inclusive Education. As the Founder-Director of Applied & Behavioral Training Institutes (ABTi), Nipa leads a team of 30+ ABA instructors, specializing in early intervention and professional development training while running the Autism Support Network. Her team has effectively implemented behavioral intervention programs for students with developmental disabilities and trained thousands of educators, parents, healthcare providers, and community members across the UAE.
 
 
Paper Session #483
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Verbal Behavior in Translation and Humor
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon F
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Jennifer A. Wade (Chestnut Hill College)
CE Instructor: Chiara Ferrari, M.S.
 

The Role of Context in Translation

Domain: Theory
CHIARA FERRARI (University of Nevada Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

The purpose of this theoretical paper is to enhance the behavior analytic interpretation of translation by thoroughly analyzing the role of context in all phases of translation. Translation will be discussed in terms of the behavior of both speakers and listeners, with special attention to the issue of meaning and how this is determined by context. Context, as defined, encompasses the field of interrelated stimuli and events that influence an individual's behavior in the present. The importance of translation across several domains of human activity will be discussed, and the conventional behavior analytic approach to analyzing speaker and listener roles in a verbal episode will be reviewed. Then, special characteristics of translation situations will be analyzed in terms of the role of individual contexts and meaning in acts of speaking/writing, listening/reading, and their interactions during translation. Finally, the role of context and meaning will be considered in three general translation situations: ordinary, technical, and artistic, each with specific aims and implications. The paper underscores the importance of considering context and aims as crucial factors influencing effective translation and communication.

 
We Aren’t Joking Around: A Behavior Analytic Conceptualization of Humor
Domain: Theory
JENNIFER A. WADE (Chestnut Hill College)
 
Abstract: Humor is an important characteristic of complex verbal behavior and interpersonal interactions. The current paper presents an original behavior analytic conceptualization of humor. Although verbal behavior of the speaker (or listener) is often identified as under multiple sources of control (Michael et al., 2011; Skinner, 1957), analysis of both members of the dyad can additionally identify sources of control for both members independently and overlapping sources of control as pertinent to both members of the dyad including the current environment and similarities in past history of both individuals. Thus, individuals are simultaneously both speakers and listeners but the dyad itself is also an important unit of analysis. Wade’s (2018) original conceptualization of flirtation is expanded to include an emphasis upon humor in dyadic interactions. Of emphasis is the role of verbal operants, mainly tacts and autoclitics, as operative in synonymous or roughly synonymous overarching reinforcement contingencies. By using such a model, humor can be analyzed across multiple time scales of analysis including single turns in conversation, single dyadic interactions, and repeated dyadic interactions. The relevance of such a model in describing humor in platonic interactions, romantic interactions, and entertainment (e.g., improvisation) will be discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #484
Barriers and Facilitators to Engaging With Behavior Analysis Services via Telehealth
Monday, May 27, 2024
12:30 PM–12:55 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 104 AB
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Aoife M. Ryan (Ability West; University of Galway)
 

Barriers and Facilitators to Engaging With Behavior Analysis Services via Telehealth

Domain: Service Delivery
AOIFE M. RYAN (Ability West; University of Galway), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Aoife McTiernan (University of Galway)
 
Abstract:

Telehealth involves the use of technology to provide services to those who are physically distanced from the clinician. Research suggests that there are some advantages to using telehealth to provide behavior analysis services, e.g., increased access to hard-to-reach populations, reduced travel time and travel-related costs, etc. However, not much is known about the barriers to engaging with online services. Research is necessary to better understand the current use of telehealth and the barriers and facilitators to adopting such methods into disability services from the perspective of key stakeholders, i.e., the behavior analysts (BAs) who provide the input, and the direct support staff (DSS) with whom the BA works. This study examines the perspectives of BAs and DSS on the use of telehealth to provide services. Data were collected via an anonymous online survey and focus groups. A mixed-methods design utilising quantitative and qualitative analysis was used to analyse the data. Difficulties with technology, lack of resources, and lack of time were the most reported barriers, and common facilitators were reductions in travel time and costs, increased access to clients, and increased availability. Future avenues for telehealth research in the provision of behavior analysis services will also be explored.

 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #483A
Author Signing
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

  • Dr. Julie Brandt
  • Dr. Jennifer Quigley
  • Dr. J. Chris McGinnis
  • Dr. David J. Palmer
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #483B
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A

Come to the lounge area and meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Authors:

  • T.V. Joe Layng
  • Trina Spencer
  • Tracey Shors
  • Nancy Marchand - Martella
  • Marco Tagliabue
 
 
Poster Session #484A
BPN Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Sean Regnier (University of Kentucky)
1. The Effects of Reacquisition Sessions on Cue-Induced Reinstatement of Alcohol-Seeking in Female Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
GINA L GRASMEDER (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Taryn Mackenzie Nardi (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Sean Regnier (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: The operant reinstatement model is commonly used to study relapse to drug seeking in animal models of substance abuse. Evidence of “order effects” following repeated reinstatement testing has been mixed with some studies showing decreases in responding across multiple tests and other studies failing to find this effect. In the present study, female rats (N = 14) were trained to lever press for ethanol (20% v/v). Drug delivery was accompanied by an audiovisual cue. Following 21 days of ethanol self-administration, responding was put on extinction (EXT) for 10 days. Each subject then completed three reinstatement tests, during which the previously drug-paired cue (but not the drug) was presented contingent on lever pressing. During the session immediately following Cue Tests 1 and 2, half of the animals were allowed to self-administer ethanol (“Reacquisition), while the remaining animals had a day off (“Standard”). Responding was then placed on EXT for 2–6 days before the next Cue Test. We hypothesize that (a) response rates will decrease across Cue Tests in the Standard group and (b) this “order effect” will be attenuated in the Reacquisition group.
 
2. Effects of Environmental Enrichment on Home-Cage and Operant 20% Ethanol Consumption in Male Long-Evans Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
CAMILLE LANSANG (The College of New Jersey), Andrew Velasquez (The College of New Jersey), Aneri Upadhyay (The College of New Jersey), Nikki Alexatos (The College of New Jersey), Margaret P. Martinetti (The College of New Jersey)
Discussant: Thomas R. Freeman (ABA Technologies Inc. - Florida Tech)
Abstract: Previous studies of environmental enrichment (EE), such as novel objects or manipulanda, have produced inconclusive findings regarding its effect on ethanol (EtOH) consumption. This study explored the effect of a crinkle-paper enrichment packet on EtOH consumption in home-cage and operant paradigms (Jeanblanc et al., 2019). Male Long-Evans rats (N = 36) were randomly assigned to an enriched (EE) group or control (CTRL) group at 8 weeks of age. Rats were given intermittent, two-bottle choice (IA2BC) access to 20% EtOH vs. water in the home cage for 24 hrs on Mon/Wed/Fri for 4 weeks. Thereafter, responding on FR schedules produced access to 20% EtOH via retractable sipper tubes (3-10 secs per reinforcer) across increasingly shorter sessions (4 hrs, 1 hr, 30 mins, 15 mins), with 15-min sessions modeling “binge-like” drinking. Overall, the EE rats consumed less EtOH (g/kg) compared with CTRLs in the 15-min, FR-3 operant sessions with 5-sec reinforcer deliveries. These findings suggest that EE reduces EtOH intake in male rats and provides the first test of the Jeanblanc et al. (2018) binge model using sipper-tube EtOH deliveries.
 
3. Ethanol Consumption Furing Intermittent Access is Not Correlated With Response Rates or Intake During Operant Self-Administration
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
TARYN MACKENZIE NARDI (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Sarah LeeAnne Charles (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Olivia M Kraynak (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Gina L Grasmeder (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Sean Regnier (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

One challenge in studying oral self-administration of alcohol in rats is establishing ethanol as a reinforcer. This has been accomplished using an intermittent access, 2-bottle choice (IA2BC) procedure. Here, we assessed the relation between intake during home cage access using the IA2BC and subsequent response rates during ethanol self-administration. As part of a larger project, female rats (N = 14) were given access to ethanol (20% v/v) for four weeks using the IA2BC procedure. They were then trained to lever press for ethanol in standard operant chambers and allowed to self-administer the drug during 1-h sessions for 21 days. Drug delivery was accompanied by an audiovisual cue. At the end of that period, lever pressing was placed on extinction for 11 days, which was followed by a series of three cue-induced reinstatement tests. Preliminary analyses failed to find a significant correlation between intake during IA2BC and response rates or ethanol intake during self-administration. Further, intake during IA2BC was not correlated with response rates during extinction or the first cue test, suggests that intake during periods of “free” consumption in home cages does not predict intake during operant self-administration or relapse to drug-seeking.

 
 
 
Poster Session #484B
EAB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
4. Evaluation of Effects of Response Effort on Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELIZABETH PAIGE THUMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Emma Auten (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)), Kyla Stephens (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tishera Owens (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jane Hilts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Resurgence is a common form of treatment relapse, therefore evaluating strategies to mitigate resurgence is a necessary area of research. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend previous research that has suggested that resurgence may be mitigated following differential reinforcement of an alternative response that is lower effort compared to a high-effort target response. With four participants, we compared two 3-phase resurgence conditions: an effort-manipulation condition and an equal-distance control condition. During the effort-manipulation condition, target and control responses were completed by traveling a farther distance (i.e., high effort) compared to an alternative response that could be completed on an operandum that was within arm’s reach (i.e, low effort). During the equal-distance control condition, participants travelled the farther distance to complete any of the responses. The proportion of target responding during the extinction test (i.e., phase 3) was lower during the effort-manipulation condition compared to the equal-distance control condition for all participants. Persistence of the lower-effort alternative response was observed across all extinction sessions in the effort-manipulation condition. This study provides further evidence that response effort is an important response dimension that has the potential to mitigate the resurgence of target responding and deserves additional attention in applied research.
 
5. Sooner and at an Additional Cost: Pre-Crastination in Rats and Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Bryana A Thieret (St. Lawrence University), Laken Mooney (West Virginia University), ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University)
Discussant: Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Abstract:

Pre-crastination has previously been defined as either doing something sooner with no additional cost (pre-crastinationnC) or doing something sooner at some additional cost (pre-crastinatioNC). There is minimal pre-crastinationC research using non-humans, which this research addresses and compares with pre-crastinationC in humans (n = 50) using Rosenbaum et al.’s (2014) “bucket study” methodology. Using a “hex nut-and-rod maze,” an original maze designed by the authors to mimic the bucket study task, twelve rats were trained to move a hex nut down a rod at different positions, and tested with two hex nuts at varying adjacent positions in a runway. Results showed rats tended to choose optimally (the hex nut closer to the goal) rather than pre-crastinateC, R2 = -.964, p < .001, which has been demonstrated in humans and was replicated here, R2 = .959, p < .001. Humans demonstrated strong evidence for a preference to pre-crastinateC when compared to chance (H0: μ = 0.5), t(49) = 5.64, p < .001, while rats chose optimally/did not pre-crastinateC, (H0: μ = 0.5), t(10) = -3.25, p < .001. Pre-crastinationC is a maladaptive behavior that requires additional research to understand, but our research clearly shows the phenomenon may be restricted to humans.

 
6. Evaluating Speech Disfluencies During Interviews: An Investigation of Renewal Following Awareness Training
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLA BRACCIO (UNCW), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kyla Stephens (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Makenna Stephenson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Corey Bates (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Amanda Wilriss (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The concept of renewal, which refers to the recurrence of a previously decreased target behavior following a change in context, may be important for training interview skills as there are often multiple contexts. Some studies have examined the use of behavioral skills training to improve interview content, however, there has been no research on the occurrence of speech disfluencies during interviews. Awareness training has previously been successful for decreasing speech disfluencies during public speaking. The goal of the current study was to examine the effects of awareness training on the rate of speech disfluencies during interviews across contexts. Baseline consisted of a series of mock interviews with a specific interviewer (i.e., Context A). We then conducted an awareness training procedure with participants and a novel interviewer (i.e., Context B). If their rate of speech disfluencies met a specified reduction criterion, participants returned to context A. If this rate maintained, participants then moved to a final generalization test in a completely novel context (i.e., Context C). It was hypothesized that awareness training would be effective in decreasing speech disfluencies during interviews and that renewal would occur after a change in context. Results and implications of outcomes will be discussed.

 
7. PyMTS: Creating a Python-Based Matching-to-Sample
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
ALCEU REGAÇO DOS SANTOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Filipe César Carvalho (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Abstract:

The development of updated, intuitive and accessible software plays a crucial role in the development of scientific knowledge. The absence of software can lead to delays in experimental work, limitations on research questions and the need to conduct table-top procedures (that are more susceptible to human error). Considering the lack of free and open-source program of Matching-to-Sample (MTS) procedure, we developed PyMTS, a software based in Python programming language. PyMTS is an executable file that runs a program based in the information provided in specific folders. The software, designed to be simple and lightweight (not requiring a lot of computer performance), can be used on any Windows computer. Different parameters can be manipulated, with a special focus on variables relevant to stimulus equivalence research. We hope that this software will help other researchers by making it easier to plan MTS procedures and establishing cooperation in the development of better procedures within behavior analysis.

 
8. Using a Virtual Reality Paradigm to Assess Relapse of Undesirable Teacher Responding
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KYLA STEPHENS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kayla Braccio (UNCW), Corey Bates (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elham Ebrahimi (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jane Hilts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mercedez Machinski (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The treatment of challenging behaviors has been studied extensively in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Previous research has demonstrated that when child challenging behavior relapses, it may be due to caregiver nonadherence to the treatment plan (i.e., relapse of caregiver undesirable responding). The present study expanded on previous laboratory models of caregiver nonadherence. We extended the study of caregiver nonadherence to teacher responding in a resurgence procedure. Utilizing Virtual Reality (VR) technology, we immersed participants in a virtual classroom environment and manipulated student behavior. A brief functional analysis (FA) was conducted to determine if social negative reinforcement maintained undesirable teacher responding (i.e., reprimands for out-of-seat student behavior). Participants then were exposed to a three-phase resurgence procedure. In Phase 1, undesirable responses were reinforced. Prior to Phase 2, we conducted a brief training on differential reinforcement procedures with the teachers. In Phase 2, desirable teacher responding (i.e., praise for in-seat student behavior) and undesirable behavior was reinforced Lastly, in Phase 3, to examine treatment adherence, both desirable and undesirable responding was placed on extinction. Results and implications will be further discussed.
 
9. Prevalence Effects on Discrimination Learning in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN BROWN (Central Michigan University), Katie Monske (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Discussant: Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Abstract:

In humans, reducing the prevalence of a stimulus can drastically alter measures of its detectability. Two contrasting effects have been reported in the literature. One effect is a decrease in stimulus reporting, and another is an increase in stimulus reporting. The purpose of this study is to replicate the findings from human research in rats. Using the conditional discrimination procedure of Fox, Smethells, and Reilly (Experiment 1, 2013), rats were trained to discriminate between high and low (1 and 5 Hz) flash rates of a stimulus light at either 10% or 50% prevalence of the 5-Hz flash rate. Rats trained in the 50% prevalence condition show high degrees of accuracy for both flash rates whereas rats trained in the 10% prevalence condition tend to press the 1-Hz lever regardless of the Hz of the sample stimulus. Generalization gradients will be obtained using unreinforced probe trials. In Phase 2, the prevalence conditions will be switched for the two groups of rats and another series of probe trials will be presented. Overall it is expected that the rats will continue to underreport the 5-Hz stimulus because of the greater proportion of reinforcement received in the presence of the 1 Hz stimulus.

 
10. Examining Derived Relational Frames of Opposition Across Arbitrary Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MIRANDA MACAULEY (MacEwan University), Joel Roy (MacEwan University)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Understanding how the role of language is involved in possibly shaping certain psychopathology conditions or how the role of language is used during verbally-based “talk therapies”, is an important are of research (Stewart, 2018). According to Hayes (2004), Skinner stated that “a scientifically valid study of language and cognition was possible“, and therefore, “a door was opened by Skinner” to conduct an analysis of covert operants (private events) that Hayes has coined Relational Frame Theory. This study recruited approximately 50 undergraduate psychology students to participant in a matching task experiment using arbitrary stimuli and testing thecombinatorial mutual entailmentwhen the relational frame of opposites (i.e., hold and cold, love and hate) were paired with one half of the arbitrary stimuli sets. We have thus far had mixed results, with only half of the participants successfully matching the arbitrary images as opposites after training. Additional participants will be recruited, and an additional phase will be added to evaluate the effects of adding a language instruction that may increase success in the last phase or compete with participant self-generated language rules for matching the arbitrary stimuli.

 
11. A Retrospective Analysis of Function Change Across Repeated Functional Analyses in an Intensive Outpatient Clinic
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CASEY COGHLAN (University of Iowa), Alexander Pauls (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Discussant: Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Abstract: A functional analysis (FA; Iwata et al., 1994) is considered the gold standard of behavioral assessment as it shows causality. However, repeated FAs or follow-up behavioral assessments for individuals have rarely been examined in the extant literature. This is important as there is some literature demonstrating a change in behavior function across repeated FAs. As an example, some studies have demonstrated certain variables (e.g., psychotropic medication) result in function change. In contrast to function, other behavioral measures (e.g., preference assessments) have received ample attention regarding repeated measures and changes in outcome. It is important to understand the stability of an individual's behavioral function to provide effective treatment. This poster examines two individuals who exhibited self-injurious behavior (SIB) and had repeated FAs conducted over 12 months apart. The results of their FAs indicate a change in function. In addition to sharing the results of the FAs, this poster will discuss the implications for assessment, treatment, and repeated measures of severe and challenging behavior.
 
12. An Examination of Control Conditions During Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JIALONG ZHEN (University of Florida), Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Resurgence describes the reappearance of a previously extinguished target response when conditions worsen for an alternative response. The present crowdsourcing experiments examined control conditions used in the study of resurgence. Experiment 1 arranged during Phase 1 both the presence and absence of (1) target training and (2) alternative-response availability. Two distinct control responses with 50% opacity were available for all groups but never produced reinforcement. Upon removing alternative reinforcement from Phase 2 to 3, only the group with an alternative response in Phase 1 exhibited significantly higher target versus control responding. Experiment 2 extended these findings by examining whether increases in target versus control responding was affected by changeover requirements (COR) of zero (always dim), one, or three responses to increase control-button opacity from 50% to 100%. Only CORs of zero and three produced differential increases in target versus control responding during extinction testing. Overall, these findings suggest the similarity of training to testing conditions influence increases in target and control responding during tests of resurgence.

 
14. Evaluating the Influence of Reinforcer Quality on Escape Recovery of Roly Polies (Ardmadillium Vulgare)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAITLYNN FRANKS (Missouri State University), Katelyn Long (Missouri State University), Katelyn Frahm (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Brandon Patrick Miller (University of Kansas)
Abstract: In the field of behavior analysis, invertebrate species are often subjects of scientific study due to their lack of a brain. However, the Armadillium vulgare species has yet to be utilized as subject of behavior-analytic interventions. Roly Polys are recognized for their escape-maintained behavior of rolling into a ball to escape aversive stimuli, as observed in their natural environments (Schotte, 2006). Uniquely, whenever these invertebrates roll up, they are unable to access the reinforcers within their environment. To determine the extent to which the Roly Poly engages in escape-maintained behavior, potentially motivated by access to preferred reinforcers, the present study implemented a multielement by environment design. Results supported by a preference assessment indicated potential preferences for specific environmental reinforcers, indicative of their lack of time spent engaging in escape-maintained rolling position and a faster rate of unrolled behavior. Implications of the present study extend to the clinical setting of understanding how the strength of an aversive stimulus within one context outweighs the strength of a reinforcer only available in that context. Ultimately, understanding the behaviors associated with a reintroduction to a previously aversive environment further informs behavior analysts how to personalize socially valid interventions. The project also shows a novel instructional strategy in behavior analysis programs.
 
15. What-Where-When Remembering in Rats using the Odor Span Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUCY KIRBY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kylie Quann (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University)
Abstract: Stimulus control by what, where, and when features of an event has been termed “episodic-like” remembering. We used the Rodent Odor Span Test (OST) to assess control by what-where-when stimulus properties. The OST is an incrementing non-match-to-sample procedure where selection of session-novel odors results in reinforcement; previously reinforced comparison odors do not. However, in this modification of the OST procedure, we trained three rats on the OST in two distinct apparatuses and transitioned between the contexts each day; selection of both session-novel and context-novel odors resulted in reinforcement. Rats showed high accuracy on session-novel and context-novel trials. An additional transition was added for two rats; these rats were transitioned twice during a daily testing session (Context 1, Context 2, return to Context 1). In the return to Context 1, above chance performance on probe trials showed that context-novel accuracy was under contextual control rather than recent familiarity with the odors. These results suggest behavioral control by multiple stimulus properties consistent with behavioral models of episodic-like remembering. Such animal models have important clinical implications for developing treatments for disorders characterized by loss of episodic remembering, such as Alzheimer’s disease.
 
16. Contextual Control of Responding in Rats: Evidence for Episodic Remembering
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SKYLAR MACKENZIE MURPHY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Grace Barnes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Eric Groovin Van Leuven (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Agastya Atluri (UNCW), Madeline Spencer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rebecca Collins (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Discussant: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: There are very few studies of 5-term contingencies or contextual stimulus control in animals. In the present study, two different contexts were created within operant chambers (Constant light v. Blinking light and clicking sound) and an incrementing non-matching-to-sample procedure was arranged in both contexts to create the 5-term contingency. Responses to the first presentation of each odor in each context (S+) were reinforced on a fixed-interval 5-s schedule; repeated presentations of the same odor (S-) in the same context were not reinforced. Across the study, two, three, or four context changes were successively programmed within 48 trial sessions. Probe tests were conducted to evaluate item-in-context remembering and rats showed above chance accuracy demonstrating control by the 5-term contingency which can be taken as evidence of episodic-like remembering. Two features of the results were puzzling: First, accuracy declined on probe test performance as more context changes were introduced, and second, probe accuracy declined as the retention interval increased. These two features of the results were inconsistent with previous findings and additional research is needed to determine potential variables involved.
 
17. Nutrition Discounting and the Multiplicative Influence of Cost and Delay on Health-Related Choices
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KAITLYN HUI (Missouri State University- student), Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services)
Abstract: The present study extended existing empirical research on health-related choices as analyzed from a behavioral economic framework as well as research on multiple context control (Belisle et al., 2020). Undergraduate participants were presented with a series of hypothetical concurrent choices between nutrient dense and low-calorie meals (NDLC) and nutrient lean and high-calorie meals (NLHC), isolating the subjective value of nutrition as a commodity. Both price and delay were systematically increased on the NDLC (i.e., own-price) in order to evaluate the relative influence of both variables on health-related choices, adopting a generalized discounting framework of time and cost (Hursh & Schwartz, 2022). Increases observed in delay and cost both predicted a decrease in selection of the NDLC option and these two factors operated multiplicatively in a combined hyperbolic (delay) * hyperboloid (cost) model. Results both replicate and extend previous research in the field on multiplicative discounting frameworks to analyze health-related choices.
 
18. Evaluating the Influence That Probability of Harm to Self Versus Others Has on Ethical Decision Making of Undergraduate Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLYN PICALLO (University of Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida), Hanna Vance (University of Florida), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College)
Discussant: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Behavioral practitioners may consult the BACB's ethics code, previous training, and personal experiences to navigate ethical dilemmas. However, little is known about how antecedent and consequence environmental variables influence ethical decision making (such as social and cultural variables). This study represents an initial step in evaluating the suitability of choice procedures to study culturally mediated ethical decision making with behavior analysts. We adapted the procedure used by Cox and Javed (2023) to present participants with a choice task via Qualtrics. Participants were presented with a scenario of an ethical dilemma and were asked to choose among two alternatives that varied in terms of probability of harm to self and harm to others across trials. We found that as the probability of harm for not ‘taking action' (in response to an ethical dilemma) increased, participants were less likely to select the alternative response option of ‘waiting it out’ and instead tended to choose to ‘take action’ in these scenarios. This effect was more pronounced when there was a risk of harm to others. By examining the factors that shape ethical decisions, researchers can contribute to the development of more informed and nuanced guidance for practitioners, fostering ethical conduct within the profession.

 
19. A Collaborative Approach to Developing a Comprehensive Data Collection Program for Examining Self-Injury Topographies
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
CONNOR VERRA (University of Florida), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Justin Boyan Han (University of Florida), Kiersten Strickland (USF - UFCAN), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services)
Abstract: In the realm of behavioral analytic assessment of self-injury, the acquisition of data beyond conventional metrics necessitates the enhancement of data collection and analysis systems. This study demonstrates the process of an interdisciplinary collaboration with experts in computer programming to leverage their skills to create those systems. The initial phase of program creation involved the development of a back-end demonstration, executed through a command line interface, to conceptualize the application's functionality. This served as a foundation for implementing essential features, such as the storage and recording of client data and the user-friendly editing of data during and post-assessment sessions. Subsequently, attention shifted to the front-end development, focusing on user interaction aspects. This encompassed the design of menus, integration of buttons, and the translation of traditional body map charts into a digital format. The initiative presented elucidates the collaborative journey across disciplines, culminating in a program designed for the comprehensive collection of data pertaining to the exploration of self-injury. The platform allows researchers to scrutinize response patterns across time, advancing our understanding of this complex behavioral phenomenon.
 
20. Effect of Endowment on Betting Behaviors Within Gambling
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ISAAC PIFER (Northern Michigan University), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Endowment, a tactic frequently used by casinos and, in the modern day, electronic gambling is the process of giving a person some starting funds to gamble with, in expectation that the person will continue to spend more money once those funds are spent. Although the laboratory setting can sometimes make gambling less authentic, the substitution of telling undergraduate students that they are gambling with their extra credit suffices as proper motivation. This experiment is to see whether endowment increases or decreases higher-risk betting on a digital slot machine. Participants will be randomly assigned to a control and experimental group. Both groups will perform a simple fast facts math worksheet at the start of the experiment. Then, the experimental group will be informed that their work earned them the credits they are playing with which will be shown as a percentage of the 5 extra credit points they earn while participating in the experiment. The control group will just be given the slot machine afterwards and no correlation between the two items. Both groups will start with fifty percent of their extra credit available to bet. After playing 15 rounds of the slot machine both groups will be told they can play as long as they wish with a drop out button appearing on the screen. Before and after the experiment, a brief screening will be conducted in which the participant is asked about their perception of win rate and number of rounds. The results discussed will review the betting patterns of the control versus the experimental group alongside the information gathered from the screenings performed.

 
21. Incrementing Non-Matching-to-Sample in Rats: Generalization and Cross-Modal Transfer
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIC GROOVIN VAN LEUVEN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Eliza Behler (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services)
Abstract:

Previous experiments on concept learning in animals have largely used transfer tests with novel stimuli from the same modality as the training stimuli. It has been argued that using a modality different from the one used in training would be a stronger test of relational concept learning and generalization. As same/different concept learning has been previously demonstrated in rats using non-matching-to-sample tasks with olfactory stimuli, the goal of the current study was to investigate if rats could also learn an incrementing non-matching-to-sample task with 3D plastic objects as stimuli (3D Span Task) and if relational learning would then transfer to novel 3D stimuli and olfactory stimuli. In the 3D Span Task, responding to a session-novel shape stimulus was reinforced, but responding to a stimulus already encountered within a session was not reinforced. Four rats were trained on the 3D Span Task and all four rats performed the task with high accuracy. Three of the four rats showed generalized non-matching to novel 3D stimuli and two of the four rats showed immediate transfer to novel olfactory stimuli. Results suggest that relational learning can be demonstrated in a new modality and provide some evidence of cross-modal transfer of relational responding in rats.

 
22. Investigation of Resurgence Following Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction Using a Human Operant Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), AMANDA WILRISS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Rebeca Sofia Barba (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kyla Stephens (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tishera Owens (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jane Hilts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced response following a decrease in the reinforcement conditions of an alternative response. This phenomenon is studied by conducting a series of phases that include a condition in which the target response is reinforced, then training an alternative response, and finally extinction of responses. The present study investigated a four-phase procedure that replicated the typical applied procedure of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). The participants were university students. In Phase 1, participants were asked to earn as many points as possible by placing a ball into a basket. One point was delivered on a Fixed-Ratio (FR) 1 schedule. During Phase 2 (Pre-DRA), participants were prompted to engage in an alternative response (i.e., placing a ball into a second basket). Three points were delivered on an FR 1 schedule for each alternative response, and one point was delivered on an FR 1 schedule for each target response. Phase 3 was identical to Phase 2, except prompting was no longer provided. During Phase 4, no points were delivered for any response. Implications of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction and resurgence will be discussed.

 
23. Developing an Effective Estimation of Abilities in Physical Therapy Using Surface Electromyography and Behavioral Intervention
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ASHTON POLLACK (West Virginia University), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Discussant: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services)
Abstract: Behavioral components play a large role in health and wellness. The role of these components are becoming increasingly realized within the medical field. Physical therapy may be among the medical specialties to most benefit from a refocus on behavioral particulars. For instance, over 24 million Americans are affected by knee osteoarthritis, a disease commonly treated by total knee arthroplasty. While physical therapy is used to facilitate patients recovery following total knee arthroplasty, approximately 50% of patients never fully recover. Literature suggests that surface electromyographic biofeedback may be effective at improving recovery rates. However, results are often varied due to a lack of individualization. Previous work in our laboratory has developed an alternative approach to goal setting that relies on reinforcement procedures, the R-MVIC. The present study aimed to improve the current R-MVIC procedure by assessing the potential additive effects of a conjugate feedback schedule rather than a discrete feedback approach. Findings were assessed through an alternating treatment design across 12 participants. Peak amplitude was found to be greatest in the conjugate feedback condition for 8 of the 12 participants. However, no difference was found when average peak amplitude was compared. This study provides moderate evidence in favor of conjugate feedback.
 
24. Calculating Area Under Curve in Behavior Analytic Delay Discounting Studies: A Technical Comparison
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Mariah Dixon (Emergent Learning), ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Delay discounting is a well-studied phenomenon in behavior analytic research, reflecting the decrease in the perceived value of a reward as the delay to its receipt increases. This concept is central to understanding individual differences in impulsive behavior and has applications in areas ranging from addiction studies to financial decision-making. Accurately measuring delay discounting is crucial for these applications. Among multiple analytical methods, the area under the curve (AUC) is most commonly used as an index for impulsivity. Despite its widespread use, a notable gap in literature is that most studies do not report the exact method when calculating such an index. The current poster provided a review of commonly used methods to calculate AUC in delay discounting studies and contrasted their accuracy using a set of data obtained from a previous study. Results showed differing degree of over and under estimation when compared with the mathematical value. Implications for reporting and interpreting AUC values in delay discounting studies were discussed.
 
25. Effects of Stimulus Control on Responding During a Resurgence Test
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CAMERON MONTGOMERY SCALLAN (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services)
Abstract: Most resurgence research has focused on measuring response strength and order of reappearance during a resurgence test. However, less attention has been paid to how stimulus control develops during the acquisition phase. The current study investigated whether differences in stimulus control during acquisition affected the frequency of each response during a resurgence test. Using the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL), the experimenter trained undergraduate students to emit four behaviors with a toy car. Three (push, spin, shake) were taught with the car upright and one (flip) with the car upside down. During a resurgence test, the behaviors were placed on extinction for one minute with the car beginning in an upright position. Participants emitted the three “upright” behaviors in order of recency while skipping the “flip” behavior. In some cases, participants never flipped the car. In other cases, participants flipped the car later during extinction after engaging in untrained behaviors (extinction-induced variability). These results demonstrate that participants learned a stimulus-response relationship (e.g., flip an upside-down car), rather than learning a topography (e.g., flip), supporting previous research suggesting what is learned is a behavior-environment relationship (see Donahoe, et al., 1997; Ray, 1969).
 
26. An Investigation of Resurgence in a Human Operant Continuous Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
REBECA SOFIA BARBA (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kyla Stephens (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kayla Braccio (UNCW), Amanda Wilriss (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Behavioral relapse is defined as the recurrence of a behavior following a period of extinction. There are factors that have been shown to lead to the relapse of behavior. Often when in the process of extinguishing a behavior an alternative behavior is taught and reinforced. If reinforcement for the alternative response worsens, recurrence of the target response is often observed (i.e., resurgence). One obstacle in human operant research is the extinction of the target behavior. Therefore, the current study was conducted to examine if target responses would extinguish using a continuous resurgence procedure. College students were recruited as participants. Each participant experienced three sequential phases, each lasting three minutes: Baseline, differential reinforcement of an alternative behavior (DRA), and Extinction (EXT). The transition between the DRA and the EXT phase was not signaled. At the start of every session, only the target basket was present and was reinforced with one point on a fixed ratio 1 (FR 1) schedule during baseline. During the DRA phase, the alternative response was introduced and responses for the target response were extinguished. In the EXT phase no responding received reinforcement. Each participant completed three sessions. Results and implications will be discussed.
 
28. Seeking Functional Relations With Competitive Golfers
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT A O'DONNELL (S.A.O.B.A., LLC), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Antonio M. Harrison (Renaissance Behavior, LLC)
Discussant: Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Several core concepts in behavior analysis would be relevant in an approach to golf: shaping, variability, and the categorization of behavior by function over topography. With sparse behavior analytic golf research, a translational investigation was conducted to replicate and extend Skinner (1938) with human subjects, substituting lever press force for distance to the hole. The effect of shaping on variability was investigated and functional relations were sought between golf-related dependent and independent variables even though topography, or form, was not measured. Two amateur competing golfers hit shots with an 8-iron on an indoor golf simulator. A range-bound changing criterion design (RBCC) advanced mastery criteria to investigate shaping accuracy at shorter distance goal conditions of 25 yd (22.86 m), 50 yd (45.72 m), and 75 yd (68.58 m) interspersed with baseline and probes to an out-of-range target at 200 yd (182.88 m). Participants earned gift cards at reduced distances by making three or four consecutive shots within a specified range (criteria). During data analysis, accuracy was proxied by subtracting remaining distance from the target distance, resulting in progress to the target (accuracy considering distance) allowing for comparisons of performance at different target distances. Results of the changing criterion design indicate immediate changes in participant progress to target corresponding with changes in target distance with few overlapping data points, suggesting a functional relation. Results of the shaping procedures indicated participant accuracy improved within conditions, but similar to the results of Skinner, regressed when criteria became too difficult. Maximum 8-iron progress improved for one participant but declined for the other participant. Overall, the investigation potentiates the unique role behavior analysts can serve to improve golfer performance.

 
 
 
Poster Session #484C
PCH Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Amelia Skye Nelson (Florida Institute of Technology)
29. Motivating Operations and Discriminative Stimuli: Functions of Events, Not Operations/Stimuli
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
DANIEL ECHEVARRÍA-ESCALANTE (University of Nevada Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Amelia Skye Nelson
Abstract: In behavior analytic theory, the three-term contingency continues to serve as the primary construct for conceptualizing behavior-environment relations. Within this, the context in which behavior occurs in the moment (“antecedents”) is traditionally divided into two major classes of objects/events: discriminative stimuli (SDs) and motivating operations (MOs). This poster will examine issues surrounding this distinction and consider implications. One issue that is often unacknowledged is that the terms MO and SD are descriptions of the stimulating functions of objects/events, i.e., they describe how behavior is coordinated with certain objects/events and the historical circumstances under which they entered into this relationship, and not just the objects/events themselves. From this perspective, any stimulus object/event can (and often does) have multiple functions. We provide examples of circumstances appearing in the empirical literature in which stimulus objects/events an observer may consider to be MOs may also have discriminative functions and vice versa. We also present evidence that in addition to these other functions, MOs may elicit interoceptive stimuli that can acquire discriminative functions similar to exteroceptive stimuli. Finally, we suggest that many events having MO functions are not readily characterized as “operations,” especially those related to biological/physiological events.
 
30. The Consequences of Canalization: Selection and the Analogous Origins of Instinct and Habit
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
WILLIAM DAVID STAHLMAN (University of Mary Washington)
Discussant: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Behavior, once variable, becomes stereotyped and inflexible when its controlling contingencies are invariant. The regular and predictable consequences of an operant class renders performance insensitive to subsequent manipulations (e.g., reinforcer devaluation, omission). These effects have been commonly described as evidence of a shift from "goal-directed" behavior—in which action is a function of an organism's expectation—to "habitual" behavior governed by stimulus-response associations. I present here an alternative interpretation that centers on selection in ontogeny, and its resemblance to natural selection. Fixed phylogenic behavior (i.e., instinct) may have origins in the flexible behavior of ancestors. Similarly, fixed ontogenic behavior (i.e., habit) has origins in variable operant behavior. Irrespective of the substrate, selection appears to demand the transition from flexible to inflexible adaptive behavior. When we acknowledge the competition between behaviors controlled at different levels of selection, we may interpret the field of goal-directedness and habit without any appeals to associative terms or to expectancies.
 
31. Blending Evolutionary Science and Behavior Analysis: Science of the Noosphere Master Class
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN ROSE HUTCHISON (Missouri State University), David Sloan Wilson (Binghamton University), Sage Gibbons (Prosocial World), Beth Hawkins (ProSocial World), Ellen Rigsby (St. Marys College), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Amelia Skye Nelson
Abstract: In 1955, Pierre Teilard de Chardin coined the term “noosphere”, a word he used to describe the evolution of human thought. In 2021, David Sloan Wilson published an article drawing parallels between modern evolutionary science and Teilhard’s writings. In June of 2023, a 10-week masterclass was developed and led by Wilson, that aimed to place Teilhard’s concept of the noosphere on a firm scientific foundation, while also acting as a research program in worldview evolution. Multiple theories and methodologies were drawn upon in the development of the research program including natural language analysis, dual inheritance theory, and behavior analysis including relational frame theory. Sources of data included weekly reflections, Zoom recordings and transcripts, pretest/posttest psychometric surveys, and a daily measure survey adapted from the Process Based Assessment Tool. There was a total of 100 class members that consented to participate in the research study aspect of the class. Preliminary results show resistance to worldview change, high engagement from participants, an increase in social connectedness, and spontaneous development of learning-to-action groups. Implications for embedding research design in pedagogy and a behavioral perspective in cultural evolution will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission 32. Looking Into the Perspectives of Latino Families Receiving Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services From a Latino-Based Company
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
ADRIANA PEREIRA (Amigo Care ABA), Nicole Marie Burke (Amigo Care ABA), Tatiana Castillo (Amigo Care ABA), Melissa Theodore (May Institute), Alex Arevalo (Amigo Care ABA; Western New England University)
Discussant: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Recent studies have aimed to uncover the perspectives and attitudes of Latino families receiving applied behavior analysis (ABA) services, seeking a deeper understanding of the barriers they face when accessing these services for their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Castro-Hostetler et al., 2023). Surveys have underscored a significant obstacle: the language gap between service providers and clients. This challenge arises from variations in language proficiency between practitioners and the families receiving services (Castro-Hostetler et al., 2023). Additionally, disparities in cultural practices between clinicians and clients have proven to be an additional hurdle. Amigo Care, a home-based company, was established with the mission to break barriers in providing ABA services to Latino families in Maryland. A comprehensive survey was developed in order to gain insights on the perspectives of Latino families when materials, intake specialists, and clinicians are offered in Spanish. The objective is to enhance our understanding of how these families perceive the efforts made towards cultural responsiveness and to identify areas where further improvements may be necessary. This initiative reflects a commitment to fostering inclusivity and ensuring that ABA services are tailored to meet the unique needs of Latino families in the region.

 
33. Accessibility of Behavior Analysis in Rural Communities: A Systematic Review
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
MADISON HALE IMLER (University of Missouri - Columbia), John Augustine (University of Missouri - Columbia)
Discussant: Amelia Skye Nelson
Abstract:

Individuals living in rural communities are often faced with unique challenges that limit their accessibility to beneficial behavior-analytic services. These challenges can include but are not limited to geographical isolation, limited resources, and insufficient access to specialized professionals. Additionally, despite the increasing number of certified professionals in the field of behavior analysis, there are still deficits in accessibility across the country (Yingling et al., 2023.) The purpose of this article was to conduct a systematic review to evaluate the current state of the literature regarding the implementation and/or the accessibility of behavior-analytic interventions for rural populations. Given that a primary barrier to accessibility can be the considerable geographical distance between behavior analytic services and rural communities the current study specifically evaluated the implementation variables used to address this geographical barrier. As a result, implications for increasing the accessibility and awareness of behavior-analytic interventions in rural communities are discussed. Specifically as it relates to supporting individuals and their families that are impacted by the rural communities in which they live.

 
34. Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior: A Review of the Literature
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
TIA HORN (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Debra Paone (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement (DR) has been a cornerstone for interventions for challenging behavior for decades (Jessel & Ingvarsson, 2016; Poling & Ryan, 1982). Multiple variations of DR have been used for the successful treatment of challenging behavior (e.g., DR of other behavior/DRO, DR of alternative behavior/DRA). While differential reinforcement has been extensively studied, DR of incompatible behavior (DRI) has received much less attention in recent decades. In the current review, we conducted a comprehensive search for studies using DRI in multiple databases, including PsychINFO/PsychARTICLES, and EBSCOhost [Academic Search Complete and ERIC]. Articles were screened to include only articles where DRI was used alone or as part of an intervention package, and had an adequate single-case design evaluating its effectiveness. Overall, 81 articles were screened in the review. Of those 81 articles, 23 contained evaluations of DRI alone or in a package with an adequate single-case design. Overall, results regarding the efficacy of DRI were mixed. Procedural variations appeared to contribute to the effectiveness of DRI. In many cases, the incompatible behavior targeted for reinforcement was not “incompatible”, but was a “competing” response. Further analysis revealed that DRI procedures using incompatible responses were more effective than those using competing responses.
 
 
 
Poster Session #484D
EDC Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
35. College Students Self-Management
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (University of Central Oklahoma), Lexus Slawson (University of Central Oklahoma), Heather Rhodes-Newby (University of Central Oklahoma)
Discussant: Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Abstract: College students frequently encounter stressors associated with academic life, impacting their overall well-being and academic performance. This study explores the efficacy of self-management as an alternative for addressing these challenges. The self-management approach involves (1) selecting a target behavior for change, (2) recording its occurrence, (3) establishing and progressively increasing a reachable criterion, (4) choosing a reward or reinforcer for the target behavior, and (5) monitoring and adjusting the strategy as needed. Ten college students participated in a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across behaviors. Participants received instructions on self-management principles, collected baseline and intervention data, and engaged in weekly discussions about their progress and challenges with a researcher. Preliminary findings from one participant indicate a decrease in the target behavior from Baseline 1 to Intervention 2, suggesting that college students can acquire self-management skills to address behavioral needs. However, the study faced limitations, including extensive participant commitment leading to increased attrition.
 
36. Effects of Concrete and Virtual Manipulatives on Solving Algebraic Equations by Students With Disabilities
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Jessica Thomas (Auburn University at Montgomery), SARA C. BICARD (Auburn University at Montgomery), Kate Simmons (Auburn University at Montgomery)
Discussant: Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This study is a replication of Satsangi, Bouck, and Roberts (2016) with three 6th grade students with learning or intellectual disabilities who received special education services in a large suburban school. A single subject alternating treatments design was used to analyze the effects of concrete and virtual manipulatives on the percent of correctly solved one and two-step linear algebraic equations. Concrete manipulatives involved physically manipulating algebra tiles to solve an equation. Virtual manipulatives were computer-based algebra tiles presented on a website. Students had access to concrete and virtual manipulatives to solve algebraic equations during baseline. During intervention phase, virtual and concrete manipulatives randomly alternated to assess student performance. The last phase consisted of the best treatment only. All students exceeded their average baseline scores using both forms of manipulatives across intervention and best treatment phases. The average Percentage of Non-overlapping Data across participants (90%) and a combined weighted average Tau-U (0.93) confirmed concrete manipulatives as a highly effective intervention for all students and virtual manipulatives as a highly effective intervention for two of the three students. Interobserver-agreement for 30% of the sessions ranged from 83.5% to 100% across participants. Treatment integrity was 100% for all three students in this study.

 
37. Values-Based Self-Management Intervention for High School Students: Fostering Psychological Flexibility and Goal Attainment
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR CARROLL (Missouri State University), Blayne Stemple (Missouri State University), Ryan Moser (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program)
Discussant: Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Abstract: Self-management is defined as the personal application of behavior change tactics to achieve a desired change in behavior (Cooper et al. (2007). Self-management skills have been shown to target increase in productivity, goal attainment, and contribution to society by individuals (Marshall, 2022). Values-based self-management integrates the profound desires and core yearnings an individual possesses with the crucial habits acquired through self-management practices and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy / Training. In the present study, we adapted VBSM to support three high school-age students who attended a specialized school for disabilities and mental health services. Interviews were conducted to select personalized accelerative targets for each participant and a LIFE curricular program was adapted to teach the participants to self-monitor their behavior in the natural environment. VBSM was then designed to increase the accelerative target while increasing psychological flexbility for the participants. Results supported the efficacy of this adapted intervention program delivered through telehealth that is highly individualized to promote value-consistent behavior for adolescents with disabilities and mental health challenges.
 
39. Effects of Digital Token Economies on Students' Problem Behavior and Academic Engagement
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SILJA DIS GUÐJÓNSDÓTTIR (Behavior Analyst and Consultant at Kopavogur Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland)
Discussant: Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of individualized token reinforcement systems, administered with the Beanfee application, on persistent problem behavior and lack of academic engagement of four 7- to 10-year-old male students in inclusive classrooms in Iceland. After behavioral expectations and goals had been established, teachers and students independently evaluated target behavior at the end of each lesson through the Beanfee application, and students earned bean tokens for honest evaluations and meeting expectations. Parents checked assessments through the Beanfee application at home and provided backup reinforcers when their child had earned sufficient tokens to purchase a reward in the electronic Beanstore. Intervention for each participant lasted 4-6 weeks. A multiple baseline design across participants showed that implementation of Beanfee led to clear reductions in disruptive behavior, measured with partial-interval recording, and increases in academic engagement, measured with whole-interval recordings. On average, disruptive behavior decreased by 66.9% and academic engagement increased by 150%. Assessments of procedural fidelity and social validity of Beanfee were high. Results indicate that individualized Beanfee token reinforcement systems administered by teachers in collaboration with students and their parents, can reduce persistent problem behavior and promote academic engagement in inclusive classrooms.
 
40. Using Self-Monitoring and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior Without Extinction to Increase On-Task Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KALEIGH CERNOSEK (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

High-risk youth who experience emotional, mental, or behavioral disturbances are often placed in residential care. Implementing escape extinction is not always feasible or appropriate in residential care and can be counter-productive if not implemented with high fidelity. However, manipulating the parameters of reinforcement (rate, quality, magnitude, immediacy) may be an effective alternative to extinction. Additionally, previous research has shown that self-monitoring can promote on-task behavior for individuals with emotional and behavioral disorders. We evaluated the effects of self-monitoring and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior without extinction to increase on-task behavior during educational tasks in a 13-year-old male residing at a psychiatric residential treatment facility. During baseline, the participant engaged in on-task behavior during 0% of the intervals. During the intervention phase, on-task behavior increased during both morning and afternoon observations. Results suggest that when extinction is not feasible, alternative strategies may be successful in reducing inappropriate behavior and increasing appropriate behavior.

 
42. Key Principles of Applied Behavior Analysis as Learned, Applied, and Experienced From Pre-K Thru High School: From Perspectives of Dad, Daughter, Family, and Friends
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Once aware of the power of the principles of behavior systematically applied to help to understand, explain, and predict behaviors, overt and private, those such experiences cannot help but to shape perspectives, grind the lens, by which a parent, or a child, learns to see the world. Modeling, exposure in the natural everyday setting, eventually allows deconstruction of events to the level of factors to understand the past or modify the future, be it the trajectory of ones child, or an event of world history. The 18 years of interactions, noticing patterns of behaviors, habits, offered a lifetime of opportunities for a child and parent to notice such patterns, and eventually explain and predict such patterns automatically, as the habit itself of doing so became "second nature," the neural mechanisms for doing so remaining intact reinforced naturally even when not intending to "apply behaviorism," and even phases of rejecting it. While the Dad/behaviorist was privileged to have had many outstanding ABA instructors, some of the greatest understanding of the real world application of the principles of behavior were taught by the growing daughter behaviorist. Behavioral Momentum, Successive Approximations, and Token Economies transformed from ideas on posters, to common explanations of everyday life. this presentation shares many more principles from the unique shared dad/daughter perspective from Pre k thru college application

 
43. Evaluating Computer-Assisted Relational Training in Educational Settings: A System-Level Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago), KAITLIN M. PRECIADO (Emergent Learning), Jennifer Koenig (Highland Community Unit School District #5), Mark R. Dixon (Emergent Learning)
Discussant: Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Abstract:

There has been an increasing presence using electronic data collection (EDC) among applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Studies show that both generic and custom-built proprietary software can effectively and accurately collect behavior data similar to traditional pen-and-paper data collection. The current poster evaluated the efficiency of computer-assisted relational training procedures in educational settings over an entire semester. In study one, an exploratory randomized trial was conducted using eight IEP-eligible students in a public school setting. Students were randomly assigned to either the control group or the experiment group. Through the course of three weeks, ABA instructions for students assigned to the experiment group transitioned to computer-assisted relational training. Results showed a significant increase in overall efficiency in relational training procedures compared with those in the control group (p = .003). Study two evaluated the overall outcome of a semester-long computer-assisted relational training procedure as well as its social validity and feasibility. Results from both studies suggested that EDC might offer unique benefits in extending relational training into educational settings. Implications of using EDC to assist relational training were discussed.

 
44. Informed Perspectives for Improving the Effectiveness of "Virtual Learning"/ "Teleteaching" for High School Students by Applications of Behavioral Principles: Suggested by the Targeted Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Covid 19 pandemic ushered in a new era in education. Many High School Seniors graduating this year were among the early cohorts of those blessed/cursed with the "Virtual Learning/Teaching" immersive experience. Students experienced the evolution of educational policies which were in many cases developed de novo over a holiday break, by teachers and administrators with widely varied experience, credentials, and resources for doing so, some of which worked out well, many less so, some of which could be described simply as “bad” or “detrimental.” High school seniors taking an elective year long course in psychology apply principles of behavior to the modification of behaviors associated with their virtual learning process. While typically teacher and administrator behaviors receive the greatest attention, comprehensiveness was enhanced by systematic application to multiple domains of humans, policies, subject matter, and special situations. Not surprisingly, the process provided unexpected and novel ideas, including targeting behaviors of individuals not typically included in such plans. Students are sometimes found to be quite vocal in sharing their opinions. Educators and policy makers would be wise teach principles of behavior, and then seek out and listen to the wisdom of those they target to teach.
 
45. Evaluation of the Concomitant Effects of Picture Exchange Communication System™ Protocol on Problematic Behavior Across the School Day
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHLOE NELL WISE (University of Georgia), Tyler-Curtis Cory Elliott (University of Georgia), Krystin Abt (Capella University), Madeline Drives (University of Georgia), Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Abstract:

The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) helps build a functional communicative repertoire, including requesting, thus acquisition of picture exchange may result in reductions in problematic behavior if the requests act as a replacement behavior. Current research provides inconclusive data regarding the impact of acquisition of picture exchange on problem behavior (absent additional intervention components). In addition, these studies collected behavior data for only 5-15 min sessions during or after PECS training. We taught four preschool students with autism to communicate using picture exchange using the PECS Phase I-IIIB protocol and collected data on their problem behavior across the day for at least 2 days a week for 4 months. The results suggest that the acquisition of picture exchange through Phase IIIB did not diminish problem behavior and thus may not reduce problem behaviors in schools independent of other intervention components. The acquisition of picture exchange through Phase IIIB across all participants did not result in an increase in problem behaviors, suggesting that PECS does not result in increased distress.

 
Diversity submission 46. The Effects of Direct Instruction Peer Tutoring on Basic Fact Memorization Across a Fourth Grade Class
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Kiley Purchio-Koenig (Gonzaga University & Cheney School District), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kegley Schuh (Gonzaga University)
Discussant: Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This study assessed the effects of Direct Instruction Peer Tutoring (Stein et al., 2018) on the automaticity and mastery of multiplication and division facts. In an inclusive, general education classroom, thirteen fourth grade students ranging in ability levels participated. The study utilized a single-case, multiple-probe design across math fact levels. Each participant was individually assessed and monitored using permanent product timed tests across four Direct Instruction Peer Tutoring levels, determined from a pretest. The dependent variable was the amount of correctly written products or quotients for the given basic facts. The independent variable was Direct Instruction Peer Tutoring utilizing a system of basic fact levels to promote retention across a math operation. The class was grouped into pairs with one peer monitoring their partner’s practice and providing corrective feedback. The study blended Direct Instruction Peer Tutoring with Response to Intervention and differentiation practices by providing individualized support across math operations, target levels, varied assessment timings, and self-monitoring. Results of the study indicated that Direct Instruction Peer Tutoring was highly effective with all participants increasing their accuracy and fluency of basic facts and maintaining mastery across four levels. Routine, repeated practice, immediate feedback, and individualized support contributed to this study’s success.

 
47. The Effects of a Token Economy System on the Talk-Out Levels by Two Middle School Students With Disabilities in a Self-Contained Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M NEYMAN (Gonzaga University), Catherine Martin (Gonzaga University), Amy Hansen (Gonzaga University), Lucille Holloway (Gonzaga University)
Discussant: Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Abstract:

This study’s purpose was to evaluate the effects of a Token Economy on decreasing the number of talk-outs by two 14-year-old middle school students in a self-contained classroom. One participant had an intellectual disability, and the other had ADHD. Both displayed high rates of talk-outs that disrupted the classroom and prevented learning. Within a reversal design, an event recording data system added the number of talk-outs during a 10-minute session. For intervention, the Token Economy system began with goal setting that session’s talk-out maximum number. Without interrupting the class, the researchers recorded each participant’s talk-outs for ten minutes. To earn a star, the session’s talk-out total had to be less than the goal specified at the beginning of the session. For every three stars earned, the participant had a choice to exchange his stars for one of five preferred items. If the session goal was not met, the participant did not earn a star. For both participants, high rates of talk-outs during baseline decreased to near zero levels during intervention. The Token Economy intervention proved successful in the classroom setting due to goal setting, explicit rules, contingent feedback, student voice, and choice of reinforcers.

 
 
 
Poster Session #484E
TBA Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Eric Anderson (Bowling Green State University)
Diversity submission 48. Promoting Cultural Responsiveness Through Training and Supervision
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH LOOMIS (University of Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida), Lauren Beaulieu (Newton Public Schools)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

Practitioners in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) encounter diverse client populations and must therefore be equipped to competently provide services across varied cultural groups. A diverse service population in combination with updated ethical guidelines for behavior analysts requiring the inclusion of cultural responsiveness, illustrates the need for curricula to develop culturally responsive practices. Unfortunately, there are currently no empirically validated approaches for increasing awareness, knowledge, and skills of cultural responsiveness in behavior analysts. Thus, an eight-hour training was developed on the topic of cultural responsiveness, comprised of cultural competence training, self-assessment, behavioral assessment and treatment, supervision, and ethics components. The purpose of this study was two-fold: (1) evaluate whether this eight-hour online course on culturally responsive behavior analytic practices would impact awareness and knowledge of participants, and (2) evaluate whether completing the online course would improve performance in clinical situations. Pre- and post-completion of the curricula, participants completed a survey, and a subset of participants provided a behavior sample (i.e., recorded video) to assess potential impacts on performance. Findings suggested that following the completion of the curricula, participants demonstrated increases in their knowledge of the material included in the course and self-rating of skills, but there were no significant increases in measured dimensions of cultural competence.

 
49. The Effect of Different Amounts of Feedback on Social Media Engagement
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MADISON DUKE (ABA Technologies), Kristin K. Myers-Kemp (ABA Technologies Inc. and FIT ABA Online)
Discussant: Eilis O'Connell-Sussman
Abstract: Behavior analysts on social media need to generate reinforcement for their audience through their posts, but identifying this reinforcement can be difficult. Though traditional preference assessments cannot be conducted through the internet, one way to measure the effectiveness of a social media post is through engagement rate (ER)- the number of interactions a post receives divided by the number of viewers who saw the post. ER can vary based on many factors, including the type of post. For those posting exam prep material for students of behavior analysis, ER may differ when encouraging community building, posting a test question, or providing feedback on a test question. Feedback posts provide additional information for the student, including the correct answer, clarifying definitions, and/ or why another answer was incorrect. It was noted that the amount of feedback affected ER in a private exam prep group (no demographics were collected on the group members). This poster systematically varied the amount of feedback provided within social media posts to examine the effect on ER. The findings showed that ER was higher for posts with more feedback than posts with less, suggesting students receive more reinforcement from posts with more information.
 
Diversity submission 51. Assessing Discriminatory Language: A Tool to Increase Comfortability and Competence
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH BROWN (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft), Jeff Schram (Bancroft)
Discussant: Eilis O'Connell-Sussman
Abstract:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs®) are likely to interact with a wide variety of individuals, many of whom do not share their racial or cultural identities (Conners, 2021), which may increase the need for specific training in professional interactions that are culturally sensitive and responsive. Gatzunis (2023) used Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to increase the empathetic and culturally responsive functional behavior assessment (FBA) interviewing skills of caregivers who did not share the identity of the interviewers. Similar skills may be required for FBA interviewing related to sensitive behaviors, such as client use of discriminatory language. In the current study, we used BST and an FBA interview script to teach interviewing skills related to derogatory or discriminatory behavior to BCBAs in a multiple-probe design. During baseline and post-training, participants conducted mock FBA interviews with a confederate caregiver over videoconference. Data were collected on 22 interview skills across three areas: assessment skills, cultural competency, and empathetic and compassionate interview techniques. Indirect assessments were used to evaluate participant self-rated competence in conducting an FBA of discriminative language before and after training. Results suggest that BST improved the interview skills of all participants, despite some BCBAs self-rating their competence high during baseline.

 
52. Teaching Practical Problem-Solving Skills to Individuals in Service Delivery
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH PARTHUM (Mount Saint Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University), David J. Cox (RethinkFirst; Endicott College)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract: This study determined the feasibility of teaching individuals in service delivery to solve practical ethical conflicts using the problem-solving methodology published by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). A multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used to evaluate the efficacy of the teaching procedure. Participants were presented with choice scenarios in the baseline, each describing an ethical conflict. They responded vocally with the course of action to solve the conflict and how to implement it. Next, in the pretraining phase, participants were presented with a problem-solving task analysis (PSTA) to resolve the conflict. In the training phase, modeling, replication, and feedback were employed to teach participants to use the PSTA. Finally, participants were presented with ethical conflict scenarios compiled by practitioners and asked again to resolve the ethical conflicts using procedures identical to the baseline. Across all phases, participants were scored on their accurate and independent use of the PSTA, choice of ethical response (descriptive ethics), and the rationale used to justify the choice response (normative ethics). Results provide implications for teaching decision-making skills to individuals in service delivery.
 
Diversity submission 53. Teaching Frontline Staff to Use a Culturally Responsive Approach During Reinforcer Interviews
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
IRIS MLAHYENOH SHERIFF (MSM), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Eilis O'Connell-Sussman
Abstract:

Cultural responsiveness is an ethical responsibility for behavior analysts that must be upheld according to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). Despite this guideline, behavior analysts may need to be adequately equipped to engage in a culturally responsive manner with service recipients. Previous studies have shown that behavior skills training (BST) can increase cultural responsiveness among practitioners (Gatzunis et al., 2023). Therefore, the purpose of the current study is to replicate and extend Gatzunis et al. (2023) by evaluating the effects of BST to increase practitioner cultural responsiveness in the context of completing the Reinforcer Assessment for Individuals with Severe Disabilities (RAISD, Piazza et al., 1996). A multiple baseline across participants’ designs was used to evaluate the effects of a remotely delivered BST package on the cultural responsiveness skills of graduate students. Following the training, a social validity assessment was delivered to assess participants’ impressions of the training. Results provide implications for developing the cultural responsiveness skills of behavior analysts in the context of completing the RAISD.

 
Sustainability submission 54. History of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Turkey: How Did It Start and How Is It Going?
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
FATIH ERDOGAN (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

ABA is a relatively new, popular, and controversial discipline in Turkey. Even if the first studies and books were published in the '90s, some scholars would mention the previously unpublished manuscripts. The study adopts the qualitative inquiry, and the interviews were conducted with the first scholars in Turkey. The participants, full-time professors in different universities, were determined by the purposive sample selection and the adapted snowball technique to reach each scholar. The study aims to enlighten the development of ABA in Turkey and seeks the following research questions: 1) How was it revealed, and what was the first action for ABA in Turkey? 2) How does ABA become visible, and which institutions, organizations, and people take roles? 3) How is going on about ABA in today: weaknesses and strengths? The data narrative analysis applies all interview transcripts, and the verbal history of ABA regenerates chronologically. The study can bring a new discussion about ABA development in Turkey.

 
 
 
Poster Session #484F
CSS Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida)
56. Behavioral Economics and Results of a Survey of Corruption and Government Satisfaction in Mexico
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
MARIA ELENA ELENA RODRIGUEZ PEREZ (University of Guadalajara), Ivan Arciniega (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Discussant: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions, LLC)
Abstract:

In Mexico, the National Institute of Statistics and Geography (INEGI) carries out a survey every two years on the quality and impact of government work (ENCIG: “Encuesta Nacional de Calidad e Impacto Gubernamental”). This survey investigates corrupt practices and satisfaction with services provided by the government. Although INEGI publishes a report, data is available to encourage analysis from different disciplines. In this work, principles of behavioral economics were used to offer a plausible explanation for the survey responses. For example, ENCIG 2021 data (answered by 39,930 residents across the country) showed that people reported different frequencies of corrupt acts depending on who would be involved in the report. When the corruption report included their participation, they reported less frequency. Results also suggested that belief in corruption in government processes is learned by reference (“hearing from someone else”) and not by direct experience. This is consistent with the assumption that individuals tend to find justifications for their dishonest actions. The analyzes performed not only provide empirical evidence for behavioral approaches to corruption, but can also help behavioral researchers design more ecological tasks to assess corruption. For example, interviewees' reports of trust in different social institutions would determine options used in a task.

 
Diversity submission 57. An Exploratory Survey of Latinidad in Behavior Analysis
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
SOFIA URDANETA VARGAS (University of Florida), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Denice Rios Mojica (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida)
Abstract: Latinos make up 18.9% of the US population and constitute a similar proportion of those working in the field of behavior analysis. However, little is known about their cultural values and how individuals approach their work. Because behavior analysts work closely with students and clients, their learning history and cultural values likely influence their behavior as mentors, supervisors, researchers, and clinicians (Beaulieu & Jimenez-Gomez, 2022). The purpose of this project was to survey the demographics, activities, roles and values of Latino behavior analysts through established instruments to better understand their cultural background. A Qualtrics survey was shared via social media and professional listservs. Eighty-six Latino individuals completed the survey. Demographic data indicated that participants tended to be women under the age of 45, who identified as White or “other” race (e.g., mixed, Mestiza) with light skin, of middle-class social positioning. More than half of the participants were born in the U.S., of whom approximately two thirds were second generation Latinos. This poster will summarize the results of the survey and implications for future research and service delivery. This work aims to promote cultural responsiveness to mitigate service barriers within Latino families and communities, such as language and personal understanding of cultural variables.
 
Diversity submission 58. Focus Groups to Culturally Tailor Digital Contingency Management for LGBTQ+ Smokers
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CASSANDRA O'HARA (University of Florida), Lauren Lightner (University of Florida), Isabella Ingrassia (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Discussant: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: Despite significant decreases in smoking prevalence during the last 50 years, smoking rates remain high for LGBTQ+ people compared to their non-LGBTQ+ peers (Buchting et al., 2017; Jamal et al., 2018; CDC, 2022). In addition, LGBTQ+ people have been largely excluded from research on smoking cessation interventions (Baskerville et al., 2017; Lee et al., 2014). Cultural tailoring of an evidence-based intervention is one method for addressing health inequities and increasing acceptability of the intervention (Butler et al., 2016; Chin et al., 2007; Torres-Ruiz et al., 2018). Contingency management (CM) is one of the most effective treatments for producing drug abstinence (Davis et al., 2016; Higgins et al., 2008). Digital CM is a promising extension of traditional CM that has been shown to decreases barriers while maintaining efficacy (Dallery et al., 2019). Therefore, in the present study, we aimed to identify what, why, when, and how to tailor the delivery of digital CM with LGBTQ+ people. We conducted three focus groups, including two groups with LGBTQ+ current or former smokers and one group with CM or behavior analytic experts. Data were analyzed using independent thematic analysis of de-identified focus group transcripts. Identified themes included the need for tailoring, importance of community support, and adding clear symbols of inclusion (e.g., rainbow flag) to materials. Results suggest that tailoring has promise as a way to reduce inequities in access to an evidence-based behavioral treatment for smoking cessation.
 
59. Evaluating the Effects of Advertising on Hypothetical Consumer Behavior Given Climate Anxiety Using Relational Density Theory
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN MOSER (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Lauren Rose Hutchison (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

nfluencing purchasing patterns of individuals can exert bottom-up economic pressure on corporations and investors to develop eco-friendly alternatives to existing products. The current study extends previous work in Young & McCoy (2016), Matthews et al (in press), and Hutchenson et al (2023), by evaluating and analyzing consumer choices of chocolate bars in attempts to increase sustainable consumption using Relational Density Theory (RDT). Before the study, participants were randomly split into four groups for stimuli training (Positive, Negative, Mixed, and Control). In the task they will be presented with pairwise combinations of images of chocolate bars with various advertising features. They will then be asked to make hypothetical purchasing selections. Following the task, each group will receive relational training using stimuli with differing functions, such as approach or avoid functions. Participants will then retake the same computerized task. Participants will also complete pre and post-test of assessments such as the climate anxiety questionnaire. Results have implications for applications of how climate anxiety can predict pro-environmental behavior. Discussion will highlight potential limitations, future research, and highlight the importance of pro-environmental behavior.

 
60. Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions - Incidental Teaching
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
VICTORIA ARAGON (University of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions, LLC)
Abstract:

Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBI) consists of behavioral and developmental interventions that are implemented in a natural setting to teach new skills and decrease challenging behaviors (e.g. aggression, flopping, screaming). This term was developed by Dr. Laura Schreibman in 2015 as a way to categorize interventions that share the same principles and methods. Previous research has proven Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions to be an effective and successful model of intervention for increasing motivation, skill acquisition, and appropriate behaviors. Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions. In this systematic review we summarized the research on one Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions - incidental teaching. The purpose of this review was to (a) evaluate the extent to which incidental teaching has been evaluated in the literature, (b) examine the characteristics of participants included in incidental teaching studies, and (c) evaluate the extent to which generalization has been studied in the incidental teaching research. In this presentation we'll discuss major findings and implications for research and practice.

 
61. Reducing Unnecessary X-Rays for Knee Arthrosis - A Single Case Design Study
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
SARA INGVARSSON (Karolinska Institutet), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet), Per Nilsen (Linköping University), Henna Hasson (Karolinska Institutet; Center for Epidemiology and Community Medicine), Hanna Augustsson (Karolinska Institutet; Center for Epidemiology and Community Medicine), Ulrica von Thiele (Mälardalen University)
Discussant: Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida)
Abstract:

The research field Implementation science has traditionally focused on the implementation of evidence-based practices, but the field has increasingly recognized the importance of addressing de-implementation (i.e., the process of reducing low-value care). Most studies on de-implementation strategies have used a combination of strategies without addressing factors that sustain the use of LVC and there is a lack of information about which strategies are most effective and what mechanisms of change might underlie these strategies. Applied behavior analysis is an approach that could be a potential method to gain insights into the mechanisms of de-implementation strategies to reduce LVC. Three research questions are addressed in this study: (1) What contingencies (three-term contingencies or rule governing behavior) related to the use of LVC can be found in a local context and what strategies can be developed based on an analysis of these contingencies? (2) Do these strategies change targeted behaviors? (3) How do the participants describe the strategies’ contingencies and the feasibility of the applied behavior analysis approach? Method In this study, we used an applied behaviors analysis to analyze contingencies that maintain behaviors related to a chosen LVC, the unnecessary use of X-rays for knee arthrosis within a primary care center. Based on this analysis, strategies were developed and evaluated using a single-case design and a qualitative analysis of interview data. Results Two strategies were developed: a lecture and feedback meetings. The results from the single-case data were inconclusive but some of the findings may indicate a behavior change in the expected direction. Such a conclusion is supported by interview data showing that participants perceived an effect in response to both strategies. Conclusion The findings illustrate how applied behavior analysis can be used to analyze contingencies related to the use of LVC and to design strategies for de-implementation. It also shows an effect of the targeted behaviors even though the quantitative results are inconclusive. The strategies used in this study could be further improved to target the contingencies better by structuring the feedback meetings better and including more precise feedback.

 
62. Success Markers Among Survivors of Human Trafficking: A Preliminary Housing Program Evaluation
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
MARISSA DEL VECCHIO (University of South Florida), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida), Shelly Wagers (University of South Florida), Kaleigh Cernosek (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Marqueline Cenatus (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions, LLC)
Abstract:

Human trafficking (HT) programs often lack well-defined goals, fail to record data directly from survivors and do not assess enhancements to survivors’ quality of life (Krieger et al., 2022). To address the lack of research surrounding effective program evaluations, this project aimed to evaluate an HT housing program in southern Florida guided by recommendations from Macy et al. (2022). A retrospective analysis of 63 case files was conducted to evaluate the level to which wrap-around service provision resulted in successful completion of the program. Successful completion of the program required that survivors demonstrated effective finance management and were able to acquire and maintain housing and employment. Following preliminary data analysis for six case files that met these markers for success, data show that survivors obtained employment and housing within an average of 2 months of starting the program, received six service referrals and completed the program within an average of 27 months. This study will add to the limited literature on trauma-informed approaches for providing continuity of care services to this population.

 
Sustainability submission 63. Using Hypothetical Purchase Tasks to Investigate Demand for Beef and Plant-Based Foods and Cross-Price Elasticity
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Dayna Beddick (University of West Florida)
Abstract: Livestock contributes significantly to greenhouse-gas emissions and deforestation, and is a contributor to climate change. Increasing consumption of plant-based foods is a simple method to reduce these environmental impacts. Price structures may shift choices towards plant-based foods. The present study sought to investigate the effects of price on consumption of beef and plant burgers, and evaluate the cross-price elasticity of plant-based burgers (change in demand when the price of plant-burgers is fixed but price of beef burgers increase). Using a hypothetical purchase task, Mturk participants who reported consuming beef (current n=48) rated the probability of purchasing a beef burger and a plant burger across 17 prices ($0.01-$85), independently. Next, the price of a concurrently-available plant-based burger was fixed ($4.25) while the price of the beef burger was varied ($4.25, $5.50, $8.50, $11.25, $17.00). Preliminary data show that demand for beef and plant burgers decreased as a function of price. The availability of plant-based burgers did not appear to affect demand for beef-burgers. Demand for plant-based burgers increased only slightly with increasing beef-burger prices. However, demand curves showed greater consumption of the plant-burger at beef-burger prices exceeding $10. This suggests that price manipulations may shift choice toward plant-based options.
 
 
 
Poster Session #484G
OBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
64. Increasing Staff Data Collection
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY PETERSON (Rivermont Schools)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
Abstract: Johnston and Pennypacker (1993) describe measurement as the process of attaching numbers to events to distinguish them from other events. The numbers derived from measurement are data, which are the primary material behavior analysts use to evaluate their work (Cooper et al.,2007). In fact, LeBlanc et al.(2016) argued that the practice of applied behavior analysis is invalid in the absence of meaningful data. Critical staff behavior necessary for quality ABA-based educational programming involves using student educational data to guide instructional programming (Daly, Witt, Martens, & Dool,1997; Martens, Eckert, Bradley, & Ardoin,1999). As such, classroom staff participating in data collection consistently throughout the day leads to more effective treatment. In a private day school setting that utilizes ABA in the classroom, data is consistently evaluated and utilized to make both academic and behavioral decisions for treatment. This study will explore the effectiveness of three combined interventions with the goal of increasing individual staff data collection. These interventions include the Organizational Behavior Management techniques of training, reinforcement and public display of data. In the first phase of intervention staff will undergo behavior skills training which involves presentation of information, rehearsal of the skill, and feedback. The second phase will include staff being provided with a tangible reward; each week the staff with the highest amount of data collected on discrete trials will receive a lunch of their choice. Lastly, the BCBA will tally and graph the number of trial counts for each staff member and post in a common area for the final phase of the intervention.
 
65. The Impact of Externalizing Behavior, Physical Management and Crisis Training on Staff Burnout
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MELISSA LEE HINES (Marcus Autism Center; University of Georgia), Jessica Herrod (Marcus Autism Center), Lyla Masoud (Marcus Autism Center; Georgia State University), Alexandra Hardee (Marcus Autism Center), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract:

Burnout is highly prevalent among behavioral providers and negatively impacts their well-being and service delivery. Past research has examined the prevalence of externalizing behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, elopement) among individuals with developmental disabilities. High frequency or intensity behaviors can lead to crisis situations, which may impact provider perceived competency and safety, and therefore, stress. This survey study examined provider experiences with client externalizing behavior, management training, and perceived stress. 634 direct care providers (115 man; 494 women; 25 other) completed our online survey. Respondents primarily worked with autistic individuals. Although a majority of providers indicated they work with individuals with externalizing behavior, only 67% indicated any formal training in physical management and restraint (Table 2). There was variability in the number of providers indicating that physical management and safety concerns related to externalizing behavior caused stress. We will conduct and present additional analyses regarding how aspects of training related to physical management and caseload characteristics impact stress and burnout. These findings will inform possible training practices that may decrease provider stress.

 
66. Teaching University Students How to Receive Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Ryo Aiba (University of Tsukuba), SOICHIRO MATSUDA (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
Abstract: Numerous studies have explored strategies for delivering feedback, however, limited attention has been given to the art of receiving feedback effectively, such as asking questions to obtain more detailed information. In Study 1, conducted as a systematic replication of prior research (Ehrlich et al., 2020), our aim was to evaluate the efficacy of behavioral skills training in enabling university students to receive feedback appropriately. The findings showed that, subsequent to undergoing behavioral skills training, four out of five participants exhibited enhanced accuracy in receiving feedback. In Study 2, our focus shifted to the impact of visually presenting the evaluation items for feedback targets. The findings indicated that this visual approach influenced feedback reception in only one participant, with no observable changes in the task performance of feedback targets. This study underscores the enduring effects of behavioral skills training on feedback reception, even when contextual variables and feedback target tasks differ from those in previous studies. Future research should delve deeper into the generalization and functional aspects of feedback reception behavior.
 
67. Reducing Technician Turnover With the Power of Positive Feedback
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL ZECHERIAH RUX (Total Spectrum), Kerri Wood (Total Spectrum)
Discussant: Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract:

In the applied behavior analysis service delivery industry, behavior technician annual turnover has been reported to be 30%-75% (Molko, 2018). Such a high turnover rate presents several issues, including a detrimental impact on essential service provision and the accrual of substantial organizational training costs (Molko, 2018). A lack of supervisor support and feedback have been identified as factors that contribute to turnover rate (Arrington, 2021; Austin, 2022; Villanueva Jasa, 2022). Given these considerations, the current study investigated the effect of an incentive program that used technology to help supervisors provide more immediate positive feedback on turnover rate. This was done via a pre and post intervention design with a comparison of the test region group and non-test region groups (organization wide). Behavior Technicians received positive feedback for engaging in desired behaviors related to their work performance standards (e.g. filling out session notes on time, pairing well with clients, and high treatment fidelity). This feedback was recorded by supervisors through a QR code system that was then tracked with Microsoft Forms and Excel. Behavior technicians then received cards for each instance of positive feedback that was recorded. These cards were then used to enter a weekly raffle for gift cards. In addition, the total number of cards gained by a Behavior Technician accumulated for use towards company-sponsored outings. Once they turned in enough cards, the outing was announced and paid for. Monthly technician turnover rates were pulled from the company’s internal employment data system. Results showed a reduction in average monthly turnover post-implementation (14.6% vs. 11.5%). In addition, the intervention region average monthly turnover outperformed non-test regions (11.5% vs. 12.83% respectively)). The practical considerations regarding incorporating this type of program and future directions will also be discussed.

 
68. ACTing in Group Context for Staff Effectiveness and Well-Being
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE CROCHET (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
Abstract:

The current study sought to extend Issen et al. (2021) by evaluating the effects of brief group-based Acceptance Commitment Training (ACT) activities on Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) job performance in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) center. ACT activities were taken from the Accept Identify Move (AIM) curriculum and presented in four workshops across four weeks. The workshops included 19 RBTs, 4 BCBAs, 1 BCaBA, and an administrative staff. A multiple probe across three participants (RBTs) design was used to evaluate changes in implementing Discrete Trial Training (DTT) steps and Instructional Control (IC) steps following the ACT workshop. The Cognitive Flexibility Inventory (CFI) survey was also conducted to evaluate the effects of the ACT workshop on participants’ psychological flexibility. Finally, an ACT knowledge questionnaire was conducted before and after the workshops to assess participants' understanding of ACT-related concepts. Results showed an increase in correct implementation of DTT and IC steps for participants one and two compared to baseline. Participant Three received an additional, individualized ACT session, which increased DTT and IC steps for this participant. These results provide implications for supporting staff effectiveness in center-based ABA.

 
69. A Behavioral Systems Analysis Approach to Improving the Exit Interview Process of an Inpatient Hospital Unit
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTNEY NICOLE WORKMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Amigo Care ABA), Shelby Lynne Quigley (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract:

Exit interviews are a tool commonly used by organizations to gather important information from separating employees (Flint et al., 2013). However, the usefulness of this information is influenced by the processes and procedures involved (Pace & Kisamore, 2017). In the field of organizational behavior management (OBM), behavioral systems analysis (BSA) allows for the examination of organizational systems with the external environment (Kast & Rosenzweig, 1972); this methodology is appropriate for large scale initiatives such as exit interviews, which often involve multiple procedures and numerous staff to execute. In the current study, we used BSA to evaluate and improve the exit interview process of an inpatient hospital unit. Process mapping revealed that the format of exit interviewing during baseline was a barrier to process efficiency, and it was hypothesized to negatively impact completion rates. To target this shortcoming, the exit interview was converted from a paper-based format to an online electronic version, thereby automating the process. Changes improved efficiency by reducing: (1) the number of process steps by 45.5% and (2) the number of resources by 33.3%. Overall, these changes produced a 48.0% increase in the percentage of exit interviews completed by direct-care staff. Implications and future directions will be discussed.

 
70. Extension of Reducing Employee Absenteeism With Performance Feedback, and Establishing Excusal Criteria
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shelby Lynne Quigley (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Brittney Nicole Workman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Amigo Care ABA), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
Abstract:

Unplanned and excessive staff absences can greatly impact ABA service delivery and the fidelity of behavioral interventions. Several studies have successfully utilized performance management strategies to reduce unplanned absences (Luiselli et al., 2009). In a previous study within an inpatient unit, we utilized performance feedback and contingent restriction to overtime (OT) opportunities at a direct-care staff level to reduce excessive absenteeism. This was initially effective, but eventually, call-outs increased. Additionally, despite increased unplanned absenteeism, supervisory data showed that few staff met the OT restriction contingency. Upon further investigation, it was determined that supervisors were inconsistently implementing the attendance policy. A supervisor-level intervention was introduced, which included establishing excusal criteria, training supervising staff to identify excused and non-excused absences, and delivering performance feedback on supervisor decision-making every month. This modification resulted in substantial decreases in direct care staff absenteeism, which were maintained over a six-month period. The implications and future directions of multi-level intervention programs will be discussed.

 
71. A Comparison of Performance Diagnostic Tools: Assessment of Manager Presence on Client Outcomes
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SHELBY LYNNE QUIGLEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract:

Within the field of OBM, Performance Management offers practitioners different tools to assess employee performance (Gravina et al., 2022). The goal of these tools is to identify environmental variables contributing to a performance deficit, which ultimately leads to indicated solution(s). While research supports the efficacy of these methodologies, what is less clear is how combining assessment strategies might further illuminate performance deficits. The purpose of this study was to assess variables preventing managers from directly observing employee behaviors using three different assessment measures. To accomplish this, managers’ time allocation on the floor was assessed via: (1) descriptive data collected on potential barriers, (2) a PIC/NIC Analysis was completed, and (3) the PDC-HS (Carr et al., 2013) was completed with 3 managers. Assessment data were then compared to identify similarities and differences, as well as to help inform intervention planning. In general, we found that each assessment offered a unique perspective, and recognized a solution based on solely one methodology (e.g., PDC-HS) would have been incomplete. Specifically, we found that information obtained by the PIC/NIC and descriptive data helped lead us to more refined intervention. Future considerations for practitioners and implications of utilizing multiple performance diagnostic tools will be discussed.

 
72. Utilizing Publicly Posted Data to Increase Lesson Implementation by Behavior Therapists
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MEGAN PYLES (Pyles & Associates), Ines Eduardo Osorio Soto (Pyles and Associates), Marina Jane Wesner (Pyles & Associates)
Discussant: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
Abstract: Rates of learning opportunities are positively correlated with rates of skill acquisition in children with autism, therefore interventions should be developed to enhance rates of learning opportunities presented by behavior therapists. Previous studies have demonstrated that public posting of data and feedback increased safety-related behaviors by employees. The present study sought to extend research on publicly posted data on employee performance. Specifically, this study extended the results of Ludwig et al. (2010) to increase the average number of lessons implemented by an ABA therapist in a clinic setting. Prior to intervention, verbal feedback was provided on an irregular basis. During intervention, the rate of lesson completion across employees was publicly posted in a large playroom that was utilized for ABA treatment sessions. Verbal feedback methods were not manipulated across baseline and intervention. This study used a reversal design to demonstrate differential responding across baseline and public posting conditions. Data were posted on the average lessons per hour completed by a behavior technician per day, with a verbal rule provided that six-lessons were hour were the expectation. Results demonstrate that when data are publicly posted on rates of lesson implementation, the average lessons conducted increased.
 
 
 
Poster Session #484H
CBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Natalie Mandel (Bancroft)
73. Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis to Caregivers of Individuals With Acquired Brain Injury
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN PATRICIA HOUGH (Brock University), Thurka Thillainathan (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University), Christina M. Peters (Brock University; Northwest Behavioral Associates)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract:

Acquired brain injury is the leading cause of death and disability worldwide. Challenging behaviors, such as resistance, refusal, and aggression can prevent successful community reintegration following an acquired brain injury. Differential reinforcement has been demonstrated to reduce challenging behaviors; however, applied behavior analysis remains under-utilized in brain injury rehabilitation. This project used a modified nonconcurrent multiple probe across groups design to evaluate an online training program for frontline workers on differential reinforcement. Participants were exposed to a didactic lecture followed by simulated client interactions, in which they were required to apply differential reinforcement. Preliminary pilot results indicate that participants’ scores on the post-test were higher than those on the pre-test. Further, participants reported the program increased their understanding of differential reinforcement and was easy to understand. This study supports that online learning is a viable training method for frontline workers and offers an accessible means for staff to access training in applied behaviour analysis that can be applied to their daily work with clients.

 
74. Functional Assessment of Idiosyncratic Evocative Contexts in a Learner With Primary Complex Motor Stereotypy
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SYDNEY PIPPIN LENFESTEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Primary complex motor stereotypies (pCMS) are repetitive, involuntary, rhythmic motor movements in individuals with a typical developmental history. pCMS has been differentiated from tics and other habitual behaviors both at the neurophysiological level and at the clinical level as pCMS is associated with an earlier onset (< 3 years of age), having fixed or consistent topography, occurring under highly stimulating evocative conditions, and lack of premonitory urge. We conducted a functional analysis of motor stereotypy, including both matched and unmatched stimuli, to identify the evocative contexts in which those behaviors were most likely to occur. Results suggested idiosyncratic responding across conditions; however, rates of stereotypy were differentiated across matched and unmatched conditions. Specifically, rates of stereotypy were observed to be highest within the matched stimulation conditions. Treatment involved a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) paradigm within the context of these highly evocative contexts to decrease rates of stereotypy. Additional data on the participant’s subjective distress were collected in order to validate the acceptability and generality of the procedure.

 
75. Further Examining the Relationship Between Delay Discounting and Body Mass Index
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
HAYLEE DOWNEY (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI))
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract: Delay discounting is the tendency for delayed outcomes to be devalued. Higher degree of delay discounting--reflecting greater preference for smaller, immediate over larger, delayed rewards-- is associated with health behaviors like cigarette smoking. Some evidence indicates that high delay discounting is also associated with higher body mass index (BMI), particularly in case-control studies, but effect sizes vary. To better understand varying effect sizes across studies, we examined if the relationship between BMI and delay discounting depends on socioeconomic status (income and education). We also examined if BMI is associated with delay discounting within people with higher BMI. This analysis leverages data from 14 studies conducted by 3 collaborating laboratory groups between 2013-2023. The dataset includes 999 participants with body mass index ≥ 25 who completed assessment of delay discounting under control or baseline conditions. In preliminary analyses we found 1) no evidence of a relationship between delay discounting and BMI for people with BMI ≥ 25, and 2) no evidence that the relationship between BMI and delay discounting depends on socioeconomic status. We will present results of mixed effects models; discuss limitations including self-reported height and weight, secondary data analysis, and study-level variability; and discuss implications.
 
76. Contingency Management to Increase Non-Substance-Use Health-Related Behaviors: A Systematic Review
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Regina Mancillas (University of the Pacific), Morgan Valois (University of the Pacific), ZAIRA YESSENIA HERNANDEZ LOZA (University of the Pacific), Kaitlyn Imada (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: In the decades since its development for use to promote illicit drug abstinence, Contingency Management has also been used to promote various types of socially significant behavior, such as physical activity, medication adherence, treatment attendance, and most recently, social media use. Despite its rising frequency of implementation in areas outside of substance use, a stark disparity remains between the number of Contingency Management studies published in behavior analytic journals compared to other psychology and health-related research domains in the last 15 years. Of the 52 studies in this review, only 11 were published in behavior analytic journals. Additionally, Contingency Management is an intervention that could be highly impacted by participant characteristics such as socioeconomic status, as Contingency Management typically involves financial incentives; however, these characteristics are reported in less than 50 percent of studies. This review highlights the need for increased use of Contingency Management by behavior analysts to create lasting health-related behavior change.
 
Diversity submission 77. Decision-Making Patterns in Hypersexuality: An Examination Using Delay Discounting and Iowa Gambling Tasks
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA MEJÍA CRUZ (Instituto Tecnologico de Sonora), Laurent Avila-Chauvet (Technological Institute of Sonora), Javier Araiza (Sonora Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract: Hypersexuality, characterized by a marked impairment in controlling sexual behavior, coupled with pronounced impulsivity and disinhibition, parallels the diagnostic criteria of substance abuse disorders. This study delves into decision-making processes in hypersexual individuals, utilizing the Iowa Gambling Task (IGT) and the Delay Discounting Task (DDT), both of which are prevalent in substance abuse research. The study involved 56 college students, with hypersexuality being gauged via the Sexual Addiction Screening Test-Revised (SAST-R) scale. Participants were classified into a potential hypersexuality group for those scoring above 6, and a healthy control group for those with scores of 0. The study contrasted performances in the IGT, specifically examining the proportion of advantageous choices, and assessed the Area Under the Curve (AUC) in the DDT. The results revealed that healthy controls surpassed the hypersexuality group in the first four blocks of the IGT, though performances aligned in the fifth block. In the DDT, the hypersexuality group showed a higher AUC. These outcomes imply a more substantial link between hypersexuality and risk-taking as opposed to impulsivity. The study underscores the imperative for future research to investigate varied patterns of decision-making in clinical populations, with the potential to refine treatment and prevention approaches for hypersexuality.
 
78. An Experimental Tool for Studying Beverage Purchasing Behavior: Initial Development and Validation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HAYLEE DOWNEY (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Jeffrey S. Stein (Virginia Tech (FBRI))
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: High sugar sweetened-beverage (SSB) consumption contributes to poor diet quality and diet-related chronic diseases. Taxing SSB is an effective public health strategy that reduces SSB purchasing. Novel experimental approaches to studying SSB purchasing behavior can complement existing economic methods to improve understanding of SSB taxes. The aims of this study were to develop and validate an experimental marketplace that presents participants with beverages typically available at grocery stores. Participants who drink SSB (n = 73) hypothetically shopped for one week’s worth of beverages for their household with a large SSB tax and with no tax (order counterbalanced). Mixed effects models indicate that SSB purchasing (measured by fluid ounces and calories of SSB) was lower in the tax condition relative to the control condition (ps < 0.01). In addition, we found that participants who self-reported spending more on beverages also spent more on beverages in the task (Spearman’s ρ = 0.62, p < 0.001). A majority of participants noticed the tax and indicated that their purchases were similar to their normal purchases. This novel experimental marketplace is a promising approach for experimentally studying features of SSB tax design and SSB purchasing at the individual-level. We will discuss limitations and future directions.
 
79. Exploring the Relationship Between Psychological Flexibility and Trauma Symptom Severity
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
KAM BARKER (Missouri State University), Samantha Campbell (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract: Trauma may profoundly impact an individual's life (APA, 2022; Van der Kolk, 2014). One critical factor influencing the severity of maladaptive symptoms post-trauma is psychological flexibility, a core principle in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2012). Previous research has connected psychological flexibility and trauma symptom severity (e.g., Wittingham & Mitchell, 2023; Meyer et al., 2019a; Meyer et al., 2019b). However, this research often relies on the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ-II) to measure psychological flexibility, which may be invalid due to growing evidence that flexibility and inflexibility are not opposite ends of the same spectrum (Rolffs, Rogge, & Wilson, 2018; Cherry et al., 2021). In contrast, the Multidimensional Psychological Flexibility Inventory (MPFI) measures both psychological flexibility and inflexibility. This study assesses the relationship between psychological flexibility and trauma symptom severity by asking adult participants to complete the AAQ-II, the MPFI, and the Post Traumatic Stress Disorder Checklist for DSM-5 with Life Events Checklist (PCL-5 with LEC; Weathers et al., 2013). Results will explore the relationship between flexibility and inflexibility, examine whether they mediate the association between the type of trauma and symptom severity, and assess the convergent validity of the AAQ-II.
 
81. Assessing the Effects of Methylphenidate With an Adolescent Male With Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder During a Psychiatric Hospitalization
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
GERALDINE MARIE BRADY (Cambridge Health Alliance), Michael P. Mullane (Cambridge Health Alliance; Harvard Medical School), Kevin Coughlin (Cambridge Health Alliance; Harvard Medical School), Zoe A. D. Newman (Regis College Autism Center)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract:

Children with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) are at higher risk of requiring psychiatric hospitalization. Stimulant medication is one effective intervention to address ADHD symptoms and psychopharmacological intervention is a common treatment component during psychiatric hospitalization. Monitoring the effects of stimulant medication is frequently done via indirect measures (e.g., rating scale) which may be challenging to implement during a child’s hospitalization. There are demonstrations in the behavior-analytic literature of utilizing objective, time series data along with single-case experimental methodology to assess medication effects. Such methodologies may have utility for child and adolescent psychiatry units. In the current case report, a reversal design was utilized to assess the effects of methylphenidate on the disruptive behavior, on-task behavior, and tic behavior of an adolescent male with multiple psychiatric diagnoses including ADHD during a psychiatric hospitalization. Observations occurred across six days when the patient was and was not on methylphenidate during an on-unit academic group activity. Results indicated that methylphenidate resulted in increased on-task behavior, decreased disruptive behavior, and did not increase tic behavior corresponding to previous research on this medication. Results also provide a demonstration of how behavior-analytic providers can be integrated into treatment on child and adolescent psychiatry units.

 
82. Adapting the LIFE Curriculum Scoring System for Skill Building in Clinical Group Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MAGGIE ADLER (Missouri State University), Kayette Glass (The Arc of the Ozarks), Sara R. Ibbetson (The Arc of the Ozarks), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: The LIFE Curriculum (Dixon, 2021) was designed for one-on-one instruction and is typically used in special education or ABA service settings. We developed a novel way to adapt curricular programming for monitoring multiple skills within daily living for participants receiving therapeutic services in a group setting. The data collection was modified to include a matrix that listed (1) all participants in the group and (2) core competencies that were targeted in the clinical setting. In a pilot analysis of this technology, a group undergoing equestrian therapy was evaluated during the session and scores using the LIFE scoring system were collected based on core competencies selected from the ABAS. Results showed that this scoring system was able to differentiate between participants’ mastery of the core competencies, allow for comparison of the competencies within the group, and show improvements in those core competencies over the course of the therapy. Overall, this approach provides a method for integrating ABA analysis and programming within non-ABA clinical and recreational spaces to maximize learning opportunities for clients with disabilities.
 
Diversity submission 83. Stronger Together - The Benefits of Inclusion for Treating Children With Externalizing Behavior Problems
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Carolina Essoudry Gruenberg (University of Massachusetts Boston), ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (University of Massachusetts Boston), Milja Mankinen (University of Massachusetts Boston), Gary Siperstein (University of Massachusetts Boston)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract:

Children with externalizing behavior problems (EBPs) are at risk for chronic negative health, social-emotional, and behavioral outcomes. For other children such as those with and without intellectual disabilities and typically developing peers, services provided in an inclusive recreational summer camp setting have been shown to enhance social skills and competence which lead to positive peer relationships). We conducted a novel approach of combining two evidence-based programs to address the needs of rising second graders with EBPs by adapting them into a multimodal summer intervention program with children with and without externalizing behavioral disorders in an inclusive recreation setting. We discuss outcomes of the intervention, including the successful implementation and outcomes for participants, as well as issues surrounding implementation and pathways toward further development. Specifically, we address intervention outcomes on reducing problem behavior for children with EBPs, the impact on typically developing peers, and the and overall camp experience for all participants.

 
84. Multi-Element Behavior Support and Severe Problem Behavior: A Case Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MIHM (Melmark Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Ethical behavior analysts seek the least restrictive, most effective treatment for problem behavior (BACB, n.d.), however, in some cases, children with severe challenging behavior require aversive procedures including restraint and residential services apart from the general public. (Department of Health, 2007). In pursuance to curtail prohibitive contingencies and re-establish a quality of life, crisis management necessitates a multi-element behavior support plan (e.g. environmental considerations, explicit prevention, participant driven, minimize reactive strategies, and promote functional equivalent skills) in order to effectively reduce problem behavior (LaVigna, et al. 2022). In addition, long-term residential treatment due to refactory behavior results in prolonged stressors leading to ongoing challenging behavior (Griffith, et al. 2013). The purpose of this case study was to expand various positive intervention components i.e. non-contingent reinforcement during setting events, interdisciplinary approach and communication acquisition in order to reduce severe, treatment resistant challenging behavior. The results of this study showed a significant decrease in maladaptive behavior and increase with appropriate acquisition skills. This study demonstrated behavior support plans demand a higher ratio of proactive than reactive strategies to significantly increase treatment efficacy of high-risk behavior.

 
85. Individualized Levels Systems: A Systematic Review and Quality Appraisal
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY ANN CHESBROUGH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Valeria Beatriz Macuare (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hunter King (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract:

A levels system is a behavioral intervention with two or more levels that correspond to different standards of behavior and access to privileges. Universal levels systems are commonly implemented in a variety of settings, in which target behaviors and behavioral criteria for promotion and demotion are uniformly applied to all participants. Due to the legal ramifications and education inequities that arise when levels systems are universally applied across participants, an emerging literature base has evaluated the efficacy of individualized levels systems using highly controlled single-case design methodology; however, the status of this literature is currently unknown. Therefore, we conducted a systematic review and quality appraisal of the literature on individualized levels system, which included a total of eight studies. Several variables were extracted from each study to assess the myriad of ways in which levels systems have been individualized. These variables included experimental design, assessment procedures, treatment components, promotion and demotion criteria, and target behaviors. Findings are discussed in terms of the overall evidence-base for individualized levels systems, and practical issues are considered for future research on individualized levels systems.

 
86. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Non-Behavior Analytic Professionals to Conduct a Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
HAILEI MARKEE (Bancroft), Natalie Mandel (Bancroft)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

An essential element of treatments targeting increasing appropriate behavior is the identification of stimuli that are potentially reinforcing; therefore, non-behavior analytic professionals who interact and provide intervention with various clients may need to identify preferred items. Previous research has taught non-behavior analytic professionals how to conduct multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments using behavioral skills training (O’Handley et al., 2021). However, the literature suggests that paired stimulus preference assessments are among the most commonly implemented (Graff and Karsten, 2012) and lead to the most stable results across repeated administrations (MacNaul et al., 2021). This investigation assessed the effects of using behavioral skills training to teach the implementation of paired stimulus preference assessments for three social workers who worked at a residential facility for individuals who engage in severe challenging behavior. Results to date suggest that behavioral skills training can effectively increase the number of correct steps during paired stimulus preference assessment implementation. Maintenance follow-ups followed by social validity is in the process of being conducted.

 
87. Applied Behavior Analytic Intervention to Prepare Children With Feeding Disorders for a Swallow Study
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
GRACE MARIE DETOMMASO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sarah D. Haney McDevitt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract:

Feeding disorders are prevalent in 25% to 45% of children (Silverman, 2010) and dysphagia (i.e., swallowing difficulties) is reported in 0.9% of children (CDC, 2012). To assess for dysphagia, a Modified Barium Swallow Study (MBSS) may be conducted during which an x-ray video is taken of the child eating. Children with feeding disorders often engage in inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., head turns, pushing away the spoon/cup), packing (i.e., holding bite/drink in the mouth), expelling (i.e., spitting out bite/drink), and negative vocalizations (e.g., crying) that may lead to unclear results during a MBSS. Applied behavior analytic interventions are the most efficacious treatments to reduce inappropriate mealtime behavior and increase consumption. However, research is limited in the application of behavior-analytic feeding interventions for preparing children for a swallow study. We review case studies utilizing behavior analytic interventions to prepare children with feeding disorders for a swallow study by increasing oral consumption and increasing the similarity between the treatment room and swallow-study setting. Across all cases, oral consumption increased resulting in participation in the swallow study such that clear MBSS results were obtained. These results will be discussed in terms of considerations for interdisciplinary collaboration for children with feeding disorders.

 
88. Comparing the Effectiveness of Video Modeling and Pictorial Task Analysis on Biofeedback Technology Acquisition: A Reimagined Approach to Physical Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHARLOTTE ASHTON JONES (West Virginia University), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: The intersection of medicine and behavior is key to improvements in health and quality of life. Recovery following total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is no exception. Unfortunately, less than half of patients achieve a full recovery. The barriers and solutions to recovery lie at the intersection of medicine and behavior. Behaviorally informed biofeedback techniques when combined with physical therapy have been shown to improve recovery. While this technique has proven effective, broad adoption requires the development of a rapid, accessible, and effective training procedure. To this aim, study one entailed the development and comparison of the effectiveness of two remote trainings. The first used a Pictorial Task Analysis presented through PowerPoint. The second used video modeling.Overall, participants in the Video Modeling group demonstrated marginally better performance than participants in the PowerPoint group (97.11% vs 94.23% accuracy). Study two aimed to address the leading barrier of study 1, orientation by utilizing a multiple-exemplar training procedure. The addition of multiple-exemplar training improved performance for participants in the PowerPoint group and had little effect on performance for the VideoModeling participants (97.04% vs. 97.04%). These findings provide preliminary evidence in support of developing a teletherapy approach to biofeedback.
 
89. Capturing Relevant Establishing Operations During a Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MAYRA A ALEY (Children's Specialized Hospital), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital), Emma Auten (Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH—RUCARES)), Casey Toutoungi (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (West Virgina University)
Abstract:

Functional analyses involve the systematic manipulation of antecedents and/or consequences (Iwata et al. 1994) and have long been considered the gold-standard for evaluating the functions of challenging behaviors. Piazza et al. (2003) adapted the standard functional analysis procedures to identify the function of inappropriate mealtime behavior among children with feeding difficulties. However, when replicated in a clinical setting, some limitations were identified. The purpose of this study was to modify functional analysis procedures to capture relevant establishing operations in a feeding context. Seven children who were recommended for intensive feeding therapy participated. All demonstrated high levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior during baseline assessments. A presentation assessment (Anderson et al., 2022) and a functional analysis were conducted for solids, liquids, or both across participants. Data for all participants showed elevated rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior in at least one test-condition compared to control indicating a socially-mediated function. These results were used to develop function-based treatments for participants. Future research should consider including additional components to assess motivating operations in functional analyses to further refine function-based treatments for feeding difficulties.

 
 
 
Poster Session #484I
VRB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Gladys Williams (CIEL)
90. Relational Framing to Promote Increases in Intelligence With Neurotypical Children
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SAVANNAH RRAINE WASHBURN (Utah Valley University), William Thomas Lickiss (Utah Valley University), Julie Harrison (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: In recent years, several studies have emerged demonstrating the effectiveness of procedures derived from Relational Frame Theory in facilitating increases in intelligence and other related behaviors. The current study aimed to extend on previous research by evaluating if exposure to relational framing tasks had an effect intelligence. The current study incorporated a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of the intervention and was conducted with 9 neurotypical children. Experimenters obtained pre-training and post-training performances by administering the WISC-V IQ test to all participants in the study. Following the pre-training assessment, nine of the participants were exposed to a series of relational training phases, in which they were required to respond in accordance with arbitrarily applicable relational responding across a series of relational tasks. The results indicated that participants exposed to the relational training phases showed an overall increase in IQ. Taken together, the results add to a growing body of literature that support the use of RFT-based interventions to promote intelligent behavior.
 
91. Relational Mass and Coherence Evident Within ChatGPT as an Artificially Intelligent Model
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
BENTLEY ELLIOTT (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL)
Abstract: ChatGPT is an artificially intelligent (AI) model that is designed to interact in a conversational way and adapt in response to user feedback. Recent research extending from Relational Density Theory has established that meaningfulness of stimuli can result in relational networks that differ in volumetric-mass-density and show resistance to change and coherence effects. Moreover, relational mass may influence certainty, where high mass coherent networks produce greater certainty in responses compared to low mass non-coherent networks. In the present study, we compared the accuracy and certainty of responses by ChatGPT given meaningful and non-meaningful stimuli classes that differed in their relational coherence. All testing was conducted in reversal designs within multiple baseline designs, treating ChatGPT at the subject-level. Reversals were accomplished by correcting performance of ChatGPT and providing new information. Tiers of the multiple baseline were achieved by refreshing the program to forget prior information it had received from the chat. Results consistently showed greater certainty for meaningful and coherent relational responses. These results have implications for non-human models of relational responding that may have utility beyond non-human animals who do not derive relations. Moreover, results have implications for understanding how complex and interdependent relational networks may interact within AI that can impact human information.
 
Diversity submission 92. Evaluating Perceptions of Family Friendly Drag Events Using Relational Density Theory
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
BREANNA LEE (Ulster University), Kam Barker (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: In March of 2023, a Tennessee law was signed, banning public performances involving "adult cabaret," including "male or female impersonators" (Tenn. Code Ann. § 7-51-1401), targeting family friendly drag events. Although the law was overturned, it generated debates largely affecting queer and trans people. This research seeks to examine perceptions of family friendly drag events through a Relational Density Theory (RDT) framework. RDT is an approach to measuring relational responding that may contribute to the formation of beliefs and opinions (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). In the present study, participants of varying political affiliations completed a multidimensional scaling (MDS) procedure in which they rated the strength of relatedness between stimuli. Stimuli included words/phrases that were taken from two main sources: (1) news coverage of family friendly drag events on Fox News and CNN (identified as the most common news stations for those with conservative or liberal political views; Mitchell et al., 2020) and (2) the Drag Story Hour website (Drag Story Hour, 2022). Responses from participants were compared between political affiliation groups, showing a visual difference in responding. Results can be used to better understand how relational responding contributes to perceptions of family friendly drag events.
 
93. Tracking Listener Repertoires: An Analysis of Three Different Assessments and Curricula
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
Taiane Will de Morais Silva (Instituto Par Ciências do Comportamento; Behave Intervenção Comportamental), ARIELA HOLANDA (Federal Institute of Parana, Brazil), Saulo Missiaggia Velasco (Instituto Par Ciências do Comportamento)
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL)
Abstract: Pre-listener and listener repertoires are the building blocks for complex cognitive behavior and independence. Different labels are used to refer to these repertoires (e.g., receptive language, listener). Specific assessments treat prerequisites or part of listener repertoires in separate domains. This fractured approach may lead an instructor to be under the control of the wrong variables. Aiming to design a comprehensive categorization system of listener repertoires, four phases were conducted: selection (Phase 1) and description (Phase 2) of the material (i.e., assessments and curricula) to be analyzed; listing listener repertoires (Phase 3); and designing the categorization system (Phase 4). Phases 1, 2, and 3 were completed. Phase 4 partial data show that listener behavior is assessed: (a) with or without visual, gustatory, auditory, and tactile stimuli; (b) probing following instruction behavior; (c) requiring the selection of stimuli in a specific or a random sequence; (d) in different scenarios; (e) and observing several response topographies, rate of response, and response durations. Each repertoire varies in dimensions to be detailed by the end of this study. A figure displaying and providing data on what is assessed would facilitate tracking stimuli and responses involved in listener behavior, guiding professionals in making decisions.
 
Diversity submission 94. Understanding Perceptions of Romantic and Platonic Relationships and Sexuality
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MAKENNA BESETT (Missouri State University), Kendra Damron (Missouri State University), Chloe Harris (Missouri State University), Bryanna Pargo (Missouri State University), Sophia Sampson (Missouri State University), Ryan Moser (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: Discrimination against nonheteronormative couples is a well-documented phenomenon within social and professional experiences of LGBTQ+ individuals. Many situations and social encounters engage with specific stereotypes or if relationships are platonic or romantic leading to judgements made when those stereotypes are broken by LGBTQ+ couples. The present study is an extension of Sickman et al (2023) to explore the perspectives of LGBTQ+ relationships in terms of romantic and platonic situations within a Relational Density Theory (RDT) framework. First using a multidimensional scaling procedure (MDS), we modeled romantic and platonic relational frames with hetero and homosexual relationships. In a second phase, participants were given both romantic and platonic scenarios with differently gendered individuals to determine the extent to which different couples come across as romantic or platonic. Results have implications to show patterns of relational framing based on heterosexual norms, and evidence to show differences in perceptions of hetero versus homosexual couples. Discussion explores limitations and potential future research opportunities.
 
Diversity submission 96. Measuring the Effect of a Brief Values Intervention on Values-Driven Relational Responding to Support Unhoused Persons
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LOGAN HUCKSTEP (Missouri State University), Madelyn Brutton (Missouri State University), Emily Paige Hermann (Missouri State University), Jaelyn Compton (Missouri State University), Ryan Moser (Missouri State University), Breanna Lee (Ulster University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: Houselessness remains a prominent issue throughout the United States. Those who are unhoused often face biases and microaggressions (Torino & Sisselman-Borgia, 2016), such as being subjected to labels such as lazy, dirty, addicted, and criminal, which may impact their access to social support (Ruff Institute of Global Homelessness, 2017). The present study sought to examine relations among a person’s identified values and helping behaviors for unhoused individuals using a Relational Density Theory framework (Belisle & Dixon, 2020). Participants completed a task using a multidimensional scaling procedure to analyze the relationship among stimuli at pre- and post-test, including their reported values, behaviors that support these values, and helping behaviors that support those who are unhoused. Participants also completed a self-report measure of their willingness to help this population. Participants were randomly assigned to two groups, completing a values-based intervention or control task. Results are interpreted in terms of the strength of relations among values and helping behavior stimuli and reported willingness to engage in behaviors that support individuals who are unhoused. We discuss avenues for future research that could be useful to guide initiatives to improve support for individuals without housing informed by relational responding and valued action.
 
97. Correcting Performance Underestimation on the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JULIA BUSAM (Missouri State University), Lindsey Nicole Holtsman (Emergent Learning STL Center), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL)
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System (PEAK, Dixon 2014-2020) provides a wide-ranging assessment and training program that incorporates Skinnerian verbal operant learning and derived relational responding expressed in contemporary Relational Frame Theories (Hayes et al., 2001). The PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA, Dixon, 2021) was developed to provide the first standardized and direct assessment of verbal operant and relational operant skill development that links directly to relational training guided by PEAK. The purpose of this present study was to determine underestimation in the PCA by identifying the total number of trial blocks until mastery in mastered PEAK programs. Participants initial PCA scores along with mastered PEAK programs were gathered from preexisting client data. For each participant and mastered program, the number of trial blocks until mastery was calculated. Results showed that from the participants initial PCA, over 70 percent of total PEAK programs were mastered in the first trial block, suggesting underestimation of skills in the PCA. Data provide an estimated correction coefficient for developing PEAK programming using the PCA.
 
98. Evaluating the Maintenace of Verbal Relational Operants Following PEAK Programming
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNA HUSKEY (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Missouri State University), Mikayla Campbell (Missouri State University), Kaitlyn Hui (Missouri State University- student), Stephanie Vickroy (Missouri State University), Katelyn Frahm (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Relational Training System is an assessment and curriculum tool developed for basic and advanced language skills using behavior analytic approaches (Dixon, 2016). Maintenance describes the retention of performance following the progression of time. In the present study, we wanted to determine if maintenance was achieved on previously mastered PEAK programs, both in terms of the content and the verbal relational operant (i.e., generalization to new, untrained content). Five autistic learners (five to fourteen years old) were recruited for the study. Programs were selected from the previous two months from when probes began. First, a mastery probe was conducted on the mastered stimuli from an initial program. Second, a probe with a novel set of stimuli was conducted. In cases where the participant did not show mastery of the content or the operant, relational training was conducted with the novel stimuli followed by testing with the novel and the original stimuli. Results showed that maintenance of program content was inconsistent and generalization to novel stimuli was not observed. However, faster acquisition rates were observed for retraining and reinstatement of prior learning was observed in some cases.
 
99. Bi-Directional Naming and the Emergence of Listener and Tact Relations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL YOSICK (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Aparna Naresh (Marcus Autism Center), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Victoria Verdun (Bierman Autism Centers)
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL)
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that tact training is generally more efficient than listener training; however, this research has not included assessments of Bidirectional Naming (BiN; Greer & Ross, 2008), which has been related to emergent behaviors. Bi-Directional Naming (BiN) is a capability that allows individuals to learn language incidentally or without direct teaching, by observing name-object relations (hear the name of a novel word and see the object that the word represents; Greer & Ross, 2008). The current study analyzed how BiN affected the efficiency of instruction and the emergence of untaught listener/tact relations with 3 autistic children. During baseline, we conducted a BiN assessment and listener and tact probes for 6 target sets. We then taught sets in groups of two wherein one set was assigned to tact training and the other to listener training. Following mastery of each group, additional tact and listener probes and BiN assessments were conducted. Results with the first 2 participants with low BiN levels indicated greater efficiency via tact training and limited and variable emergence of untaught tact relations. For the third participant with higher BiN levels, overall levels of emergence via tact and listener training were higher.
 
100. Exploring Psychological Flexibility in College Students With Relational Density Theory and Delayed Discounting
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
LAUREN ROSE HUTCHISON (Missouri State University), Albert Malkin (Western University), Sarah Caimano (Western Univeristy)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: College students face pressure to maintain academic performance and manage distress in the face of both demanding educational programs and their day-to-day lives. Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of using a relational density lens and associated methodology in the evaluation of college student’s psychological flexibility in addition to targeted interventions (Paliliunas et al., 2023) The goal of this study was to replicate the previous study by Paliliunas et al. (2023) with 19 college students, as well as evaluate delayed discounting in the context of high and low psychological flexibility scores. Four surveys were administered to students: the AAQ-II, the CompACT, the SELF, and a discounting task. Results show that flexibility scores were consistent with relational behavior as measured by the SELF. This was also demonstrated with discounting rates. Discussion for using a relational density lens and methodology in clinical practice, especially in the context of education will be discussed.
 
101. Namenauts, a Smartphone Game to Induce Bidirectional Naming in Children
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Djenane Brasil da Conceição (Universidade Federal do Recôncavo da Bahia), JORGEANE DA MOTA TRINDADE DE OLIVEIRA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Filipe César Carvalho (UFSCAR), Alceu Regaço dos Santos (UFSCAR), Gustavo Kruger (Campinas City Hall Health Department), Izadora Perkoski (CLOO Behavioral Insights Unit), Julio Camargo (Federal University of São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL)
Abstract: Considering the potential attributed to Bidirectional Naming in enhancing educational performance, we developed a smartphone game to use Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) to induce the integration of listener and speaker repertoires under control of object-name relations. The MEI intersperses 48 trials containing four images of objects and their names, and four response types: matching, pointing to, saying impure and pure tacts. Reinforcers or correction follow players’ responses. NAMENAUTS tells a story of an intergalactic scientist, who lands on Earth and needs to learn names to refuel her spacecraft to return to her planet. We applied a modified version of the EGame-Flow Scale to 11 children from 6 to 11-years-old, aiming for game design improvements. Two children didn’t complete the first match, probably due to internet connection problems. Eight of the remaining participants reported comprehension of the game goals in a five-point Likert scale, and six of them judged that the game caught their attention in another similar scale (ratings with 4 or 5 points, indicating agreement or total agreement); in a third scale, eight participants totally agreed that there were improvements in their knowledge. Although the game needs further testing, initial results showed acceptability and feasibility of its use.
 
102. A Review of Large Language Models From a Developmental and Skinnerian Perspective
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
MK MOORE (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: Large Language Models (LLMs) have recently demonstrated remarkable behavioral capabilities when responding intraverbally to complex prompts. Answers to the questions, far from being established intraverbal operants, demonstrate intraverbal control (Palmer, 2016) and problem-solving capabilities (Palmer, 1991). LLMs typically go through three training stages. The pretraining component involves “feeding” large amounts of written verbal content to an algorithm that learns to predict the next word or phrase based on preceding context. This stage is developmentally like fostering a listener repertoire - defined as establishing specific priming relationships (Palmer, 2009). Next, in Supervised Learning (SL), complex verbal sets (questions) are matched with other correct sets (answers). Matching is defined by the experimenter. In this stage, the experimenter is equivalent to the verbal community modeling complex answers to complex questions that cannot be solved solely via priming or intraverbally. After many matching verbal sets are provided, the model is finally given a question without an answer, and based on prior pretraining/priming and modeling, they attempt answering questions. At this stage, feedback can be provided by the person who asked the question, and Reinforcement Learning takes place. Here we discuss the parallels between the development of LLMs and the development of human verbal repertoires.
 
103. The Search for Skinner’s Verbal Operants in ChatGPT: So Close, Yet So Far
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
BRYN HARRIS (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Gladys Williams (CIEL)
Abstract: Chat Generative Pre-Trained Transformer (ChatGPT) is a Large Language Model (LLM) that has been trained with massive data collections and human feedback to generate verbal responses to textual prompts. Due to the recency of its public release, there is little research attempting to understand errors made by ChatGPT in the way it describes behavior analytic concepts. At the time of publication, no study has examined ChatGPT’s errors when describing Verbal Behavior (VB) from a Skinnerian perspective. The current analysis aims to elucidate the nature of errors made by ChatGPT version 3.5 when assessing its definition and use of verbal operants. Authors asked ChatGPT questions about Skinner’s primary verbal operants in a comprehensive text thread, providing correction for errors of omission or commission, and positive feedback when no errors were detected. Little to no errors were emitted when identifying and defining tacts, echoics, and textual responses. However, ChatGPT emitted both errors by omission and commission when defining mands and autoclitics. Using a Skinnerian perspective to analyze the verbal operants emitted by ChatGPT may not only improve the reliability and accuracy of LLMs, but also contribute to current understanding of the formation of a VB repertoire in both human and artificial behavior.
 
104. Artful Connections: Exploring the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and the Arts
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER POSEY (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (Endicott College; Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Devon Ramey (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: Appreciation of and engagement with the arts may be attributed to cognitive and emotional processes that involve the interpretation of visual stimuli. Derived relational responding refers to the ability to derive meaningful relationships between stimuli based on previously learned associations. Thus, more abstract stimuli, such as abstract art, may require advanced abilities in derived relational responding. This poster presentation aims to investigate the potential correlations between derived relational responding and appreciation and engagement with the arts. The study conducted surveyed participants about the amount of free time spent engaging with the arts, their level of agreement with values-based statements surrounding art, and scores on a portion of the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA). Participants were then presented with an array of 5 pictures with a common theme, which varied in abstractness, and asked to select their preferred picture. This was repeated across 20 sets of images. Our findings reveal correlations between derived relational responding abilities, agreement with values-based statements surrounding art, and a preference for more abstract imagery. These data are explored in this presentation along with implications for strengthening derived relational responding through exposure to art education or, conversely, strengthening enjoyment of the arts through enhancing derived relational responding.
 
Sustainability submission 154. Unlocking Language: Role of Behavior Intervention to Improve Language in a 4-Year-Old Child With Socio-Pragmatic Language Disorders
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
SONAM RAMESHCHADRA KOTHARI (Co founder butterfly learnings)
Discussant: Sandra F. Concors (ABC Consultants)
Abstract: Background: Socio-pragmatic language disorder is a complex developmental challenge characterized by communication deficits, social interaction difficulties, and repetitive behaviors. This case study addresses a significant gap in the literature by showcasing a child's remarkable transformation from language and communication difficulties to neurotypical status within just 13 months. Methods: This case report outlines the assessment, intervention, and progress of a 4-year-old child referred for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy due to behavior issues and communication deficits. The child's comprehensive assessment, using the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), identified multiple learning barriers. A 13-month ABA intervention program was initiated to address these barriers. Results: Over 13 months, the child showed substantial progress, with reduced problem behaviors and improved communication skills. Progress was observed in manding skills, listener responses, play skills, social interactions, intraverbal abilities, generalization, and emotional understanding. The child's total VB-MAPP score increased from 45 to 162.5, indicating significant improvement. Conclusion: This case underscores the effectiveness of early and intensive ABA therapy in addressing behavior and communication challenges in children with developmental delays.
 
 
 
Poster Session #484J
DDA Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
105. An Evaluation of Extended Implementation and Social Interaction During the Step it UP! Game in Adults With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA SEWARD (SIU), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

People with disabilities do not engage in recommended levels of physical activity. The purpose of the present experiments was to systematically replicate Step it UP! interventions (Seward & Redner, 2023; Normand & Burji, 2020; Nieto & Wiskow, 2020) with adults with disabilities. Participants were divided into two competing teams, and the team with the highest step count participated in a prize drawing. Experiment 1 (N=9) evaluated the efficacy of an extended version Step it UP! Game that included additional and longer sessions. Experiment 2 (N=8) evaluated the addition of contingent adult attention during the Step it UP! Game. Baseline, Step it UP!, and Step it UP! plus interaction sessions were evaluated in an alternating treatment design. The Step it UP! Game was effective with additional and longer sessions and all participants took more steps during Step it UP! Game sessions. Adding adult interaction to the Step it UP! Game did not increase the effectiveness of the intervention.

 
106. Investigating the Relationship Between Self-Confidence and Burnout for Professionals Supporting Adults With Developmental and Intellectual Disabilities Engaging in Challenging Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
KAYLA M. M. CORMIER (Brock University), Laura E. Mullins (Brock University)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Professionals who support adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) who engage in challenging behavior (CB) are at risk for burnout, which can negatively impact the quality of support provided to service users. However, the role that self-confidence plays in the development of burnout for this population is unclear. An online survey was completed by 202 professionals with various roles around Ontario who support adults with IDD engaging in CB. Participants included direct support professionals (n = 156) and leaders in direct support (n = 46). The survey contained the Maslach Burnout Inventory, a self-confidence instrument, and both open- and closed-ended questions about demographic, organizational, and client-related variables. Quantitative results suggest that participants consider several variables (e.g., support in the workplace, type of CB) to influence their self-confidence in responding to CB. Preliminary correlational analyses propose that significant relationships exist between self-confidence and more than one dimension of burnout, but supporting linear regression results are pending. Results may increase our understanding of the relationship between self-confidence and burnout. Additionally, results may inform pertinent organizational and training targets to improve self-confidence of professionals providing support to adults with IDD in the developmental services sector, including in behavior analytic services.

 
Diversity submission 107. A Decade of Disparity: Advocacy for Inclusion in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
SAM JAMES PATRICK (Hunter College), Salvador Ruiz (Hunter College, CUNY)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: In the realm of behavioral research, the pursuit of knowledge and progress is an ongoing journey. Yet, as we peer into the last decade of clinical studies, a stark reality emerges – the notable absence of adults with disabilities as active participants in research. This poster serves as a spotlight on this critical gap, shedding light on the underrepresentation that has persisted in the past ten years of our flagship Journal, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis with Adults with disabilities only accounting for 7.28% out of all participants. Secondly, this poster also highlights the lack of racial diversity present in the same studies, 84.52% of participants individually coded did not identify their race. When combined with the 10.13% identified as white, this leaves 5.35% for all other races. Our exploration delves into the implications of this imbalance, urging a collective examination of the reasons behind the scarcity of adults with disabilities in research. Beyond the numbers, this poster calls attention to the untold stories, unmet needs, and the imperative for inclusivity in pursuing comprehensive, equitable behavioral interventions.
 
108. Quality of Life and Behavior Analysis; Literature, Perspectives, and Practices
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
AARON CHECK (University of South Carolina)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are required and ethically responsible to provide services to address socially significant behavior with the ultimate intent of improving long-term outcomes such as an individual’s quality of life (QoL). QoL is a complex social construct, sensitive to context and circumstances at both individual and environmental levels (Schalock & Verdugo, 2002). There are research-based frameworks and a variety of assessments comprised of universal domains and indicators for practitioners to utilize when attempting to define and assess the construct for their clients. Commitment on the part of a practitioner to use available QoL frameworks and assessments to guide delivery of services may help ensure those services address relevant, socially significant behaviors and improve QoL for the individuals being served (Schwartz & Kelly, 2021). The presenter will share results of a recent systematic literature review investigating single-case behavior analytic research claiming to address QoL. This review will provide insight into the skills behavior analysts are targeting when aiming to improve QoL as well as what efforts are being taken to ensure they have in fact achieved that goal. Second, the presenter will describe results of a nationwide survey exploring behavior analysts’ perspectives and practices related to social validity and QoL.

 
109. Investigation of Potential False Positive Outcomes in Synthesized Contingency Assessments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH PARTHUM (Mount Saint Mary's University), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: In a traditional interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, 2014) indirect assessments are employed to identify reinforcers that may be maintaining problem behavior. Interventionists then combine potential maintaining variables in a single test condition and conduct a systematic assessment where problem behavior is measured. If it occurs, problem behavior is understood to be maintained by that synthesized contingency. In the current study, we aimed to evaluate if a single maintaining function could also be garnered from such an assessment. Putative functional reinforcers were divided into three synthesized contingencies, Attention/Demand, Attention/Tangible, and Demand/Tangible. These conditions were run in rotation, along with a control condition where participants had free access to putative reinforcers. The percentage of intervals in which problem behavior in each condition occurred was measured, such that if behavior occurred in two of three synthesized contingencies that contained the same variable (e.g., access to tangibles), by process of elimination, a single function could be deduced. A single function was identified through use of the IISCA model for one of three participants. Implications for use of the assessment are discussed.
 
110. An Evaluation of Cross-Function Stimuli in the Treatment of Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
PO-KAI HUANG (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Sensory-integration therapy (SIT) is sometimes recommended for individuals who emit problem behavior. Within the behavior-analytic literature, researchers have not found SIT to produce meaningful changes in problem and there is some evidence that SIT can make some problem behavior worse. Although SIT involves access to stimuli, which can be an effective intervention, there may be a mis-match between the stimuli selected for SIT and stimuli that produce stimulation similar to problem behavior. Additionally, when problem behavior is multiply maintained, it may be possible to use noncontingent access to a single stimulus to treat problem behavior in multiple functional contexts. In the research, following ineffective SIT, we evaluated the effects of access to tangible items on the participant's problem behaviors that were maintained by automatic reinforcement and social positive reinforcement in the form of access to tangible items. The results showed that tangible item that evoked problem behavior could be effectively used to suppress problem behavior regardless of functional context. This suggests that cross-function stimuli, even if they do not produce the same stimulation as problem behavior, could effectively treat problem behavior.

 
111. The Effects of an Automatic Removal of Access Arrangement for Tangible Maintained Challenging Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JESSE PERRIN (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), Shayne Rivard (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University ), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina Uinversity), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) has been noted to be the most published behavior analytic intervention for reducing challenging behavior. FCT for tangibly maintained challenging behavior may require the safe removal of the tangible item in some situations. However, there has been a lack of guidance within the literature as to how to remove tangibles in treatment contexts. Thus, the purpose of this study was to investigate an automatic timed shut off on an iPad (tangible) in comparison to staff requesting the item on the latency of challenging behavior in a client with tangibly maintained challenging behavior. The participant was a 14-year-old white male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) whose challenging behavior was aggression. A multielement design was utilized to evaluate treatment of removing tangibles from this client. Results showed that the latency for the client to engage in aggression did not occur during the time of the sessions when the auto-shut off condition was implemented. An exact-count IOA of 100% was obtained from two independent reviewers for 75% of the trials. Treatment integrity was taken for 50% of the total amount of trials conducted. Treatment integrity for the six conditions was 100%.
 
112. Assessment and Treatment of Dangerous Acts Maintained By Automatic Reinforcement
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CASSIE FECK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aila K. Dommestrup (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daniel Kwak (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Talley (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
Abstract: Dangerous climbing is rarely the primary behavior of concern for children with developmental disabilities that engage in challenging behaviors. Furthermore, functional analyses (FA)are completed less often on dangerous climbing, but previous literature suggests dangerous climbing behavior can be maintained by social and nonsocial factors. Thus, function-based interventions have the potential to reduce dangerous climbing. This study sought to replicate previous literature to evaluate function-based interventions for dangerous climbing. The participant was an 8-year old white male with diagnoses of Autism, Severe Intellectual Disability and ADHD. Results of a multielement FA with an extended alone series indicated that dangerous climbing was maintained by automatic reinforcement. An augmented competing stimulus assessment identified 2 matched and 2 unmatched competing stimuli for dangerous climbing. Treatment with competing stimuli was evaluated using an alternating treatments design with a reversal. The matched stimuli were most effective at reducing duration of dangerous climbing. Results replicated previous findings that matched stimuli can reduce dangerous climbing, and suggest functional analyses to inform function-based intervention can reduce the duration of dangerous climbing. Implications for treatment of automatically maintained dangerous climbing behavior are discussed.
 
113. Registered Behavior Technicians' Perspectives on Behavioral Service Provision, Training, Supervision, and Workplace Conditions
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA RAMIREZ (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Jessica Nastasi (University of Florida)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Despite the increase of Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) in the United States, the demand for qualified behavioral providers continues to outpace the supply. Previous research has demonstrated that approximately 70% of all counties in the United States had at least one RBT, however, many of these counties (n= 623) had no supervising Board Certified Behavior Analysts (Yingling et al., 2023). It is important to identify factors contributing to the lack of RBTs. We distributed an electronic survey to RBTs providing applied behavior analysis services across 19 counties in Florida. The survey included questions about the respondents a) training, b) supervision, c) working conditions, d) job satisfaction, and e) intention to leave their current job. Overall, results indicated that insufficient training in challenging behavior and skill acquisition, working conditions, satisfaction with pay, and the requirement to complete unpaid tasks outside of work were related to job satisfaction, intention to leave, and burnout. Recommendations based on the findings of this survey aim to improve overall access to behavioral services by encompassing factors such as job-employee fit, supportive work environments, strong supervision, training, and fair compensation.

 
114. Teaching Job Decision-Making to College Students With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KALEY ADAMS (Florida Atlantic University), Charles Dukes (Florida Atlantic University)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) have historically low employment and retention rates. These disparities in employment can be partially attributed to job placements and minimal opportunities to cultivate employment skills. It is common for this population to be employed in entry level positions or in jobs that are not of interest to the individual, decreasing the likelihood of job retention. Through a multiple probe across participants design, this study evaluated the effects of an intervention package consisting of behavior skills training and an acronym (ELSE+) on job decision-making skills of college students with IDD. Data indicate the strong effectiveness of the intervention package to increase the participants’ ability to make decisions about good job fit, maintenance of the skills once the intervention was removed, and generalization of the skills to novel stimuli (a different job search website). The intervention’s goals, procedures, and outcomes were socially significant. This study has implications on decision-making and employment for this population and for people who support employment efforts of these individuals regarding the need for explicit instruction of decision-making skills through BST.

 
115. I CAN-B Money Savvy! Teaching Adults With Intellectual Disabilities to Make Purchasing Decisions Online
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KALEY ADAMS (Florida Atlantic University), Rangasamy Ramasamy (Florida Atlantic University)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Online shopping is a common feature of modern adult life made easy through targeted advertisements, a large buy now button, and pre-entered credit card information. However, these features do not support making purchasing decisions based on what is best for the individual. Adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) need explicit instruction on how to make informed decisions regarding online purchases. Four adults with IDD currently employed participated in this study. A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. This poster presents a dissertation study conducted in Spring 2024. IRB approval has been attained and data collection is ongoing. Based on results of previous studies, we anticipate participants of this study will acquire, generalize, and maintain the decision-making skills through the intervention package. Implications for practice and future research and limitations will be discussed and expanded upon from the previous and current study.

 
116. A Function-Informed Approach to Caregiver Training for a Child With Severe Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
MARY KATHERINE GERRARD (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine/ Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth Paige Thuman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Andrew White (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Caregiver training programs for children with developmental disabilities and disruptive behaviors typically target child-caregiver interactions, with the majority focusing on the prevention and reduction of mild to moderate behavioral challenges (e.g., behavioral parent training; parent-child interaction therapy). While these training programs may be effective, the interventions are not typically derived from a function-based perspective and, therefore, may have less relevance for professionals working with caregivers of children who demonstrate severe behavior. The purpose of this case study is to illustrate a function-informed, individualized approach to caregiver training within an outpatient clinic for children with severe behavior. A functional analysis was implemented to determine the primary function of the child’s severe behavior. Indirect and descriptive assessment data were used to identify additional parent behaviors that may have also played a role in reinforcing severe behavior. All three sources of data (indirect and descriptive assessment, and functional analysis) informed a function-based caregiver training intervention. Skills training targeted caregiver behaviors related to extinction for challenging behavior and reinforcement for alternative behavior. We evaluated the skills training in a multiple baseline design across contexts and report outcomes in terms of both caregiver and child behavior changes.

 
117. Modified Exposure and Response Prevention Therapy: Interdisciplinary Approach for Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KIERSTEN STRICKLAND (USF; UFCAN), Justin Boyan Han (University of Florida), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Andrea Guastello (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Takahiro Soda (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Obsessive-compulsive disorder is a chronic disorder that is characterized by intrusive private events (obsessions) and repetitive behaviors related to these private events (compulsions) that impact roughly two to three percent of the population in their lifetime (Fontenelle et al., 2006). Typical treatment for behaviors related to obsessive-compulsive disorder includes psychotherapy techniques through cognitive behavioral therapy, exposure and response prevention therapy, and pharmacotherapy through the prescription of serotonin reuptake inhibitor (Koran et al., 2007). While there is ample research demonstrating the effectiveness and efficacy of these treatments for obsessive-compulsive behaviors, the psychotherapy methodology mentioned relies heavily on verbal behavior and has limited applications for individuals without the verbal repertoire to engage with said therapy methods. Nevertheless, both cognitive behavioral therapy and exposure and response prevention therapy have treatment components that can be modified through environmental manipulations that are typically done in the field of behavior analysis. To date, limited research has examined the treatment of obsessive-compulsive behaviors for individuals with intellectual disabilities with limited verbal behavior repertoire. This project is a collaboration between behavior analysts, psychologists, and psychiatrists on a case demonstration for a modified ERP treatment for a 15-year-old individual who engages in multiple OCD-related behaviors through single case design. Implications and results are discussed.

 
119. Functional Communication Training Strategies That Work: Using Progressive Variable-Ratio (VR) Schedules and Other Strategies to Manage Demand Fading and Prevent Resurgence
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
DAVID W. SIDENER (Roots ABA), Jennifer Skundrich (Roots ABA), Vincent Gencarelli (Roots ABA)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

This poster describes the evaluation of an intensive analysis and function-based treatment package to address severe, disruptive behavior exhibited by youths with ASD and intellectual developmental disorder. Most of the youth included in the present study have been removed from more than one school program due to the severity of their disruptive behavior. A core component of our assessment was a highly-individualized, analog functional analysis, which we conducted until we found evidence of one or more functions. Next, we evaluated function-based treatment. Core effective treatment strategies included starting with a rich schedule of reinforcement, accessed via minimally-effortful, communicative responses, often simply tapping a card. After the new manding form occurred consistently and disruptive behavior remained low, minimal additional demands were presented and cued by progressive, VR token boards. The VR schedule inherently included variability and may have made it easier to surreptitiously expand response requirements, which we did very gradually in a manner we came to call “micro-demand fading.” Results from the first five learners in this program show an average reduction of greater than 99% of severe, disruptive behavior.

 
120. Investigating Our Terminology: Understanding the Frequency of Potentially Problematic Words Used in Behavior Analytic Journals
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
JULIANNE MARIE OLIVIERI (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson (Brock University)
Abstract: Research has shown societal aversion to common, behavior analytic terms, connoting different meanings in technical and nontechnical environments. One example is the word “discrimination”: in behavior analysis, this term describes differentiation between stimuli, whereas non-behavior analytic usage often describes the prejudiced treatment of marginalized people. To better understand the conditions under which behavior analysts use these words, we conducted a literary analysis of the frequency and context of five potentially problematic terms, in publication titles of five behavior analytic journals. All issues of each journal until the end of 2023 were included in this study. We searched for the following words (and their variations): “control”, “compliance”, “punishment”, “manipulation”, and “discrimination,” based on a history of public aversion (Foxxx, 1996). The word “control” has the largest cumulative usage across all journals, whereas “manipulation” has the least frequent usage. Terms were less frequent than expected; excluding “control,” all terms had less than 100 cumulative occurrences in all issues of one journal. Preliminary analysis suggests that frequency and context of term usage is influenced by commonly published authors and the term’s generalizability. Further analyses are recommended to understand these terms’ frequency within seminal, behavior analytic texts for students of behavior analysis.
 
121. Behavioral Practitioners’ Perspectives on Restraint and Physical Guidance for Clients Who Engage in Challenging Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
EMMA D'ENTREMONT (Rowan University), Abigail Moretti (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

Practitioners delivering behavior analytic services may encounter unsafe and interfering behaviors such as self-injury and aggression. The aim of this study is to understand the use of hands-on procedures, including restraint and physical guidance, in the field of behavior analysis. A preliminary national sample of 158 behavioral practitioners (RBT, BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D) completed an online survey that included Likert-scale, open-ended, and check box options regarding their experiences with physical restraint, mechanical restraint, and physical guidance, including their training, comfort, and confidence; client responses; and alternative options. Results indicate that 60% of participants used physical restraint within the last year, primarily for aggressive or dangerous behavior, whereas fewer implemented mechanical restraint (23%), primarily for self-injury. The majority of participants reported adverse client responses following restraint (86%), most commonly physically resisting, vocal responses, and emotional responses. Although all participants had received training in physical guidance and nearly all indicated using physical guidance, 86% reported working with a client whose behavior indicated that they disliked physical guidance. Whereas 71% reported confidence using physical guidance, the majority were unable to identify alternative procedures. Results indicate the need for training in alternatives to restraint and physical guidance, and honoring client preferences regarding physical touch.

 
 
 
Poster Session #484K
AUT Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 27, 2024
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
122. Use of a Descriptive Pre-Assessment to Inform the Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Mands
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YEFRY D QUINONES (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Bowman and colleagues (1997) first described severe problem behavior maintained by caregiver compliance with child’s mands. The mand conditions were arranged based on parental report and anecdotal information obtained from direct observation by clinicians. In a recent systematic review on mand compliance (Rajaraman & Hanley, 2021) the authors noted in the majority of studies where mands compliance was identified as the functional reinforcer, assessment conditions were informed primarily through indirect assessment. The current case study involved an 11-year-old male diagnosed with autism and other related disabilities who was admitted to an inpatient hospital for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Parental report and direct observation suggested problem behavior may be maintained by compliance with mands. Prior to conducting a traditional mands assessment, a descriptive pre-assessment was conducted where the frequency of child mands was recorded across a variety of leisure activities. This assessment was constructed similarly to a competing stimulus assessment. The activity associated with the highest level of mands was used to inform the conditions of the subsequent mands assessment and treatment analyses. A treatment consisting of multiple schedule with extinction and differential reinforcement was evaluated in a multiple baseline design across activities and problem behavior reduced to clinically significant levels.
 
123. An Evaluation of Efficient Discrimination Training Procedures for a Child With Autism and SCN2A Genetic Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBYN BREWER (Canopy Children’s Solutions), Ashton Hewes (Canopy Children's Solutions), Jyesha Marshall (Canopy Children's Solutions), Shavvone Williams (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the efficiency of using a Mass Trial plus Intermixing discrimination training procedure to teach receptive identification tasks for a child diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and SCN-2A genetic condition. Prior to this study, the participant did not discriminate across pictorial stimuli during receptive identification tasks. When receptive identification tasks were introduced, a Random Rotation procedure was used. Mastery criteria of 80% independent correct responses was not achieved across two sets of stimuli using these procedures. As a result, a treatment evaluation was conducted using a novel set of stimuli that compared three discrimination training procedures: Random Rotation, Combined Blocking, and Mass Trial plus Intermixing. The results of the evaluation indicated the most success using the Mass Trial plus Intermixing discrimination training procedure. These results were replicated across the original receptive identification tasks. Once mastery criterion was met, a novel set of stimuli was targeted. The results of this study showed a decrease in trials to criterion across each set of novel stimuli using Mass Trial plus Intermixing when compared to Random Rotation. Additionally, a significant decrease in trials to criterion was observed following the introduction of a second set of novel stimuli using the Mass Trial plus Intermixing procedure.
 
124. Martial Arts Interventions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LISA LOCASCIO (Felician University), Theoni Mantzoros (Felician University), Brian Conners (Felician University)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: A systematic search was conducted to identify experimental articles published through December 2023, which targeted the use of martial arts as an intervention for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). A total of 554 articles were identified through the initial search on the selected terms. The abstracts were examined for the 554 articles, with full texts examined for 46 of the articles (see Figure 1). The criteria included (a) a martial arts intervention, included the following: bahrami, boxing, Chinese martial arts, jeet kune do, jiu jitsu, judo, karate, kickboxing, mixed martial arts, tae kwon do, tai chi, and wing chun, and (b) at least one participant diagnosed with ASD. The research questions for this project include: 1. What are the key study and participant characteristics related to martial arts interventions for individuals with ASD? 2. What is the effect of the martial arts intervention on the targeted behavior? Behaviors targeted through the interventions include but are not limited to the increase of social skills, skilled attention, and communication skills, as well as the decrease of stereotypy. Coding and data analysis for this project is currently ongoing. 
 
125. Derived Relations via Observational Learning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACOB ANTHONY HARNER (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: This study evaluated the efficacy of observational learning (OBL) and equivalence-based instruction (EBI) when utilized in a clinical setting with children diagnosed with Autism. Two children aged five participated in this study. Both received small-group EBI with an embedded OBL component. Participants were trained to relate three stimulus classes (A, B, C) with six class members (A1-6, B1-6, C1-6). Three class members served as the train set for each participant, while the remaining three class members served as the observation set. Both participants served as learners and observers during each training phase. Following baseline data collection on both the train and observation sets of stimuli, participants were trained to match stimuli A-B (train set) and B-C (train set). Afterward, each participant was retested for equivalence class formation across the train and observation sets of stimuli. Participants were also tested to determine if transitive relations emerged for the training and observation stimulus sets. Findings provide valuable data to inform classroom or center-based group instruction.
 
126. A Demonstration of the Importance of Obtaining Medical Rule-Out in the Assessment of a Young Adult With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LEANNE LATOCHA (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Sometimes challenging behaviors are related to underlying medical variables (Aldinger et al., 2015, Carr & Owen-DeSchryver, 2007). Behavior analysts are expected to assess and address a client’s medical needs when behaviors may be influenced by medical variables (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020, Code 2.12). One indication that medical variables may need to be assessed is when patterns are observed in behavioral data (Copeland & Buch, 2019). The purpose of this project was to evaluate whether the recurring hospitalization of an adult with autism due to challenging behavior was influenced by medical factors. The participant was a young adult diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder with a history of recurring urinary tract infection. Functional behavioral assessment results indicated that challenging behaviors were maintained by access to attention and medical care, specifically when medical attention was needed to address a medical concern, such as the contraction of a urinary tract infection. Results of the functional behavior assessment revealed a cyclical pattern of challenging behavior and the contraction of a urinary tract infection, indicating that challenging behaviors were influenced by a medical condition.
 
127. Compassionate and Assent Based Treatment for Autistic Youth With Severe Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE GIBSON (Nationwide Children's Hospital; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Christin A. McDonald (Nationwide Children's Hospital; Ohio State University)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The World Health Organization (WHO) recognizes Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) one of the top 10 most disabling conditions across mental and physical health disorders (Veale, 2014). Autism and OCD demonstrate significant symptom overlap and can be challenging to differentially diagnose, as well as treat (Hoffman, 2012). Exposure and response prevention therapy (ERP) and cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) are both considered the gold standard in the treatment for OCD; however, autistic individuals often encounter challenges in participating in treatment due to difficulties with emotional regulation, alexithymia, and differences in perspective taking (Gaus, 2018; Stark et al., 2021; Spain et al., 2022). Therefore, patients with co-occurring autism and OCD require adapted treatment models which may include increased parental involvement through the reduction of parental accommodations of compulsions through the SPACE program (Rozenblat et al., 2023), the use of DNA-V (Allmann et al., 2020), and a constructional approach to skill building and non-linear analysis of OCD patterns within the environment (Goldiamond, 1974; Layng, 2009; Merley & Layng, 1976). This poster reviews a case study of an autistic youth with severe OCD and aggression presenting to the Complex Behavior Program at Nationwide Children’s Hospital. The case reviews a compassionate and assent-based treatment package using principles of ABA and the aforementioned adjunctive elements to reduce highly disabling symptoms of OCD through skill building with both patient and parents.
 
128. Examining the Impact of Stimulus Set Size Across Verbal Operants for Children Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN MCGONIGAL (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Beverly Nichols (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: This study investigates the influence of stimulus set size on the acquisition of verbal operants for young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). At present there are few empirically based guidelines for clinicians to follow when determining how many stimuli to teach at a time. Some previous research suggests that teaching more stimuli at a time is more efficient that teaching a few stimuli at a time. The current investigation compared the acquisition of tact and/or listener responses when they were taught in sets of 3 stimuli, 6 stimuli, and 12 stimuli. Overall, we found for the participants in the current study that teaching with sets of 6 stimuli, or 12 stimuli were more efficient than teaching with sets of 3 stimuli. This finding was consistent across listener and tact skills. The results of this study replicate previous research and suggest that teaching with larger sets of stimuli may be more efficient. We will discuss the implications of these findings as well as potential participant characteristics that should be considered when selecting set sizes.
 
129. Assessing Random Assignment and Logical Analysis Methods in the Adapted Alternating Treatments Design
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW WELTON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Elizabeth J. Preas (Austin College), Mikayla Crawford (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Adapted alternating treatments designs are commonly used in applied settings to compare the efficacy and efficiency of one or more instructional procedures. When using an adapted alternating treatments design it is imperative to equate the difficulty of the target sets being taught with the different instructional procedures. Logical analysis is a common method used to equate the difficulty of target sets. This method consists of equating targets based on auditory and visual properties. Previous research has not examined the impact of using a logical analysis method with an adapted alternating treatments design. The present study assessed the components of a logical analysis method using an adapted alternating treatments design to compare random assignment to logical analysis methods. Before the investigation, target tacts were classified according to auditory (i.e., syllables, first sound, last sound) and visual properties (i.e., size, shape, color). Next, we compared the acquisition of tacts for children with autism when the target sets were and were not equated with the logical analysis method. The results so far suggest that the logical analysis method was not necessary for equating the difficulty of targets. However, additional research is needed to replicate these findings across participants and verbal operants.
 
130. Increasing Medication Adherence Through the Evaluation of Individual Preferences
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN CARSON (Melmark), Kristin Konowal (Melmark)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may also experience medical and/or psychiatric comorbidities that negatively impact their well-being. Adherence with medication administration includes client acceptance of medication prescribed by a medical professional for biological benefit. Medication adherence is necessary for some individuals to protect their health and safety and promote best outcomes as outlined by the individual and/or their stakeholders. To establish and maintain medication adherence, direct intervention may be necessary. A review of the behavior analytic literature demonstrated numerous interventions that targeted medication adherence including verbal instruction, in vivo demonstration (modeling), prompting, visual aids, reinforcement, corrective feedback, planned ignoring, time out, and differential reinforcement. This research evaluated the effects of client-specific protocols that incorporated each individuals’ preferences for stimulus blending on medication adherence in an applied setting. The protocols were implemented with two school-aged children who were receiving services at a residential treatment facility and a private day school. Results demonstrated overall medication adherence with reduced variability when implemented with procedural fidelity. The interventions were implemented by various nursing staff and across settings. These findings extend the research for effective, generalized procedures that are socially valid in an effort to improve overall quality of life.
 
131. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Hygiene Skills to Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIET TRAN (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew Louis Lucciola (Rutgers, State University of New Jersey), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is a well-established, empirically supported procedure proven to be effective in teaching a myriad of skills (Reed et al., 2018). Whereas BST has been used to teach hygiene skills in children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), little research exists within the adult population. The current study evaluated the efficacy of using BST to teach hygiene skills such as brushing teeth and shampooing hair to two adults, Calvin and Jessica, diagnosed with ASD displaying severe challenging behavior. Each participant was offered a rationale, succinct written instruction, and detailed vocal instruction for each respective skill before a video model was provided. The therapist then rehearsed the skill with the participant in role play session and finally provided feedback until mastery. Once mastered in role paly sessions, the skill was practiced in in-vivo sessions until mastered. Both participants successfully mastered their respective hygiene skills, and the present procedures provide a model for clinicians to use BST to teach hygiene skills.
 
132. An Application of the Enhanced Choice Model to Treat Elopement Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA MERCANTE (Melmark)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: There may be challenges in treatment for elopement behavior when response blocking and extinction are used as an intervention (Boyle et al., 2022; Boyle et al., 2019). Additionally, evaluation of client assent is meaningful (Abdel-Jalil et al., 2023). The enhanced choice model of skill based treatment aims to reduce the associated risks with extinction of problem behavior by including client autonomy to gain assent to treatment (Rajaraman et al., 2022; J.L. Staubitz, et al., 2022). Research has demonstrated successful treatment outcomes with assent through the application of the enhanced choice model (Staubitz et al., 2022). This is a case application of the enhanced choice model in an applied setting with multiple staff implementing the intervention. The client’s elopement behavior was maintained by synthesized negative and positive reinforcement across school and residential settings at a residential treatment facility. The data demonstrated positive intervention effects with a demonstrated decrease in elopement behavior and increase in time spent in the programming area. Components of the enhanced choice model used to gain treatment outcomes are discussed, as well as, next steps in this client’s skill based treatment (i.e., FCT, Tolerance Response Training).
 
133. Using Skillstreaming® and Video Modeling to Promote Social Skills Development for Children on the Autism Spectrum
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTA CORSON (BrightBloom Centers), Katherine Burkett (BrightBloom Centers), Diliana Henry (BrightBloom Centers), Richard G. Allen (PCOM)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Young children with autism tend to experience significant social-communicative deficits and delays. While many school and home-based behavioral programs have focused on increasing communication skills in young children with autism, directly targeting social skills is often overlooked. Skillstreaming is an evidence-based training curriculum designed to build the social-emotional skills of children and adolescents. This project examined the outcomes of incorporating video modeling with Skillstreaming. The Skillstreaming model used a four-part training approach - modeling, role-playing, performance feedback, and generalization - to teach prosocial skills in a small-group context. A total of three young children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) participated in a 10-week social skills group. Participants were assessed on three topics involving social-emotional behavior that were chosen based on the results of parent and teacher rating scales completed before the study. Following the implementation of the model, initial results indicated that individualized modifications were needed for meaningful outcomes to be achieved for each participant. Researchers determined that by identifying participant-specific barriers to skill acquisition, the Skillstreaming curriculum, with the addition of video models, improved each child's social-emotional skills.
 
Diversity submission 134. Reduction Protocol Targeting Significantly Interfering Rumination Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEG KERPER (Purdue University)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: In the case of an eight- year- old student, diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and deafness, a unique intervention targeting the reduction of rumination behavior was necessary. The student demonstrated repetitive problem behavior, in the form of regurgitating previously swallowed food, along with stomach acid, and holding it in his mouth and cheeks. This behavior occurred daily, throughout the day, across all settings and activities. The student’s pediatrician, gastroenterologist and dentist recommended behavioral intervention due to the severe damage being caused to the student’s teeth and throat. Minimally invasive behavioral strategies were exhausted before the design and implementation of this intervention. The protocol that demonstrated effectiveness in reducing the rumination behavior was a Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) that involved replacing rumination behavior with gum chewing. Strategies involved in this protocol included Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT), preference assessments, live modeling, video modeling, visual prompts, positive reinforcement and Functional Communication Training (FCT). Treatment was implemented during Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy sessions.
 
135. Using Medical Desensitization to Decrease Fear Responses in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Severe Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VICTORIA FLANAGAN (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services (RCAAS)), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew Louis Lucciola (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Trypanophobia, a fear of medical procedures involving needles, can cooccur in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Complications with medical procedures involving needles, such as blood draws, are further exasperated for individuals with severe problem behavior such as self-injury and aggression. Systematic desensitization is a behavior technique that gradually exposes an individual to anxiety provoking stimuli while learning relaxation techniques and shows promise as an effective tool to treat needle phobia in adults diagnosed with ASD (Wolff & Symons 2012). The purpose of the current study was to expand on this literature by evaluating the effectiveness of medical desensitization to phlebotomy procedures with a 25-year-old female with ASD and history of severe aggressive and disruptive behavior. Results of the present evaluation demonstrate the effectiveness of medical desensitization in the reduction of fear responses; aggressive behavior and patient heart rate were also tracked and reported. Responding generalized with a phlebotomist in an in-vivo blood draw.
 
136. The Use of Stimulus Equivalence to Teach Social Skills to Individuals With Autism or Other Intellectual or Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIO ERHARD (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Monique Barnett (University of Texas at Austin), Elizabeth Marie Rodriguez (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction can be a useful teaching strategy for producing equivalency between stimuli without the need for direct training of each stimulus and their respective relation. Further, previous systematic reviews have demonstrated that equivalence-based instruction has been effective for teaching various populations (e.g., typically developing college students, adults with intellectual disabilities, individuals with autism) across a variety of skills (e.g., math, reading). However, no systematic review to date has solely examined the extent to which equivalence-based instruction can be used to teach social skills (e.g., requests, expressive labeling) to individuals with autism and other intellectual or developmental disabilities. A systematic review was conducted that examined the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach social skills to individuals with autism or other developmental/intellectual disabilities, which yielded 20 studies. Results indicated that, despite large variations in training protocols and training-testing procedures, equivalence-based instruction results were consistent with many of the results in previous literature reviews regarding its efficacy. The research indicated that equivalence-based instruction is a promising but underused paradigm for teaching social skills to individuals with autism or other intellectual or developmental disabilities. Concerns regarding lack of procedural fidelity and social validity data are discussed as well.
 
137. ABAcare Institute: A Service Model for People With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in Brazil
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CELSO GOYOS (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Giovana Escobal (Instituto ABAcare; Instituto Lahmiei-Autismo; Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dafne Fidelis (Instituto ABAcare; Instituto Lahmiei-Autismo; Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: ABAcare was established in 2018 in the city of Ribeirão Preto, state of São Paulo, Brazil, aiming at attending an increasing number of individuals with Autism Syndrome Disorders, language and intellectual delays and offering solid evidence-based behavior analysis therapies. Presently, the institute services a total of 357 individuals in units located in Ribeirao Preto and the northeast of Brazil. The age of the population serviced ranges from 1 to 35 years, with greater demand from the ages of 1,5 to 9 years. Over 1,000 individuals have received ABA-based treatment which is initially on an individual basis and, as required by the personalized education plan, on small groups. Treatment is also extended to public and private schools as well as other clinics via supervision. Most cases are funded by private insurance. The institute employs a total of 155 professionals of which 72 are master’s degree behavior analysts, and 12 who are also master’s or PhD degree level in psychology or special education. They are licensed as psychologists, special educators, occupational and music therapists, speech therapists, physical educators. There are 33 supervisors who monitor all therapies 100% of the therapy time online and offer supervision with immediate feedback on real time.
 
138. Assessing Preferred Caregiver Attention Using a Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA NORIEGA CACERES (Towson University, AmigoCare ABA), Shelby Lynne Quigley (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Procedures for systematically identifying preferred stimuli that may function as reinforcers have become a routine part of the assessment and treatment development process (Hagopian, Long, Rush, 2004). Preference assessments look to identify preference for specific stimuli to later be used as potential reinforcers (Clay et al., 2013). For example, identifying preferred stimuli that function as reinforcers is critical when teaching skills to young children diagnosed with autism. Moreover, identifying the type of caregiver attention that is most desired is a critical step in creating a function-based treatment (Morris & Vollmer, 2020). In this study, a paired stimulus preference assessment (PSPA) was used to identify the client's preference of caregivers' attention. Four different types of attention were assessed: positive verbal, physical, statements of concern, and no interaction. Results demonstrate that identifying the type of caregiver’s attention that is preferred by the client will allow caregivers to provide the most reinforcing form of attention, thereby enhancing the client's behavior.
 
139. Backwards Chaining in Training Functional Living Skills to a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM THOMAS LICKISS (Utah Valley University), Julie Harrison (Utah Valley University), Savannah Rraine Washburn (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Children with autism often have deficits independent and functional living skills, which can affect their daily living and independence. These deficits can include skills such as laundry, cooking, baking, time management, transportation, and home cleaning. Deficits in functional living skills can lead to overdependence on family members, restricted choices, limited schedules, and overall decreased quality of life. Research has demonstrated the use of chaining procedures as an effective strategy for teaching functional living skills. Although research has been conducted on this topic, further replications are needed to evaluate the effectiveness of these interventions in promoting appropriate functional living skills under various contexts and across a wide range of populations. The purpose of this study was to evaluate backwards chaining in teaching functional living skills in children with autism. A multiple baseline across skills design was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of the backward chaining procedures. The results of this study suggest that backwards chaining was an effective method for teaching several functional living skills.
 
140. Using PEAK to Teach Untrained Expressive Identification of Functions in Autistic Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE HARRISON (Utah Valley University), William Thomas Lickiss (Utah Valley University), Savannah Rraine Washburn (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have deficits in communication, including the emergence of untrained responses. Autistic individuals emit spontaneous intraverbal responses at a much lower frequency compared to typically developing individuals. Research has shown that procedures derived from the PEAK curriculum can aid in teaching verbal behavior in children with autism, including generalization to untrained stimuli without the need for further direct training. Much of the current research focuses primarily on mands and tacts, and there is limited research in increasing intraverbal skills through LRFFC. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of the PEAK curriculum in teaching untrained LRFFC responses to children with autism. The study included three 3-4 year old males diagnosed with autism and utilized a non-concurrent multiple baseline across subjects design. The participants were asked to identify multiple functions of 10 stimuli, 5 trained and 5 tested for generalization. The results suggest that the PEAK Generalization curriculum was effective in increasing the emergence of untrained responses in the participants.
 
141. Natrualistic Environmnet Training (NET) and Mand Training to Increase Social Gaze When Emitting Vocal Mands
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAVANNAH RRAINE WASHBURN (Utah Valley University), Julie Harrison (Utah Valley University), William Thomas Lickiss (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Children with autism often present deficits related to communication and social interactions. These individuals show limited interest in interacting with others, engage in limited eye-contact, or ignore others completely. Previous research has demonstrated the use of mand-training as an effective way of teaching functional communication and verbal behavior. Research has also evaluated the effectiveness of Naturalistic Environment Training (NET) aimed at increasing social gaze among children with autism. The current study aimed to add to the existing body of literature surrounding NET and mand training by providing a replication of previous research. Specifically, the current study utilized an AB design to evaluate the effectiveness of using NET to teach the skill of orienting toward a listener (i.e., social gaze) prior to emitting a vocal mand. Furthermore, eye contact with the listener was not required from the participant, only the orientation of their body or head, as a way to increase social validity given the relative aversiveness of eye contact experienced by individuals with autism. Results showed that the intervention was effective at teaching the participant to orient to a listener prior to emitting a vocal mand.
 
142. A Comparative Analysis of Tact Acquisition in Two Different Languages in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SATIA RIVA (Data Driven Aba), Manuela D'Alessio ((Parent)), Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA), Francesca Siciliano (Data Driven ABA), Nicola Cefalo (Data Driven ABA), Gaia Pilotto (Data Driven Aba)
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: Children with autism often present language difficulties. The following experimental study is aimed at responding to the following question: “is it possible that the language used plays a key role in the speed at which vocabulary is learned?” A 10-year-old native Italian speaker, living in Italy, diagnosed with ASD and language difficulties, participated in the study. The results show faster learning in English than in Italian, despite the fact that the child's mother language was Italian. The response rate per minute was also higher for the set in English than in Italian. The Alternating Treatments Design used was effective in exploring which language the child learns first with Tact Training. The results suggest that the child had a preference for learning in English, despite being a native Italian speaker, and that proposing learning items is English may result in quicker mastery. These findings might be indicative of the ineffectiveness of the training to learn Italian that the child has received and should encourage to improve the way in which the child is taught his mother language, prompting a shift towards evidence-based approaches.
 
143. The Effects of a Non-Aversive Intervention on Repertoire Construction in a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Natalia Mucheroni (Universidade de São Paulo), MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo), Yasmin Sayegh (Universidade de São Paulo), Adrieli Gonçalves Santos (Center for Autism and Social Inclusion of University of São Paulo), Gabriela Barbugian Azevedo (University of São Paulo (USP)), Isadora Tomaz Castanho (Universidade de São Paulo), Isabela de Moura Simplicio (Universidade de São Paulo)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Given the scarcity of established best practices regarding assent within our field, our primary goal was to gain insights into the types of conduct that could ensure the voluntary participation of a child with autism spectrum disorder in a behavioral intervention. Our secondary goal was to assess the feasibility of integrating assent practices to facilitate the acquisition of communication skills.The client was a 4-year-old male with ASD, and the intervention took place at the Center for Autism and social Inclusion of University of São Paulo. The main behavioral barriers included escaping from therapy, hyperactivity, and a lack of verbal behavior. The procedure involved selecting behavioral goals, identifying behaviors that indicated dissent, providing choices, implementing highly preferred activities, and using the child's motivation as the primary context to start a teaching trial. During the intervention, the child participated in therapy for a longer duration, exhibited decreased hyperactivity, and showed increased eye contact, waiting, manding and vocalizations. We concluded that future research should focus on the possible positive effects of assent practices in decreasing escape behaviors and facilitating the acquisition of new behaviors. This includes providing professionals with tools to identify dissent in non-verbal children.
 
Diversity submission 144. Cultural Humility in Supporting the Transition to the Workplace: Implementing a Group Social Skills Curriculum for Autistic Adults in Brazil
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JOSIANE MARIANO (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services), Isabela Silva (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services), Adriano Barboza (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services), Larissa Aguirre (Conduzir Behavioral Health Services), Julia Sargi (Grupo Conduzir)
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: Individuals on the autism spectrum often face challenges in social interactions, which can lead to difficulties in building interpersonal relationships. This can be particularly challenging during their transition to employment. With this goal in mind, our group has developed adolescent and adult groups using the Program for the Education and Enrichment of Relational Skills (PEERS) Curriculum as the core component (Step #1). However, during the development process, we needed to incorporate other relevant curricula (i.e., the Adaptive Behavior Assessment System - ABAS, and the Assessment of Functional Living Skills - AFLS – Step #2) and design new target behaviors (Step #3). Significant modifications were made in steps, objectives, and target behaviors to ensure the interventions were culturally relevant to the participants. The resources were distributed as follows: 58% from the AFLS, 17% from the ABAS, 13% from the PEERS, and 13% designed by the clinical team to fill existing behavioral and cultural gaps. The results of this work under development will provide important insights into some best practices for teaching social skills to adolescents and adults on the autism spectrum who are transitioning to employment in Brazil.
 
145. Impact of Online Family Training Models for Managing Difficult Behaviors and Food Selectivity in Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LEILA BAGAIOLO (Gradual/USP), Claudia Romano (Gradual), Livia Rangel (Mackenzie), Daniela Bordini (Federal University of São Paulo), Graccielle Asevedo (Federal University of São Paulo), Joana Portolese (University of Sao Paulo), Bianca Ludiacco (None), Cristiane Silvestre de Paula (Programa de Pós-Graduação em Distúrbios do Desenvolvimento Universidade Presbiteriana Mackenzie (UPM), São Paulo, SP, Brazil)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Several studies point to the effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analysis-ABA for the treatment of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders-ASD, which includes parental training. Objective: to analyze the feasibility and impacts of two parental training programs to reduce desafiant behavior patterns in ASD. Methods: open clinical trial, conducted in Brazil with 23 children with ASD and their parents. For intervention we used behavioral skills training and piramidal training. It was consisted of 12 weeks of online sessions with parents, distributed in Disruptive Management Behaviors/Food Selectivity Groups (MG and SG respectively). Questionnaires applied before and after intervention: Hamilton, Autism Behavior Checklist and BAMBI-paired samples Student's t-test were used. Parents made daily records, regarding quantity of disruptive/eating behaviors of their children. Results: for both groups, there was a decrease in the target behaviors comparing pre and post intervention moments (MG p=0.001 and SG p=0.012). For daily data collection, MG showed a decrease of some disruptive behaviors overtime; rearding SG, participants advanced for the desafiant steps, like touching and eating the target food. Conclusion: for both groups, we observed general improvement, some similar acquisition patterns and also behavioral variability between participants. Currently, the research is being implemented in the digital model in an application.
 
146. Combining Technologies: LIFE and AIM Curricula in a Naturalistic Environment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA MIDDLETON (Missouri State University), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Ryan Moser (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training has shown great utility for increasing psychological flexibility and mindful practice with a wide population, including children when programming is guided by the AIM curriculum (Enoch & Dixon, 2017). Another methodology that has been shown to be effective in use with children is the LIFE curriculum, which can be used to train and promote the acquisition of skills (Belisle et al., 2021). We evaluated the naturalistic use of AIM lessons in a special education program and selected performance targets to train to mastery using the LIFE curriculum. Each of the skills was trained in one-on-one telehealth sessions using the adapted LIFE programs reflecting skills, materials, and terminology used in the larger classroom setting. In addition to the training of these skills, a mindfulness component was added within a changing criterion design to support and promote increased ability for the students to engage in mindful minutes in the AIM curriculum. The study results showed that the participant mastered each of the LIFE programs with generalization to the natural environment. In addition, performance improved above the target criterion for engaging in mindful minutes. Results have implications for synthesizing multiple technologies based on ACT.
 
147. Understanding the Behavior Therapist Shortage in Florida: Identifying Factors That Influence Service Delivery Across a Drill-Down Survey of Behavior Service Providers
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DAVIS SIMMONS (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Kacie McGarry (University of Florida), Jessica Nastasi (University of Florida)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Despite a continued growth in licensed professionals that provide Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services, there continues to be a shortage of qualified professionals to meet an ever-growing need. This poster is part of a comprehensive multi-tiered project funded by a grant from the Florida Developmental Disabilities Council, Inc. to investigate the shortage of behavior analytic services in the state of Florida. The poster presents descriptive and statistical analyses (Pearson’s Correlation, Multivariate Analysis of Variance) across 16 hypotheses in a stakeholder survey used to identify factors influencing ABA service provision and inform recommendations on quality of training, supervision, and working conditions. Specifically, 180 behavior service providers (Board-Certified Behavior Analysts [BCBAs], Board-Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts [BCaBAs], Board-Certified Behavior Analysts-Doctoral [BCBA-Ds], Florida Behavior Analysts) answered open ended, rating scale, and multiple-choice questions about clinical role and responsibilities, schedule consistency and pay, working conditions, training, supervision, and demographics, and background information. General findings include three hypotheses being supported or mostly supported, three being partially supported, and 11 being unsupported or mostly unsupported. Primarily, supervision caseload and pay satisfaction are related to satisfaction, intention to quit, and burnout. Conclusions and recommendations will be discussed.
 
148. Effects of Mastery Criteria on Skill Maintenance of Tacts With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Replication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINA GERENCSER (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University), Vidisha Gangidi (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: When programming skill acquisition for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), practitioners determine a set criterion to serve as a measure when a client has acquired the target skill. Recently, researchers have been evaluating different mastery criteria and the effects it has on maintenance of taught skills using most-to-least prompting. Previous research suggest that skills taught with a more stringent mastery criterion, such as 100% across 3 consecutive sessions, achieve better maintenance (e.g., Richling et al., 2019). This study replicates and extends previous research from Longino et al., (2021) to evaluate the effects of three mastery criteria (i.e., 80%, 90%, and 100% accuracy across three consecutive sessions) on the maintenance of tact skills taught using a most-to-least prompting procedure combined with a progressive time delay with children with ASD. Our results replicate the findings of pervious research with higher mastery criteria leading to higher, and more stable levels of maintenance. However, both participants showed an increase in maintenance in the lowest mastery criterion set, 80%, following the 4-week maintenance probes.
 
149. Wipe Like a Pro: Teaching Post–Bowel Movement Wiping Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Alex Arevalo (Amigo Care ABA), Shelby Lynne Quigley (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Amigo Care ABA, Maryland Association for Behavior Analysis), Melissa Theodore (May Institute), Katherine Nerud (Amigo Care ABA), TATIANA CASTILLO (Amigo Care ABA)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: The skill of achieving toilet training proficiency is a pivotal skill that serves as a cornerstone for fostering autonomy in one's life. A concerted effort by researchers and clinicians has been devoted to comprehending and disseminating methodologies aimed at enhancing the probability of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) attaining toilet training proficiency (Azrin & Foxx, 1971; Leblanc et al., 2005; Greer et al., 2016; Perez et al., 2020). The majority of research have concentrated on toilet training treatment packages emphasizing fundamental skills from wearing underwear to employing differential reinforcement for appropriate voiding (Greer et al., 2016). Not as much attention has been directed toward supplementary skills essential for comprehensive toilet training, namely the skills of wiping after a bowel movement. For individuals with developmental disabilities, honing skills such as wiping often demands a considerable amount of deliberate practice and skill shaping. In the context of this study, a table work strategy was employed to systematically shape the wiping skill of a 9-year-old male diagnosed with ASD, coupled with practical demonstrations utilizing a simulated buttocks (i.e., a synthetic rubber model). Subsequently, sessions focused on generalization and maintenance were administered to ascertain the robust acquisition of the toileting skill of wiping.
 
150. Using Within- and Across-Session Analysis for the Evaluation of Overarousal in Adolescents and Adults Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSEY CICALESE (Rutgers University), Hanadi-Salah Ibrahim (Rutgers University), Kimberly Boley (Rutgers University), Adam Goscinski (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: Functional analyses (FAs) represent the most sophisticated procedures for determining the function of challenging behavior. When conducting functional analyses, the rates of problem behavior from experimental conditions are compared to a control condition in which the motivating operation (MO) is absent. With socially-mediated problem behavior, target behavior typically occurs more frequently when the MO is present (e.g., when the reinforcer is withheld) and less frequently when the MO is absent (free access, no demands). In some cases, problem behavior persists even when the reinforcer is available. This pattern is consistent with automatic reinforcement. However, there are some patterns of responding during the MO absent phase that may suggest alternative explanations. One such explanation is physiological overarousal. Overarousal can be described as when problem behavior has a social function in the initial phase of a session (primarily when the MO is present) but shifts to a pattern consistent with automatic reinforcement after a period of sustained agitation (MO present and MO absent). In these cases, traditional interventions (e.g., FCT) may not be sufficient and may require de-escalation techniques. In the current investigation, we used both within-session and across-session analyses to identify patterns of overarousal and inform intervention strategies.
 
151. Teaching Pretend Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD): A Brief Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY POSEY (California State University, Sacramento), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Pretend play or symbolic play are pivotal childhood skills, as play skills are essential for building peer relationships; developing fine and gross motor skills; developing communication; promoting independence; and developing empathy. Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may demonstrate limited play skills. These limited play skills may impact the child’s ability to build friendships and hinder their social acceptance. This brief review examined recent pretend play interventions for children with ASD. PsychInfo was used to search for articles using the following key terms: “pretend play and autism,” “symbolic play and pretend play and autism,” and “symbolic play and autism." The search yielded a total of 82 articles, and 8 articles were selected as they met the inclusion criteria (acquisition of pretend play skills, were peer-reviewed, and published between 2017 to 2022). Across the eight studies selected, six different interventions were used to teach pretend play skills. All interventions in the reviewed studies showed an increase in pretend play or symbolic skills. Crucial elements were missing from some studies such as generalization, maintenance, procedural fidelity, and inter-observer agreement. We provide recommendations for future research. Key words: pretend play, symbolic play, autism
 
152. Outcomes of Minimally Verbal Autistic Children Receiving Intensive Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL YOSICK (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University)
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: Autistic children who are minimally verbal (i.e., use less than 20 words via speech; Koegel et al., 2020) make up ~30% of the autistic population and are at risk for poor outcomes in socialization, academics, independent living, and employment (e.g., Koegel 2020; Chow et al. 2021; McKernan & Kim 2022). Specific interventions can lead to increases in the frequency and complexity of expressive communication in autistic children (e.g., Ingvarsson, 2016); however, minimally verbal children are greatly under-represented in this research (e.g., IACC, 2017; Tager-Flusberg, 2014). The present study evaluated outcomes of a clinical program that serves minimally verbal autistic children who present with multiple learning challenges such as few reinforcers, high rates of stereotypy, and/or very low cognitive ability. Standardized measures (e.g., Vineland-3) were utilized to characterize children (n=16) entering the program and to assess progress achieved during treatment. Preliminary results indicate average standard scores in the communication domain at floor levels at admission and discharge; however, progress across treatment was achieved in raw scores, age equivalents, and GSV scores. Further analysis will depict a more complete characterization of this sample of minimally verbal children as well as describe detailed changes observed across measures with intensive treatment.
 
Diversity submission 153. Shared Reading Intervention: Systematic Research
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BETANIA GERALDINE LOCATTI MASCARENO (University of Illinois Chicago), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), Victoria Aragon (University of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Literature has proven that children with autism have challenges with reading and comprehension, hence the current review summarized 93 peer-reviewed articles concerning shared reading intervention (SRI) for individuals with autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities. SRI is a behaviorally based intervention used to remediate behavioral challenges through adults reading aloud to children while using behaviors meant to promote interaction between the adult and child, as well as to support the child’s language and literacy development. Considering that no previous systematic review has examined the cultural backgrounds and linguistic diversity of participants, the purpose of this systematic review is to (a) synthesize the extant research on shared reading intervention, (b) examine the characteristics of participants included in shared reading interventions, in addition to (c) the extent to which it has been conducted in the participants’ native languages. Major findings about participants’ demographics, intervention characteristics and implications for research and practice will be discussed.
 
155. Evaluating a Monitoring System for Vaccination Restrictive Practices
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRIA CAVINESS (Evergreen Center), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Challenging behaviors can often preclude individuals with developmental disabilities from accessing appropriate medical care. At times, this medical care can be critical for the safety and wellbeing of the individual, requiring highly restrictive practices to be employed to ensure the care is delivered (i.e., sedation, physical, chemical, and mechanical restraints). The focus of this study was to evaluate a monitoring system of required support to ensure the least invasive approaches to administering a vaccination shot. This involved tailoring individualized support programs for students at a residential school facility over the course of 4 years. Supports were defined as minimal (verbal/tangible reinforcement), mild (arm shadowing), moderate (arm restraint), or intensive (floor restraint), collected through direct observations before, during, and after vaccination sessions. Baseline data demonstrated a low percentage of minimal supports (28%) compared to more restrictive supports (41% requiring restraint). Following 3 years of individualized support plans, minimal supports increased to 62% compared to 13% of individuals requiring physical restraint. Implications of this research are far-reaching, offering insights into better healthcare practices for individuals with developmental disabilities, reducing the reliance on physical restraint, and enhancing overall patient wellbeing.
 
156. Clinical Evaluation of On/Off Alternative Reinforcement Cycling on the Mitigation of Resurgence
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HALLE NORRIS (New Jersey Autism Center of Excellence), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES))
Discussant: Mashiath Binti Mahabub
Abstract: Severe problem behavior in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities is prevalent, dangerous, and negatively impacts quality of life. Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior is effective at reducing such behavior. For example, functional communication training reinforces an alternative communicative response while withholding reinforcement for problem behavior. Despite the efficacy of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, when reinforcement is withheld for the alternative response, problem behavior often returns (i.e., resurgence). Based upon our refined quantitative model of resurgence known as “Resurgence as Choice in Context,” previous findings demonstrate substantially less resurgence in rats exposed to a procedure referred to on/off alternative reinforcement cycling. On/off cycling involves alternating sessions in which reinforcement is available for the alternative response (i.e., “on” sessions) and sessions where extinction is programmed for the alternative response (i.e., “off” sessions) while the target response remains on extinction. The present study evaluated the resurgence-mitigating effects of on/off alternative reinforcement cycling on problem behavior in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
 
157. Inducing Naming in Autistic Children: A Comparison of Multiple Exemplar Instruction and Echoic Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATE HEWETT (Jigsaw School), Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Javid Adam Rahaman (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: This paper compared multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) and echoic procedures to induce subtypes of naming to determine the most effective and efficient procedure. Eight autistic children with an associated learning disability, aged between 6 and 9 years, took part in the study and were assigned to either the echoic or multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) condition. The echoic condition involved implementing a yoked learn unit of match-to-sample and echoic response topographies during the test for naming. Participants allocated to the MEI condition completed instruction delivered across four response topographies. Results showed that both procedures were effective in inducing subtypes of naming in autistic children. Further analysis showed that overall, the echoic procedure was more efficient, resulting in fewer overall trials required, a lower number of trials required for participants to achieve the mastery criterion and a faster rate of responding. When scrutinising results on an individual level some differences in responding were evident which are explained in terms of pre-requisite behaviours.
 
158. Identifying the Reinforcement in Play: A Rotated Package of Interventions to Increase Social Behaviours and Engagement With Peers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATE HEWETT (Jigsaw School), Hayley Louise Locke (Jigsaw CABAS School), Veronica Baroni (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Social behaviour and meaningful peer interactions are fundamental for the development of successful friendships with peers. Being socially competent requires a complex set of repertoires including age-appropriate social skills, regulation of behaviors and emotions, perspective-taking abilities, and an understanding of the social environment. There is a body of research suggesting that there has been success in teaching play skills to autistic children in isolation, but the generalization and maintenance of these skills is more complex. This paper strives to identify where the reinforcement lies within play and implements a package of interventions comprising of collaborative tasks and activities where participants are required to listen to their peers to contact reinforcement in an intensive rotated format. Eight participants took part in this study in which the rotated intervention was implemented in a multiple baseline design across dyads. Results show an increase in responding across all social behaviours, a decrease in inappropriate play and an increase in shared appropriate play across all participants. Future research and procedural limitations are discussed.
 
159. Pairing Components of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction and the Competent Learner Model to Induce Generative Responding of the Intraverbal Repertoire
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANILU S RODRIGUEZ (Arizona State University), Courtney Whitcraft (Lovaas institute), Christina Bracewell Lovaas (West Virginia Univeristy)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: This study emphasizes the significance of creating detailed instructional designs that teach generative repertoires because they improve the functional adaptivity of an individual's day-to-day actions (Johnson et. al., 2021; Tucci et. al., 2004). It combines components of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) with the Competent Learner Model (CLM) and arranges procedures for language generativity through complex stimulus control of WH- questions: who, what, and where. The participant was selected because they had the necessary prerequisite repertoires to learn answering WH questions. The instructional design was developed to align with the learner's interests at the beginning of the intervention and culminates with real-world applications (Johnson et. al., 2021, p.345). As the learner achieved their performance goals through each structured format, they were rewarded with natural reinforcement. While the intervention is still underway, examples of simple and complex generativity have emerged. A generativity probe revealed that the rate of WH questions asked per minute increased along with the rate of WH questions answered pre minute, with no additional instruction. Novel language responses with no previous modeling also emerged even while the learner escalated emotionally, providing observations that demonstrate the stability of their intraverbal repertoire with WH questions.
 
160. Relational Learning Evident Within Gamified PEAK Instruction: Analogical Reasoning and Multidimensional Scaling With Autistic Learners
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR CARROLL (Missouri State University), Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Analogical reasoning involves the cognitive process of connecting similar relationships between situations and concepts and using those similarities and differences to make inferences in novel situations, solve problems, and make decisions. This complex pattern of thinking has been explored across numerous studies (Goswami, 1991; Carpentier et al. 2002) with typically developing children as well as children with intellectual disabilities. The present study evaluates the analogical transformation of stimulus function through a gamified teaching technology, the Relational Accelerator Program (RAP; Belisle, 2020), which contained arbitrary and nonarbitrary stimuli varying in relative texture and size dimensions to one another. In a multiple baseline across skills design, participants were able to demonstrate analogical reasoning among all relations trained in the task matrix. Analogical reasoning probes and density probes were completed showing density between all relations made throughout training and displayed in a 2-dimensional geometric space. Implications of these findings include the complexity of the repertoire being trained through the gamified program and the capabilities of this context.
 
161. Computerized Training to Teach Special Education Teachers How to Conduct Paired-Choice Preference Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VIVIANE MACEDO (Instituto Lahmiei-Autismo, Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: The objective of this research was to develop and apply videos and protocols to teach three special education teachers to conduct a paired-choice preference assessment. Through a pre-test and post-test design, it was possible to measure the participants' repertoire, in role play sessions, where they had to simulate application with a research assistant. This repertoire was assessed based on the skills that participants should present to direct the application of the paired-choice preference assessment, among these skills they should (1) organize the specific environment, (2) how to use the protocol to present the stimuli in a specific sequence and (3) record the assistant's response. All skills were presented through animated video modeling and auditory instruction. Baseline results revealed that participants obtained 3 or 4 skills out of the 17 assessed. After the intervention, it was possible to observe that participant 1 presented all the skills assessed in the three role play sessions. Participant 2 presented 15 skills in the 3 sessions and 2 skills in two of the 3 sessions. The last participant, in addition to presenting the same skills in the pre- and post-test sessions, managed to demonstrate a new skill in the three sessions after the intervention.
 
162. Assessing Matching, Echoics, and Icon Discrimination Among Speech-Generating Device Users
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHARON IOMARA OCHOA (University of Miami), Gabriela Salazar (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Minimally verbal children on the autism spectrum display varying skill repertoires. Prior research has explored possible pre-requisite and collateral skill development during mand training (e.g., Gregory et al., 2009; Valentino et al., 2018). Using augmentative and alternative communication systems, such as speech-generating devices, can facilitate the emergence of discriminated mands (Lorah, 2018; Lorah et al., 2014). In the current study, we replicated and extended discriminated mand training procedures using speech-generating devices by analyzing percentage of (a) correct, (b) correspondence, and (c) distributed position selections across trials with seven participants (2 – 7 years) on the autism spectrum. We completed pre- and post-tests of matching and echoic skills before and after the speech-generating device assessment. To date, four of seven participants (a) met icon discrimination criteria (80% or above correct with first trial correct), (b) mostly exhibited reach-to-icon correspondence, and (c) exhibited distributed responding during the speech-generating device assessment. All participants exhibited idiosyncratic matching skills during the pre- and post-tests. All participants exhibited minimal echoic skills during the pre-tests and improvements or no change during post-tests. We discuss the merit of assessing related skills and using multiple analyses when targeting discriminated mands on speech-generating devices.
 
163. Preliminary Survey Outcomes on Provider Reported Changes in Toileting Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAMILA GARCIA GARCIA MARCHANTE (Little Leaves Behavior Services), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: Toileting independence is a pivotal developmental milestone with widespread implications for an individual’s wellness and access to educational placements. Assessing toileting "readiness" skills might further characterize participants’ toileting skill repertoires, predict differential responsiveness to evidence-based procedures, inform individualized treatment plans, and facilitate detection of favorable changes in untargeted areas of toileting development. The current study used a survey comprised of 26 questions with a 5-pt Likert scale ranging from “never” to “always” to assess toileting readiness skills (adapted from Schum et al., 2002). Board-Certified Behavior Analysts completed pre-baseline, post-baseline, and post-treatment toileting “readiness” skills survey submissions for their clients (range, 1 yr 9 mos – 5 yr) experiencing toilet training focused on establishing urinary continence in an early intervention clinic. Clients reportedly exhibited mixed toileting skills before baseline, minimal changes in toileting skills after baseline, and some new skills after treatment. We discuss the limitations of providers reporting changes in toileting skills and the importance of monitoring changes in overall toileting independence while targeting urinary continence.
 
164. Reevaluating the Mechanisms Controlling Crying in the Context of Behavioral Assessment
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
JOCELYN MARIBEL HERNANDEZ (California State University - Sacramento), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Crying is considered an infant’s first form of verbal behavior. Presumably, phylogenetically selected to ensure survival (e.g., a reflex to clear liquid from their lungs; access to caregiving; Skinner 1986; van Vonderen et al., 2015), crying later becomes an operant (e.g., crying to access food) through child-caregiver interactions. Crying is known to be a noxious stimulus and because of this it may be deemed “problematic” as the child ages. This is evident in the functional behavior assessment literature. Within the last five years, 156 functional analyses were conducted with children 4 years and younger, and 59 (37%) included crying as a dependent variable. Crying most often was found to be multiply maintained. Although crying was demonstrated to be under environmental control, it is possible that the mechanism was not operant. Crying is often observed to occur as a respondent behavior (e.g., elicited after abrupt or painful events; Hart et al., 1984) and these stimuli are prevalent in a functional analysis. As such, the purpose of this review is to reanalyze recent functional analyses and discuss the potential prevalence of respondent rather than operant crying. We will provide recommendations to scientist-practitioners that may encounter crying within their practice.
 
165. A Systematic Review of Acquisition and Mastery of Skills Taught Using the Picture Exchange Communication System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER FORBES (West Virginia University), Jason Travers (Temple University), Jenee Vickers Johnson (University of Missouri-Kansas City)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is a popular augmentative and alternative communication intervention for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities that includes six, sequential phases of instruction. Although evidence from primarily single-case research suggests individuals with autism can learn symbol exchange through PECS, it is unclear how often these individuals acquire the PECS protocol and how long it takes for them to do so. Such information is important for professionals tasked with specifying the content, quantity, and desired outcomes of instruction. We systematically reviewed published and unpublished single-case PECS studies for details about the percentage of participants mastering PECS phases, how long it took participants to master PECS phases (in trials to mastery), and what constituted mastery of PECS phases. We found most participants mastered only the first two PECS phases, and Phases I, II, and IV showed the slowest and widest variability in acquisition rates. Moreover, participants who were taught the third PECS phase learned to select from an average array of three symbols, which may limit the range of messages they can communicate. We discuss our findings in light of a few important limitations and provide recommendations for professionals who might consider PECS.
 
166. Evaluating the Clinical Response to the Self-Injurious Behavior of an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JARED LUTHER SMITH (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Erin Gleason (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Eric Romani (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: This study conducted a single subject experimental design component analysis with a non-vocal, adolescent with autism spectrum disorder that engages in head-directed self-injurious behavior that leaves significant injury. The component analysis analyzed three different behavior response strategies that had historically been utilized. Conditions were the use of an isolated, padded room within the clinic, response blocking with padded objects, and the use of a protective helmet. These conditions were implemented on a rotating, randomized schedule during episodes challenging behavior, with each condition being implemented a total of 6 different times. Each condition was then evaluated by 4 measures: the duration of the episode, the rate per minute of the behavior, the rate per minute of aggression, and the social validity of the condition. The data from these episodes were then visually analyzed on a bar graph, displaying each condition across the four measures. Results show that the duration and rates of both self-injurious behavior and aggression were the lowest when the individual was transported to a padded room in the clinic. Additionally, the results showed that this was the most socially valid condition of the three tested and has since become the clinical response to the individual’s self-injurious behavior.
 
167. Feeding Intervention Pathway: A Single Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN HULASS (Potential Inc.), Grace Alarcon (Potential Inc.)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: While the use of escape extinction to increase acceptance of food has a tremendous amount of empirical support, it is our ethical responsibility as clinicians to evaluate the usage of a least to most restrictive intervention pathway. The participant was a girl diagnosed with Feeding difficulty and autism spectrum disorder who displayed severe food refusal. This raised concerns about vitamin deficiency, imbalance in nutrition, and low caloric intake. Due to her food refusal and severe rigidity in food consumption, she became at risk for a gastrotomy tube surgery. The food refusal was maintained through socially mediated negative reinforcement. The goals were to increase bite acceptance, reduce food refusal, and increase calories to ensure healthy, adequate development. Interventions utilized include consistently offering target foods, offering choices between target foods, simultaneous presentation of target foods with preferred ones, noncontingent reinforcement, differential reinforcement, and escape extinction paired with differential reinforcement. The participant benefitted from escape extinction paired with differential reinforcement in which she mastered consuming a fixed ratio of twenty bites per target food and food refusal was decreased to zero levels. The effects of the intervention were maintained at a one-month post-intervention follow-up. The parents showed high acceptance of this intervention and generalization occurred to in the home with caregivers.
 
168. Evaluating Skills Training in the LIFE Curriculum to Teach Toilet Training to Autistic Learners
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLYN HUI (Missouri State University- student), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Mikayla Campbell (Missouri State University), Katelyn Frahm (Missouri State University), Stephanie Vickroy (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: The LIFE Functional Module (Dixon, 2020) is a comprehensive assessment and curriculum designed to support independence and well-being for neurodivergent learners. There has been considerable research evaluating behavior-analytic toilet training methods, but no research to date has focused on the usage of the LIFE curriculum combined with Relational Frame Theory (Donnelly & Karsten, 2023) to explore verbal relational learning and toilet training. The present study used a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the use of an adapted LIFE skills program. Specifically, the program first targeted sequential relations on steps to successful toilet training, where all participants learned to correctly sequence the steps with some improvement in engaging in toileting without direct instruction. Direct instruction using a chaining procedure was effective in establishing independent toileting and generalization tests showed toileting in novel contexts. Additionally, these results may be generalized to other skills within the LIFE curriculum to further promote learner independence and well-being in other areas of daily living.
 
169. The Importance of the Generalized Echoic Repertoire for the Emergence of Speaker Responses After Teaching Listening Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIANA VALENTE T DA SILVA TALARICO (Instituto Lahmiei - Autismo, Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Celso Goyos (Instituto Lahmiei- Autismo, Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: The objective of this study was to compare the effect of the generalized echoic repertoire on the acquisition of the emerging speaker repertoire to listener teaching in two children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participant MS performed between 0% and 20% of correct responses in both AB and BA’ relations and 100% of correct answers in the generalized echoic protocol during baseline. Participant ACT showed the same performance except in the generalized echoic repertoire, with correct answers between 10% and 50%. AB training was conducted via auditory-visual matching-to-sample tasks with two relations. Stimuli were Greek letters (Omega and Pi). After criterion in AB relations, the BA’ condition was introduced to test for the emergence of the tact for visual stimuli Omega and Pi. Results showed that participant MS learned AB relations rather quickly and BA’ relations emerged when tested. Participant ACT didn’t learn AB relations even after protracted training. The results suggest that there may be a relation between generalized echoic and performance in AB and BA’ relations, but further research must be conducted in order to replicate these results with a design which allows to clarify any functional relation between generalized echoic and the emergence of the tact relation.
 
170. Exploring the Efficacy of Selection-Based Imitation (SBI) in Enhancing Receptive Skills for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
VICTOR CHIN (BAYADA), Brandon Cutshall (BAYADA Home Healthcare), Crystal Ann Harms (BAYADA Home Healthcare), Carla T. Schmidt (BAYADA Home Healthcare)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often encounter challenges in the development of receptive responding skills. Despite extensive research addressing this deficit, conventional methods focusing on increasing listener responding may not adequately address the unique needs of each learner, resulting in persistent difficulties. This study investigates the potential effectiveness of Selection-Based Imitation (SBI) as an alternative approach for individuals who do not exhibit progress with common teaching procedures. SBI leverages strengths in motor imitation, scanning stimuli, and matching-to-sample processes to systematically transfer stimulus control and facilitate the development of auditory-visual conditional discrimination. This research evaluates the impact of SBI on enhancing receptive skills in a child with autism who has not experienced improvement through conventional teaching recommendations but exhibits proficiency in the aforementioned domains. The findings of this study contribute valuable insights into the potential benefits of SBI, offering a promising avenue for tailored interventions that address the individualized learning needs of individuals with ASD struggling with receptive responding skills.
 
171. Utilization of Stimulus Avoidance Assessments to Determine the Least Aversive, Most Effective Punisher for an Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Jared Luther Smith (LittleStar ABA Therapy), ERIC ROMANI (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Erin Gleason (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: This study conducted a stimulus avoidance assessment with a 12-year-old male with autism spectrum disorder that engaged in dropping at a rate and duration that was a significant barrier to work and reinforcement. The stimulus avoidance assessment analyzed nine different potentially aversive stimuli that could be presented when the individual engaged in dropping. These conditions were implemented on a rotating, randomized schedule during episodes of dropping, with each condition being implemented a total of 3 different times. Each condition was then evaluated by 2 measures: the latency to standing from the presentation and the rate per minute of avoidant and aggressive behaviors. The data from these episodes were then visually analyzed on a bar graph, displaying each condition across the two measures. Results show that placing hands underneath the individuals shoulders produced the lowest latency to standing and rates of challenging behavior. This indicates that it is the least aversive, most effective punisher that can be implemented for the individual’s dropping. Since implementation of the punisher, the rate of the individual’s dropping has decreased to near zero rates allowing them access to more naturally reinforcing areas in the clinic and their community.
 
172. Examining Nonverbal IQ and PEAK (Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge) in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MIKAYLA CAMPBELL (Missouri State University), Paige Hemming (Missouri State University), Matthew R Coyle (Emergent Learning Clinic), Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Studies have documented floor effects and low intelligence quotient scores for autistic individuals (ASD; Baio et al., 2018; Dixon et al., 2014). Utilizing nonverbal intelligence tests may reduce these recurrent findings. This study examines the relationship between measures of cognitive ability in autistic children. The Primary Test of Nonverbal Intelligence (PTONI; Ehrler & McGhee, 2008) was used as a measure of participants’ cognitive ability, nonverbally, and the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Comprehensive Assessment (PCA; Dixon, 2019) was used as a standardized measure of cognitive and language ability as linked to the participants’ curriculum. Participants were 3-16 years old, diagnosed with ASD, and receiving services at participating agencies. Participants were administered the PTONI, and PCA data were obtained from agency records. Preliminary data comparing the relationship between relational responding skills and the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scale indicates a positive relationship that is further explored using the PTONI. Overall, results show a stronger correlation between PEAK and PTONI, supporting the convergent validity of PEAK and the prospect of using measures of non-verbal intelligence as a more direct measure than those used in the prior literature.
 
173. Teaching Short-Video Production as a Personalized Interest for an Autistic Adult
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAGGIE ADLER (Missouri State University), Steven L. Taylor (Apex Children's Center), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Amanda Middleton (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: Leisure and the use of multimedia are two areas of vocational and daily living programming that may be personally important for adults receiving behavior analytic specialized services. In the present study, a program from the LIFE curriculum was adapted along with the participant based on a personal interest of developing short films. A network analysis was developed that exceeded the complexity of the regular task analyses used in LIFE and similar programs that represents a novel use of this technology. The network was used to chain subcomponent skills to producing three videos and comparisons allowed for an analysis of independent and prompted performance in the film making process. Results showed that the participant was most autonomous in the story planning phase and required additional prompts in writing and making the films. He was able to show increased mastery across successive films with increases in task difficulty. Results demonstrate ways to increase the complexity of LIFE programming while incorporating personal interests to improve leisure and communication through art.
 
174. Effects of Differential Outcomes Procedures on Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Skills Among Children With Autism: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA VALDEZ-NUGUID (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute), Paige O'Neill (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: Many individuals on the autism spectrum have difficulty acquiring auditory-visual conditional discrimination (AVCD) skills, which involve identifying an item that corresponds with auditory discriminative stimulus (e.g., pointing to a cat when asked to do so). Different strategies have been used to aid in acquisition of these skills, including the differential outcomes procedure (DOP). The DOP involves correlating discriminative stimuli with reinforcers, in that a specific reinforcer is provided contingent on a correct response to a specific discriminative stimulus. The DOP can result in faster acquisition than standard reinforcement procedures (i.e., the differential outcomes effect; Trapold, 1970; Urcuioli, 2005). Though this is a well-established effect in both human and non-human animals, there is little research demonstrating its utility in clinical applications (McCormack et al., 2019; Urcuioli, 2005), especially with respect to AVCD. We reviewed studies that used the DOP to teach AVCDs and coded for methodological details (e.g., stimuli used, reinforcer assignment, conditions evaluated) and obtained outcomes. We summarize methodological details (e.g., stimuli used, reinforcer assignment, conditions evaluated) and obtained outcomes (i.e., relative efficacy/efficiency of the DOP), and highlight areas for future evaluation.
 
177. Undergraduate Student Knowledge of Autism and Knowledge of Behavioral Function
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Julia Kovacs (Rowan University), EMMA D'ENTREMONT (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Jillian Groff (Rowan University), Giovanna Salvatore (Rowan University)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School; Yellow Brick Academy)
Abstract: Approximately 1 in 36 children in the US are diagnosed with autism and approximately 42% engage in severe behaviors. Undergraduate students are likely to interact with autistic individuals in any work environment and may encounter challenging behaviors. This study examines undergraduates’ knowledge of autism and behavioral function. Participants included 278 undergraduate students recruited from the human subject pool in Introduction to Psychology at a Northeastern public university (98.8% ages 18-24). Participants completed the researcher-developed Knowledge of Behavioral Function (KoBF) measure and the Autism Stigma and Knowledge Questionnaire (ASK-Q). The KoBF includes 27 statements with True/False/Don’t Know (T/F/DK) options and four vignettes with 20 T/F/DK statements and four open-ended questions. The KoBF consists of 49 T/F/DK items. Preliminary results indicated low overall correct scores of 55% on the KoBF and ASK-Q with a strong correlation between measures (0.717). Open-ended responses indicated poor knowledge of behavioral function (<10% correct), with many responses attributing challenging behavior to internal characteristics. The greatest percentage of incorrect responses related to automatic function. Participants represented many majors, across disciplines, with no patterns in knowledge. Autism-focused education, with emphasis on behavioral function, should be included within introductory psychology curriculum to reach a broad sample of the future workforce.
 
179. Using Principles of Behavior to Understand, Explain, and Potentially Adjust and Adapt Behaviors Considered, by Whomever, to Be Potentially "Neurodivergent"
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: The "meaning' and "understanding" of behaviors that are 'different," quirky," "unique" unconventional, odd , labeled, or otherwise seen to herald a raised eyebrow ,can sometimes be explored through systematic examination from the perspectives of the principles of behavior. In doing so, one can sometimes allow the behaviors to escape becoming part of a larger narrative, to which they might, or might not belong. While there is often a "comfort in having a diagnosis" offered by many of many varied diagnoses, there is also the concomitant risk that such cohorting can lead to the dangers of such labels, that can occur even when they are accurately applied. Applied Behavior Analysts when confronted with "mainstream" issues such as depression, ADHD, anger problems, and personality disorders learn to eschew the labels, and deconstruct to the behaviors that can and cannot be adjusted. Given that the infinite range of neurodevelopment nuances cannot be captured by a finite list of taxonomic terms, there still exists a large segment of the population who experience or observe behaviors, perhaps influenced by social media, that might or might not actually represent for that individual a "true" application of the description and label. We present some approaches for teacher , student, parent, person to use to help gain some perspectives in context regarding behaviors, quirks, compulsions, routines, habits... that prompt a sometimes worried, or disparaging, "Could this be...?"
 
180. Establishing Simple and Hierarchical Relations in Autistic Learners Using PEAK
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN FRAHM (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Emergent Learning Center), Mikayla Campbell (Missouri State University), Kaitlyn Hui (Missouri State University- student), Stephanie Vickroy (Missouri State University), Bentley Elliott (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK; Dixon, 2014a-2016) curriculum has a foundational basis in Relational Frame Theory and more research is needed on hierarchical relational responding. Hierarchical relations, as a distinct type of relational frame, indicate the connection among a group of stimuli through a shared categorical relation. The present study evalauted hierarchical relational responding across four levels of relational complexity and across four participants. The appropriate complexity level was selected using the PEAK Comprehensive Assessments. We used a multiple-baseline across skills design, replicated across each of the four participants. Results showed that all participants were able to master the trained relations and derived hierarchical relations were observed in most cases. Transformation of function tests also showed that the emergent relations produced novel behavior that was consistent with the target relational networks. Taken together, these results support the use of PEAK and its assessment to differentiate clinical programming to achieve improvements in hierarchical relational responding for autistic learners.
 
181. The Efficacy of an Equivalence-Based Intervention on the Intraverbal Skills of a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SREEJA ATHERKODE (University of North Texas), Lee Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
Discussant: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: The intraverbal repertoire is vast, making explicit reinforcement of every potential response impossible. Stimulus equivalence can help identify relations among verbal stimuli. An equivalence framework explains how novel responses emerge from untrained stimulus-stimulus relations without prior reinforcement. However, the tendency to prioritize stimulus over selectivity may hinder individuals with autism from developing intraverbal equivalence relations. Reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity are three stimulus relations that represent the continuum from explicit to derived stimulus control. Once these three relations have been mastered, an equivalence formation exists. We present a case study of a four-year-old boy with autism and show how an intraverbal assessment of explicit and derived stimulus relations can be used as a pre-treatment assessment tool. We also describe how the results of this assessment can be utilized to develop an individualized treatment plan and demonstrate the results of a follow-up after 12 weeks of intervention. This intervention may lead to faster language acquisition with fewer trials.
 
182. Further Evaluation of Functional Analysis Screening Methods to Identify Socially Mediated Functions of Destructive Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VALENTINA QUICENO (University of Miami), Alexandra Ramirez (University of Miami), Victoria George (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA; Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is the gold standard in assessment of problem behavior, however, adoption by clinicians is low. Researchers have developed modifications to improve the efficiency and safety of FAs. For example, Fritz et al., 2013 reported high correspondence between an FA of precursors and an FA of challenging behavior (improvement in safety for socially mediated behavior). Querim et al., 2013 reported high predictive validity of an automatic reinforcer screener (improvement in efficiency for automatically reinforced behavior). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which alternative behavior observed during an enhanced automatic reinforcer screener (i.e., alternating play and no interaction conditions) could predict the function of challenging behavior. Four children with ASD participated. We defined and measured alternative behavior according to hypothesized reinforcers (e.g., tugging therapist arm scored as attention, reaching for toy scored as tangible). We compared the level of alternative responses during the enhanced automatic reinforcement screener to the level of the target behavior during the FA for each participant. Results showed that patterns of alternative responding during the screener matched the function of the target behavior for 2/4 participants.
 
183. Applying Basic Principles of Behavior to Faciliate Improved, Less Traumatic Experiences for Children When They are Patients Undergoing Suturing and Other Procedures in an Emergency Department
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: Helping children to have a less scary experience when they are patients an emergency department would be at the top of anyone's list of desires for children in such situations, but sometimes those who care lack the skills to do so, or forget or dont think to use them. Initial behaviors that must change include the awareness of the need/opportunities to do so on the part of those in the process ..parents, doctors, nurses, other clinical staff, and ..administrators..who are in a position to make an impact, be so on individual patient experience or system design scale. This presentation highlights and deconstructs several common situations experienced by children in emergency department settings, including the process of getting sutures for laceration repair, the fears associated with the unknowns (especially from the perspective of the child) of what might occur, and even the relatively simple and "benign" experience of having ears checked. From these and other exemplars, key factors of the antecedent state, the behaviors of child/family/medical staff, and resultant/system imposed consequences can be identified within these processes and manipulated to facilitate better(emotional, physical, cost effective) experiences for the child and other parties, thru the application of basic principles.of behavior to this.very common, very mainstream experience. The.approach can be generalized to similar care experiences in other medical settings.
 
184. Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Valued-Action Identification to Autistic Teenagers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Mailande Vise (University of Illinois, Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: One of the criticisms being shared by advocates of the neurodiversity movement is that Applied Behavior Analytic therapy (ABA) focuses primarily on extrinsic motivation (Milton, 2018). One potential response to this criticism is to focus on teaching the relationship between actions and client values with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). Within the scope of behavior analytic interventions, ACT aims to teach recipients how to identify their values, as well as how to use those values to guide committed actions. The current project used the Equivalence Values program taken from the PEAK Relational Training Equivalence module (PEAK-E; 2015) to teach three teenage males diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder to relate actions (A) with immediate outcomes of those actions (B), as well as to relate the immediate outcomes of those actions (B) to their individualized client values (C). Following mastery of trained relations, tests for the combinatorially entailed relation between values (C) and actions (A) emerged for two of the three participants. The third participant required exemplar training for the C to A relation. Results indicate that equivalence-based instruction can be used to teach the relationship between values and valued-driven actions. However, multiple exemplar training may be required to establish the values to actions connection as a generalized relational operant.
 
185. Using Hierarchical Relational Frame Training to Teach Categorization to Autistic Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: Hierarchical framing is theorized to play an important role in complex human behavior such as categorization and problem solving. Despite its importance, most empirical literature on hierarchical frame training has been conducted with typically developing adults, limiting the generalizability of the data (Dixon & Stanly, 2020). Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the current study aimed to teach three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder to correctly organize stimuli into one or more categories following a relational training protocol adapted from the PEAK Relational Training System, Transformation Module (PEAK-T; Dixon, 2016). Participants were directly taught to select written words (A) in the presence of a spoken category name (B). Tests for mutually entailed relations (B-A) as well as tests for transformation of stimulus function via a sorting task were administered throughout. Following mastery of trained relations (A-B), two of the three participants demonstrated the emergence of the mutually entailed (B-A) relations as well as the transformation of stimulus function task, while exemplar training was required for the third participant to reach mastery criterion. These results suggest that the procedure used was effective in teaching categorization of stimuli for all participants, adding to the existing body of literature on teaching a hierarchical framing repertoire with culturally relevant stimuli.
 
Diversity submission 186. Systematic Review of Demographic Characteristics of Participants in Functional Analyses: An Extension of Melanson & Fahmie (2023)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURENT OROZCO-BARRIOS (Southern Illinois University), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Mount St. Mary's University), Connor Eyre (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Maggie Ratcliff (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) methodology is the optimal approach for identifying the variables that influence the occurrence of challenging behavior. Despite several recent systematic reviews (e.g., Melanson & Fahmie, 2023), a knowledge gap remains regarding the relation between FA outcomes, demographic characteristics, and idiosyncratic variables. This pre-registered systematic review aims to address this gap by identifying the demographic characteristics of participants undergoing FA in peer-reviewed studies. Additionally, the study identified the type of, and proportion of idiosyncratic variables related to the function of behavior across studies. Using a comprehensive technique following PRISMA recommendations, the review ranged from May, 2020 to May, 2022, including 72 studies. Preliminary findings showed that less than 12% of the studies reported demographic information, such as race, ethnicity, and education level. This finding highlights the need for more comprehensive and inclusive data collection practices in future FA studies (Jones & St. Peter, 2021). In addition to these findings, this study provides a contemporary update on FA methodologies and their corresponding outcomes. Furthermore, future directions in the FA literature are proposed, aiming to enhance the precision and applicability of this influential tool.
 
187. A Comparison of Two Approaches for Tact Training: Simultaneous Communication vs. Vocal-Alone
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JUAN CONTRERAS MANRIQUE (Amigo Care ABA), Nicole Marie Burke (Amigo Care ABA), Melissa Theodore (May Institute), Alex Arevalo (Amigo Care ABA; Western New England University)
Discussant: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often times have difficulty communicating using speech alone and can sometimes feel misunderstood (Dominick et al., 2007). According to research, the integration of sign language and vocal training has been proven to substantially enhance communication (Carbone et al. in 2006). This combination not only improves vocal responses but also has been known to contribute to superior acquisition of verbal and nonverbal operants, ultimately leading to heightened communicative effectiveness and better overall outcomes (Carbone et al. in 2006). In the deaf and hard of hearing community this is referred to as simultaneous communication (SimCom) a method where a person emits vocal responses and sign language at the same time (Pesantez, 2012). The present study used an alternating treatment design to compare the effects of SimCom vs. vocal-alone training on tact responses to further assess the use of SimCom on a 2-year-old female diagnosed with ASD.
 
188. Effectiveness of Computer-Assisted Relational Training Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Kathy Anne Roustio (Emergent Learning STL Center), SHAIANNE KEALOHA (Emergent Learning), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (Emergent Learning)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Relational training is an effective way in promoting overall language and cognitive abilities by focusing on the development of arbitrary applicable relational responding as a generalized operant. Emerging evidence has demonstrated both the feasibility and applied outcomes in implementing relational training procedures in educational settings. One potential challenge in expanding its access might be the extensive training required for staff members. Computer-assisted relational training procedures have the unique benefit of significantly reducing potential barriers, as well as time spent in instructional designs and material preparation. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of computer-assisted relational training procedures using a multiple baseline across participants design. Three autistic learners were sequentially exposed to a semi-automated relational training computer program. On each trial, participants were asked to use Yes or No to respond to a question requiring derivation. Questions were randomly selected from a pool of 1200 items distributed along six relational frames. Results showed that all three participants increased their performance and were able to maintain their performance when exposed to novel stimuli. Implications for frontline staff were discussed.
 
190. Correcting Mirror Writing Errors in an 8-Year-Old Boy With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Using Rules, Prompts, and Intensive Guided Practice
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Mirror writing, characterized by the reversal of letters and numbers, is a temporary occurrence in the impromptu writing of young children (Portex et al., 2018). The most common examples of this error are the letters ‘b’ and ‘d’ or ‘p’ and ‘q’. In the current study, NS, an 8-year-old boy on the Autism spectrum who made mirror errors with the numbers ‘3’, ‘5’, and ‘9’, participated. The intervention involved using a) within stimulus prompts, a bold dot to indicate the starting position, b) rules such as, for the number 5, draw a line down, curve right, draw the top line, and c) vocal prompts as the student executed each step. Each day, a cold probe was conducted in the beginning, and if the performance was not error-free, guided practice was provided over four sessions of 10 trials each. The student mastered the ‘3’ and ‘5’ targets within a day and sustained the performance in follow-up probes. Performance with ‘9’ was variable and took 17 days to achieve.
 
191. How to Develop a Scientist-Practitioner Culture: A Tutorial for Research in Clinical Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Halle Apelgren (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Lynde Kayser (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Jessica Lindsay (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Joseph Tacosik (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
Abstract: Research in clinical settings often benefits consumers of behavioral technology and improves organizations but is hindered by various competing contingencies, obstacles, and barriers. Recent articles surveyed this issue and suggested strategies for practitioners interested in bridging the research-to-practice gap. However, empirical evaluation of such strategies has not been described in the literature. The purpose of this tutorial is to provide a step-by-step guide on how to develop a scientist-practitioner culture in clinical settings. To that end, we conducted an empirical analysis of recent recommendations and provide practical insights on how to: (1) assess; (2) organize; (3) implement; (4) focus; and (5) expand research efforts in clinical organizations. Over the course of a year, our intervention package resulted in the creation of 18 permanent research products. We suggest that a wide-spread commitment to a scientist-practitioner culture across clinical organizations may be necessary to bridge the research-to-practice gap. To that end, we recommend that the field of behavior analysis develop a measure to assess the current state and progress toward bridging said gap. Yet another opportunity for research!
 
192. Performance Feedback Increases Appropriately Sized Bites for Adults With Autism and Severe Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SYDNEY HANNAH HALL (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew Louis Lucciola (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Extensive research regarding feeding disorders and other difficulties for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exists; however, literature including the adult population is limited. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the use of performance feedback on bite size to increase the percentage of appropriately sized bites (i.e., smaller than a tablespoon) across three different meals. Jessica, a 25-year-old female diagnosed with ASD and obesity demonstrating severe aggressive and disruptive behavior participated in this study. Intervention consisted of praise contingent on appropriately sized bites, corrective feedback contingent on large bites (i.e., larger than a tablespoon), and a visual aid to depict an appropriately sized bite. Data were collected on bites smaller and larger than a tablespoon and were converted into a percentage of bites smaller than a tablespoon (i.e., appropriately sized bite). The results of this study show that using performance feedback increased appropriately sized bites across all contexts. Future research should explore the utility of these procedures across multiple participants and settings.
 
194. Effects of Discriminative Stimuli on Latency and Frequency of Problem Behavior During a Functional Analysis for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) From Dual-Language Background
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAELA CASANOVA (Graduate Student at The University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Whitney Trapp (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Previous research describes functional analyses as the “gold standard” for identifying maintaining functions of problem behavior. Prior studies have also explained that environmental variables such as language used may affect behavior assessment outcomes for individuals who are exposed to various languages throughout their environment. The use of discriminative stimuli (e.g., colored shirts) has been shown to increase differentiated responses within a functional analysis. This study aims to evaluate the effects of discriminative stimuli on participant discrimination between languages used in a functional analysis and if the presence of discriminative stimuli impact behavior patterns during a functional analysis. The current study depicts results of assessments (i.e., functional analysis and assessment for basic learning abilities) administered in both English and Spanish for one participant. Results indicate correspondence of behavioral function across both English and Spanish. Results suggest that the participant exhibited challenging behavior at a higher frequency in SD present phases than in SD absent phases and depicted a quicker latency to the first instance of challenging behavior when in SD absent phases. Results of this study extend previous research evaluating dual-language functional analysis outcomes and the impact of discriminative stimuli during a functional analysis.
 
 
 
Symposium #394
CE Offered: BACB
The Self & Match System: A Systematic Review of the Literature and Clinical Applications in Preschool Settings
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 112 AB
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adam Hockman (MGH Institute of Health Professions & ABA Technologies)
Discussant: Saul Axelrod (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Saul Axelrod, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The objective of this symposium is to investigate the developing body of literature concerning the Self & Match System and to present dynamic applications of this intervention within the context of preschool education and staff training. First, a systematic review will be discussed which was conducted to comprehensively analyze the existing literature on the Self & Match System, an organized self-monitoring system characterized by a methodical approach and an integrated accountability component. The systematic review of the existing literature on the Self & Match System aims to explore the potential applications of this system across a range of behavioral categories, diverse settings, various age groups, and different disability categories. Next, the focus is centered on the examination of its implementation and effectiveness in preschool environments and staff training. The review includes two specific studies investigating the impacts of the Self & Match System within preschool settings. A third study utilized a Self and Match system as a training tool to increase the target behaviors of behavior interventionists working with children with special needs in a public-school setting. The comprehensive analysis aims to equip practitioners with a comprehensive understanding of the versatility of the expanding body of literature, thereby supporting the effective use of the Self & Match System to enhance assistance for their clients.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): inclusion, Self&Match, self-management, self-monitoring
Target Audience:

behavior analyst, school psychologists, teachers, school counselors

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) demonstrate the ability to identify target behaviors that are effectively addressed by The Self & Match System literature through analysis and evaluation; (2) identify various settings and age groups in which The Self & Match System can be implemented, by recalling and describing the pertinent information provided in the presentation; (3) identify different learner profiles and communication modalities that are effectively addressed by The Self & Match System, by interpreting the concepts presented during the session
 

The Self & Match System: An Essential Tool for Practitioner's- A Look Into Emerging Literature

KATHARINE M. CROCE (Holy Family University), Theoni Mantzoros (Felician University), Jaslie Castellanos (Felician University)
Abstract:

The Self & Match System, developed by Jamie Salter, Ed.S., BCBA, and Katharine Croce, Ed.D, BCBA-D in 2005, represents a comprehensive manualized self-monitoring approach supplemented with an accountability component. Geared toward teaching self-monitoring in a user-friendly manner, this system aims to facilitate the acquisition of positive behavioral, social, and academic outcomes. Widely employed by educators, therapists, and parents across diverse contexts, the Self & Match System serves as a catalyst for skill enhancement, fostering constructive behavioral changes, promoting self-sufficiency, and cultivating independence. This system has been implemented in various settings including homes, schools, and community setting. Drawing on the existing literature of self-monitoring, this intervention has exhibited efficacy throughout practical implementation. Despite its practical significance, a comprehensive systematic review of the literature pertaining to the Self & Match System has yet to be conducted. Thus, this study endeavors to contribute to the existing body of research on self-monitoring, specifically emphasizing the examination of a manualized self-monitoring intervention.

 
The Self & Match System in a Pre-Inclusion Classroom to Decrease Challenging Behaviors
MAHEVAH FILDOR (08619), Danielle Brienza (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.), Tenaya Butler (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.), Heather Ziemba (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.)
Abstract: The Self & Match System is a self-monitoring system with an accountability component that is used as a behavioral intervention. The Self & Match System allows learners to self-monitor their own behaviors by taking accountability and monitoring of their own behavior. The student is an active participant in their behavior change. Self-management interventions help learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to self-regulate their own behaviors in homes, schools and community settings. With these interventions, learners with ASD are taught to recognize appropriate and inappropriate behaviors to display, accurately monitor and record their own behaviors, and reward themselves for behaving in an appropriate manner (Neitzel et al., 2009). The purpose of the paper was to determine if the Self & Match System (Self-Monitoring) would be effective in decreasing challenging behaviors (throwing and tantrum) with an intermediate learner in a pre-inclusion classroom. The results indicated that the Self & Match System reduced learner’s challenging behaviors and allowed the learner to work successfully in a happy, relaxed and engaged environment.
 

Reducing Distress Behaviors With Non-Verbal Learners Using the Self & Match System

YU’NYAH JONES (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc), Naomi Sanchez (08872), Sara Praticante (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc), Melissa Engasser (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.)
Abstract:

This research aims to contribute to the expansion of existing literature on self-monitoring, particularly in the context of The Self & Match System, a self-monitoring intervention with an accountability component, while implementing best practices for two specific participants engaging in distress behaviors. The primary objective was to mitigate distress-related behaviors, including instances of aggression, tantrums, and dropping, and concurrently promote the development of self-monitoring skills and self-awareness, encompassing the recognition of both distress behaviors and corresponding replacement actions. The research question under examination is: 'How can the implementation of the Self & Match System effectively reduce distress behaviors in non-verbal learners?' The findings revealed a noteworthy reduction in distress behaviors after the implementation of the intervention plan utilizing the Self & Match System. Moreover, a 'Sharing' program was evaluated and a substantial increase in the participants' accurate responses when engaging with peers and adults was found following the integration of the intervention.

 

Self & Match System to Increase the Use of Positive Reinforcement With New Behavior Interventionist

MATTHEW C. HOWARTH (MeasurePM), Catherine E. Pope (Verbal Behavior Associates), Cameron Randall (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract:

The researchers utilized a Self and Match System, a manualized self-monitoring system that utilizes reinforcement as well as a social accountability component, as a training tool to increase the target behaviors of behavior interventionists working with children with special needs in a public-school setting. The target behaviors were the interventionists use of praise statements, conducting preference assessments and providing mand opportunities for the students. All participants were newly hired behavior interventionists, with less than three months of experience in the field, who had successfully completed a 40-hour Registered Behavior Technician Training course. The Self & Match form consisted of 3-4 target behaviors per participant; each with individualized questions/responses and 30-minute interval check-in times. All the questions were framed positively and had a target frequency goal to be used within the 30-minute interval. The results demonstrated an increase in the target behaviors during the implementation of the Self & Match System intervention. The durability of the increased performance by the behavior interventionists is currently being investigated.

 
 
Symposium #485
CE Offered: BACB
Historical Perspectives of Applied Animal Behavior Analysis: Past, Present, and Future
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB
Area: AAB/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Christina A. Alligood (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Lindsay Mehrkam, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a rich history of studying animals in order to better understand environment-behavior relations. Over the past 50 years, there has been a more recent and rapidly growing application of these principles to socially significant human and animal settings. This symposium will consist of a collection of talks that will offer a historical overview and perspectives of applied animal behavior analysis. First, we will explore the evolution of shaping technology and discuss how animal trainers have applied shaping games in various ways that extend the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis. Next, we will explore how historical events (in particular, the 1992 Annual Convention for the Association of Behavior Analysis) brought behavior analysts and applied animal behaviorists together for collaboration and creation of new communities. Third, we will examine how these philosophical, conceptual, and historical considerations have contributed to the defining characteristics of a science of socially significant behavior in animals that we know today and what lies ahead for the future of the field of applied animal behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): animal behavior, animal training, clicker training, shaping
Target Audience: The target audience will include individuals who are interested in learning about the history of behavior analysis and/or the history of behavior analysis with animals. This may include behavior analysts who are interested in extending their research, teaching, or practice to an applied animal setting and/or with animal learners. This may also include animal trainers and animal behaviorists who are interested in adopting and/or incorporating behavior analytic approaches into their work.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the history of the shaping game and discuss how animal trainers have used these games to teach shaping skills and illustrate behavior analytic concepts, (2) Identify the historical events within the Association of Behavior Analysis that inspired behavior analysts to start doing AAB research, and (3) Apply the eight dimensions of applied behavior analysis to animal settings and future areas of growth for the field
 
Shaping the Shaper: A Brief History of Shaping Games
MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (Behavior Explorer)
Abstract: In a 1951 magazine article, Skinner explained how an average individual with an average pet could quickly shape simple behaviors, such as teaching a dog to touch a cupboard handle. However, professional animal trainers have long realized that teaching people to shape requires more than just telling a person to reinforce successive approximations. Shaping skills require practice. Early behavior analysis students often had the opportunity to learn these skills by working with rats or pigeons (Catania, 2020; Keller & Schoefeld, 1949). However, animal trainers had to be more creative, as they didn’t have access to university laboratories. Instead, they developed human shaping games (Bailey & Bailey, 1993; Laurence, 2004, Pryor, 1984). These games evolved early in the history of behavior analysis, with the Brelands most likely developing the first formalized version of the shaping game in the 1950s (Bailey & Bailey, 1993). In this presentation, we will trace the history of the shaping game and discuss how animal trainers have used these games to teach shaping skills and illustrate behavior analytic concepts. In addition, we’ll examine different versions of the shaping game and how these variations affect the learning experience and how closely the game parallels an operant chamber.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Meets Applied Animal Behavior (AAB): The 1992 Association for Behavior Analysis Convention and Its Impact on Both Behavior Analysts and Animal Trainers

JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The practical application of behavior analysis to animal behavior and training is almost as old as behavior analysis itself. Shortly after the Second World War, two of B.F. Skinner’s former graduate students, Keller Breland and Marian Breland Bailey launched their own business, training animals for public performances, including livestock feed store advertisements, TV commercials, amusement parks, and more. However, the Brelands were ahead of their time, and it would take several decades before the use of positive reinforcement, shaping, and other behavior analytic concepts really started to take hold in applied animal training. One pivotal event for animal trainers and behavior analysts was the Association for Behavior Analysis Convention in 1992 in San Francisco. ABA president, Dr. Edward K. Morris, invited Karen Pryor to give the President’s Invited Scholar’s Address. In addition, the convention featured two symposia with prominent animal trainers. This presentation will discuss what happened at the 1992 convention and how these events fit within the historical context of ABA. This convention was a pivotal moment for both animal trainers and behavior analysts, creating new connections between the two communities, inspiring behavior analysts to start doing AAB research, and perhaps even giving rise to the birth of the term “clicker training.”

 
Current Dimensions and Future Directions of Applied Animal Behavior Analysis: Philosophical, Ethical & Historical Perspectives
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (Monmouth University)
Abstract: Thirty years ago, the Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG was founded with the mission to promote applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training, support those in the applied animal behavior field, and promote the well-being of animals in applied settings wherever they are found. This talk will review the history of how behavior analytic approaches have been successfully extended to a variety of applied animal settings. In addition, we will see how this work has informed an existing framework for current dimensions that define the field of applied animal behavior analysis, inspired by those proposed by Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) for the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). By adopting philosophical approaches to science and understanding the progression of ethical and welfare-related requirements of animals in research, teaching, and practice, we will also ensure the success and continued growth and and professionalisation of a science of socially significant animal behavior.
 
 
Symposium #486
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Intensive Care for Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida)
Discussant: Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine )
CE Instructor: Ronald J. Clark, Ph.D.
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders are heterogeneous and may include concerns like dependence on a gastrostomy-tube or a narrow range of foods. As such, when intensive services are necessary, coordination of care with several disciplines and specialized environments are critical to provide safe and efficient therapy. However, few studies have reported on specific aspects of these settings and the rapidity of achievement with indicated goals. This symposium will show data related to these areas and will give considerations for clinicians who are interested in multidisciplinary feeding intervention. The first presentation will review a study in which researchers measured performance across variables related to feeding staff behavior and different areas of a day-treatment feeding program (e.g., pantry, therapy room). The outcome of this study will highlight implications for variables that influence service delivery during intensive feeding therapy. Relatedly, the second presentation will describe another aspect of specialized feeding services related to rapid tube weaning. Results of this study will add to our understanding of factors that impact the transition to oral feeding. Finally, data from both studies will advance our understanding of models of care associated with intensive multidisciplinary feeding intervention.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Assessment, Feeding, Intensive Care, Tube Weaning
Target Audience: Basic understanding of what pediatric feeding therapy is.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify variables that contribute to an intensive feeding program; (2) Distinguish variables that differ between feeding and general EI ABA services according to key environmental variables; (3) Describe the benefit of multidisciplinary care when incorporating tube weaning as an adjunct to multidisciplinary feeding intervention.
 
A Direct Assessment of the Setting of Care for Intensive Feeding Services
RONALD J. CLARK (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida)
Abstract: Grauerholz-Fisher et al. (2019) used momentary time sampling to measure the quality of care (e.g., staff behavior, environmental condition) across three ABA centers. Their results showed this approach's utility in understanding areas that may influence service delivery in the context of general early intervention. Caring for children with feeding disorders, however, may require different categories of measurement. For example, the high prevalence of gastrointestinal medical conditions like food allergies among children with feeding disorders requires specific food preparation procedures to minimize cross-contamination. Therefore, we were interested in extending Grauerholz-Fisher et al. to evaluate a specialized facility in a day-treatment feeding program across categories that are critical for safe care. In the current investigation, we measured performance across variables related to staff behavior, the environment in a feeding therapy room, and a pantry for food/liquid preparation and storage. Like Grauerholz-Fisher, results of the assessment have indicated areas in need of improvement (e.g., patient food labels), so we will use the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Service (1.1; Jimenez et al., 2023) to inform indicated intervention across these variables. We will discuss the implications of these outcomes for settings associated with specialized and intensive feeding therapy.
 
Rapid Tube Weaning as an Adjunct to Intensive Multidisciplinary Feeding Intervention
MEARA X. H. MCMAHON (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Scott Gillespie (Emory University School of Medicine), Emily Malugen (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Heather Farling (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Rashelle Berry (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Caitlin Waddle (Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Children with chronic medical problems are more likely to experience ARFID with estimates researching as high as 70%. Many children with complex medical and/or developmental histories and ARFID require supplementation via feeding tube. Management of the underlying medical difficulties does not necessarily promote oral intake and reductions in tube feeding due to a long-standing history of conditioned food aversion compounded by limited food exposure resulting in poor oral-motor skills and failure to reach key feeding milestones. Behavioral intervention and tube weaning (i.e., hunger manipulation, or evoking a state of hunger to encourage oral consumption by rapidly weaning from the tube) are among the most common treatment approaches used in intensive multidisciplinary feeding intervention (IMFI) programs. However, there is a lack of consensus regarding the criteria for, rate of, and timing of weaning from enteral feeds. The purpose of the current study was to assess the feasibility of applying a rapid tube weaning approach for children receiving IMFI. Sixteen patients with ARFID and feeding tube dependence participated in a randomized control trial comparing IMFI standard of care to IMFI with rapid tube weaning. Feasibility specifications, safeguards, and considerations for practice will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #487
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Diversity submission Caregiver-Mediated Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions for Young Autistic Children Receiving Community-Based Intervention: Implementation and Effectiveness
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania)
CE Instructor: Melanie Pellecchia, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Caregiver-mediated naturalistic developmental behavior interventions (NDBI) are considered an evidence-based practice (EBP) for young autistic children (Sandbank et al., 2020). Caregiver-mediated NDBI result in improved child outcomes across a range of developmental domains, reduced challenging behavior, and improved parental self-efficacy, treatment engagement, and reductions in parental stress. In contrast to university-based studies of caregiver-mediated NDBI, outcomes for children receiving community-based services tend to be poor, especially in low-income communities. Poorer outcomes may be due in part to a lack of caregiver-mediated NDBI in these settings. This symposium will present findings from a series of research studies from publicly funded systems in 3 different states focused on evaluating the implementation and effectiveness of caregiver-mediated NDBI when implemented by community providers. Presentations will provide an overview of training methods, community-informed adaptations to manualized approaches, implementation outcomes, and effectiveness outcomes. Implications for improving the wide-scale implementation of caregiver-mediated NDBI in community-based intervention settings will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver-mediated intervention, community-based intervention, NDBI
Target Audience:

Audience members should have experience implementing behavioral interventions to young children on the autism spectrum.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe caregiver-mediated naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions; (2) Discuss the implementation of caregiver-mediated interventions for young children who receive publicly-funded early intervention services; (3) Describe methods to adapt caregiver-mediated interventions so that they are feasible for community-based implementation.
 
Diversity submission 

Implementing a Caregiver-Mediated Intervention for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in Early Intervention: Intervention Fidelity and Children’s Outcomes

MELANIE PELLECCHIA (University of Pennsylvania), Brooke Ingersoll (Michigan State University), David Mandell (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

Caregiver-mediated early intervention (EI) can improve long-term outcomes for young autistic children. However, studies evaluating caregiver-mediated EI usually involve university-based clinicians working with a select group of families. Few studies examine whether these interventions can be implemented successfully in community-based agencies with culturally and economically diverse families. We partnered with an urban EI system to evaluate whether manualized training procedures are feasible and effective for community-based clinicians. We trained 12 clinicians in a caregiver-mediated intervention and evaluated intervention fidelity and children’s outcomes with 43 families across 6 months. Intervention fidelity was coded from video-recorded EI sessions. Despite training and consultation, fidelity was low. Mean fidelity was 57% (SD = 22%, Range: 11% - 91%), with only 15% of observations above the 80% fidelity benchmark. Higher fidelity was associated with greater gains in children’s social communication skills after 6 months of intervention. The results suggest the need for targeted implementation supports to augment traditional training and consultation models for providers working in community-based agencies, which will be critical for supporting large-scale rollouts in EI and reducing disparities in outcomes.

 
Diversity submission Effects of a Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention on Social Communication Outcomes for Medicaid-Enrolled Autistic Children
DIONDRA STRAITON (Michigan State University), Jessie Greatorex (Michigan State University), Mariola Moeyaert (State University of New York Albany), Brooke Ingersoll (Michigan State University)
Abstract: Project ImPACT is an evidence-based parent-mediated naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). Little is known about the effectiveness of NDBIs for children served in under-resourced settings. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of Project ImPACT on social communication challenges for Medicaid-enrolled autistic children. Seventeen families of Medicaid-enrolled autistic youth aged 2-6 received Project ImPACT via telehealth. Caregivers completed the Autism Impact Measure (Kanne et al., 2014) at 5 time points. We fit three, 2-level multilevel models to estimate the effect of time (weeks of Project ImPACT), child age (mean centered), and the interaction of time x age on Communication, Social Reciprocity, and Peer Interaction. Six caregivers completed interviews; data was analyzed using thematic analysis. Results indicate that scores for communication challenges decreased by 0.27 points each week, t(45.04) = -1.72, p = .09. Scores for peer interaction challenges decreased by 0.25 points each week, t(46.43) = -2.39, p = .02. Scores for social reciprocity challenges did not significantly change over time. All caregivers mentioned improvements in communication. Most caregivers mentioned improvements in social engagement (83%) and peer interaction (83%). Findings indicate that NDBIs can be effective in under-resourced settings.
 
Diversity submission 

The Impact of Adapting Naturalistic Development Behavioral Interventions (NDBI) in Community Settings: Relationship to Caregiver Engagement and Outcomes

KATHERINE PICKARD (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center), Nicole Hendrix (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center ), Nailah Islam (Marcus Autism Center), Millena Yohannes (Emory University School of Medicine; Marcus Autism Center )
Abstract:

A growing number of research studies have trained providers to deliver naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI). Although providers report being satisfied learning these programs, they also note attempts to adapt NDBIs to fit their delivery context. This study uses the Model for Adaptation Design and Impact (MADI) to characterize the adaptations made to an NDBI, Project ImPACT, and the impact of adaptation on caregiver outcomes. Participants were 48 providers and 45 caregiver-child dyads within Georgia’s Early Intervention (EI) system. Providers completed training in Project ImPACT and submitted video of their Project ImPACT sessions. A sub-sample 15 of providers and 17 caregivers completed surveys and interviews about Project ImPACT adaptation and engagement at the session-level. Results showed that provider fidelity to Project ImPACT was variable (see Figure 1) and that adaptations occurred in 47% of sessions, most often to integrate other therapeutic content. Across 81 sessions, caregivers’ participatory engagement was not associated with Project ImPACT coaching fidelity (r=0.06; p=0.71). Providers’ average coaching fidelity was also not associated with changes in caregiver empowerment (r=0.29; p=0.28). Findings highlight the need to align Project ImPACT with caregiver-initiated priorities. Adaptations were not related to provider fidelity or caregiver engagement which has implications for fidelity measurement.

 
 
Panel #488
CE Offered: BACB
The Right to Effective Treatment in a Neurodiverse World: Accessing Autism Instructional Practices
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kathleen McCabe-Odri, Ed.D.
Chair: Kathleen McCabe-Odri (Partners In Learning, Inc.)
ROBERT K. ROSS (Ross Consultation LLC)
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University)
HARRY SCHIAVI (Biostream)
Abstract:

In 1988, Van Houten et.al.’s seminal publication regarding the right to access effective behavior intervention addressed the challenges, misunderstandings, and the ethical concerns of the times about behavioral methods, which, in turn, often delayed or limited access to effective instructional interventions. A decade later in 1998, both Singer and Blume began using the term “Neurodiversity”, advancing the ethical practice of person-centered services and the consideration of the array of neurological differences as an integral component of individualized instruction. Today, Neurodiverse advocates are strongly critical of the perception that intervention for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) based upon the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is predicated on the notion that Autism is a disease and application of ABA based treatment is an effort to “cure” this condition. It is not unreasonable to suggest that many ABA professionals also share this faulty notion. Until we as a field are able to clearly reject this “curative” therapy model and embrace a right to effective instructional practices model, we will continue to be at odds with these advocates. It is not wrong for a person with ASD to suggest that some of our practices appear at best coercive and at worst barbaric. Many programs appear “cookie cutter” in nature rather than individualized. We have much work to do to improve how we intervene and under what conditions these interventions take place. However, the recognition of the need to reject a “one size fits all” approach to intervention, is not synonymous with a rejection of all that ABA has to offer. This talk will amplify the nuanced phrase “the behavior under what conditions” as part of a process for having difficult conversations regarding interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs in clinical, educational and/or home settings. Prerequisite competencies include experience with client centered treatment, parent training, supervision on RBTs and BCBA candidates, as well as conceptual understanding of ABA interventions as an instructional vs curative model.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel discussion: 1) Participants will be able to define the differences between curative therapy and educational interventions. 2) Participants will be able to describe the arguments for and against interventions to treat eye contact, stimulatory behavior and the use of extinction as a procedure. 3) Participants will be able to explain crtiques  of our field and our science.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #489
CE Offered: BACB
Reward, Interrupted: Inhibitory Control and Its Relevance to Addictions
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
Chair: Eric A. Thrailkill (University of Vermont)
CE Instructor: Eric A. Thrailkill, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DAVID JENTSCH (Binghamton University)
Abstract:

A great deal is known about the behavioral and neural mechanisms that give rise to goal-directed reward-seeking actions. By contrast, we know much less about the processes that enable goal-directed behavioral constraint. In this talk, I will address the importance of inhibitory control to various forms of reward-guided behaviors, particularly drug and alcohol misuse and addictions. I will highlight discoveries that have revealed genetic, molecular and neural processes vital to effective inhibitory control, and I will address the importance of studying diverse populations in these efforts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Professionals and scientists conducting research on or providing services for behavioral addictions.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) define and operationalize inhibitory control; (2) describe the ways in which individual differences in inhibitory control relate to addictions; (3) explain molecular and neural circuitry mechanisms important to inhibitory control and (4) describe how interventions affecting inhibitory control abilities could play a role in managing the loss of control in drug and alcohol addictions.
 
DAVID JENTSCH (Binghamton University)
J. David Jentsch received his BA degree in Behavioral Biology from The Johns Hopkins University, and his PhD in Neurobiology from the Yale University School of Medicine. In 2001, he joined the faculty in the Department of Psychology at UCLA, where he spent the next 15 years, rising to the rank of Full Professor. During this time, he served as the Associate Director for Research of the UCLA Brain Research Institute, one of the oldest and largest academic research institutes focused on the study of the nervous system. In 2015, Dr. Jentsch moved to Binghamton University, joining the Behavioral Neuroscience area of the Department of Psychology, where he is currently a SUNY Distinguished Professor and Chair of the Department of Psychology. Dr. Jentsch has focused most of his independent research on the neuroscience of addictions. He has published more than 125 articles and chapters and has been continuously funded by the NIH since 2005. He and his work has been recognized with numerous awards including the Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from CPDD and the Waletzky Prize for Innovative Research on Drug and Alcohol Abuse from the Society for Neuroscience. In 2009, animal rights extremists launched a campaign against Dr. Jentsch and his research. In reaction to the fire-bombing of his car and other threatening and violent actions taken against him and his colleagues, he founded a group called UCLA Pro-test to defend researchers under attack and to engage in visible public advocacy for humane animal research. These efforts were recognized by the 2011 Award for Scientific Freedom and Responsibility from the American Association for the Advancement of Science.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #490
CE Offered: BACB
Everyday Trauma: Learning to Forget
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Adam E. Fox (St. Lawrence University)
CE Instructor: Adam E. Fox, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: TRACEY SHORS (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Everyone experiences trauma. Whether it’s a specific harrowing event or a series of stressful moments that accumulate over time, trauma can echo and etch itself into our brains. In her lecture, neuroscientist Dr. Tracey Shors will discuss how our brains are inclined to ruminate on negative memories and how this process can interfere with our everyday lives, while making still more memories. She will also present effective tools for reducing repetitive thoughts that reinforce our everyday traumas. By understanding how our brains ruminate on the past, while training them with new mental and physical skills, we are better equipped to leave our pasts behind and live in a brighter future.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

This lecture is easily accessible and thus targeted at a wide audience, including laypersons. The content is especially relevant for adult women.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish the two types of "everyday trauma" and how they can increase ruminative thoughts, depression and anxiety; (2) discuss neurogenesis and how new neurons in our brain contribute to the response to and recovery from stressful life events; (3) discuss MAP Train My Brain, a brain fitness program that combines "mental and physical" training to reduce ruminative thoughts and thereby enhance mental health (maptrainmybrain.com).
 
TRACEY SHORS (Rutgers University)
Dr. Tracey Shors is Distinguished Professor in Behavioral and Systems Neuroscience in the Department of Psychology and a member of the Center for Collaborative Neuroscience at Rutgers University. Dr. Shors has 150 scientific publications in journals including Nature, Science, PNAS and Nature Neuroscience. Her research findings have been featured in Scientific American, The New York Times, The Washington Post, and on NPR and CNN. Her research efforts were recently recognized with W. Horsley Gantt Medal from the Pavlovian Society for the "noble pursuit of truth." Macmillan and Flatiron Press published her new book about stress and trauma: Everyday Trauma. She is also the creator of the evidence-based brain fitness program MAP TRAIN MY BRAIN (maptrainmybrain.com).
 
 
Symposium #492
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Sustainable Horizons: Navigating Climate Challenges Through Behavior-Analytic Practices
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Meshes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In the pursuit of sustainable practices, three distinct yet interconnected studies delve into critical aspects of environmental conservation. The first study focuses on the intricate relationship between electricity consumption and climate change. Participants will gain a comprehensive understanding of the impact of electricity production on heat trapping emissions globally, with a specific emphasis on strategies to reduce fossil fuel usage. The second study explores the alarming connection between increased greenhouse gases and human consumption behaviors, spotlighting the substantial contribution of food waste to global emissions. Participants will evaluate the potential of food waste reduction programs. The third study shifts the focus to water consumption in drought-stricken areas, specifically California. Participants will learn about the effectiveness of visual and textual feedback in reducing household water consumption. The study employs a Flume® Smart Home Water Monitor to monitor daily water usage, implementing a multiple baseline design to discern the impact of different feedback modalities. These three studies collectively underscore the urgency of evidence-based interventions in the face of environmental challenges. Participants will emerge equipped with insights into mitigating climate change through informed electricity consumption, addressing greenhouse gas emissions in the food practices, and implementing effective strategies to curtail household water consumption in regions grappling with drought. This combined presentation provides a holistic perspective on the multifaceted approaches required for sustainable practices, emphasizing the critical role of informed behavior-analytic intervention in mitigating the environmental impact of human activities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Electricity, Food Waste, Sustainability, Water Use
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Students Knowledge of feedback

Learning Objectives: 1. discuss quantities and qualities of feedback to reduce fossil fuel usage in electricity consumption. 2. compare the effectiveness of interventions based on intentions to interventions focusing on consequences in reduce food waste. 3. evaluate the effectiveness of employing "smart" interventions in feedback on household water usage.
 
Diversity submission Intentions, Consequences, and Reducing Food Waste
LAWRENCE PLATT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Increased greenhouse gases (GHG) in the earth's atmosphere are increasing the temperature of the planet (GHG; Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 2019). Human consumption behaviors are increasing the number of GHG in the atmosphere. The food industry produces 1/3 of all GHG emissions (Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 2020). In the United States, governmental efforts at GHG focus on natural and petroleum gas (United States Environmental Protection Agency, 2022); food waste reduction programs could significantly reduce GHG emissions (Food Agricultural Organization of the United Nations, 2021). There is limited data on effective interventions for reducing household food waste (Reynolds et al., 2019). Current food waste interventions have focused on the role of antecedents and have neglected the consequences of food waste. The current study compared food waste interventions using an approach focusing on intentions, the Theory of Planned Behavior (TPB; Ajzen, 1991), to an intervention that focuses on consequences, say-do correspondence. Food waste was reduced only in the say-do correspondence condition. The significance of the study is that interventions that focus on intentions, drives, and purposes often do not result in behavior change, and with the current state of the planet evidence-based interventions are needed more than ever.
 
Diversity submission Evaluating the Effects of Visual and Textual Feedback on Water Consumption in Single-Family Households
KIMBERLY BENJAMIN HOPPIN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Water scarcity poses a critical sustainability challenge in drought-affected regions, necessitating innovative approaches to reduce household water consumption. This study focuses on evaluating the efficacy of picture and textual feedback on a weekly schedule in mitigating water use within ten households in California. Employing the Flume® Smart Home Water Monitor to track daily water usage, the research employs a multiple baseline design across participants. This study will use the Flume® Smart Home Water Monitor to survey daily water usage. Three households will receive visual feedback, while another three will receive textual feedback. The study hypothesizes that visual feedback will prove more effective in curbing household water consumption. To validate this, findings from the more effective intervention will be replicated in three additional households, with one household serving as a control in the baseline. Through this approach, the study aims to provide valuable insights into the comparative effectiveness of visual and textual feedback on water conservation behaviors. The implications of the results for sustainable water management strategies will be discussed, and recommendations for future research in this field will be outlined. The findings of this study can contribute to the development of targeted interventions for water conservation in drought-prone regions, aiding both policymakers and households in adopting more sustainable water practices.
 
Diversity submission The Effect of Feedback Interventions to Decrease Electricity Consumption
Karla Lorena Reinhard (The Chicago School), ELIZABETH MESHES (The Chicago School), Eric Carlson (The Chicago School)
Abstract: A significant contributor to climate change is electricity consumption, responsible for a substantial 25% of heat-trapping emissions worldwide. To address this environmental challenge, a transformative shift in electricity consumption behaviors is imperative. Feedback, defined as information about an individual's actions in relation to their surroundings, is deemed essential for guiding people towards sustainable practices. The effectiveness of feedback, however, is contingent upon the specificity and relevance of the information provided. The research aims to investigate the impact of informed feedback on electricity consumption patterns. Ten households will be subjected to a feedback-based intervention wherein information about their energy consumption will be delivered at specified intervals. The study seeks to discern the nuanced variations in response to feedback among different households. By examining the quality and quantity of feedback, the research aims to contribute to the development of tailored interventions for sustainable energy consumption. The findings of this study are anticipated to shed light on the potential of feedback mechanisms in addressing climate change through individual behavior modification.
 
 
Panel #493
CE Offered: QABA
Diversity submission Mental Health and Chronic Illness: A Guide for Self-Compassion for Behavior Analytic Practitioners
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Melissa Engasser, M.S.
Chair: Melissa Engasser (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.)
HEATHER ZIEMBA (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.)
MELISSA ENGASSER (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.)
CIARA RODRIGUEZ (07850)
Abstract:

Mental health and chronic invisible illness are issues that many practitioners deal with on a daily basis, yet little emphasis on having a discussion around these occur in the field of applied behavior analysis. The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration reported in 2021, that “57.8 million people in the United States suffer from mental health conditions” and the American Hospital Association says that 133 million American’s suffer from “at least one chronic illness”. Based off this information, we can easily conclude that there are practitioners in the field of applied behavior analysis are not immune from these statistics. Unfortunately, these labels can be stigmatizing on a number of levels. At times, many with mental health and/or chronic illnesses may experience judgement on the ability to practice effectively by employers, clients that they serve, and colleagues. This panel discussion will focus on defining mental health illness, chronic illness and how to navigate removing the stigma around practitioners with mental and chronic illnesses. Concepts that will be explored will be: learning self-compassion by clinician’s with identified mental and/or chronic illness, advocacy in the workplace using the American’s with Disabilities Act to set accommodation’s, creating work-life balance, and boundary setting using tools such as the ACT matrix.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Prerequisite skills should include: foundations in acceptance and commitment therapy and self-monitoring.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define mental health and chronic illness(2) learn how to self-advocate in the workplace for accommodations using the American's with Disabilities Act (3) Learn how to set boundaries within clinical practice 4) Learn to practice self-compassion through value identification using the ACT matrix.
Keyword(s): Mental-health, Advocacy
 
 
Symposium #495
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Advancing Cultural Responsiveness in Behavior Analysis: Insights, Tools, and Strategies From Diverse Perspectives
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon E
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Zeinab Hedroj (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Zeinab Hedroj, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium explores different approaches to enhancing cultural responsiveness in behavior-analytic service delivery and research. Zeinab Hedroj from Monroe-Meyer Institute will present a systematic literature review categorizing recommendations and resources for cultural responsiveness in behavior analysis. This comprehensive overview equips practitioners and researchers with practical steps and tools to improve their cultural competency. Dr. Michelle Kelly from Emirates College for Advanced Education will share insights from a bilingual survey conducted in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), exploring parents' perspectives on early childhood development training and research. The findings provide valuable strategies to enhance parent engagement and assent procedures in research. Finally, Dr. Daniel Kwak from Kennedy Krieger Institute will present on the implementation of the Values-Centered Assessment Tool (VCAT). This study illustrates how culturally adapted interventions positively impacted families and children. Together, these presentations equip practitioners and researchers with some of the tools needed to foster cultural responsiveness in the field of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): cultural adaptation, cultural assessment, cultural responsiveness, ethical practice
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: (1) To inform the audience on the development and effective utilization of the Values-Centered Assessment Tool (VCAT) in behavior analysis. (2) To equip the audience with diverse perspectives on enhancing parental engagement in behavioral programs and research. (3) To provide a comprehensive list of steps and resources to practitioners and researchers looking to improve upon their cultural competency.??
 
Diversity submission 

Delivering Individualized and Culturally Responsive Behavioral Services: An Experimental Evaluation

DANIEL KWAK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Taking an individualized approach to cultural responsiveness is essential when collaborating with families to deliver behavior-analytic services. However, behavior analysts lack the resources to initiate this collaborative process by asking caregivers informed and targeted questions. To address this area of need, our previous study involved initial development of the Values-Centered Assessment Tool (VCAT) through extensive review of the literature, in-depth interviews with service providers, and evaluation by an expert panel. The current study involved examination of the actual use of the VCAT by behavior analysts, of cultural adaptations made to services based on the information gathered, and of changes in caregivers’ and children’s behaviors. Results showed that the behavior analysts successfully gathered relevant information from using the VCAT and that they could make cultural adaptations of evidence-based interventions in the areas of interactions with the families, goal development, intervention, and training that that were unique to each family. Implementation of the culturally responsive parent training intervention resulted in substantial increases in parent implementation fidelity and improvement in children’s behaviors. As a result of the process, parenting stress decreased for all parents. The process of using the VCAT demonstrated high social validity, which was assessed with caregivers and children.

 
Diversity submission Early Childhood Development Training and Research: Exploring Parents' Perspectives in the United Arab Emirates
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)), Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Shannon Ward (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This presentation will outline the findings from a two-part, online, bilingual (Arabic/English) survey that aimed to understand parents' perspectives of early childhood development (ECD) training and research in the United Arab Emirates (UAE) in the Middle East. The first part explored how to increase parents’ engagement in parent training programs and research to positively impact the lives of young children and their families. The second part aimed to understand parents’ perspectives about the role of assent in ECD research and drew upon their lived experiences as research participants. Data from almost 900 parents will be shared, showing the types of items that would be considered as potential reinforcers for parents to engage in training and research. The data highlights the importance of different elements of parent engagement programs and research studies that motivate parents to volunteer as participants. The results also show the types of assent procedures that would make parents feel comfortable to allow their children to participate in a research study and return for future research activities. The potential implications of these findings will be outlined, including a discussion on future research, policy development, and design of ethical practices.?
 
Diversity submission 

Cultural Responsiveness in Behavior Analysis: A Thematic Analysis of the Recommendations and Resources

ZEINAB HEDROJ (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Melissa Valdez-Nuguid (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis is grwing and focusing more on cultural competency and cultural responsiveness in research and practice. with this growing interest comes an increase in the number of articles published on the topic. Clinicians, practitioners, and researchers looking to improve on their culturally responsive practice may find the volume of the literature overwhelming when seeking clear and practical advice. In this systematic literature review, we compiled peer reviewed articles on cultural responsiveness in behavior analysis, extracted the recommendations provided in these articles, and conducted a thematic analysis to categorize the recommendations into distinct themes. We also provide a list of the resources and tools suggested by the authors in these articles. With a comprehensive list of the most recent recommendations and tools, the aim of our paper is to provide a list of steps and resources to practitioners and researchers looking to improve upon their cultural competency.??

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #496
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Supervision
A Behavioral View of Instruction: It’s Just Not for Behavior Analysts Anymore!
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jessica E. Van Stratton, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: NANCY MARCHAND-MARTELLA (University of Colorado Colorado Springs)
Abstract:

This presentation will highlight the tenets of effective instruction as they align to a behavior analytic framework. Direct, explicit, and intentional instruction will be showcased. Further, leaders, no matter the organization, can work more effectively with students, staff, and faculty using the principles of effective instruction and can interpret performance through a behavior analytic lens. Scenarios will be shared.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, educators, higher education administrators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define effective instruction and its basic tenets; (2) describe how effective instruction can be used in various organizations; (3) describe how leaders can utilize effective instruction from a behavior analytic standpoint to make a difference in organizations from schools to higher education settings
 
NANCY MARCHAND-MARTELLA (University of Colorado Colorado Springs)
Dr. Nancy Marchand-Martella is the Provost and Executive Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs at UCCS. Prior to coming to UCCS, Provost Marchand-Martella served as the Suzi and Dale Gallagher Dean of the College of Education at Purdue University for 4 years. At Purdue, Marchand-Martella led the College of Education’s Innovation Initiative, which is the most comprehensive change in over two decades to the teacher education curriculum spanning five colleges. Dr. Marchand-Martella has over 30 years of experience working with students at the preK-12 and university levels. She is widely published in the area of academic remediation with a particular focus on literacy. She is an author of several textbooks on instruction, behavior management, and research methods along with reading programs for at-risk students through McGraw-Hill and is a first-generation college graduate. Marchand-Martella is also a board certified behavior analyst—doctoral level.
 
 
Symposium #497
CE Offered: BACB
Understanding Variables Influencing Observation Accuracy
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Timothy R. Vollmer, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium explores crucial aspects of observation accuracy and its impact on feedback delivery and procedural fidelity data collection. Despite the importance of observation accuracy, there exists a notable gap in research regarding variables that can affect observation accuracy. Through this symposium, the talks aim to address this gap by shedding light on the factors influencing observation accuracy and implications regarding feedback integrity and procedural fidelity. In the first presentation, Bartle will share findings from a study that evaluated whether progressive performance improvement following feedback can combat decreases in observation accuracy and feedback integrity despite experiencing negative reactions to the feedback. In the second presentation, Aguilar will describe the results of a study that evaluated the extent to which Board Certified Behavior Analysts accurately detected programmed fidelity errors when observing two therapists of different races/ethnicities implementing a differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure. Finally, Dr. Timothy Vollmer will present discussant remarks, providing an insightful overview of the two studies and their implications for future research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Data Collection, Feedback, Observation Accuracy, Procedural Fidelity
Target Audience: Practitioners Researchers Aspiring and certified behavior analysts
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the findings from a study that evaluated whether progressive performance improvement following feedback can combat decreases in observation accuracy and feedback integrity despite experiencing negative reactions to the feedback; (2) Summarize the outcomes of a study investigating the extent to which Board Certified Behavior Analysts accurately detected programmed fidelity errors when observing therapists of differing races/ethnicities; (3) Discuss the impact of various variables on the accuracy of data collected by supervisors, particularly in the context of behavior analysis.
 
The Effects of Progressive Improvement on Observation and Feedback Accuracy
(Basic Research)
GRACE ELIZABETH BARTLE (University of Kansas), Matthew M Laske (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Delivering feedback to someone who has a neutral or negative reaction decreases observation accuracy and feedback accuracy frequency (Matey et al., 2021). These findings are problematic given the persistent, negative effects of inaccurate feedback on performance (Hirst & DiGennaro Reed, 2014). Moreover, the omission of feedback can impact one’s success in their job. Possibly, experiencing the positive outcomes of delivering feedback—witnessing performance improvement—may prevent degradations in observation and feedback accuracy. This study evaluated whether observation and feedback accuracy remained high when participants witnessed performance improvement following feedback delivered to a confederate who reacted negatively. Participants were assigned to one of three groups: (a) control (no improvement) (b) PI-60 (performance improvement to 60%) (c) PI-90 (performance improvement to 90%). Participants were instructed to observe and record the safety performance of a confederate during baseline. Next, participants were instructed to deliver feedback and the confederate reacted negatively. Last, participants chose whether to provide feedback. We have collected data for 15 of 30 participants. The preliminary findings reveal relatively higher observation and feedback accuracy for the PI-90 group. However, all groups reduced feedback accuracy by the study's conclusion and nearly all participants opted not to provide feedback.
 
Impacts of Error Rate and Therapist Appearance on the Accuracy of Fidelity Data Collection
(Applied Research)
MARISELA ALICIA AGUILAR (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Procedural fidelity is the extent to which a procedure is implemented as designed. Analyzing procedural-fidelity data can improve treatment outcomes. Fidelity data are generally collected by a supervisor or trained data collector using a checklist that operationalizes each component of the procedure and accounts for errors in implementation of the components. However, little is known about variables that may affect the accuracy of supervisor-collected data generally, and even less is known about variables that may affect the accuracy of procedural-fidelity data. Therefore, the current studies explored the extent to which Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) accurately detected programmed fidelity errors when using a tally checklist (Experiment 1) or rating scale (Experiment 2) for a resetting differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure (DRO). Nine participants were exposed to four conditions in which they watched videos of a resetting DRO with two therapists of different races/ethnicities with varied programmed errors (i.e., 80% and 40% fidelity). Participants were generally accurate regardless of the programmed level of fidelity but were slightly less accurate for the low (40%) fidelity condition with one therapist and when using a rating scale.
 
 
Symposium #498
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Perspectives on Free Will and Resilience in Contemporary Society
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Asude Ayvaci (Brock University)
Discussant: Kieva S. Hranchuk (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Kieva S. Hranchuk, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis offers a unique perspective for describing various socially significant domains in contemporary society. This involves examining concepts like free will and resilience from a behavior analytic framework, highlighting the extensive applicability of behavioral science and philosophy. By including behavior analytic definitions of various societal concepts, we highlight its extensive scope and ability to offer distinct insights that go beyond what is currently known. The purpose of this symposium is to feature two complementary talks that expand the application of behavior analysis to two relevant concepts, traditionally found within the domain of psychology by: (1) offering a radical behaviorist perspective on free will, advocating for a new approach to understanding choice-making and its relevance in areas like health, neuroscience, fashion, beauty, political and social freedom; and (2) providing a behavior analytic conceptualization of resilience and defining its components into measurable skills that can serve as a guide for behavior analysts in their future research on this subject. The discussant's commentary may offer attendees additional insights into research on this topic, the practical application of findings, and future research directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): free will, radical behaviorism, resilience, society
Target Audience:

Attendees will benefit from having previous training in the philosophical underpinnings of behavior analysis and radical behaviorism, along with familiarity with the prevalent concepts in contemporary psychology, often examined through a mentalistic perspective.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) examine and describe free will through the lens of radical behaviorism within a diverse range of socially significant domains, including neuroscience, health, fashion, beauty, religion, and social and political contexts; (2) discuss radical behaviorism’s transformative framework for understanding free will as choice-making through the interplay of phylogeny (i.e., evolutionary history), ontogeny (i.e., learning history), and current environmental contingencies; (3) redefine resilience from behavior analytic lens, considering ontogenetic factors, reinforcement schedules, and knowledge transfer to convert resilience components into practical and measurable skills for prospective research and clinical endeavors.
 
The Devil Wears Prada Because He Lacks Free Will: Redefining the Assumption of Free Will in Modern Society Using a Radical Behaviorism Lens
Asude Ayvaci (Brock University), Andreas Dimopoulos (Brock University), EMILY BULTEN (Brock University, Applied Disability Studies), Kieva S. Hranchuk (Brock University), sara tanasichuk (Brock University), Kristin Grant (Brock University)
Abstract: B.F. Skinner once remarked, “Freedom is an illusion, but a valuable one." This statement implies that the commonly held belief in our ability to make choices and exercise free will is unfounded. The notion of free will posits that individuals can make independent choices driven by internal mental processes preceding observable behavior (Baum, 2017; Johnston, 2014; Kane, 2016). This perspective aligns with the philosophy of mentalism, which attributes behavior to an inner agent and disregards the influence of external factors (Baum, 2017). The reliance on an unobservable inner agent, however, presents a challenge for empirical investigation, as it exists beyond the constraints of space and time, making it impervious to scientific inquiry. To address the ontological dilemma of free will, this paper advocates for a paradigm shift towards Skinner's radical behaviorism—an encompassing scientific approach to investigate choice making (Skinner, 1971). Specifically, we aim to introduce the premise behind Skinner’s novel Beyond Freedom and Dignity (1971) in the context of free will and explore how this theory holds true today across a variety of socially significant domains, including health, neuroscience, fashion, beauty, political and social freedom, and spirituality.
 
Bouncing Back: Redefining Resilience Using Behavior Analytic Framework
EMILY MARIE HOUSTON (Brock University; Mackenzie Health CBHS), Taylor Manuge (Brock Univeristy), Samantha Wallbank (Brock University), Caroline Villanueva (Brock University), Kieva S. Hranchuk (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Abstract: Resilience is a term that is becoming ever-present in psychology literature but has not yet been explored within behavior analytical literature. We reviewed multiple definitions and studies regarding resilience and found that the term is used across disciplines; most frequently within positive psychology. Some controversy exists regarding resilience as a process or an outcome (Fletcher & Sarkar, 2013; Hadad, 2011). Current definitions of the label resilience lack objective, observable behaviors, which may prevent behavior analysts from further researching this concept. In this paper, we propose a behavioral conceptualization of resilience by exploring variables that act on an individual level: ontogenetic factors, reinforcement schedules, and knowledge transfer. Using these behavior analytic perspectives, we (1) provide an objective behavioral definition of resilience, and (2) translate the seven components of resilience, described by Ginsburg (2006), into measurable skills that can guide behavior analysts’ interactions with clients and other professionals. With the term resilience gaining popularity, we hope these proposed strategies will lay the groundwork for future behavior analytic research to approach the topic with a more technological lens.
 
 
Panel #499
CE Offered: BACB
Skate Where the Puck is Going: Forecasting the Impact of Megatrends on Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jessica L Becraft, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
DAWN ALLISON BAILEY (Oregon Institute of Technology)
MICHAEL CATALDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Megatrends are powerful, irreversible changes that fundamentally transform society. Notable megatrends include the industrial revolution, urbanization, and digitalization. As with any area of society, the field of applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) would benefit from forecasting and preparing for megatrends. ABA formally emerged over 50 years ago with the formation of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. In that time, behavior analysts have demonstrated the ability to have a meaningful impact in areas of societal importance including (but not limited to) severe challenging behavior, language acquisition, drug addiction, and workplace behavior. However, the ability for behavior analysts to continue to make a difference depends, in part, on the field’s ability to plan for the rising megatrends. The purpose of this panel is to discuss (a) current and predicted megatrends and (b) ways ABA can best continue to impact society. As leaders in academia, research, and service delivery, panelists will provide insight into megatrends that they believe are important to ABA and strategies for and examples of preparing for megatrends.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BACB/BACB-D; Audience members should have a solid foundation in the assumptions of behavior analysis and general knowledge on the application of behavior analysis to address societal concerns.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify at least two megatrends that behavior analysts can prepare for. (2) Discuss at least one way that behavior analysts can prepare for megatrends in research, training, or service delivery. (3) Discuss actions that behavior analysts can take to increase the impact of behavior analysis in society.
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, megatrends, technology
 
 
Symposium #500
CE Offered: BACB
It’s a Behavioral Day in the Neighborhood… Won’t You Be Our Neighbor?
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Maeve G. Donnelly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 2023, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) reported that over 72% of certified professionals identified Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) as their primary area of professional emphasis. Although behavior analysts are generally well-trained to serve autistic clients, the principles of behavior may be applied to support healthy behavior change and efficient learning far outside of ASD. The challenge lies in finding opportunity and partnership for sharing our science. This symposium will describe three community-oriented projects and practices borne in our local neighborhoods to serve community members in ways that do not include autism service delivery. The first paper will describe efforts funded by a SABA public awareness grant to bring behavior analytic resources to pediatric primary care environments in Boston. The second paper will describe a partnership with school psychologists and special educators to implement summer math remediation for Boston-area elementary school students. The third paper will describe behavior analytic contributions to teaching mindfulness practices.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Community-based Collaboration, Math Instruction, Mindfulness, Primary care
Target Audience:

The target audience is any behavior analyst who wants to practice their science outside of the field of autism as well as any behavior analyst who is interested in dissemination, collaboration, and community-based interventions. Graduate students considering a specialty area or learning experience may also benefit from this presentation.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe considerations for disseminating behavior analysis interventions in a pediatric primary care setting; (2) Identify key factors in collaborating across professions to implement remedial mathematics instruction; and (3) Name mindfulness interventions and conceptualizations according to a behavioral framework.
 
Take Two Reinforcers and Call Me in the Morning
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis researchers and practitioners have developed interventions to address skill deficits that occur commonly in children, including methods for toilet training, supporting healthy sleep, following directions, sharing, functional communication skills, increasing food variety, improving play skills, completing home routines, increasing physical activity and fitness, improving community and home safety skills, and more. Unfortunately, these resources may be limited in use because behavior analysis services are typically reserved for children with disabilities. Caregivers of children without disabilities may seek pediatrician assistance; however, pediatrician survey results have revealed that pediatricians may have less training or confidence to address these types of problems (i.e., related to sleep, behavior, peer interactions, etc.; references available). Thus, there has long been a call from within the field of ABA to bring these evidence-based behavior analytic practices to primary care. This paper will describe how funding from a SABA Public Awareness Grant and Northeastern University was applied to bring behavior analysis to pediatric primary care via the development and distribution of brochures and a website geared toward caregivers facing these common childhood problems. Suggestions for further collaboration and dissemination will be discussed.
 
Special Education + School Psychology x Applied Behavior Analysis = Math Masters
NICOLE M. DAVIS (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Although potentially advantageous, opportunity for collaboration between behavior analysts, school psychologists, and special education teachers may vary in public and private schools. In reaction to the anticipated regression in math skills due to the response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Math Masters summer program was designed to employ evidence-based teaching procedures with elementary aged students who were slightly behind grade level in math. This program included input from experts in multiple disciplines, training opportunities for graduate students, as well as proven intervention for elementary-aged students. Program design, curricula, and training procedures were all based on research from the behavior analytic, school psychology, or special education literature, and the leadership team included a member of each profession. In addition to general details of the program and broad learner outcomes, this presentation will include descriptions of the collaboration between behavior analysts, school psychologists, and special education teachers over the last three years of the program. Lessons learned and a framework for collaboration will be shared.
 

Zen and the Art of Behavior Maintenance

LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Paula Kenyon (Northeastern University, Grupo Método & Jano Saúde)
Abstract:

Mindfulness practices such as meditation and yoga, which have roots in ancient religious traditions and originated in India centuries ago, have gained popularity in the West over the past 50 years. This has led to a multibillion-dollar mindfulness industry as of 2020. While popular media outlets tout mindfulness as a cure for everything from acne to depression, the research on mindfulness is still emerging. A report commissioned by the Department of Veteran Affairs in 2014 looked at over 8000 published studies on mindfulness and deemed only 47 of those studies empirically valid. In this presentation, we will look at the literature that has emerged over the past 10 years since this report was commissioned, and we will discuss the challenges inherent in studying mindfulness practices. Mindfulness will be described within a behavioral framework, including concepts such as operant and respondent conditioning, private events, motivating operations, and maintenance. Interventions such as Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), which might be considered both mindfulness-based and behavior analytic in nature, will be described. Future directions for behavior analysts as practitioners, clinicians, and researchers will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #501
CE Offered: BACB
Tacting Interesting Stimuli and Private Events: Analyses and Procedures
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 111 AB
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Discussant: Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Christina Barosky, Ph.D.
Abstract: Parents and teachers of children with autism have two desires related to tacting. First, they want the children to tact in the natural environment because it is a social skill and leads to engagement with others. Second, they want the children to tact private events, such as illness and pain, so that adults can provide relief from those ailments. The first paper addresses the first desire by analyzing antecedent variables that affect tacting, such as out-of-the-ordinary pictures and pictures of preferred items. The second paper addresses the second desire by teaching children with autism to tact different sensations to different body parts, such as “That feels soft on my hand” and “That feels prickly on my knee,” while not being able to see the materials and body parts. These two studies meaningfully extend the research on teaching tacts to children with autism. The discussant will provide commentary on the two studies.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): joint attention, private events, tact, tactile
Target Audience: behavior analysts, speech pathologists, graduate students, researchers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the connection between "natural tacts" and joint attention. 2. Describe how different types of pictures and antecedent variables affect tacting. 3. Describe how to teach children with autism to tact sensations on body parts (i.e., private events).
 

Antecedent Variables Influencing Tacting With Children With Autism

CHRISTINA BAROSKY (Bierman Autism Centers), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract:

According to Skinner (1957), tacts emitted in the natural environment are likely to occur in the presence of novel or out-of-the-ordinary stimuli. In addition, if praise is the reinforcer for tacts, MOs related to praise will affect the emission of tacts. Given no prior research in this area, we evaluated the effects of these types of variables with 4 children with autism using pictures displayed in slideshows on a laptop. In the context of multielement designs, we examined the effects of the following five variables on the emission of verbal responses: (1) novel vs. mundane pictures, (2) preferred vs. mundane pictures, (3) presession vs. no presession attention, (4) an adult looking vs. not looking at the pictures, and (5) a vocal cue (e.g., “What is it?”) vs. no vocal cue. Three and 4 out of 4 participants emitted more verbal responses in the presence of novel and preferred stimuli, respectively. Two out of 4 participants emitted more verbal responses when the experimenter was looking at the stimuli. Four out of 4 participants emitted more verbal responses following presession attention and with a vocal cue. Interpretations, implications, and recommendations for future research are discussed. Mean IOA was 92% (range, 64%-100%).

 

Teaching MultiModal Communicators With Autism to Tact Private Events

MAUREEN BOOTH (May Institute), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute), Willow M Hozella (May Institute)
Abstract:

Delays in functional communication and vocal verbal behavior coexist in 25-30% of autistic individuals (Rose et al., 2016, Wodka et al., 2013). Parents often report concerns in their child’s inability to tact private events. In Skinner’s 1957 Analysis of Verbal Behavior, he describes two ways that tacting private events may be taught. The first, the tact of observable and presumable sensations. The second, the tact of a stimulation of a body part while blocking access to visual stimuli. In 2021, Rajagopal et al., sought to teach three autistic individuals how to tact sensations by blocking visual stimuli. Results indicated all individuals learned to tact targeted tactile sensations using vocal verbal communication. Furthermore, the individuals demonstrated generalization of these skills to novel objects, and to a lesser extent, novel body parts and sensations. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and partially extend procedures of Rajagopal et al., (2021) to multimodal communicators. Initial results indicate the participants have increased correct responding across trained body parts. Clinical implications for efficacious tacting sensation teaching procedures and generalization for multimodal communicators will be discussed as well as areas for future research. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 33% of sessions and was 100%.

 
 
Symposium #502
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Innovations in Verbal Behavior Analytics
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 105 AB
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert C. Pennington (OCALI)
CE Instructor: Robert C. Pennington, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Verbal behavior extends the speaker’s ability to operate on the environment by transcending the boundaries of mechanical reinforcement across time and space. Moreover, a fluent speaking repertoire presupposes the establishment of one’s own self identity. The use of modern technology has led to various judgmental aids that may facilitate behavior-analytic intervention for individuals with autism and related disorders, for whom verbal behavior is a core deficit. This symposium focuses on the future of verbal behavior research and intervention through the use of: (1) Telehealth technologies to enhance the outreach and dissemination of behavior-analytic intervention, (2) Novel ways of producing stimuli for the visual analysis of developing verbal behavior repertories, and (3) Artificial intelligence to facilitate discrimination training between children with autism who will and will not develop verbal behavior. Across three papers, we describe a series of technological innovations along with their implications for enhancing behavior-analytic intervention for individuals with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, parent training, verbal behavior, visual analysis
Target Audience:

Participants should already be familiar with the elementary verbal operants described by Skinner (1957).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify features of effective telehealth parent training for families from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds; (2) Explain how different visual analyses serve as judgmental aids for making data-based decisions; (3) Describe the limitations of deep neural networks for making predictions about human behavior.
 
Diversity submission Becoming a Verbal Behaviorist: Parent to Teacher
JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract: Researchers and advocacy organizations in the field of ASD have increased their emphasis on evidence-based practices over the last two decades. Despite these recommendations and the extensive and readily accessible resources for determining best practices in ASD in recent years, difficulties remain for families to accurately identify and apply these research-based practices in natural contexts (Wilkinson, 2016). Parent-implemented interventions are a firmly grounded, evidence-based practice. Numerous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of these interventions in improving communication, social interaction, and overall developmental outcomes in children with ASD. By equipping parents with the tools, strategies, and support they need, these interventions harness the power of the family unit to facilitate language-rich learning opportunities and connections. This study examines the effectiveness of a verbal behavior caregiver coaching package, Parent-Mediated Referent-Based Instruction (PM-RBI), on parents' fidelity in implementing these procedures and uses a phenomenological interview to reveal the lived experiences of two Mexican families participating in PM-RBI. Potential challenges, future suggestions, and implications for research and practice will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission Seeing Verbal Behavior
ALONZO ALFREDO ANDREWS (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: A distinguishing advantage of behavior analytic practice for clinicians and researchers is the ongoing graphic displaying of data for review, most generally involving line graphs. At a university-based behavior lab, designing interventions to develop balanced, primary verbal operant repertoires of children with autism spectrum disorder to promote verbal fluency, pie charts were used to present proportionality of topographically similar responses under different sources of control, i.e., the mand, echoic, tacts, and sequelic conditions, as revealed by a verbal operant experimental (VOX) analysis. Initially, before the current app, data sheets visually guided the systematic transfer of stimulus control across operants. Porter and Niksiar (2018) suggested that radar charts can be used to provide comparisons across mechanical properties, such as biological structures, and this multidimensional visual analysis is presently being employed for performance mapping of verbal behavior. This presentation will review a series of alternative graphic representations to direct efficient verbal behavior instruction.
 
Diversity submission 

Predicting Echoic Control With Artificial Intelligence

Chris Ninness (Behavioral Software Systems), LEE MASON (Cook Children's Child Study Center)
Abstract:

Among the heterogeneous population of individuals with autism, as many as ? are functionally nonverbal. The failure to develop functional language has been attributed to a paucity of resources for families combined with a lack of direct services, and a dearth of research on individuals with profound autism. However, even with early intensive behavioral intervention some children with autism will continue to present with significant language deficits. The ability to develop phrase speech - consisting of non-echoed, spontaneous utterances of three or more words - is a critical milestone of language development. For children with autism, who do not show typical language development, a growing body of literature supports the use of echoic prompts toward the development of other verbal operants. Consequently, the ability to discriminate between individuals that will and will not develop an echoic repertoire would be helpful for behavior analysts and other service providers. With the help of a deep neural network, we created a machine learning model to predict the extent to which children with autism will echo the verbal behavior of others. Here we present the results of our predictive model, implications for treatment, and questions about how artificial intelligence may shape the future of behavior-analytic intervention.

 
 
Symposium #503
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Creative Strategies for Getting, and Keeping, People in Treatment for Substance Use Disorders
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 12-13
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Discussant: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Bethany R. Raiff, Ph.D.
Abstract: Getting people to enter treatment for substance use disorders is a challenge unto itself, but once they do make the decision to enter treatment, creative solutions to keeping them in treatment are sorely needed. In this symposium, the speakers will discuss creative solutions, as well as patient-related barriers, to getting people to enter and stay in treatment for substance use disorders. Kim Kirby will discuss a novel, web-based Community Reinforcement and Family Training intervention for helping people enter treatment. Next, Forrest Toegel will talk about their recent findings with Abstinent-Contingent Wage Supplements and how this relates to future employment. Shelby Goodwin will then discuss how contingency management may overcome patient-related financial barriers related to buprenorphine treatment engagement. Fourth, Lexi Knerr will talk about a novel, personalized contingency management approach to promoting nicotine vaping abstinence. Finally, Dr. Jesse Dallery will serve as a discussant, closing out the symposium with insights about where we are and where we may continue to go in improving substance use treatment engagement.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingency management, CRAFT, low income, SUDs treatment
Target Audience: This will be most appropriate for an intermediate level. Attendees should have an interest in learning about how behavior analysis can be applied to the topic of treatment for substance use disorders.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion, participants should be able to: (1) Describe how a web-based community reinforcement and family training approach impacted treatment entry. (2) What is meant by abstinent-contingent wage supplements and how these they relate to later employment (3) How financial incentives may help to overcome barriers to buprenorphine treatment in low-income patients (4) The benefits of personalizing different treatment elements for contingency management
 
Diversity submission 

Community Reinforcement and Family Training Goes Digital

KIMBERLY C. KIRBY (Rowan University & We The Village, Co.), Jane Macky (We the Village), Ben Fitzpatrick (Tempest Technologies Loyola Marymount University), Jaime Kishpaugh (Public Health Management Corporation), Calum Handley (We the Village), Robert J. Meyers (Robert J. Meyers, Ph.D. & Associates)
Abstract:

Community Reinforcement and Family Training (CRAFT) is an empirically-supported treatment that teaches concerned significant others (CSOs) of individuals with substance use problems (IP) to use behavior analytic techniques to reduce IP drug use and increase new treatment entry. Previous web-based CRAFT programs have not replicated the primary outcome of IP treatment entry. We developed two online CRAFT programs and tested their efficacy. CSOs were primarily white, non-Hispanic adult females concerned about the opiate use of a partner or child. We block randomized 45 (15/arm) to receive 12 weeks of (a) web-based peer support (PEER); or weekly web-based CRAFT modules with (b) videoconference group (CRAFT-G), or (c) individual coaching (CRAFT-I). We administered online assessments of new IP treatment entry and CSO physical health, mood, and relationship satisfaction. The proportion of CSOs reporting IP treatment entry was higher in CRAFT-G (76.9%; n=13, p = 0.028) and CRAFT-I (72.7%; n=11, p = 0.053) compared to the PEER (40.0%; n=15). CRAFT-G showed significant improvements in CSO health (p = 0.013) and mood (p = 0.008) and both CRAFT groups showed significant improvements in relationship satisfaction relative to PEER. This study is the first to produce IP treatment entry suggesting that online CRAFT programs can replicate the effects of in person CRAFT.

 
Diversity submission Employment Outcomes of Abstinence-Contingent Wage Supplements for Adults Experiencing Homelessness and Alcohol Use Disorder
FORREST TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Mackenzie Baranski (Northern Michigan University), Matthew Novak (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), August F. Holtyn (National Institutes of Health), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract: Alcohol use disorder is concentrated among people who live in poverty. Abstinence-Contingent Wage Supplements (ACWS) is an employment-based intervention that addresses interrelated problems of poverty, unemployment, and drug use. The present talk provides a detailed analysis of employment outcomes from 62 ACWS participants in a study conducted in the Center for Learning and Health (Novak et al., 2023). The analysis includes types and patterns of employment and characteristics of participants who became employed. Most participants who received the ACWS intervention (n=41; 66%) obtained employment during the intervention year. The most common type of employment was sales and related occupations (e.g., cashier, sales representative; 20%). The length of employment varied by employed participant (2-26 weeks), as did average hours worked while employed (M=27 hr/week, SD=14 hr/week) and average earnings per week (M=$314.98, SD=$324.30). ACWS participants who became employed lived above the poverty line for an average of 11.32 weeks (SD=9.29 weeks) during the study period. Details related to patterns and characteristics of employment and escape from poverty will be discussed. Understanding the effects of the ACWS intervention on alcohol use, employment, and poverty may be useful in providing targeted support to people at increased risk of poverty-related health disparities.
 
Diversity submission 

Contingency Management Increases Buprenorphine Engagement in the Context of Financial Barriers for Patients With Opioid Use Disorder

SHELBY GOODWIN (Rowan University), Harris Khan (Rowan University), Nicolas Samson (Rowan University), Arriana Swiderski (Rowan University), Indu Madhuranthakam (Rowan University), Matthew Salzman (Cooper University Hospital), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract:

Contingency management (CM) has promise for increasing engagement with buprenorphine treatment for opioid use disorder; however, it remains understudied and underutilized. This study examined the impact of CM on early buprenorphine engagement in the context of patient-related treatment barriers. New patients at an outpatient opioid clinic were randomized to Treatment as Usual (TAU, n=30), consisting of regular clinic procedures, or CM (n=30), consisting of regular procedures plus financial incentives for attending visits and adhering to treatment (positive for buprenorphine and negative for other opioids). Groups were compared on attendance and adherence at first, second, and third follow-up visit after intake. The sample was 36.7% female, 48.3% Black, and 41 years on average (SD±10.15). One-third reported an annual household income under $10,000 and 75.0% were unemployed, representing a low-income population. CM increased attendance relative to TAU at first, second and third visit, respectively: (1) 70% vs 45%; (2) 60% vs 45%, (3) 48% vs 32%. CM also increased adherence relative to TAU: (1) 40% vs 21% (2) 30% vs 24%, and (3) 31% vs 21%. This study shows prospective stakeholders that CM may be uniquely poised to both increase engagement and offset financial treatment barriers related to low income.

 
Diversity submission Personalized Contingency Management for Vaping Cessation
ALEXANDRA KNERR (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: E-cigarette use has rapidly increased over the last decade, especially among young adults. Contingency management (CM) is an incentive-based intervention that has been effective in promoting abstinence from e-cigarettes, tobacco products, and a variety of other drugs of abuse. CM is effective for diverse populations, when delivered either in person or remotely, and with a variety of different incentives. Some have suggested tailoring the treatment components of CM to increase both the effectiveness and acceptability of the intervention, but few empirical studies have explored the effects of tailored CM methods. Guidelines on how to best tailor a CM intervention for an individual client are lacking. This study evaluated tailored CM to promote abstinence from nicotine-containing e-cigarettes (i.e., vaping abstinence) among young adults. Tailored components included the quit date, incentive, incentive delivery system, meeting frequency, meeting format, and additional supports. Participants also provided and managed their own incentive. Preliminary results have been promising: one participant successfully quit vaping through eight weeks with a personal intervention plan using TikTok as the incentive, and a second quit vaping for four weeks using a deposit contract before relapsing. These tailoring methods may afford lower cost and more clinically practical CM delivery.
 
 
Symposium #504
CE Offered: BACB
Caregiver Treatment Adherence: Highlighting Current Practices, Acknowledging Limitations, and Recognizing a Need for More Research
Monday, May 27, 2024
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Omar Elwasli (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Omar Elwasli, M.A.
Abstract: Outcomes of behavior change interventions in the natural environments where they are intended to have life-changing impacts are often suboptimal. The most common approach to building the capacity of incumbents in those environments has been behavioral skills training, and the most common measure used to reflect the development of sufficient capacity for implementation has been treatment integrity. Treatment integrity involves the implementation of a protocol as it is designed, and in behavior analytic research and practice, is typically indexed through direct observation. This is also the typical default when behavior analysts evaluate generalization across settings or circumstances, and maintenance across time. Alternatively, treatment adherence involves implementation without oversight and has received limited attention in behavior analytic literature. Evidence to date suggests adherence to behavior analytic interventions, when measured, is less robust than observed integrity (e.g., Moore et al., 2011), corresponding with decades of adherence research in allied health professions. The papers in this symposium bring awareness to adherence and our field’s related research and practice limitations, through a variety of perspectives. In so doing, we provide a foundation and invitation for behavior analysts to address, and advance the conversation about, adherence through their own work.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Caregiver, treatment adherence, treatment nonadherence
Target Audience: intermediate
Learning Objectives: (1) Audience members will be able to define caregiver treatment adherence and nonadherence. (2) Audience members will be able to identify the variables that may serve as barriers to caregiver treatment adherence. (3) Audience members will be able to describe strategies for addressing barriers to caregiver treatment adherence and improving durable treatment outcomes.
 
Treatment Adherence in Behavior Analysis Literature Before and After Allen & Warzak: A Rapid Review
YUANZHEN WU (University of Minnesota), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Alyssa Hurd (Utah State University), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota Medical School)
Abstract: The publication of Allen & Warzak (2000) invited behavior analysts to consider the distinction between treatment integrity and adherence (ie, implementation without direct observation in non-clinical settings), while providing a formulation of the shortcomings of existing frameworks for understanding and improving adherence in medicine and behavioral health. In particular, these frameworks failed to consider the environmental circumstances and contingencies behavior analysts know to be central features to a model of behavior change. As we approach 25 years since the publication of Allen & Warzak, the current research review provides an opportunity for reflection on the impact of the paper as well as considerations for continuing to advance the importance of adherence in our research and practice. This rapid review included current behavior analytic journals with publication dating back to at least 1980, allowing for comparisons between papers published prior and subsequent to Allen & Warzak. Data extraction, following full text review and the initial screening of 421 de-duplicated papers, will enable analysis and discussion of publication trends overall, conceptual vs treatment papers, measurement trends, systematic support for & barriers to adherence, and related factors clinicians and researchers should consider in contemporary behavior analysis to more deeply root our powerful technology where it matters most.
 

Factors Associated With Readmission to Intensive Outpatient Services for the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior: A Retrospective Controlled Consecutive Case Series

SAMANTHA JO NERCESIAN (Utah State Univeristy), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Alyssa Hurd (Utah State University), Lauren Laymen (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute )
Abstract:

Factors Associated with Readmission to Intensive Outpatient Services for the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior: A Retrospective Controlled Consecutive Case Series. Treatment maintenance of interventions that reduce severe problem behavior is largely unknown outside clinic settings. Several variables may impact the re-emergence of problem behavior following successful reductions during treatment, or post-treatment relapse. To date, variables that contribute to post-treatment relapse have largely not been empirically examined and warrant exploration. By identifying variables that contribute to post-treatment relapse, clinicians may be able to identify patients and families at an elevated risk and implement more comprehensive support. The purpose of this study was to conduct a retrospective consecutive controlled cases series to determine the prevalence of post-treatment relapse following intensive outpatient services for severe problem behavior. For cases re-admitted to intensive outpatient services, we conducted an exploratory analysis of variables that may have mediated a lack of treatment maintenance. We discuss implications for practice and future research based on these findings.

 

From Integrity to Adherence: A Continuum of Measurement Strategies for Tracking Caregiver Implementation of Behavior Plans

MARY KATHERINE GERRARD (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine/ Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

When working with caregivers of children with problem behavior, treatment integrity refers to the extent they implement behavioral treatment plan procedures as intended under the direct observation of clinicians (e.g., during appointments). Treatment adherence refers to the extent that caregivers follow treatment recommendations, over time, and in the absence of direct observation. Procedures to measure treatment integrity are well established and reported frequently in the behavior analytic literature. Conversely, minimal guidance exists for the measurement of adherence, despite growing evidence of the gap between observed integrity and adherence in natural environments. This presentation describes two methods for measuring adherence when working with caregivers during the outpatient treatment of problem behavior. One method involves a contingency space analysis of caregiver behavior using data extracted from video, recorded in the absence of the behavioral treatment team. The other method involves a semi-structured narrative recording system to help parents record their own responses to problem behavior and alternative behavior in relevant contexts. The presentation includes example data from the two methods, and a discussion around certain caregiver behaviors that do not typically represent omission or commission errors but may compromise the effectiveness of behavior plans.

 
Initial Evaluation of the Reliability and Validity of an Assessment-Based Approach to Identifying and Addressing Barriers to Caregiver Treatment Adherence
OMAR ELWASLI (Eastern Michigan University), Eleah Sunde (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Although technology exists to effectively train caregivers to implement behavioral interventions, little is known about the barriers impacting caregiver treatment adherence. The purpose of the current study was to understand the conditions under which caregivers are likely to adhere to interventions, identify the variables leading to non-adherence, and evaluate the effects of an intervention to support caregiver adherence. We evaluated the effectiveness of a standard treatment protocol at improving a caregiver’s behavior- management implementation (Study 1) and assessed the validity of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist–Parent (PDC-P) by comparing the effects of an PDC-P indicated intervention to a non-indicated intervention (Study 2). In Study 1, results indicated that a standard training protocol provided sufficient support for most caregivers across all phases. In Study 2, the indicated intervention resulted in improved caregiver performance and provided preliminary evidence for the PDC-P’s ability to rule out ineffective interventions and rule in effective ones. We will discuss clinical implications and directions for future research.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #504A
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Engaging Community and Health Partners in Large-Scale Behavior Change Interventions for Increased Reach, Influence and Impact to Reduce Spread of COVID-19
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jannette Berkley-Patton, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors: : JANNETTE BERKLEY-PATTON (Community Health Research Group and UMKC Health Equity Institute)
Abstract:

Wide-reaching health promotion interventions are needed in influential, trusted community settings to address the disproportionate burden of disease in communities of color. Leading health institutions, such as the National Institutes of Health (NIH), have recognized the importance of community engagement in designing, delivering, and evaluating large-scale health promotion interventions that can widely reach populations heavily burdened by debilitating health conditions, such as COVID-19. Also recognized is the importance of cultural tailoring to increase acceptability and “fit” with community norms, values, traditions, and infrastructure. Community-based participatory research (CBPR) provides an approach to enhance collaborative community-health-academic research partnerships that can influence uptake of new behaviors at the community level, particularly when community-led strategies are used. Here, the utility of CBPR to design, rapidly implement, and assess the impact of a large-scale, religiously tailored COVID-19 prevention intervention (A Faithful Response to COVID-19) on the uptake of COVID-19 testing in African American churches is described. This NIH-funded, clinical trial with 16 churches (N=981 church-affiliated participants) engaged African American faith and health agency partners in all phases of the research study – while taking place during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. Outcome findings indicated the religiously tailored intervention had a significant impact on the number of COVID-19 tests completed. The successful intervention model was then used to rapidly develop and launch a citywide COVID-19 vaccination and health services initiative. Recommendations in designing and testing large-scale behavior change interventions with community and health partners to address health disparities, including those heightened by COVID-19, are also discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Persons from multiple fields (e.g., psychology, health science researchers, healthcare, communications, and community and government organizations) who are interested in large-scale health promotion strategies and community engagement as a process to enhance health intervention feasibility, acceptability and impact, particularly with underserved populations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) State key principles of community-based participatory research and how these principles can be applied in research collaborations with community and health partners; (2) Describe strategies for engaging community and health partners in designing interventions with multilevel routes of delivery to increase participants’ exposure to intervention components; (3) Describe assessment of intervention behavioral outcomes through varied data collection modalities based on the community setting; (4) List ways to feedback intervention study findings with community partners and the broader community for ongoing engagement.
 
JANNETTE BERKLEY-PATTON (Community Health Research Group and UMKC Health Equity Institute)
Dr. Berkley-Patton is a professor in the UMKC School of Medicine’s Department of Biomedical and Health informatics. She received both her master’s degree in human development and family life, and a doctorate in developmental psychology HIV/AIDS at the University of Kansas. She joined the University of Missouri-Kansas City in 2005 in a postdoctoral fellowship position founded by the National Institute of Mental Health in the Department of Psychology. Dr. Berkley-Patton received a tenure as an associate professor in the UMKC Department of Psychology, where she still remains as an adjunct. She leads the unconquered path of African American and community health research for the UMKC School of Medicine faculty. One of her noted research projects, Taking It to the Pews, was funded with a $3.2 million dollar grant from the National Institute of Mental Health to assess HIV testing. She is the director of the UMKC Community Health Research Group, which supports collaborative community research, and provides doctoral and undergraduate training in community participatory research. Dr. Berkley-Patton has been awarded many honors and professional memberships, including the Heartland Health Network and the National institute of Minority Health and health Disparities. She is a reviewer for both the University of Missouri Research Board and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, where she helps improve public health practices through translational research.
 
 
Panel #506
PDS: Wait, You Work With Bugs, Dogs, Rats, and Zoo Animals? Tell Me More…
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 102 AB
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Megan K Valesey (Board Certified Behavior Analysis)
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno)
GRECIA A GAVIRIA (The Chicago School)
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

B.F. Skinner (1953) discussed that the importance of a thoroughgoing explanation of behavior requires a comprehensive ability to describe, predict, and control behavior across species. According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 71.91% of Board Certified Behavior Analysts currently work with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (BACB, 2023). These figures indicate that the majority of master’s level students enter the field with the intent of working with autistic children and their families; the majority of programs provide ample opportunities to discuss the application of the science in this way. However, research suggests that programs that include additional training on the Experimental Analysis of Behavior increases the likelihood that students will develop more creative repertoires, a better connection with our scientific roots, and have higher pass rates (Dixon et al.; 2015; Kamezi et al., 2019). A way to accomplish this may include the participation in basic research labs or projects that require studying the behavior of nonhuman participants. Based on insight from individuals who work in academic and professional settings with nonhumans, this panel will discuss and advocate for the inclusion of more projects with nonhuman participants as well as provide a student’s perspective on the value of such research and lab experience.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior, Career Options, Lab Experience, Teaching
 
 
Panel #508
CE Offered: BACB
Beyond Barriers: Solutions to Enable Caregiver Consistency With Behavioral Interventions
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed.
Chair: Karen Nohelty (360 Behavioral Health)
MICHAEL J. JAMES CAMERON (University of Southern California)
ADAM D. HAHS (Hopebridge Autism Therapy Centers)
Abstract:

Caregivers of autistic children often struggle with adherence to behavioral interventions compared to other treatments (Moore & Symons, 2009). Clinician and caregiver goals sometimes differ; however, even when aligned, caregivers may not consistently implement strategies. By taking a collaborative approach focused on caregiver perspectives, clinicians can identify key barriers and provide tailored solutions with compassion to empower caregiver’s consistent use of strategies. This panel will discuss potential obstacles that caregivers experience in using behavioral techniques with their child, as well as how to identify the barriers with families. Possible solutions will be offered, involving both direct contingency management as well as strategies to address caregiver’s private events that interfere with them being able to engage in value directed behavior. Equipped with an understanding of barriers and practical solutions, clinicians can partner with families to problem-solve obstacles and provide the support needed to enable consistent intervention implementation. This panel focuses on actionable steps for service providers to empower caregivers in overcoming barriers and engage in values-based care for their autistic children.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Target audience will have an understanding of caregiver training strategies.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to identify at least 3 different barriers caregivers may experience when implementing behavioral interventions. 2) Participants will be able to identify at least 2 different direct contingency management strategies to aid caregivers in overcoming barriers. 3) Participants will be able to identify at least 1 strategy to address caregiver's private events in addressing barriers.
Keyword(s): caregivers, compassionate care, private events, treatment adherence
 
 
Paper Session #509
CE Offered: BACB
Complex Behavior and Behavioral Artistry
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 113 A
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Bukszpan Behavior Consultants, Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Richard E LAITINEN, Ph.D.
 

Complexity Theory, Paths of Treatment, Functional Curriculum Design and the Remediation of Learning Deficits Presented by Children Labelled as "Having" Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD E LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc)
 
Abstract:

When combined, contemporary complexity theory, component-composite analysis, non-linear contingency analysis and generative instructional technologies, such as those demonstrated within the Hyper-dimensional, Multi-level (HDML) model of Relational Frame Theory (RFT), provide a useful approach for the development and validation -- when paired with the functional monitoring of the implementation of a multi-layered, multi-component intervention (e.g., a scope-and-sequence curriculum) -- of an empirical “path of treatment” applied to the remediation of idiographic presenting learning challenges and deficits. This paper will discuss (1) the nature of the learning challenges and deficits typically presented by children labelled as “having” autism, (2) the current status and possible future development of a formal path-of-treatment technology for the remediation of these individual learning challenges and competencies, and detail (3) the role of functional curriculum design (FCD) in the empirical validation of reified paths-of-treatment, and (4) how individual differences are accommodated within the breadth and depth of such large-scale treatment models.

 
 
 
Panel #510
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Future of Feeding: Current Criticisms and Directions Forward
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Meeta R. Patel, Ph.D.
Chair: Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute )
MEETA R. PATEL (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine)
WILLIAM G. SHARP (The Marcus Autism Center)
COLLEEN LUKENS (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia; Perelman School of Medicine)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has made significant contributions to the field of feeding and nutrition, particularly in addressing problematic eating behaviors, dietary preferences, and mealtime routines in individuals with various developmental and behavioral disorders. However, this presentation highlights the growing concerns and critiques surrounding the application of behavior analysis to feeding, including concerns about autonomy, ethical considerations, and the need for individualized, culturally sensitive approaches. Our expert panel will engage in a comprehensive discussion of these criticisms and share insights into how behavior analysts can address them effectively. Moreover, the panel will present innovative strategies and emerging trends that hold promise for the future of behavior analytic treatment for feeding problems. This session aims to guide behavior analysts, researchers, and practitioners towards more inclusive, ethical, and effective approaches to feeding interventions, ultimately improving the quality of life for individuals with feeding challenges. Further, this session will foster an open dialogue and exploring new directions in research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Interested individuals should have a basic understanding of the assessment and treatment of feeding problems.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify current criticisms of behavior-analytic feeding treatment; (2) describe how behavior analysts can address criticisms; (3) state strategies for providing inclusive, ethical, and effective treatment.
Keyword(s): criticisms, feeding disorders, future research
 
 
Symposium #511
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applications of Behavior Analytic Technologies in Sports, Fitness and Martial Arts
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Independence Ballroom
Area: CBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sarah Veazey Kristiansen (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Colleen Suzio, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium aims to disseminate recent research on the application of various behavior analytic technologies within the areas of sports including baseball and martial arts, as well as areas in health and fitness. Specifically, the presenters for this symposium used various methods for providing feedback to improve performance in their respective domains. The first presentation evaluated behavior analytic technologies to support participants in increasing their individualized goal areas of increasing physical activity during the COVID-19 global pandemic. The second presentation utilized behavior skills training (BST) to teach youth baseball players to engage in industry-accepted pitching mechanics as several skills are embedded into each individual pitch. The final presentation of this symposium compared the effects of feedback statements versus coaching questions on Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu athlete performance. The three presentations are impactful research studies that support the utilization of behavior analysis to increase behavioral repertoires for individuals with goals related to sports, health, and fitness.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience should include individuals who have a solid behavior-analytic foundation and an interest in expanding their knowledge on behavior-analytic practices across various domains.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) Identify feedback methods that have demonstrated success across participants; (2) Identify the application of behavior skills training within sports training; (3) Identify the importance of social validity measures within the context of the current studies .
 

The Impact of Compassionate Care on Fitness Related Goals

COLLEEN SUZIO (Endicott College; Center for Children with Special Needs (CCSN))
Abstract:

There have been many interventions used to support individuals in increasing their physical activity. Some of these programs have been more of a “fad” intervention and others have had a stronger scientific background. As an avenue to increase the body of literature within the behavior analytic community, the current study was implemented to both demonstrate the use of behavioral technologies with fitness-related activities as well as to examine the impact of compassionate care within the feedback. The current study includes behavior analytic technologies to support participants in increasing their overall goal areas of increasing physical activity. Simultaneously, the efficacy of the interventions of compassionate care and feedback were examined in the context of physical fitness, through a virtual format during the COVID-19 global pandemic. Baseline data, intervention, as well as generalization and maintenance data were collected as a part of the current study. Social validity measures were included within the current study and indicated favorable results related to compassionate styles of feedback.

 
Use of Behavior Skills Training (BST) to Improve Youth Pitching Mechanics
IAN MELTON (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College)
Abstract: Teaching skills to softball and baseball players can be overwhelming and seem too complex to teach at once (Kahan, 1999; Butler & Hodge, 2001; Crawford, 1937). These skills however can be broken down into easily digestible steps in the form of a task analysis (Jonassen et. al.,1998). Working with youth to increase both independence and accuracy can improve the experience for many children in sports (Woodman et. al. 2009; Duda et. al. 1992). Many sports organizations rely on volunteer parents to coach and teach these skills when they may not have the prerequisite experience or skills (Busser et. al. 2010). Pitching mechanics at the start of the motion have been shown to be essential to success, when these steps are completed out of order success has been shown to be very inconsistent (Thompson et. al. 2018; Keeley et. al.2008). This study utilized behavior skills training (BST) to teach youth (7-17) to engage in industry-accepted pitching mechanics. Results demonstrate that the use of BST increased the accuracy of pitching mechanics across all participants.
 
The Effects of Two Types of Coaching Questions on Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu Athlete Performance
SHARIQ ULLAH KHAN (Endicott College)
Abstract: Coaching is a term that is often used in both behavior-analytic and non-behavioral settings, yet there is not currently a universal definition established amongst communities. This can lead to confusion on what is considered coaching and what is not. Feedback is one component of the coaching interaction that has been studied extensively. However, there is currently not a large base of research that compares various forms of coaching questions when providing feedback. The current study looks to improve both the definition of coaching as well as the coaching interaction between an instructor and Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu athletes by comparing coaching questions with and without statements about the benefits of correct performance in Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu athletes' performance of a technique. 8 Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu athletes participated in the study with one group of athletes receiving feedback with coaching questions and the other group receiving feedback with coaching questions and the benefits of correct performance discussed.
 
 
Panel #512
CE Offered: BACB
Parenthood as a Behavior Analyst: A Discussion of the Benefits and Challenges of Being a Behavior Analyst and a Parent
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon A
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Kajza Maye Coats, M.S.
Chair: Kajza Maye Coats (Centria Healthcare)
RACHEL CHANDLER SCOTT (Centria Healthcare)
AMY COOK (Hi Rasmus)
CATHERINE L BROWN (Department of Developmental Service)
Abstract:

In recent years, burnout has become a common topic in the behavior analytic field. According to Slowaik and DeLongchamp (2022), self-care strategies and job-crafting practices have been shown to improve work engagement and reduce burnout. As a professional behavior analyst parent or caregiver, it can be incredibly challenging to prioritize self-care and job-crafting practices due to the demands of both one’s career and family. There is limited research or discussion regarding supporting this community in order to ensure the sustainability of practice by this population. This panel of parents will discuss experiences, ethical dilemmas, and recommendations as they relate to being a parent and a behavior analyst. Some topics to be discussed include the challenges of balancing responsibilities across work and personal life, financial and time constraints unique to our field, navigating the emotional challenges of fertility issues while working with children, raising neurodivergent children, and much more. The goal of this panel is to provide fellow behavior analyst parents and those who desire to be parents, with the experiences and recommendations of the panelists, but also to open a discussion regarding topics as they relate to parenting as a behavior analyst and all the related benefits and challenges.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Parents or those who wish to become parents and behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify some of the ethical dilemmas as they relate to parenting as a behavior analyst, (2) attend to ways in which they can assess their current level of work engagement and burn out to identify the need for self-care or job-crafting practices; (3) attend to their experiences as parents or the experiences of others and identify ways in which they can engage in self-care to improve work engagement and reduce burnout.
Keyword(s): Parenting, Self-Care, Working Parent
 
 
Panel #513
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission An Organizational Approach to the Development and Implementation of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Initiatives
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Haley Steinhauser, Ph.D.
Chair: Haley Steinhauser (Melmark New England; Regis College)
RITA M. GARDNER (Melmark New England)
BRADLEY STEVENSON (Melmark Carolinas)
Abstract:

Diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) has become a common phrase in recent years, with DEI initiatives often being at the forefront of calls to action for organizations. Organizations have responded to this in various ways. This panel will discuss the formalization of ongoing DEI activities through the development and implementation of an organizational DEI Plan embedded in the Strategic Plan designed to integrate DEI values and practices throughout existing organizational objectives following the principles of organizational behavior management (OBM). Three goals guided its development: (1) the organizational culture embodies DEI and exudes passion in the implementation of organizational core commitments, (2) the workforce is diverse, inclusive, highly skilled, credentialed, and actively engaged in ongoing educational and professional development activities paired with strong retention, and (3) the organization creates a marketing, communication, and branding plan that is inclusive of the outlined DEI initiatives. Based on these goals, actionable strategic objectives were developed with key performance indicators (KPIs) to monitor DEI initiatives. The panel will be composed of organizational leaders and team members who spearheaded DEI initiatives for twenty years and members who participate on the committee implementing the plan, providing considerations and insights on implementing DEI initiatives at an organizational level.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The audience will benefit most from the panel discussion if they have experience working within human service organizations, especially those providing behavior analytic services. Additionally, audience members with familiarity with organizational behavior management will benefit more from the panel discussion than those who do not.

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe initial steps for developing an organizational DEI plan. (2) Identify ways that organizational behavior management can be utilized to develop and implement a DEI plan at the level of an organization. (3) Outline considerations for monitoring effective progress towards to the implementation of organizational DEI initiatives.
Keyword(s): DEI, Diversity, Organizational Initiatives
 
 
Symposium #514
CE Offered: BACB
Interactions Between Behavior Analysis and Other Systems: Platonic Determinism, American Transcendentalism, and Contemporary Neuroscience
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University)
CE Instructor: James W. Diller, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As an area of inquiry, behavior analysis necessarily had intellectual antecedents and interactions with other disciplines. Together, this set of talks traces ideas that interact with behavior analysis, from ancient to contemporary times. We start with a discussion of determinism, drawing on the work of Plato and the ways in which the writings of B. F. Skinner parallel those ideas. Next, we move to a discussion of American Transcendentalism as advanced by Henry David Thoreau, and describe ways in which the writings of Skinner were influenced by this movement. We conclude with a discussion of the interplay of behavior analysis and contemporary neuroscience, exemplified by the groundbreaking work of Murray Sidman with Patient H. M.. Through these talks, we trace conceptual and historical interactions between behavior analysis and other philosophical and scientific systems. The exploration of the interplay between behavior analysis and other conceptual systems allows for a better understanding of its own foundations and boundaries.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): determinism, history, neuroscience, transcendentalism
Target Audience:

Understanding of basic philosophical assumptions of behavior analysis (e.g., determinism) are required for this talk.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. describe how Plato’s notions of determinism related to Skinner’s ideas on this topic. 2. draw comparisons between Skinner’s radical behaviorism and American Transcendentalism. 3. explain how behavioral methods can be supplemented by neuroscientific methods.
 
The Philosopher-King’s New Clothes: Beyond Free Will in Plato’s Republic
LUIS CORDON (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: The present paper will examine how remarkably different philosophies lead to unexpected similarities between Plato’s and Skinner’s views on free will, along with striking commonalities in their respective proposed political systems. Plato’s definition of free will actually suggests an absence of it—unlike Aristotle, who describes free will as the ability to choose our actions, with the source of our choices residing within, Plato, when he addresses it at all, describes it as the freedom to choose to do good, while fighting our base desires—this means that any other choice is not actually a free choice, but rather a succumbing to our base nature, which is really more a determinist view than an acceptance of free will as usually defined. Guided by this belief that our natural predisposition is towards evil, Plato’s Republic, frequently viewed as providing the blueprint for modern democratic societies, is actually profoundly skeptical of democracy as a viable approach to governing. Parallels between Walden Two and The Republic are unsurprising given their authors’ underlying determinism, which leads both men, for very different reasons, to propose the need for an aristocracy (led by scientists in Skinner’s project and philosopher-kings in Plato’s). Another twentieth-century determinist, Sigmund Freud, regards free-will in a way reminiscent of both Plato and Skinner, as Freud, while suggesting in his own way that free will is an illusion, also posits a human nature that is unconsciously driven by both constructive and destructive instincts.
 
The Two Waldens: Henry David Thoreau’s American Transcendentalism and B. F. Skinner’s Radical Behaviorism
SAMANTHA VERTUCCI (Eastern Connecticut State University), James W. Diller (Eastern Connecticut State University)
Abstract: Henry David Thoreau (1817 – 1862) was a prominent member of the American Transcendentalist movement who wrote the famous text Walden about living in the woods outside of Concord, Massachusetts for over two years. Before transitioning into the field of psychology, B. F. Skinner (1901 – 1990) was an English major who was influenced by Thoreau’s work. In 1948, Skinner published a novel entitled Walden Two, a direct reference to Thoreau. Both Skinner and Thoreau sought to create utopia, either for the few or the many, and were in search of the “good life.” We analyze aspects of the history, figures, and content of American Transcendentalism and radical behaviorism to describe similarities and differences between them. Specifically, we evaluate the writings of these figures to compare their positions on environmental control of behavior, socialization, free will, and government. We conclude that Thoreau’s work informed Skinner’s, and Skinner’s work brought attention and acceptance to the positions advanced by Thoreau.
 

Behavior Analysis and Neuroscience: The Experiments of Murray Sidman With Patient H. M.

MIRARI ELCORO (Framingham State University)
Abstract:

The lives of Murray Sidman (1923-2019) and Henry G. Molaison (1926-2008) intersected through research on stimulus control. Molaison, also known as Patient H.M., is one of the most studied participants in neuroscience, and little is known about his participation in behavior-analytic research. The research conducted with Molaison as participant is known for serving as the foundation to uncover neurological underpinnings of memory using neuropsychological methods. The focus of this presentation is to describe the content and trace the historical context of two publications by Sidman (1968, 1969) in which Molaison served as a research participant. In doing this, we will examine the role of behavior analysis in the emergence of collaborative modern neuroscience and distinguish between neuropsychological and behavior-analytic methods. Additionally, we will examine examples of the integration between behavior analysis and neuroscience at a conceptual and methodological level. To do this, we will evaluate the presence of intersections between behavior analysis and neuroscience in selected behavior-analytic and neuroscience literature. Finally, the advantages, disadvantages, and complexities of conducting research that integrates behavior analysis and neuroscience will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #515
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Empowered to Lead: Effective Tools and Practices Toward Culturally Responsive Leadership in the Field of Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 108 AB
📺   Streaming Status: recording not available by presenter request
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi, Ed.D.
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Presenting Authors: : NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi)
Abstract:

Leaders within the field behavior analysis are increasingly called to affirm, recognize, and validate the cultural experiences of a diverse workforce and clientele, as one of many ways to produce positive outcomes (Campos-Moreira L. D., Cummings, Grumbach, Williams, & Hooks, 2020). Embracing a culturally responsive leadership framework can both strengthen and expand a leader’s capacity to meet the robust needs of those they serve (Campos-Moreira L. D., Cummings, Grumbach, Williams, & Hooks, 2020). During this 110-minute invited tutorial Dr. Cirincione-Ulezi will discuss and share how leaders can utilize values identification, compassionate communication, and the practice of self-reflection via reflective practice and reflective supervision, as means to both develop and demonstrate culturally responsive leadership.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

All – beginner, intermediate, advanced

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify and define the component skills associated with demonstrating leadership from a culturally responsive leadership framework; (2) Identify and discuss the role of values and valuing in culturally responsive leadership; (3) Identify, discuss, and describe component behavior skills associated with compassionate communication in leadership; (4) Define, describe, and discuss self-reflection and the component skills needed to include and demonstrate reflective practice and reflective supervision, within a culturally responsive leadership framework; (5) Define, describe, and discuss the terms cultural humility and cultural responsiveness and clarify how these terms apply and relate to leadership and supervision.
 
NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi)
Dr. Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi is a board certified behavior analyst, with a doctorate degree in education from Loyola University of Chicago. She holds a master’s degree in special education from the University of Illinois at Chicago, and a master's degree in educational leadership from the American College of Education. She is a graduate of the infant studies and mental health program at Erikson Institute of Chicago. In addition to her BCBA credential, she is an Illinois licensed special education teacher, an Illinois Early Intervention provider, and State of Illinois evaluator. Professionally, she has served as a special educator, clinician, educational administrator, and professor of special education. Her clinical experience spans infancy through adulthood. Currently, she is the CEO & Founder of ULEZI, LLC Co-founder of Inquiry, Inc, and serves as a court-appointed special advocate, for children in the Illinois foster care system. She is also a Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis Affiliate Chapters Board and former President of the Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis. She is a champion for human dignity, liberation and self-expression and is deeply committed to using her skills and experiences, paired with the science of applied behavior analysis, to transform the lives of the people she supports and serves, in ways that make a meaningful and positive difference for their lives.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #516
CE Offered: BACB
The Field of Applied Behavior Analysis in Turkiye: Establishing and Disseminating Efforts
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon H
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: MERAL KOLDAS (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute )
CE Instructor: Elif Tekin-Iftar, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University)
Abstract:

This presentation summarizes the development of how behavior analysis in Turkiye. During the presentation, the presenter will be sharing the clinical and research efforts that have been realized in Turkiye. The presentation also includes the institutional efforts in higher education to train behavior analyst nationwide. In addition to that the presentation also includes the bariers and challenges in introducing and using behavior analytic techniques and strategies in Turkiye.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers, Clinicians, and International chapter representatives

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to: (1) describe the development of behavior analysis in Turkiye; (2) list the clinical and research efforts about behavior analysis in Turkiye; (3) define the institutional efforts in higher education; (4) describe the barriers and challenges in introducing and using behavior analytic techniques and strategies in Turkiye.
 
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University)
Elif Tekin Iftar is professor of special education at Anadolu University in Turkiye. She works as a researcher. She is also chair of Applied Behavior Analysis program at Graduate School in Anadolu University. Her main interests include applied behavior analysis, teaching students with autism spectrum disorder.
 
 
Panel #517
What No One Tells You: Pursuing a Career in Academia
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Toni Rose Agana (Caldwell University)
NICOLE PANTANO (Assumption University)
ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Daemen University)
VIDESHA MARYA (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The job market for those interested in pursuing positions in post-secondary education has changed drastically within the past few years. The shifting academic job market may create additional challenges and barriers for those interested in pursuing these positions. The purpose of this panel is to provide updated information to help current, future, and recently graduated students who are curious about pursuing positions in academia. Three panel experts will comment on how they have used specific strategies to obtain academic positions in tenure-track and non-tenure-track positions. Information will be shared and key terms will be defined related to the different job opportunities, application materials, and structures existing in post-secondary education. Throughout the panel, information will be organized around some core tips that the panelists view as necessary steps in securing their current employment. Panelists will share their expertise with the goal of helping future and current job-market candidates strengthen their candidacy.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Graduate students (Master and Doctoral Level), recent graduates, and any professionals interested in pursuing employment in post-secondary education

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify at least two strategies they can use to maximize experiential learning and professional opportunities to better align with future employment; 2) Explain at least one way they can begin to track jobs while on the market; 3) Identify and discuss at least one behavior-analytic principle that relates to the importance of developing interpersonal skills.
Keyword(s): academic career, post-graduation, post-secondary education, teaching
 
 
Paper Session #518
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Current Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 203 AB
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Amanda Rose Modrovsky (Ontaba)
CE Instructor: Amanda Rose Modrovsky, M.A.
 
Applied Behavior Analysis and Stigma
Domain: Theory
MARIJA ČOLIĆ (The University of Hawaiʻi at Mānoa)
 
Abstract: Traditionally focused on intervention effectiveness, Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is evolving to incorporate compassion, culture, and social validity in scholarly discussions. This presentation delves into the often-overlooked realm of stigma within ABA, specifically examining family and disability stigma. Drawing on Goffman's conceptualization, I will explore various types of stigma: public, self-stigma, experienced, perceived, and affiliate stigma. Experienced stigma involves direct discrimination instances, while perceived stigma encompasses beliefs held by stigmatized individuals about public attitudes. Self-stigma and affiliate stigma delve into internalized stigma among individuals with disabilities and their affiliates, impacting mental health, wellbeing, and behavior. Highlighting real-life experiences of autistic individuals and families, the presentation will underscore the negative effects of stigma on mental health, wellbeing, and treatment adherence. For ABA practitioners, understanding and addressing stigma is crucial for ethical practice. Recommendations include fostering a stigma-free community, collaborating with clients on intervention goals, and promoting cultural humility. By integrating these insights, ABA practitioners can enhance treatment acceptability and contribute to a more inclusive and respectful therapeutic environment.
 

Ableism and Avoiding Ableist Language From a Neurodivergent Board Certified Behavior Analyst Perspective

Domain: Theory
AMANDA ROSE MODROVSKY (Ontaba)
 
Abstract:

Ableism is a term that has been popping up in pop culture what exactly does it 10mean? Ableist language refers to any language that creates or demonstrates a dichotomy of superiority/interiority in regard to physical, intellectual and mental ability regardless of being intentional or not intentional. However, until we are aware of what words are potentially harmful, we are contributing to the continued marginalization of the very individuals we serve and have the collective goal of increasing their quality of life. The presentation goes into ethical considerations to consider as behavior analysts, an overview of Bottema-Beutal, et. al. (2021). Within her article the social versus the medical model are described as the author goes into further detail about the implications of the medical versus the social model. The presentation will go into the words that the author of the article identified as potentially ableist and their potential replacements. Lastly, I go into my hypothesis about why ableist language is still being used and factors to consider in terms of ableism in our practice of Behaviour Analysis

 

Free Britney! On Assent and Consent in Behavior Analysis

Domain: Theory
JESSICA EMILY GRABER (Nationwide Children's Hospital; The Ohio State University), Abraham Graber (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract:

Assent in behavior analytic practice and research has gained substantial attention in the peer-reviewed literature (Abdel-Jalil et al. 2023; Breaux & Smith, 2022; Flowers & Dawes, 2023; Gover et al., 2023; Jasperse et al., 2023; Morris, Detrick, & Peterson, 2021). Assent is generally defined in contrast to consent: while a client with competence can consent to an intervention, a client lacking competence can only assent (ibid.). Discussions of assent can, however, be enriched by recognizing that “consent” and “assent” are equivocal. The bioethics literature distinguishes between competence, which is a legal term, and capacity, which is an ethical term (Appelbaum, 2007; Ganzini et al., 2005). A person may thus, from the ethical perspective, be able to give (or refuse) consent while nonetheless lacking the legal authority to do so. Drawing on the case study of Britney Spears’ conservatorship, this presentation will demonstrate the clinical relevance of the distinction between the legal and ethical concepts of consent. The presentation will further show that putative instances of assent withdrawal in the behavior analytic literature may be best understood as cases in which a client who lacks the legal authority to refuse to participate nonetheless exercises their ethical authority to refuse to participate.

 

Improving Behaviour Support With Nonaversive Reactive Strategies: Effects, Risk, and Human Rights Protection

Domain: Service Delivery
GEOFF POTTER (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support), Matthew John Spicer (Anglicare Tasmania; Tasmania, Australia), Rebecca L Beights (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support)
 
Abstract:

Nonaversive reactive strategies (NARS) are a critical component of rights-focused applied behaviour analysis and behaviour support. Within a constructional, multielement behaviour support (MEBS) framework, NARS promote safety, protect human rights, decrease risk, and reduce episodic severity. NARS, and more broadly MEBS, are not universally implemented as a primary service delivery model within behaviour support. Without NARS, participants, stakeholders, and staff may be subject to the use of restrictive practices and face much greater risks of maintaining severe behaviours of concern and escalation cycles. Thus, the current paper establishes the effectiveness of NARS and imperative considerations of the use of NARS for ethical practice. The scientific rationale for NARS will be presented alongside arguments against the fallacy that NARS reinforce behaviours of concern. The utility of evaluating strategies within a situational effects matrix will be also reviewed. Functional and nonfunctional NARS methods will be defined and applied to specific case examples. Finally, outcome data with NARS implementation will be presented for select cases.

 
 
 
Invited Symposium #518A
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Increasing the Impact of Behavior Science on Climate Change
Monday, May 27, 2024
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom A
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Discussant: Bill McKibben (Middleburry College)
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The threat posed by climate change can be addressed by human behavior. In this symposium, organized in response to the Presidential Scholar Address by Bill McKibben, presenters will examine real and potential contributions from behavior science. Implicit cost-effect calculations and attempts to balance large future benefits and less desirable but more immediate outcomes have climate implications. Brett Gelino will examine how excessive reinforcer valuations and delayed outcomes muddy sustainable preference. Transitioning to climate-friendly policies presents significant challenges to communities with stretched budgets and immediate needs. Tony Biglan will describe the need for more research funding on helping communities address climate change and what such research might look like. Climate change is, of course, both a local and global issue. Susan Schneider will describe small-scale success stories developed from the application of behavior principles while addressing the barriers to scaling these up to larger-scale solutions. Behavior science contributed to the reduction of environmental contaminants like lead and methylmercury. Chris Newland will examine side effects of environmental regulations and show that a cleaner environment is climate-friendly. Finally, Bill McKibben, as discussant, will comment on these developments and offer additional thoughts about where we stand with respect to climate change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

All behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Following this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Discuss real and potential contributions of behavior analysis to climate change; 2) Describe challenges faced by communities in enacting climate-friendly policies; 3) Describe small-scale success stories and barriers to scaling these up to larger-scale solutions; 4) Discuss some side effects of environmental regulations.
 
Introductory Comments: A Cleaner Environment is Also a Climate Friendly
(Applied Research)
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
Abstract: The clean-air act of 1970 enabled the USEPA to regulate metals such as lead and mercury. This little-known (at the time) provision led to the removal of lead from gasoline and the reduction of atmospheric mercury. Both successes resulted in part from behavioral studies conducted by behavior scientists applying various schedules of reinforcement in experimental models of exposure. The resulting data provided strong support for EPA’s actions in reducing or removing these contaminants. The battle over lead’s removal provides a model for other climate actions. The reduction of mercury has had direct climate benefits because one major source of this profound neurotoxicant is coal-burning power plants.
Dr. Chris Newland is a Distinguished Faculty Lecturer and Alumni Professor at Auburn University where he has conducted research on how exposure to environmental contaminants and drugs influence complex behavior such as choice, delay discounting, acquisition of new behavior, and behavioral flexibility across the lifespan. He participates in a project aimed at reducing the use of psychotropic medication among children in Foster Care. He has served on several editorial boards, Associate Editor for Neurotoxicology, Editor in Chief of Perspectives on Behavior Science, and is currently President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Dr. Newland has taught Clinical Psychopharmacology and Behavior Principles in Auburn’s Professional Master’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis since its inception.
 
Expanding the Reach of Operant Behavioral Economics in Climate Action
(Applied Research)
BRETT GELINO (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Global climate change poses an urgent threat, one demanding all manners of scientific discourse. Although considerable work remains, 50 years of research by sustainability-concerned behavior analysts has made at least one thing clear: We have much to offer In this conversation. This presentation considers two operant behavioral economic frameworks to expand the reach of behavior analytic contributions in the sustainability movement. Discounting describes the tendency to devalue outcomes as a function of increasing delay or odds against contact. Operant demand describes the defense of baseline (i.e., free cost) reinforcer engagement as a function of increasing “unit price.” These frameworks collectively lend conceptually systematic insights into the various hurdles involved with sustainable choice, hurdles that might be targeted via behavior analytic interventions. Independently applied, these choice arrangements offer tremendous flexibility to pilot novel interventions that could affect change at community levels. We will discuss examples of these methods applied in parallel with conventional behavior analytic single-subject methods, keeping an eye toward applications in the context of community resilience. The presentation will conclude with suggestions to better integrate small-sample and behavioral economic designs to maximize the policy relevance of future empirical efforts.
Brett Gelino is a postdoctoral research fellow with the Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. He graduated with his PhD in Behavioral Psychology from the University of Kansas in 2022. During his graduate schooling, Brett pursued an education in community, social, and sustainability issues, earning a Professional Science Master’s in environmental assessment and collaborating across disciplines to address topics spanning substance-use disorder, sustainable practice and resilience, and community health. His work has been celebrated for its breadth of focus via departmental recognition and publication in journals of varying disciplinary origins. He recently completed a two-year role guest editing a special section of Behavior and Social Issues focused on climate change resilience. Brett currently serves as a Program Area Coordinator for ABAI’s Community, Social, and Sustainability Issues (CSS) program and as a member of the American Psychological Association’s Climate Change Advisory Group.
 
Developing Research on Community Interventions to Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions
(Applied Research)
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), Andrew C Bonner (Florida State University)
Abstract: Over the past two years we have documented the paucity of experimental evaluations of community interventions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and the failure of American federal agencies to fund such research. We believe that the potential of behavioral science research to contribute to preventing climate change is not widely understood and that getting empirical evidence for community interventions to affect emissions would open the door to more research. In this symposium, we will describe the Action Circle we have created that is working on obtaining funding for such research. We will describe what we have learned about funding sources, what progress we have made in securing communities to work in, and what proposals we are submitting to obtain the needed funding. We hope to stimulate more efforts by behavior analysts to work on this problem.
Dr. Biglan is a Senior Scientists at Oregon Research Institute and President of Values to Action. His book, The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve Our Lives and Our World, won him an award from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis. Based on the accumulated knowledge about what humans need to thrive, Dr. Biglan created Values to Action, a nonprofit organization that helps communities come together around a shared vision and create Action Circles to implement evidence-based solutions to their most pressing problems.
 

On Scaling Behavioral Solutions: Barriers Analysis and Interdisciplinary Climate Action

(Applied Research)
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

One of the challenges of the climate crisis is the epic range of behavior changes needed. On the community level, school districts, businesses, neighborhoods, health care systems, and local governments all need to move faster toward sustainable practices. While there’s plenty of well-documented success stories, these projects often fail to scale, limiting their impact. This talk covers the range of sustainable behavior change interventions - most of them interdisciplinary - then examines barriers to larger-scale adoption. The field of implementation science focuses on this challenge, and analysis of the contingencies and meta-contingencies is an essential part of such efforts. Having a successful intervention is only the beginning of a lengthy implementation process leading to meaningful large-scale change. Given the IPCC goals for climate action, we are rapidly running out of time to scale up.

Dr. Susan Schneider has 7 years of experience in climate change work, including behavior change projects, academic and nonacademic publications, community organizing and outreach, and extensive public speaking. As Senior Scientist for the nonprofit Root Solutions, Schneider did sustainability work for UC-Berkeley and the Association for the Advancement of Sustainability in Higher Education, and coauthored two chapters in its new guidebook, Making Shift Happen: Designing for Successful Environmental Behavior Change. Recent outreach includes a podcast for the Union of Concerned Scientists on learning principles for community climate action. Schneider’s SABA award-winning trade book, The Science of Consequences, covers basic learning principles, their role in nature-nurture relations, and their broad range of applications, including sustainability. It was recently translated into Spanish. Schneider is currently at Western Michigan University and serves on its Climate Change Working Group. She also serves on the Tools of Change Landmark Peer Review Panel for Climate Change, and on the board of nonprofit Green Driving America.
 
 
Panel #519
CE Offered: BACB
Dignity, Risk, and Adulthood: A Discussion of Quality of Life in Adults With Autism Spectrum and Related Disorders
Monday, May 27, 2024
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center, 100 Level, 103 B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ph.D.
PETER F. GERHARDT (The EPIC Programs)
NATALIE M. DRISCOLL (Melmark New England & Endicott College)
SHANNA BAHRY (Endicott College; Meaningful HOPE Inc.)
Abstract:

Our panel, "Dignity, Risk, and Adulthood," delves into the journey of adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. We will explore dignity, autonomy, and a high quality of life while managing the unique risks involved. Adulthood is a pivotal phase for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, calling for a nuanced understanding of how dignity and quality of life can be upheld while living in a supported environment. Our panel will discuss respecting the autonomy and agency of adults with developmental disabilities and balancing risk and safety to foster personal growth and self-determination. Our goal is to champion the rights of every adult with a developmental disability to experience the dignity, respect, and opportunities they deserve by preparing for adulthood early. This panel aims to deepen the understanding of the challenges faced by these individuals and offer practical solutions grounded in behavior analysis starting at a young age. Our ultimate objective is to create a society where every adult with a developmental disability can experience the dignity, respect, and opportunities they deserve as they navigate the complexities of adulthood, with behavior analysis playing a central role in achieving this vision.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should have beyond introductory level understanding of behaviour analytic principles. They should have have experience in clinical application of ABA, goal setting, and program development.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the principles of dignity, autonomy, and quality of life for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities and the management of associated risks during their transition to adulthood. 2. Discuss strategies for supporting adults with developmental disabilities in a supervised environment. 3. Explain how behavior analysis can address the challenges faced by adults with developmental disabilities.
Keyword(s): Adulthood, Autonomy, Dignity, Risk
 
 
Panel #520
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Considerations in Characterizations, Applications, and Future Directions
Monday, May 27, 2024
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 4, Franklin Hall 9-10
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D.
Chair: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (Saint Louis University, University of Mississippi, Irby Psychological Services)
RYAN ALBARADO (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University)
ROSALIE PRENDERGAST (Eclipse Therapy, LLC)
Abstract:

Within the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA), the analysis and treatment of mental health-related symptoms and behaviors is becoming an increasingly more prominent topic. Clinical Behavior Analysis is an area of ABA that applies functional behavioral principles to these clinically relevant behaviors (Dougher, 2000). Applications of clinical behavior analysis have been noted in past research and papers that demonstrate the importance of consideration of private events when treating socially significant behaviors (Luciano, Torneke, & Ruiz, 2022). For instance, clinician behaviors should also be considered when analyzing the context of a private behavior within sessions. Though the topic has been conceptualized and defined in other sources, there are still practical considerations needed when applying strategies within a clinical setting. Additionally, there is still a need for growing research within clinical behavior analysis. This panel aims to discuss definitions, applications, and considerations for the future of the field, as well as other questions from the audience.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define clinical behavior analysis as it pertains to applied settings; (2) Identify potential applications of clinical behavior analysis when addressing private events in context; (3) List considerations for future research and progress of the field regarding clinical behavior analysis
Keyword(s): Clinical Behavior, private events, verbal behavior
 
 
Invited Paper Session #521
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Machines Learning but Humans Discerning: The Future of Behavioral Interventions for Health in the Age of Artificial Intelligence (AI)
Monday, May 27, 2024
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Wendy Donlin Washington, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis has a history of embracing new technologies to improve research and practice. Recent advancements in biometrics and artificial intelligence (AI) will transform behavioral interventions for health. As we harness the capabilities of AI to predict, analyze, optimize reinforcement strategies, and guide health behaviors, how do we protect the dignity, respect, and autonomy of individuals? How do we ensure that AI complements rather than supplants human expertise? This talk will discuss how to leverage technology to enhance the precision, personalization, and efficacy of interventions for health, especially Contingency Management (CM) interventions. Contingency management refers to interventions that focus on the differential reinforcement of health-promoting behaviors. For example, these interventions may deliver financial incentives contingent upon meeting a physical activity goal or submitting a drug-free urine sample. Biometric and AI technology can help address common problems in CM interventions, such as implementation costs, objective measurement of health-promoting behaviors, adaptability, and the reduction in delay of reinforcement delivery. The talk will include a discussion of how to implement the new technologies within the ethical framework that upholds the tenets of behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers, practitioners, graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify and operationally define health-promoting behaviors; (2) Describe at least 3 essential features for designing effective contingency management interventions; (3) Describe at least 3 ways that artificial intelligence can be used to enhance contingency management interventions; (4) Identify ethical risks that can arise from using biometric devices and artificial intelligence in behavioral interventions for health.
 
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Dr. Wendy Donlin Washington is a professor of Psychology at University of North Carolina Wilmington where she is also the Associate Dean of the Graduate School. She received her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from Auburn University under the direction of Dr. Christopher Newland, and then completed a post-doctoral fellowship at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine working with Kenneth Silverman and Maxine Stitzer in developing behavioral treatments for drug abuse. She has conducted research in the areas of contingency management, behavioral toxicology and pharmacology, and behavioral economics. Her current research has focused on using behavioral interventions, like contingency management, to treat health-related behaviors such as drug use and physical activity. She served as Membership Board Coordinator for ABAI from 2016-2022. She has served on the board of editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Perspectives on Behavioral Science. She is currently serving as a Guest Associate Editor for a special issue on contingency management for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Symposium #522
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Staff Training of Special Topics: Assent, Menstrual Care, and Pyramidal Training
Monday, May 27, 2024
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 3, Liberty Ballroom Salon BC
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jacqueline J. Weber (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Stephanie Bendush, B.A.
Abstract:

Staff training is an important component of behavior analytic service provision. Behavior analysts are responsible for training supervisees to implement programming with a high level of integrity. Pyramidal training is an efficient, cost effective training program in which expert trainers train an initial cohort and then those in the initial cohort become trainers for other staff (Erath et al., 2020; Lerman et al, 2019). This process can be helpful in residential settings with high turnover. Behavior analysts may also need to train staff to implement and collect data on skills that require special considerations, for example: operational definitions for assent provision and withdrawal, and intimate care routines (i.e. feminine care). When teaching intimate care skills, special considerations should be made to prioritize assent, the dignity of the learner, and skill generalization in the natural environment. This presentation will review pyramidal training in a residential setting, teaching staff to write operational definitions and collect data on assent behaviors, and review research that teaches intimate and personal care.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assent, Menstrual Care/Hygiene, Pyramidal Training, Staff Training
Target Audience:

Intermediate - Prerequisite skills include understanding on behavioral skills training (BST), writing operational definitions and understanding of data collection systems, and fluency with the updated ethics code.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe pyramidal training approaches and applications to mand training; (2) identify potential assent-behaviors and data collection systems; (3) describe ways that interventions can be created to protect the dignity of learners when teaching intimate care skills.
 
Pyramidal Training of a Manding Program in a Residential Setting
(Service Delivery)
SAMANTHA VOLPE (Endicott College), Bridget Keough (Family Focused ABA)
Abstract: Staff training and the ability to implement behavior intervention plans with high integrity is a basic foundation of applied behavior analytic programming. Training staff who work in a residential setting poses unique challenges, and training those who work with an adult population, where there are often less resources available, can be especially challenging. One potential solution to this challenge is the use of pyramidal training. Pyramidal training is an efficient, cost effective training program in which expert trainers train an initial cohort and then those in the initial cohort become trainers for other staff (Erath et al., 2020; Lerman et al, 2019). This training methodology is especially effective for group home programs where staff turnover is generally high (Schlosser et al., 2006). In the current study, the lead behavior technicians were trained on a manding program using behavioral skills training. Once each of the lead behavior technicians were trained to competency, they became the trainers for the remaining staff. All three lead behavior technicians were able to effectively train the next cohort of staff, and at the end of training all staff were able to maintain mastery criteria during maintenance checks.
 
Idiosyncratic Assent Behaviors: Definition and Measurement
(Service Delivery)
STEPHANIE BENDUSH (Endicott College), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
Abstract: With the addition of “assent” to the BACB Ethics Code (2020) and a literature review by Morris et al., (2021) on the topic of assent in behavior analytic research, there has been a surge of research and clinical interest in assent. Publications have also begun to emerge outlining the concept of assent (Abdel et al., 2023; Breaux & Smith, 2023; Flowers & Dawes, 2023). The next step in the research to practice transition is producing data driven research on assent-based clinical practice strategies. This presentation will provide clinicians with resources and strategies to identify their clients’ idiosyncratic assent provision and withdrawal behaviors, generate operational definitions, and identify appropriate measurement systems. By generating definitions and data collection systems, clinicians can measure their clients’ assent provision and withdrawal behaviors and make data-based decisions in program modifications. By training staff to define and measure these skills, staff can support client dignity, autonomy, and self-advocacy.
 
Guidelines for Practitioners and Staff Implementing Menstrual Care and Other Intimate Care Routines
(Service Delivery)
SARAH VEAZEY KRISTIANSEN (Endicott College)
Abstract: Implementing intimate care routines, such as teaching the skills to maintain menstrual hygiene or showering, can be a daunting task for clinicians and interventionists given the personal nature of the skill (Oshinski et al., 2022). When teaching intimate care skills, special considerations should be made to prioritize assent, the dignity of the learner, and implementing programming that teaches with naturally maintaining variables in mind. This presentation will summarize research that has taught intimate and personal care skills to autistic individuals as well as individuals with developmental disabilities. Common themes surrounding strategies that researchers have used to promote dignity and generalization will be highlighted (Cicero, 2019; Gerhardt et al., 2022; McLay et al., 2021; Sala et al., 2019). These strategies will be summarized as guidelines for practitioners and interventionists who are hoping to begin teaching this type of skill to clients. A demonstration of how a practitioner could apply these guidelines to teaching menstrual care skills will be provided.
 
 
Panel #523
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Job Satisfaction: What It Is and Why It Is Important Behaviorally
Monday, May 27, 2024
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon CD
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Frances A. Perrin, Ph.D.
Chair: Frances A. Perrin (Rider University)
BRETT J. DINOVI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
MAY CHRISELINE BEAUBRUN (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
Abstract:

Job satisfaction may appear to be an irrelevant construct in behaviorally-oriented companies. However, a more nuanced view reveals that although the concept may seem amorphous and mentalistic, it is essential in all organizations as both a management tool and responsibility. This discussion brings together researchers and practitioners who have studied and facilitated job satisfaction in the workplace. Conceptualizing job satisfaction as a general affective response to work and the work environment, the panelists explore its increased importance in a post-COVID work environment. The discussion will focus on how issues such as staff retention and turnover, burnout, spillover to clients and their families, motivating a diverse workforce in a rapidly evolving work environment, counterproductive work behaviors, and health and wellness are related to job satisfaction. In addition, the panelists will dismiss the myth that job satisfaction causes job performance. The ethics of job satisfaction as an organizational imperative will be emphasized throughout the discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation is behavior analysts working in management or supervisory roles interested in how a behavioral approach to job satisfaction and organizational behavior management may impact areas such as staff retention and motivation.

Learning Objectives: (1) define the construct of job satisfaction both traditionally and behaviorally and the common ways to measure it; (2) delineate job satisfaction’s importance to individual employees, managers, organizations, and clients; (3) discuss job satisfaction’s critical importance in a post-COVID work environment.
Keyword(s): job satisfaction, turnover
 
 
Paper Session #524
CE Offered: BACB
Service Delivery Models
Monday, May 27, 2024
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center, 200 Level, 202 AB
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Steven G. Little (Walden University)
CE Instructor: Parsla Vintere, MSW
 

Consultation Approaches in Behavior Analysis

Domain: Theory
STEVEN G. LITTLE (Walden University), Angeleque Akin-Little (Walden University)
 
Abstract:

This presentation is intended to provide attendees with the knowledge and background of consultation theory and practice so that they may be effective consultants to teachers, parents, administrators, and other professionals and nonprofessionals. Consultation is an indirect service delivery model common in school psychology yet usually not directly addressed in ABA training programs. This presentation will provide attendees with an understanding of several models of consultation and variables that influence the consultation process, all supported by empirical research. The focus will be on behavioral consultation and the systematic problem-solving approach proposed by John Bergan and Tom Kratochwill. However, the effective consultant must be adaptable and total reliance on one model may limit their efficacy. For this reason, other approaches will be discussed and critiqued. Specifically, mental health consultation and factors that may interfere with successful consultation will be discussed. Consultative interventions will be discussed on the primary (preventing the emergence of risk factors), secondary, (not directed at an existing learning or behavior challenge but instead an existing condition that places a child or adult at-risk for developing a problem), and tertiary (instructing consultees in how to intervene with a child or adult who presents with learning and behavior challenges) levels.

 

Behavior Analysis Approach Contributions to the Human Movement Science

Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Behavioral Health Services)
 
Abstract:

Movement is a vital characteristic of life. It affects functioning of the body from circulation to digestion to metabolism to immunity. Human movement science is an interdisciplinary study of the causes and consequences of human movement across the lifespan: motor control and development, motor performance and function, prevention and treatment injuries and of acute and chronic conditions that cause disorders of movement. While human movement has rarely been a central focus in the field of behavior analysis, it often becomes the main focus in the context of motor development, health and various forms of physical activity. The purpose of this paper is to present contributions of behavior analysis studies of movement to human movement science in areas of (a) defining movement in behavioral terms; (b) behavioral contingency analysis; and (c) skill training packages. Possible research questions in movement studies examining the relationship between verbal behavior, proprioception, kinesthesia and concept formation will be discussed.

 
 
 
Panel #525
CE Offered: BACB
Using the Certified Behavior Analyst Learning Modules Series as a University Curriculum Supplement: Effective Strategies
Monday, May 27, 2024
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Downtown, Level 5, Grand Ballroom Salon AB
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Stephen E. Eversole, Ed.D.
Chair: Stephen E. Eversole (Behavior Development Solutions, LLC)
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University)
CHARISSA KNIHTILA (Capella University)
Abstract:

Many professional positions in behavior analysis require practitioners to be Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Consequently, university programs in behavior analysis have to consider the need for students to pass the national BCBA exam in designing courses. One strategy used by approximately 130 universities is to include the Certified Behavior Analyst (CBA) Learning Module Series as a curriculum supplement to required course work. Independently analyzed data found that 98.5% of first-time test takers passed the BCBA exam when they completed the CBA modules to 100% within 6 months of taking the exam. Verified Course Sequences (VCSs) employ different methodologies to integrate the CBA modules into their curriculum. For example, some use the modules as a standalone course, some split the content across courses, and some use the fluency modules for content review at the end of the program. The purpose of this discussion is for panel and audience members to share their experiences and strategies for using the CBA modules to prepare competent behavior analysts who pass the certification exam. Some of the application methods used by universities appear to positively affect student pass rates and satisfaction with the CBA modules.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Advanced: Knowledge of verified course sequence requirements, familiarity with the BCBA task list, familiarity with the CBA Learning Module Series,

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this panel presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify two methodologies for integrating the CBA Learning Modules into a Verified Course Sequence in Behavior Analysis. 2. Identify a successful strategy for using the CBA modules that positively impacts student exam pass rate. 3. Identify a successful strategy for using the CBA modules that positively impacts student satisfaction with their module experience.
Keyword(s): curriculum supplement, test preparation
 
 
Special Event #526
Presidential Scholar: Was the Big Brain a Useful Adaptation?
Monday, May 27, 2024
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center, 300 Level, Ballroom B
📺   Streaming Status: recording available
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
 
Presidential Scholar: Was the Big Brain a Useful Adaptation?
Abstract: This title is only slightly tongue in cheek--right now our civilizations, though fully warned by scientists of our peril, are in the process of wrecking our climate and with it our prospects as a species. How do we understand this, and how do we turn it around?
 
BILL MCKIBBEN (Middlebury College)
 
Bill McKibben is a contributing writer to The New Yorker, and a founder of Third Act, which organizes people over the age of 60 to work on climate and racial justice. He founded the first global grassroots climate campaign, 350.org, and serves as the Schumann Distinguished Professor in Residence at Middlebury College in Vermont. In 2014 he was awarded the Right Livelihood Prize, sometimes called the ‘alternative Nobel,’ in the Swedish Parliament. He's also won the Gandhi Peace Award, and honorary degrees from 19 colleges and universities. He has written over a dozen books about the environment, including his first, The End of Nature, published in 1989, and his latest book is The Flag, the Cross, and the Station Wagon: A Graying American Looks Back at his Suburban Boyhood and Wonders What the Hell Happened.
 
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}